<?xml version="1.0"?>
<feed xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" xml:lang="en">
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Katerina</id>
		<title>Protemos Wiki - User contributions [en]</title>
		<link rel="self" type="application/atom+xml" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/api.php?action=feedcontributions&amp;feedformat=atom&amp;user=Katerina"/>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Special:Contributions/Katerina"/>
		<updated>2026-04-08T09:39:12Z</updated>
		<subtitle>User contributions</subtitle>
		<generator>MediaWiki 1.27.1</generator>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12064</id>
		<title>Enterprise edition user manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12064"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T13:20:00Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Deliver the project */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''For a brief overview of the system, please check this video:'''   [[File:youtube.jpg|40px|link=https://youtu.be/rrG6ImhtWHQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Get started with Protemos'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To start working with Protemos, create your account in the system by completing the following steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the &amp;quot;'''CREATE PROTEMOS ACCOUNT'''&amp;quot; button at the website '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://protemos.com  www.protemos.com] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Create account 3.png|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/account/create  Create Account] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create enterprise account page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select your account type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:account type selection.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Enterprise''': select this option if you are going to assign jobs to in-house translators, freelancers or other companies.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, the system will have supplier’s functionality and you will be able to assign jobs to your suppliers.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Freelance''': this is a light and free version of the system. Select this option if you are doing all jobs alone and do not subcontract freelancers.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, you will not be able to create suppliers in the system and assign jobs to them. Upgrade to Enterprise version is possible if desired.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fill in all the boxes and tick the &amp;quot;I'm not a robot&amp;quot; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read our '''Privacy policy''' and '''Terms of service'''. To do so, click the corresponding links (highlighted in blue).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accept the conditions, click the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Robot.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After pressing the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button, the account will be set up and you will see a welcome screen to start working with the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Press the &amp;quot;'''OK, let’s get started!'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:welcome page n.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system setup wizard will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz serv.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Enter data for each menu entry: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Services''' are the services you provide. In addition to translation and proofreading, you can indicate any other services such as layout design, OCR, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pairs''' are your language pairs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Units''' are units to measure the volume of work. For example, hours, words, pages, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Specializations''' are your  specializations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currencies''' are the currencies you work with such as US dollars or euros. Indicate the main currency of the system here. The system will use it for accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Payment methods''' are the payment details. They will be used in the invoices the system will generate to send to your clients. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To navigate in the menu entries, use a dedicated navigation menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz next.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don’t worry if you select something wrong. You’ll be able to change these values in '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[System settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having completed all the entries, press the &amp;quot;'''Complete wizard'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wizard completed.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The following screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Main menu.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your account has been created and you can start working with Protemos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, before you start working with the projects in the system, you need to add your clients and vendors in it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These areas will be addressed in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sign up with ProZ.com'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have ProZ.com account, you may create a new Protemos account with your ProZ.com credentials right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the '''&amp;quot;Sign up with ProZ.com&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Sign up with ProZ.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Sign up with ProZ.com|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''My profile settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''My Profile'''&amp;quot; page you can update your personal information, the time zone you are located in, change your username and account password, and link your ProZ.com account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''My profile''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:My profile menu.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[My profile|My profile]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''System values settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change and set system values in the '''Settings''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings enterprise.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Account''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''Account'''&amp;quot; page you can complete or update general information, upload the logo of your company, delete your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account info'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Account info'''&amp;quot; section contains common information about your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can amend information about your company and change the account owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit general information, press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account info section.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; to confirm changes after editing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update account details.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the account owner press &amp;quot;'''Change account owner'''&amp;quot; (this option is available only for the owner of an account): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upd acc owner but.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assign a new owner and press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button to сonfirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:change account owner  page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Change account owner]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Company logo image'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may upload a logo which will be displayed in all documents generated by the system: invoices, POs, Quotes etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Upload new'''&amp;quot; button to upload the logo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COMPANY LOGO.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Only PNG and JPEG images with a maximum size of 350x350 pixels are supported.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account deletion'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can immediately and permanently delete all your account data and files from the server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Delete account&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account deletion.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Delete account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;License''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are registering your account, you get a free one-month trial license. It works just like a normal license, with no limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''License details''' page you can see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license status;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license type;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- active managers limit (the number of users with different access rights that can work in the system simultaneously);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- when your license expires; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the time left before the expiration date of your license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the trial period is over, the account owner may request a license by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Request license'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Licensening.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Licensing#Requesting license|Request license]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can enter the number of managers you need to work simultaneously in your system and select the license period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can add as many managers as you wish, but only the licensed number of them will be able to log in at the same time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on licensing, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Licensing]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Default settings'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Default settings'''&amp;quot; menu lets you define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default time zone for new users''':  the time zone that will be added by default to all newly created manager, client, and vendor profiles (unless you don't indicate the different one). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default currency''': the currency you are using for balances and reporting. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Currencies]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment method''': the method which will be added by default to all your invoices unless you don't indicate the different method for specific client or invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment terms''': standard payment terms for all your clients. It defines how soon the payment should be made after issuing the invoice. You can set different method for an individual client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page size''': here you can set the size of the PDF page for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page orientation''': here you can set the PDF page orientation for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF locale''': here you may specify the default locale (language,date and time) of invoices for all newly created clients and vendors. You may also define it individually for a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings#PDF locale of client invoices|'''particular client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change#PDF locale of vendor invoices|'''vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client invoicing manager''': here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of system notifications about overdue clients invoices etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the settings mentioned above, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account default settings 1.36.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update account default settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;System Values''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SM sys values.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Language pairs'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update the language pairs you work with, delete, or disable them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Language pairs page.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Add language pairs|&amp;quot;'''New language pairs'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pairs creation page where you can create various language pairs combinations of source and target languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update language pair|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pair update page where you can change languages for a particular language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete the pairs of languages that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can disable them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Disable language pair|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot; ]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the language pair. You can use this option if you don't want to see this language pair in the drop-down list when choosing a language, for instance, while creating a new project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;''' - enables the language pair (the button appears after you disable the language pair).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Services'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update or delete the services your company provides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SS services.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create service|&amp;quot;'''New service'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the service creation page. Here you can create as many services as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the services update page where you can change the name of a particular service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete services that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service#Disable service|disable]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Specializations'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, update or delete the specializations your company works with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:specialization list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create specialization|&amp;quot;'''New specialization'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization creation page. Here you can create every possible specializations you may wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update specialization|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization update page where you can change the name of a particular specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; – deletes the specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete specializations that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you may '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update specialization#Disable specialization|disable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Units'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set units to measure the volume of your work (words, hours, pages, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add any measurement units you need, update, and delete them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:units list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create unit|&amp;quot;'''New unit'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit creation page where you can create as many measurement units as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update unit|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit update page. Here you can change the name of a particular unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;– deletes the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete units that you have already used in the project ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Currencies'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add currencies that will be used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, one client can pay in US dollars while others can choose euros, and you can pay to vendors in local currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add currencies, set any currency as default, disable or delete currencies, check exchange rates history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:currencies list page.jpg|border|900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Add currencies|&amp;quot;'''Add currency'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- opens the menu where you can add desired currency. You can add as many currencies as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Exchange rates history|&amp;quot;'''Exchange rates history'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- shows the exchange rates on the selected date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Set currency as default|&amp;quot;'''Set as default'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - sets the selected currency as default. If you change the default currency, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
all reports and project balances will be rebuilt and recalculated in a new default currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - disables the currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - deletes the currency. You can't delete the currency that is already in use in the system,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but you can disable it in case this currency no longer needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Protemos is connected to the currency conversion service so the exchange rate is updated on a daily basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That’s why you can always see the correct summary in your default currency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your payment details here so the clients can pay you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add various payment methods, change the default payment method and terms, update, disable or delete them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payment methods.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create payment method|&amp;quot;'''Add payment method'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  - opens the menu where you can create a new payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;quot;'''[[Change default settings]]'''&amp;quot; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- here you can change the default payment method and currency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define in how many days invoices should be paid, the default PDF page size for your invoices and vendor invoicing contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update payment method|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can renew payment method details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; - disables the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete payment methods that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button).''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; But you can disable them in case these payment methods no longer needed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define several taxes in the system, link them to the clients and vendors, and add them to your invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Taxes list'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a list of taxes, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu list.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may define the necessary number of taxes that will be used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new tax, press the '''&amp;quot;New tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes list.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name of the tax, select the type, and specify its sort order in invoices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add new tax new.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the new tax to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Taxes list|Taxes list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default clients taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default clients taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default clients taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu default clients.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a default percentage tax, press the &amp;quot;Add default persentage tax&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add def cl percentage tax.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New def cl perc VAT 2.png|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each client when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|Default clients taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each client. It will override the default clients taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Custom taxes set for individual client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default vendors taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default vendors taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default vendors taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:DVTset menu.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the '''&amp;quot;Add default tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS add default tax.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS tax name choosing2.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new tax will appear in the default vendors taxes set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each vendor when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|Default vendors taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each vendor. It will override the default vendors taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Custom taxes set for individual vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Object codes'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set the number of your next invoice, project, payment, job etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the next object identification numbers or the object code prefixes press the &amp;quot;'''Update next IDs'''&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;'''Update code prefixes'''&amp;quot; buttons correspondingly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Object codes buttons.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update object codes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Deadline reminders'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system notifies you about overdue projects, jobs, and invoices by email. You can switch these notifications off/on by clicking &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Deadline reminders 1.36 new.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Update deadline reminders settings]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;SMTP Server'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the system sends all email messages from Protemos own email server, but you can change this and make the system use your own server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SMTP server.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update SMTP server configuration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP menu.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu allows you to adjust vendor portal related settings and embed your standard agreement with new vendors into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It consists of two sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Vendor portal settings'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing by vendors''' - here you can enable or disable the ability to create invoices by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application form''' - allows you to enable or disable the ability to submit applications by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors submit their applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application URL''' - you can post the vendor application URL on your corporate website or send it to new vendors so that they can submit their applications to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the above-mentioned settings (except for the Vendor application URL), click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP settings update.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor applications, please check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor application URL]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Agreement with new vendors'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can embed your standard agreement with your vendors into the system, so they will have to accept it before working with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create agreement&amp;quot;''' to add the agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add agreemment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor portal#Agreement with new vendors|Agreement with new vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings integration 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains three submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''ProZ.com integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with '''ProZ.com''' - the world's largest community of translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable ProZ.com integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;ProZ.com''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings Proz 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''ProZ.com integration''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, check linked profile or disable ProZ.com integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ integr page.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Enable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - opens the ProZ.com login page where you can enter your username and password to enable integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Check linked profile|&amp;quot;Profile URL&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - you may open your ProZ.com profile page by clicking the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Disable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the  integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A link to your ProZ.com profile and the &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; button will appear after you enable ProZ.com integration for your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Link users in Protemos with one ProZ.com account'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may link your ProZ.com account to be able to log into your Protemos account with ProZ.com credentials in one click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In case you also have several Vendor and(or) Freelance accounts in Protemos, you can link them all with your ProZ.com account, and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Switch users without re-login|switch between your accounts without re-login]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''SmartCAT integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with SmartCAT system, so you can create projects and quotes in Protemos, and then copy them to SmartCAT (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable SmartCAT integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;SmartCAT''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings CAT.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the SmartCAT integration page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, update or disable SmartCAT integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SmartCAT API.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; buttons will appear after you enable SmartCAT integration for your account.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have SmartCAT account you can register it directly from the '''SmartCAT integration''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also get a SmartCAT API key for Protemos, as it differs from your normal SmartCAT username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, please click the corresponding links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SmartCAT links.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on SmartCAT integration, SmartCAT-related project and quotes creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''TQAuditor integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with TQAuditor - the system for evaluation and monitoring translation quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable TQAuditor integration for your account, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;TQAuditor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings TQ.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you need to press the &amp;quot;'''Enable'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TQAUDITOR API CREDENTIALS enable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on TQAuditor integration, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[TQAuditor integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Users'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add new users who will use the system just as you do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if there are several project managers in your team, you can create a separate account with the necessary level of access rights for each of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Users list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu users list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user, fill in or renew all basic information about a particular user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new user, press the &amp;quot;'''New user'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Ent.users 2.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New user''' page. After you fill in the boxes press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New user.jpg|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mark the '''&amp;quot;Can login&amp;quot;''' checkbox, the system will send an invitation to the user to join your company on Protemos once you finish creating the user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may leave the checkbox unmarked and send the invitation later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': your user will not be able to log into the system if you disable &amp;quot;'''Can login&amp;quot;''' button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Create user]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': use the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Access rights|&amp;quot;'''User groups'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; box to select the group to relate your users to. This will define the user’s access rights.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Users''' page, you can also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update user| '''Update user''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, users can be added by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#New user|'''New user''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''New user'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu New user.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to add users, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Access rights'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu screen to define access rights for various user groups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu access.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Access rights]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add clients'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add clients manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add clients manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new clients manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Clients''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New client''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients new 2.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Clients list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New client'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New client button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''New client''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the information about your client on the displayed screen. It consists of three sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''General info''' section to enter general information about the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client general info section.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  section to enter the URL address of the client record on the ProZ.com Blue Board:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ Blue Board section1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Primary user''' section to enter the client’s contact person:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client primary user section.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to display the client entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended for viewing and entering various client data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab|General info]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update client details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' client info or '''&amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;''' the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also check all the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client quick links|client-related objects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage client tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CV general 1.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete clients involved into recorded projects, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#Primary user|Primary user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section you can view and edit client's primary contact details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Primary user.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' linked record and make an entry for your client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl ProZ Blue sec Acme.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also change your client's '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of client’s contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client has several contact persons, they can all be entered in the '''Contact persons''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of prices agreed with the client, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create a custom taxes set for this client. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can upload and delete files related to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import clients from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of clients, contacts, and prices, you can easily import it without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/client/index Clients] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients import from xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of clients to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients export to xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data export , please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel| Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add vendors'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you assign jobs to other vendors, you need to add each of them to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add vendors manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add vendors manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new vendors manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Vendors''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New vendor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu new v.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Vendors list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu V list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New vendor'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor|New vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you will see the '''Type''' box. You can select any of the three vendor types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Company''' is a contractor company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelancer''' is a non-staff employee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''In-house''' is a staff employee who works in your office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the vendor type, you will see the boxes to fill in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button to add a vendor account to the system. The vendor will be sent an invitation email and needs to accept the invitation ''(please find more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add a vendor account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional information on how to add vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor entry page is intended for viewing and entering various vendor data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor viev.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''General info''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update vendor details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' vendor info, add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage vendor tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick links|quick links]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#General information|delete]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' a vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab you can also view and edit basic information about the primary user, disable vendor access to the account, and  send\resend an invitation to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete vendors involved into recorded jobs, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for your vendor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view a list of vendor contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is available only if the vendor is a company, not a person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab|Payment methods]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create or update payment methods for the vendor, and change the default payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can view the list of prices agreed with the vendor, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can create a custom taxes set for this vendor. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can upload and delete files related to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Availability chart tab|Availability chart]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can see the chart and list of all active jobs assigned to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If your vendor has ProZ.com account with the same email as in Protemos, the system will display the link to that account on the vendor entry page ''(more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#Links of vendor profiles to ProZ.com profiles|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import vendors from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of vendors,  their contacts, specializations, language pairs and prices, you can easily import these data without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/vendor/index Vendors] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors import from xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of vendors to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors export to xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data export, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel| Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new quote'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quote is a potential project. Let's assume that your client has sent you a translation request, but first, he would like to know how much it will cost,  time frames for implementation etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to save your time, you can create a quote and send it to your client and then, if the client agrees with the quote conditions, you can easily convert it to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also create it if you are simply not sure yet you will get the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to create a quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Quotes''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New quote''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu new Q.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Quotes=&amp;gt;Quotes list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu Q list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New quote'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New quote''' page where you can specify all basic details for a new quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm all details with the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the &amp;quot;'''Quote'''&amp;quot; page that consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Quote details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''' to see the set of operations that can be performed on this quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Quote actions.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Send''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send quote]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page which allows emailing the quote to the client directly from the system. After the quote is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark as sent''': if you not sending the quote through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Convert to project''': by pressing this button you begin creating a new project with this quote.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''': if the client doesn't accept this quote conditions, you may press the &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot; button to remember that rejection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''': pressing this button downloads the quote in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''': you may clone the quote by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update quote page|Update quote ]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ''' page on which you can edit the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''': deletes the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''', '''&amp;quot;Mark as sent&amp;quot;''', and '''&amp;quot;Download as PDF&amp;quot;''' buttons are not displayed in quotes with no '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quote receivables section|receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' entered.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Files section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can upload the files or links (file URLs) you received from your client (if any):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload new file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can upload CAT log files (if needed):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote upload Cat section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter receivables to indicate the amount to be charged from the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote res section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having checked all the quote data, you can send the quote to the client. Go to the '''Quote details''' section, press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then click the &amp;quot;'''Send'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Send quote]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qoute send butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on quotes, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Quotes]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create SmartCAT-related quotes'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new project'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the system and entering the clients and vendors in it, you can start new projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For illustration purposes, suppose you have Acme Corporation as your client. They have sent you the 20,000-word translation request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
from English into French asking to complete it in 2 weeks. Let’s add this project to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create project'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Before creating project, make sure that you have added clients and vendors in your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. There are two ways to create a project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''Project''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New project''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu new proj.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New project'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New proj butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New project''' page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter your project information and press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project creation page.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The project page will be displayed with the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj tabs.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Now you need to upload the files received from your client to the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Files''' tab and upload the needed files by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Upload files'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also add a link (file URL) to an external file instead of uploading the file to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project inputs.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on project input files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, Files tab#Project input|Project input]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project receivables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Next, enter the volume of work and the receivable from the client. To do so, go to the '''Finances''' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project new receivables.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the purchase order number sent from the client in the '''PO number''' box. If the client has not provided such number, you may leave this box unfilled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the volume of work, price, and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the raceivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB receivable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter several receivables for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing|Receivable creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. If necessary, you may upload a CAT log file to your project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Cat logs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Upload CAT log'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj upload cat log.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on uploading of CAT log files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, CAT logs tab]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. If you fulfill your job yourself, the new project has been created. You have to fulfil and complete it (see item 18 in this list). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to assign the project to other vendors, carry on reading below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create jobs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Let’s assume that you need to assign the translation to one vendor and then give it for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create their respective jobs in the system. Go to the '''Jobs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Add job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj add job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In the '''Job input files''' section select project files to send to a translator:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select job input file.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section below on the same page, select the vendor and enter information about the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New Job.png|border|430px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Next, the job screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start a new job.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs creation and editing, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project payables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Now you need to add payable for the vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, scroll down to the '''Payables to vendor''' section and press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable but.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the job volume and payable for the vendor and press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB payable Acme.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create/Edit payable|Create payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. Now you can send a notification to the vendor to start the job. Press the &amp;quot;'''Start job'''&amp;quot; button on the '''Job details''' screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start job.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor will receive the notification by email that he has been assigned the job, log in and collect the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the vendor will fulfill the job, upload the ready files to the system and mark the job as completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be notified by email that the vendor has completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job output files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Check if the files delivered by the translator are correct by downloading them from the '''Job Output Files''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job output Acme.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. Having ensured that the vendor did everything correctly, press the &amp;quot;'''Accept job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Accept job button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. The vendor will be notified by email that the job has been accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. Now you would like to pass the completed translation for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a job for another vendor. The process is the same. The only difference is that you need to specify the files &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
delivered by the translator when selecting incoming files for the editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job input files.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the project'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. When all the vendors have uploaded their files, you can start delivering the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add vendors' files to the '''Project output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the project’s '''Files''' tab and scroll down to the '''Jobs Output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the necessary files and press the &amp;quot;'''Add selected to project output'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Jobs output files 4.png|border|1100px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you not to lose files after you close the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. If you fulfil your job yourself, you may upload files or links to files into the system by clicking &amp;quot;'''Upload additional files'''&amp;quot; or '''&amp;quot;Add link URLs&amp;quot;''' correspondingly the '''Project Output''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add additional file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. Having added all the needed files to '''Project Output''', you can download the files and send them to the client or client’s manager by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output Acme.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Having delivered all the files, you can complete the project. Go to the '''Details''' tab, click '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then press the &amp;quot;'''Complete'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project completion.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! You have completed the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 1''': The number of projects in your system will be increasing with time, so you won’t want all of them to be displayed. Set up how projects are displayed in the list using '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 2''': View the list of vendors’ jobs in all the projects at the dedicated page by pressing the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list|Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' menu on the top panel.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;Project templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this page to create templates for your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create projects based on templates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a project from a template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''Projects''' menu on the top panel and then click '''Project templates''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Proj temp menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press the '''&amp;quot;Templates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Project page templates button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;CAT log templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add weighted word count templates for the CAT tools you are using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects CAT logs.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add or update templates: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat Temp Add button.jpg|bprder|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|&amp;quot;'''Add template'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can add a word count template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Update templates|'''update''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  the template if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on templates, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create SmartCAT-related projects'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Clients prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all clients' prices, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients price.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Client prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all clients' prices from/to Excel, update or delete a particular client's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client prices page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New client price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Create new price|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for a definite client, service, language pair and specialization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to a particular client or type of service, specialization etc. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel|Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all clients' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of clients' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Edit price|Update client price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create invoices for clients and control their payment'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To create an invoice for a client, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Receivables''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CM receivables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The list of all the receivables will be displayed. Select the desired rows and press the &amp;quot;'''Invoice selected'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoice client  receivable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The system will create an invoice and will display its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Create invoice|Create invoice]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Client invoice'''  page consists of the following sections: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client invoice details section new.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Send''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send client invoice]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' which allows emailing the invoice to the client directly from the system. After the invoice is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Resend''' - this button appears after the invoice has been sent. Pressing it sends the invoice one more time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as sent''' - if you not sending the invoice through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as unsent''' - this button appears if the invoice has been sent. Pressing it deletes the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download as PDF''' - pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Write off''' - this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off. E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discount and Extra Charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge update|discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Update''' - opens the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update client invoice|'''Update invoice''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  page on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delete''' - deletes the invoice. This button disappears after you link the invoice with the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on action buttons, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Action buttons|Action buttons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of client invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and client's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|'''Default clients taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''No taxes''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv tax sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove receivables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add receivables press the &amp;quot;'''Add receivables'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv receiv section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on how to add receivables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Remove and add receivables|Remove and add receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have received the payment for the invoice, you can record it by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Create linked payment&amp;quot;''' button under receivables table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv linked payments sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Create linked payment|Create linked payment]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Create payments|'''Client payments''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Client invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, while on the '''Client payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find out how to create payments on the '''Client payments''' page, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when a client pays the invoice, enter the payment in the system and connect it with the paid invoice. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Clients=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients Payments menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Client payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to add a new client payment press &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:client new payment button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment from client''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment received from the client and select the invoices that payment covers from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client payment page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have entered the payment in the system and completed the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Client payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients invoices list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the invoices in '''Clients=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients invoices 2.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can track all the invoices from your clients and control their payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Vendors prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all vendors' prices, go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor prices menu.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Vendor prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all vendors' prices from/to Excel, update or delete the particular vendor's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor prices  page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New vendor price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  for a definite vendor, service, language pair and specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to the particular vendor or type of service, specialization etc.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel|Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all vendors' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of vendors' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Price editing|Update vendor price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Invoices from vendors and payment control'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendors can create invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Invoicing|on their own]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or you can create their invoices as the company manager. Let’s review the second option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payables''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors payables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of payables due to vendors will be displayed. Select the rows to be included in the invoice and press the Invoice selected button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoicing selected payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If the vendor’s name is highlighted in red in the table, it means that payment method was not selected for this vendor and it’s impossible to create an invoice for this vendor’s jobs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create an invoice, select the payment method for the vendor (click the vendor’s name and add the payment method as described on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page). &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The system will create the invoice, send it to the vendor by email and open its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Vendor invoice''' page consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''' — pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Discount and Extra charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge| discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Write off''' — this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' — pressing this button opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice update|Vendor Invoice update page]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' — this button deletes the invoice. It disappears after you link the invoice with the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;'''Note''': For invoices with linked payments only &amp;quot;'''Download as PDF'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Write off'''&amp;quot; buttons are  available.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;To make all buttons available, you need to unlink the payments first. It can be done on the page of the corresponding payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of vendor invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and vendor's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|'''Default vendors taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|No taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice taxes section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice payables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove payables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add payables press the &amp;quot;'''Add payables '''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV payables section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Removing and adding payables|Adding and removing payables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have paid the invoice, you can record the payment by pressing “'''Create linked payment'''” button under the payable table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV linked payment creation n.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Linked payment creation|Linked payment creation]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, the payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list|'''Vendor payments ''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Vendor invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while on the '''Vendor payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, having paid the vendors’ invoices, you need to enter those payments in the system. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor payments.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Vendor payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot; button to add a new vendor payment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor payments new payment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment to vendor''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment completed to the vendor and select the invoices covered by that payment from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor payment.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the payment has been entered in the system and you’ve completed the payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors invoices list'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the vendors’ invoices in '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors invoices.jpg|border|135px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Filters'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters are provided for most of the tables in the system. Use such filters to hide the information you don’t want to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Projects+&amp;gt;Projects list''' menu on the top panel to display the list of projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Filters projects.jpg|border|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following filters are provided for that list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects filter 2.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter necessary data into the appropriate fields and press the '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects filters, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Search projects with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further instructions on how to search the required data with filters, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Search quotes with filters|Search quotes with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Project templates#Search project templates with filters|Search project templates with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Search jobs with filters|Search jobs with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Search clients with filters|Search clients with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Search vendors with filters|Search vendors with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search clients prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Search receivables with filters|Search clients receivables with filter]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search clients invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Search payments with filters|Search clients payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search vendors prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Search payables with filters|Search vendors payables with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search vendors invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Search payments with filters|Search vendors payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Reports'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can generate various business reports in the system. In this way, you can analyze the financial results of your activity for a defined period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Reports''' menu on the top panel and choose the required item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''General finances'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show dynamics of how income, expenses and profit change over months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;General finances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by project balances|Monthly finances by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on receivables in your projects and payables in the related jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by invoices|Monthly finances by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by payments|Monthly finances by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on general finances reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Managers'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each project manager of your team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Managers=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per manager by project balances|Monthly income per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per manager by project balances|Monthly profit per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per manager by project balances|Monthly income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per manager by project balances|Monthly profit share per manager by project balances&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;]]''' -  shows how the profit share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Income share per manager by project balances|Income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Profit share per manager by project balances|Profit share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of profit each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Finances per manager by project balances summary table|Finances per manager by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per manager and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on managers reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports menu clients.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Finances by project balances'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per client by project balances|Monthly income per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover per client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per client by project balances|Monthly profit per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per client by project balances|Monthly income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of the client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per client by project balances|Monthly profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Income share per client by project balances|Income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Profit share per client by project balances|Profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''- on this report you may see the shares of profit each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Finances per client by project balances summary table|Finances per client by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the client invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients invoices.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the turnover per client based on the invoices you issued for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income share per client by invoices|Monthly income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the share of invoices per clients was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Income share per client by invoices|Income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of invoices per clients over the selected period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices summary table|Monthly income per client by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all invoice amounts per client and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show how the clients were paying you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients payments.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the amounts of payments per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income share per client by payments|Monthly income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see how the share of payments per client was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Income share per client by payments|Income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the share of each client in payments received over the specified period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments summary table|Monthly income per client by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all payment amounts per client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:reports vendors menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor invoices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports_vendors_invoices.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly invoices per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the invoiced amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Expenses share per vendor by invoices|Expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the invoiced amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows the invoiced amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports vendors payments.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly payments per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the paid amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Expenses share per vendor by payments|Expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the paid amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows paid amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Language pairs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each language pair you work with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Language pairs=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports language pairs.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per language pair by project balances|Monthly income per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per language pair by project balances|Monthly income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Income share per language pair by project balances|Income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Profit share per language pair by project balances|Profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Finances per language pair by project balances summary table|Finances per language pair by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per language pair and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on language pairs reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Services'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each service based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Services=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports services.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per service by project balances|Monthly income per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per service by project balances|Monthly profit per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per service by project balances|Monthly income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per service by project balances|Monthly profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows how the profit share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Income share per service by project balances|Income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Profit share per service by project balances|Profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Finances per service by project balances summary table|Finances per service by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per service and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on services reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Export data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''On every page (quotes, projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.) you can export the tables into xls.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Export to excel.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot;, you will get the file with exported data and will be able to use it for backup, analysis, &lt;br /&gt;
import or any other purpose you might need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instructions on how to export the required data to excel, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Export to Excel|Export quotes data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Export to Excel|Export projects data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Export|Export jobs data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel|Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Export to Excel|Export clients prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Export to Excel|Export clients receivables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Export to Excel|Export clients invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Export to Excel|Export clients payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel|Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors  prices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Export data to Excel|Export general finances reports data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Additional information'''==&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports all the modern browsers. However, some outdated browsers (e.g., Opera 12.17) may have issues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience issues, we recommend using the modern browser. We are improving the system all the time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why its user interface may change and look a little bit differently from the one described above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we try to update this manual accordingly. If you notice some discrepancies between the description and the real functionality, please tell us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12063</id>
		<title>Enterprise edition user manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12063"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T13:19:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Deliver the project */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''For a brief overview of the system, please check this video:'''   [[File:youtube.jpg|40px|link=https://youtu.be/rrG6ImhtWHQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Get started with Protemos'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To start working with Protemos, create your account in the system by completing the following steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the &amp;quot;'''CREATE PROTEMOS ACCOUNT'''&amp;quot; button at the website '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://protemos.com  www.protemos.com] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Create account 3.png|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/account/create  Create Account] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create enterprise account page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select your account type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:account type selection.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Enterprise''': select this option if you are going to assign jobs to in-house translators, freelancers or other companies.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, the system will have supplier’s functionality and you will be able to assign jobs to your suppliers.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Freelance''': this is a light and free version of the system. Select this option if you are doing all jobs alone and do not subcontract freelancers.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, you will not be able to create suppliers in the system and assign jobs to them. Upgrade to Enterprise version is possible if desired.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fill in all the boxes and tick the &amp;quot;I'm not a robot&amp;quot; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read our '''Privacy policy''' and '''Terms of service'''. To do so, click the corresponding links (highlighted in blue).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accept the conditions, click the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Robot.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After pressing the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button, the account will be set up and you will see a welcome screen to start working with the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Press the &amp;quot;'''OK, let’s get started!'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:welcome page n.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system setup wizard will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz serv.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Enter data for each menu entry: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Services''' are the services you provide. In addition to translation and proofreading, you can indicate any other services such as layout design, OCR, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pairs''' are your language pairs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Units''' are units to measure the volume of work. For example, hours, words, pages, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Specializations''' are your  specializations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currencies''' are the currencies you work with such as US dollars or euros. Indicate the main currency of the system here. The system will use it for accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Payment methods''' are the payment details. They will be used in the invoices the system will generate to send to your clients. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To navigate in the menu entries, use a dedicated navigation menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz next.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don’t worry if you select something wrong. You’ll be able to change these values in '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[System settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having completed all the entries, press the &amp;quot;'''Complete wizard'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wizard completed.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The following screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Main menu.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your account has been created and you can start working with Protemos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, before you start working with the projects in the system, you need to add your clients and vendors in it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These areas will be addressed in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sign up with ProZ.com'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have ProZ.com account, you may create a new Protemos account with your ProZ.com credentials right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the '''&amp;quot;Sign up with ProZ.com&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Sign up with ProZ.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Sign up with ProZ.com|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''My profile settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''My Profile'''&amp;quot; page you can update your personal information, the time zone you are located in, change your username and account password, and link your ProZ.com account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''My profile''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:My profile menu.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[My profile|My profile]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''System values settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change and set system values in the '''Settings''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings enterprise.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Account''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''Account'''&amp;quot; page you can complete or update general information, upload the logo of your company, delete your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account info'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Account info'''&amp;quot; section contains common information about your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can amend information about your company and change the account owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit general information, press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account info section.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; to confirm changes after editing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update account details.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the account owner press &amp;quot;'''Change account owner'''&amp;quot; (this option is available only for the owner of an account): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upd acc owner but.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assign a new owner and press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button to сonfirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:change account owner  page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Change account owner]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Company logo image'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may upload a logo which will be displayed in all documents generated by the system: invoices, POs, Quotes etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Upload new'''&amp;quot; button to upload the logo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COMPANY LOGO.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Only PNG and JPEG images with a maximum size of 350x350 pixels are supported.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account deletion'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can immediately and permanently delete all your account data and files from the server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Delete account&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account deletion.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Delete account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;License''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are registering your account, you get a free one-month trial license. It works just like a normal license, with no limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''License details''' page you can see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license status;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license type;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- active managers limit (the number of users with different access rights that can work in the system simultaneously);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- when your license expires; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the time left before the expiration date of your license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the trial period is over, the account owner may request a license by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Request license'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Licensening.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Licensing#Requesting license|Request license]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can enter the number of managers you need to work simultaneously in your system and select the license period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can add as many managers as you wish, but only the licensed number of them will be able to log in at the same time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on licensing, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Licensing]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Default settings'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Default settings'''&amp;quot; menu lets you define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default time zone for new users''':  the time zone that will be added by default to all newly created manager, client, and vendor profiles (unless you don't indicate the different one). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default currency''': the currency you are using for balances and reporting. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Currencies]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment method''': the method which will be added by default to all your invoices unless you don't indicate the different method for specific client or invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment terms''': standard payment terms for all your clients. It defines how soon the payment should be made after issuing the invoice. You can set different method for an individual client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page size''': here you can set the size of the PDF page for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page orientation''': here you can set the PDF page orientation for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF locale''': here you may specify the default locale (language,date and time) of invoices for all newly created clients and vendors. You may also define it individually for a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings#PDF locale of client invoices|'''particular client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change#PDF locale of vendor invoices|'''vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client invoicing manager''': here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of system notifications about overdue clients invoices etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the settings mentioned above, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account default settings 1.36.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update account default settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;System Values''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SM sys values.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Language pairs'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update the language pairs you work with, delete, or disable them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Language pairs page.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Add language pairs|&amp;quot;'''New language pairs'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pairs creation page where you can create various language pairs combinations of source and target languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update language pair|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pair update page where you can change languages for a particular language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete the pairs of languages that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can disable them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Disable language pair|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot; ]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the language pair. You can use this option if you don't want to see this language pair in the drop-down list when choosing a language, for instance, while creating a new project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;''' - enables the language pair (the button appears after you disable the language pair).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Services'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update or delete the services your company provides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SS services.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create service|&amp;quot;'''New service'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the service creation page. Here you can create as many services as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the services update page where you can change the name of a particular service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete services that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service#Disable service|disable]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Specializations'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, update or delete the specializations your company works with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:specialization list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create specialization|&amp;quot;'''New specialization'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization creation page. Here you can create every possible specializations you may wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update specialization|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization update page where you can change the name of a particular specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; – deletes the specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete specializations that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you may '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update specialization#Disable specialization|disable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Units'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set units to measure the volume of your work (words, hours, pages, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add any measurement units you need, update, and delete them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:units list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create unit|&amp;quot;'''New unit'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit creation page where you can create as many measurement units as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update unit|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit update page. Here you can change the name of a particular unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;– deletes the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete units that you have already used in the project ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Currencies'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add currencies that will be used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, one client can pay in US dollars while others can choose euros, and you can pay to vendors in local currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add currencies, set any currency as default, disable or delete currencies, check exchange rates history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:currencies list page.jpg|border|900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Add currencies|&amp;quot;'''Add currency'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- opens the menu where you can add desired currency. You can add as many currencies as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Exchange rates history|&amp;quot;'''Exchange rates history'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- shows the exchange rates on the selected date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Set currency as default|&amp;quot;'''Set as default'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - sets the selected currency as default. If you change the default currency, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
all reports and project balances will be rebuilt and recalculated in a new default currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - disables the currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - deletes the currency. You can't delete the currency that is already in use in the system,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but you can disable it in case this currency no longer needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Protemos is connected to the currency conversion service so the exchange rate is updated on a daily basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That’s why you can always see the correct summary in your default currency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your payment details here so the clients can pay you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add various payment methods, change the default payment method and terms, update, disable or delete them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payment methods.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create payment method|&amp;quot;'''Add payment method'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  - opens the menu where you can create a new payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;quot;'''[[Change default settings]]'''&amp;quot; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- here you can change the default payment method and currency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define in how many days invoices should be paid, the default PDF page size for your invoices and vendor invoicing contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update payment method|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can renew payment method details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; - disables the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete payment methods that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button).''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; But you can disable them in case these payment methods no longer needed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define several taxes in the system, link them to the clients and vendors, and add them to your invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Taxes list'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a list of taxes, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu list.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may define the necessary number of taxes that will be used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new tax, press the '''&amp;quot;New tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes list.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name of the tax, select the type, and specify its sort order in invoices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add new tax new.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the new tax to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Taxes list|Taxes list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default clients taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default clients taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default clients taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu default clients.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a default percentage tax, press the &amp;quot;Add default persentage tax&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add def cl percentage tax.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New def cl perc VAT 2.png|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each client when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|Default clients taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each client. It will override the default clients taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Custom taxes set for individual client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default vendors taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default vendors taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default vendors taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:DVTset menu.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the '''&amp;quot;Add default tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS add default tax.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS tax name choosing2.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new tax will appear in the default vendors taxes set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each vendor when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|Default vendors taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each vendor. It will override the default vendors taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Custom taxes set for individual vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Object codes'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set the number of your next invoice, project, payment, job etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the next object identification numbers or the object code prefixes press the &amp;quot;'''Update next IDs'''&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;'''Update code prefixes'''&amp;quot; buttons correspondingly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Object codes buttons.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update object codes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Deadline reminders'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system notifies you about overdue projects, jobs, and invoices by email. You can switch these notifications off/on by clicking &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Deadline reminders 1.36 new.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Update deadline reminders settings]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;SMTP Server'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the system sends all email messages from Protemos own email server, but you can change this and make the system use your own server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SMTP server.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update SMTP server configuration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP menu.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu allows you to adjust vendor portal related settings and embed your standard agreement with new vendors into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It consists of two sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Vendor portal settings'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing by vendors''' - here you can enable or disable the ability to create invoices by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application form''' - allows you to enable or disable the ability to submit applications by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors submit their applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application URL''' - you can post the vendor application URL on your corporate website or send it to new vendors so that they can submit their applications to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the above-mentioned settings (except for the Vendor application URL), click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP settings update.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor applications, please check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor application URL]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Agreement with new vendors'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can embed your standard agreement with your vendors into the system, so they will have to accept it before working with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create agreement&amp;quot;''' to add the agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add agreemment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor portal#Agreement with new vendors|Agreement with new vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings integration 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains three submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''ProZ.com integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with '''ProZ.com''' - the world's largest community of translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable ProZ.com integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;ProZ.com''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings Proz 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''ProZ.com integration''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, check linked profile or disable ProZ.com integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ integr page.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Enable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - opens the ProZ.com login page where you can enter your username and password to enable integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Check linked profile|&amp;quot;Profile URL&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - you may open your ProZ.com profile page by clicking the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Disable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the  integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A link to your ProZ.com profile and the &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; button will appear after you enable ProZ.com integration for your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Link users in Protemos with one ProZ.com account'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may link your ProZ.com account to be able to log into your Protemos account with ProZ.com credentials in one click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In case you also have several Vendor and(or) Freelance accounts in Protemos, you can link them all with your ProZ.com account, and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Switch users without re-login|switch between your accounts without re-login]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''SmartCAT integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with SmartCAT system, so you can create projects and quotes in Protemos, and then copy them to SmartCAT (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable SmartCAT integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;SmartCAT''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings CAT.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the SmartCAT integration page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, update or disable SmartCAT integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SmartCAT API.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; buttons will appear after you enable SmartCAT integration for your account.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have SmartCAT account you can register it directly from the '''SmartCAT integration''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also get a SmartCAT API key for Protemos, as it differs from your normal SmartCAT username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, please click the corresponding links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SmartCAT links.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on SmartCAT integration, SmartCAT-related project and quotes creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''TQAuditor integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with TQAuditor - the system for evaluation and monitoring translation quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable TQAuditor integration for your account, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;TQAuditor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings TQ.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you need to press the &amp;quot;'''Enable'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TQAUDITOR API CREDENTIALS enable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on TQAuditor integration, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[TQAuditor integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Users'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add new users who will use the system just as you do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if there are several project managers in your team, you can create a separate account with the necessary level of access rights for each of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Users list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu users list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user, fill in or renew all basic information about a particular user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new user, press the &amp;quot;'''New user'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Ent.users 2.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New user''' page. After you fill in the boxes press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New user.jpg|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mark the '''&amp;quot;Can login&amp;quot;''' checkbox, the system will send an invitation to the user to join your company on Protemos once you finish creating the user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may leave the checkbox unmarked and send the invitation later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': your user will not be able to log into the system if you disable &amp;quot;'''Can login&amp;quot;''' button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Create user]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': use the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Access rights|&amp;quot;'''User groups'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; box to select the group to relate your users to. This will define the user’s access rights.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Users''' page, you can also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update user| '''Update user''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, users can be added by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#New user|'''New user''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''New user'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu New user.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to add users, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Access rights'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu screen to define access rights for various user groups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu access.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Access rights]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add clients'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add clients manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add clients manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new clients manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Clients''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New client''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients new 2.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Clients list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New client'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New client button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''New client''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the information about your client on the displayed screen. It consists of three sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''General info''' section to enter general information about the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client general info section.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  section to enter the URL address of the client record on the ProZ.com Blue Board:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ Blue Board section1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Primary user''' section to enter the client’s contact person:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client primary user section.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to display the client entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended for viewing and entering various client data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab|General info]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update client details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' client info or '''&amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;''' the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also check all the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client quick links|client-related objects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage client tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CV general 1.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete clients involved into recorded projects, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#Primary user|Primary user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section you can view and edit client's primary contact details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Primary user.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' linked record and make an entry for your client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl ProZ Blue sec Acme.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also change your client's '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of client’s contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client has several contact persons, they can all be entered in the '''Contact persons''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of prices agreed with the client, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create a custom taxes set for this client. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can upload and delete files related to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import clients from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of clients, contacts, and prices, you can easily import it without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/client/index Clients] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients import from xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of clients to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients export to xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data export , please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel| Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add vendors'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you assign jobs to other vendors, you need to add each of them to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add vendors manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add vendors manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new vendors manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Vendors''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New vendor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu new v.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Vendors list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu V list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New vendor'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor|New vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you will see the '''Type''' box. You can select any of the three vendor types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Company''' is a contractor company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelancer''' is a non-staff employee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''In-house''' is a staff employee who works in your office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the vendor type, you will see the boxes to fill in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button to add a vendor account to the system. The vendor will be sent an invitation email and needs to accept the invitation ''(please find more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add a vendor account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional information on how to add vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor entry page is intended for viewing and entering various vendor data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor viev.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''General info''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update vendor details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' vendor info, add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage vendor tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick links|quick links]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#General information|delete]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' a vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab you can also view and edit basic information about the primary user, disable vendor access to the account, and  send\resend an invitation to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete vendors involved into recorded jobs, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for your vendor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view a list of vendor contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is available only if the vendor is a company, not a person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab|Payment methods]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create or update payment methods for the vendor, and change the default payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can view the list of prices agreed with the vendor, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can create a custom taxes set for this vendor. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can upload and delete files related to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Availability chart tab|Availability chart]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can see the chart and list of all active jobs assigned to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If your vendor has ProZ.com account with the same email as in Protemos, the system will display the link to that account on the vendor entry page ''(more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#Links of vendor profiles to ProZ.com profiles|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import vendors from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of vendors,  their contacts, specializations, language pairs and prices, you can easily import these data without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/vendor/index Vendors] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors import from xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of vendors to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors export to xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data export, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel| Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new quote'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quote is a potential project. Let's assume that your client has sent you a translation request, but first, he would like to know how much it will cost,  time frames for implementation etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to save your time, you can create a quote and send it to your client and then, if the client agrees with the quote conditions, you can easily convert it to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also create it if you are simply not sure yet you will get the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to create a quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Quotes''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New quote''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu new Q.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Quotes=&amp;gt;Quotes list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu Q list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New quote'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New quote''' page where you can specify all basic details for a new quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm all details with the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the &amp;quot;'''Quote'''&amp;quot; page that consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Quote details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''' to see the set of operations that can be performed on this quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Quote actions.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Send''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send quote]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page which allows emailing the quote to the client directly from the system. After the quote is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark as sent''': if you not sending the quote through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Convert to project''': by pressing this button you begin creating a new project with this quote.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''': if the client doesn't accept this quote conditions, you may press the &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot; button to remember that rejection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''': pressing this button downloads the quote in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''': you may clone the quote by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update quote page|Update quote ]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ''' page on which you can edit the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''': deletes the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''', '''&amp;quot;Mark as sent&amp;quot;''', and '''&amp;quot;Download as PDF&amp;quot;''' buttons are not displayed in quotes with no '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quote receivables section|receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' entered.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Files section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can upload the files or links (file URLs) you received from your client (if any):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload new file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can upload CAT log files (if needed):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote upload Cat section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter receivables to indicate the amount to be charged from the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote res section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having checked all the quote data, you can send the quote to the client. Go to the '''Quote details''' section, press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then click the &amp;quot;'''Send'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Send quote]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qoute send butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on quotes, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Quotes]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create SmartCAT-related quotes'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new project'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the system and entering the clients and vendors in it, you can start new projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For illustration purposes, suppose you have Acme Corporation as your client. They have sent you the 20,000-word translation request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
from English into French asking to complete it in 2 weeks. Let’s add this project to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create project'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Before creating project, make sure that you have added clients and vendors in your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. There are two ways to create a project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''Project''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New project''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu new proj.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New project'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New proj butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New project''' page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter your project information and press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project creation page.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The project page will be displayed with the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj tabs.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Now you need to upload the files received from your client to the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Files''' tab and upload the needed files by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Upload files'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also add a link (file URL) to an external file instead of uploading the file to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project inputs.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on project input files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, Files tab#Project input|Project input]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project receivables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Next, enter the volume of work and the receivable from the client. To do so, go to the '''Finances''' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project new receivables.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the purchase order number sent from the client in the '''PO number''' box. If the client has not provided such number, you may leave this box unfilled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the volume of work, price, and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the raceivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB receivable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter several receivables for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing|Receivable creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. If necessary, you may upload a CAT log file to your project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Cat logs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Upload CAT log'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj upload cat log.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on uploading of CAT log files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, CAT logs tab]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. If you fulfill your job yourself, the new project has been created. You have to fulfil and complete it (see item 18 in this list). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to assign the project to other vendors, carry on reading below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create jobs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Let’s assume that you need to assign the translation to one vendor and then give it for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create their respective jobs in the system. Go to the '''Jobs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Add job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj add job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In the '''Job input files''' section select project files to send to a translator:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select job input file.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section below on the same page, select the vendor and enter information about the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New Job.png|border|430px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Next, the job screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start a new job.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs creation and editing, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project payables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Now you need to add payable for the vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, scroll down to the '''Payables to vendor''' section and press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable but.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the job volume and payable for the vendor and press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB payable Acme.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create/Edit payable|Create payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. Now you can send a notification to the vendor to start the job. Press the &amp;quot;'''Start job'''&amp;quot; button on the '''Job details''' screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start job.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor will receive the notification by email that he has been assigned the job, log in and collect the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the vendor will fulfill the job, upload the ready files to the system and mark the job as completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be notified by email that the vendor has completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job output files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Check if the files delivered by the translator are correct by downloading them from the '''Job Output Files''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job output Acme.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. Having ensured that the vendor did everything correctly, press the &amp;quot;'''Accept job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Accept job button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. The vendor will be notified by email that the job has been accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. Now you would like to pass the completed translation for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a job for another vendor. The process is the same. The only difference is that you need to specify the files &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
delivered by the translator when selecting incoming files for the editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job input files.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the project'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. When all the vendors have uploaded their files, you can start delivering the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add vendors' files to the '''Project output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the project’s '''Files''' tab and scroll down to the '''Jobs Output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the necessary files and press the &amp;quot;'''Add selected to project output'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Jobs output files 4.png|border|1100px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you not to lose files after you close the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. If you fulfil your job yourself, you may upload files or links to files into the system by clicking &amp;quot;'''Upload additional files'''&amp;quot; or '''&amp;quot;Add link URLs&amp;quot;''' correspondingly the '''Project Output''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add additional file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. Having added all the needed files to '''Project Output''', you can download the files and send them to the client or client’s manager by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output Acme.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Having delivered all the files, you can complete the project. Go to the '''Details''' tab, click '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then press the &amp;quot;'''Complete'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project completion.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! You have completed the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 1''': The number of projects in your system will be increasing with time, so you won’t want all of them to be displayed. Set up how projects are displayed in the list using '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 2''': View the list of vendors’ jobs in all the projects at the dedicated page by pressing the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list|Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' menu on the top panel.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;Project templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this page to create templates for your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create projects based on templates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a project from a template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''Projects''' menu on the top panel and then click '''Project templates''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Proj temp menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press the '''&amp;quot;Templates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Project page templates button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;CAT log templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add weighted word count templates for the CAT tools you are using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects CAT logs.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add or update templates: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat Temp Add button.jpg|bprder|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|&amp;quot;'''Add template'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can add a word count template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Update templates|'''update''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  the template if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on templates, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create SmartCAT-related projects'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Clients prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all clients' prices, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients price.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Client prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all clients' prices from/to Excel, update or delete a particular client's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client prices page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New client price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Create new price|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for a definite client, service, language pair and specialization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to a particular client or type of service, specialization etc. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel|Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all clients' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of clients' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Edit price|Update client price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create invoices for clients and control their payment'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To create an invoice for a client, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Receivables''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CM receivables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The list of all the receivables will be displayed. Select the desired rows and press the &amp;quot;'''Invoice selected'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoice client  receivable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The system will create an invoice and will display its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Create invoice|Create invoice]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Client invoice'''  page consists of the following sections: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client invoice details section new.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Send''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send client invoice]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' which allows emailing the invoice to the client directly from the system. After the invoice is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Resend''' - this button appears after the invoice has been sent. Pressing it sends the invoice one more time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as sent''' - if you not sending the invoice through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as unsent''' - this button appears if the invoice has been sent. Pressing it deletes the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download as PDF''' - pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Write off''' - this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off. E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discount and Extra Charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge update|discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Update''' - opens the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update client invoice|'''Update invoice''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  page on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delete''' - deletes the invoice. This button disappears after you link the invoice with the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on action buttons, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Action buttons|Action buttons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of client invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and client's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|'''Default clients taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''No taxes''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv tax sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove receivables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add receivables press the &amp;quot;'''Add receivables'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv receiv section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on how to add receivables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Remove and add receivables|Remove and add receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have received the payment for the invoice, you can record it by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Create linked payment&amp;quot;''' button under receivables table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv linked payments sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Create linked payment|Create linked payment]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Create payments|'''Client payments''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Client invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, while on the '''Client payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find out how to create payments on the '''Client payments''' page, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when a client pays the invoice, enter the payment in the system and connect it with the paid invoice. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Clients=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients Payments menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Client payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to add a new client payment press &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:client new payment button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment from client''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment received from the client and select the invoices that payment covers from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client payment page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have entered the payment in the system and completed the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Client payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients invoices list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the invoices in '''Clients=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients invoices 2.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can track all the invoices from your clients and control their payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Vendors prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all vendors' prices, go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor prices menu.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Vendor prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all vendors' prices from/to Excel, update or delete the particular vendor's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor prices  page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New vendor price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  for a definite vendor, service, language pair and specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to the particular vendor or type of service, specialization etc.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel|Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all vendors' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of vendors' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Price editing|Update vendor price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Invoices from vendors and payment control'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendors can create invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Invoicing|on their own]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or you can create their invoices as the company manager. Let’s review the second option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payables''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors payables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of payables due to vendors will be displayed. Select the rows to be included in the invoice and press the Invoice selected button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoicing selected payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If the vendor’s name is highlighted in red in the table, it means that payment method was not selected for this vendor and it’s impossible to create an invoice for this vendor’s jobs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create an invoice, select the payment method for the vendor (click the vendor’s name and add the payment method as described on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page). &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The system will create the invoice, send it to the vendor by email and open its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Vendor invoice''' page consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''' — pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Discount and Extra charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge| discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Write off''' — this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' — pressing this button opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice update|Vendor Invoice update page]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' — this button deletes the invoice. It disappears after you link the invoice with the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;'''Note''': For invoices with linked payments only &amp;quot;'''Download as PDF'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Write off'''&amp;quot; buttons are  available.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;To make all buttons available, you need to unlink the payments first. It can be done on the page of the corresponding payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of vendor invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and vendor's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|'''Default vendors taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|No taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice taxes section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice payables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove payables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add payables press the &amp;quot;'''Add payables '''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV payables section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Removing and adding payables|Adding and removing payables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have paid the invoice, you can record the payment by pressing “'''Create linked payment'''” button under the payable table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV linked payment creation n.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Linked payment creation|Linked payment creation]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, the payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list|'''Vendor payments ''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Vendor invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while on the '''Vendor payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, having paid the vendors’ invoices, you need to enter those payments in the system. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor payments.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Vendor payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot; button to add a new vendor payment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor payments new payment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment to vendor''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment completed to the vendor and select the invoices covered by that payment from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor payment.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the payment has been entered in the system and you’ve completed the payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors invoices list'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the vendors’ invoices in '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors invoices.jpg|border|135px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Filters'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters are provided for most of the tables in the system. Use such filters to hide the information you don’t want to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Projects+&amp;gt;Projects list''' menu on the top panel to display the list of projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Filters projects.jpg|border|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following filters are provided for that list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects filter 2.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter necessary data into the appropriate fields and press the '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects filters, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Search projects with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further instructions on how to search the required data with filters, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Search quotes with filters|Search quotes with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Project templates#Search project templates with filters|Search project templates with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Search jobs with filters|Search jobs with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Search clients with filters|Search clients with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Search vendors with filters|Search vendors with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search clients prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Search receivables with filters|Search clients receivables with filter]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search clients invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Search payments with filters|Search clients payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search vendors prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Search payables with filters|Search vendors payables with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search vendors invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Search payments with filters|Search vendors payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Reports'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can generate various business reports in the system. In this way, you can analyze the financial results of your activity for a defined period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Reports''' menu on the top panel and choose the required item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''General finances'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show dynamics of how income, expenses and profit change over months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;General finances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by project balances|Monthly finances by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on receivables in your projects and payables in the related jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by invoices|Monthly finances by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by payments|Monthly finances by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on general finances reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Managers'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each project manager of your team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Managers=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per manager by project balances|Monthly income per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per manager by project balances|Monthly profit per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per manager by project balances|Monthly income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per manager by project balances|Monthly profit share per manager by project balances&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;]]''' -  shows how the profit share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Income share per manager by project balances|Income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Profit share per manager by project balances|Profit share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of profit each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Finances per manager by project balances summary table|Finances per manager by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per manager and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on managers reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports menu clients.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Finances by project balances'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per client by project balances|Monthly income per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover per client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per client by project balances|Monthly profit per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per client by project balances|Monthly income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of the client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per client by project balances|Monthly profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Income share per client by project balances|Income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Profit share per client by project balances|Profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''- on this report you may see the shares of profit each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Finances per client by project balances summary table|Finances per client by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the client invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients invoices.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the turnover per client based on the invoices you issued for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income share per client by invoices|Monthly income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the share of invoices per clients was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Income share per client by invoices|Income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of invoices per clients over the selected period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices summary table|Monthly income per client by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all invoice amounts per client and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show how the clients were paying you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients payments.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the amounts of payments per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income share per client by payments|Monthly income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see how the share of payments per client was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Income share per client by payments|Income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the share of each client in payments received over the specified period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments summary table|Monthly income per client by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all payment amounts per client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:reports vendors menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor invoices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports_vendors_invoices.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly invoices per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the invoiced amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Expenses share per vendor by invoices|Expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the invoiced amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows the invoiced amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports vendors payments.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly payments per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the paid amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Expenses share per vendor by payments|Expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the paid amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows paid amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Language pairs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each language pair you work with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Language pairs=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports language pairs.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per language pair by project balances|Monthly income per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per language pair by project balances|Monthly income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Income share per language pair by project balances|Income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Profit share per language pair by project balances|Profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Finances per language pair by project balances summary table|Finances per language pair by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per language pair and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on language pairs reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Services'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each service based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Services=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports services.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per service by project balances|Monthly income per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per service by project balances|Monthly profit per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per service by project balances|Monthly income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per service by project balances|Monthly profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows how the profit share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Income share per service by project balances|Income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Profit share per service by project balances|Profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Finances per service by project balances summary table|Finances per service by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per service and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on services reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Export data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''On every page (quotes, projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.) you can export the tables into xls.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Export to excel.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot;, you will get the file with exported data and will be able to use it for backup, analysis, &lt;br /&gt;
import or any other purpose you might need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instructions on how to export the required data to excel, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Export to Excel|Export quotes data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Export to Excel|Export projects data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Export|Export jobs data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel|Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Export to Excel|Export clients prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Export to Excel|Export clients receivables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Export to Excel|Export clients invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Export to Excel|Export clients payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel|Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors  prices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Export data to Excel|Export general finances reports data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Additional information'''==&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports all the modern browsers. However, some outdated browsers (e.g., Opera 12.17) may have issues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience issues, we recommend using the modern browser. We are improving the system all the time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why its user interface may change and look a little bit differently from the one described above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we try to update this manual accordingly. If you notice some discrepancies between the description and the real functionality, please tell us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12061</id>
		<title>Enterprise edition user manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12061"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T13:18:06Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Deliver the project */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''For a brief overview of the system, please check this video:'''   [[File:youtube.jpg|40px|link=https://youtu.be/rrG6ImhtWHQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Get started with Protemos'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To start working with Protemos, create your account in the system by completing the following steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the &amp;quot;'''CREATE PROTEMOS ACCOUNT'''&amp;quot; button at the website '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://protemos.com  www.protemos.com] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Create account 3.png|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/account/create  Create Account] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create enterprise account page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select your account type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:account type selection.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Enterprise''': select this option if you are going to assign jobs to in-house translators, freelancers or other companies.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, the system will have supplier’s functionality and you will be able to assign jobs to your suppliers.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Freelance''': this is a light and free version of the system. Select this option if you are doing all jobs alone and do not subcontract freelancers.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, you will not be able to create suppliers in the system and assign jobs to them. Upgrade to Enterprise version is possible if desired.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fill in all the boxes and tick the &amp;quot;I'm not a robot&amp;quot; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read our '''Privacy policy''' and '''Terms of service'''. To do so, click the corresponding links (highlighted in blue).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accept the conditions, click the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Robot.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After pressing the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button, the account will be set up and you will see a welcome screen to start working with the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Press the &amp;quot;'''OK, let’s get started!'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:welcome page n.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system setup wizard will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz serv.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Enter data for each menu entry: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Services''' are the services you provide. In addition to translation and proofreading, you can indicate any other services such as layout design, OCR, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pairs''' are your language pairs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Units''' are units to measure the volume of work. For example, hours, words, pages, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Specializations''' are your  specializations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currencies''' are the currencies you work with such as US dollars or euros. Indicate the main currency of the system here. The system will use it for accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Payment methods''' are the payment details. They will be used in the invoices the system will generate to send to your clients. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To navigate in the menu entries, use a dedicated navigation menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz next.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don’t worry if you select something wrong. You’ll be able to change these values in '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[System settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having completed all the entries, press the &amp;quot;'''Complete wizard'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wizard completed.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The following screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Main menu.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your account has been created and you can start working with Protemos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, before you start working with the projects in the system, you need to add your clients and vendors in it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These areas will be addressed in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sign up with ProZ.com'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have ProZ.com account, you may create a new Protemos account with your ProZ.com credentials right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the '''&amp;quot;Sign up with ProZ.com&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Sign up with ProZ.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Sign up with ProZ.com|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''My profile settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''My Profile'''&amp;quot; page you can update your personal information, the time zone you are located in, change your username and account password, and link your ProZ.com account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''My profile''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:My profile menu.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[My profile|My profile]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''System values settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change and set system values in the '''Settings''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings enterprise.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Account''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''Account'''&amp;quot; page you can complete or update general information, upload the logo of your company, delete your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account info'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Account info'''&amp;quot; section contains common information about your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can amend information about your company and change the account owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit general information, press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account info section.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; to confirm changes after editing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update account details.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the account owner press &amp;quot;'''Change account owner'''&amp;quot; (this option is available only for the owner of an account): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upd acc owner but.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assign a new owner and press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button to сonfirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:change account owner  page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Change account owner]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Company logo image'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may upload a logo which will be displayed in all documents generated by the system: invoices, POs, Quotes etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Upload new'''&amp;quot; button to upload the logo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COMPANY LOGO.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Only PNG and JPEG images with a maximum size of 350x350 pixels are supported.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account deletion'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can immediately and permanently delete all your account data and files from the server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Delete account&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account deletion.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Delete account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;License''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are registering your account, you get a free one-month trial license. It works just like a normal license, with no limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''License details''' page you can see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license status;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license type;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- active managers limit (the number of users with different access rights that can work in the system simultaneously);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- when your license expires; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the time left before the expiration date of your license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the trial period is over, the account owner may request a license by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Request license'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Licensening.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Licensing#Requesting license|Request license]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can enter the number of managers you need to work simultaneously in your system and select the license period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can add as many managers as you wish, but only the licensed number of them will be able to log in at the same time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on licensing, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Licensing]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Default settings'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Default settings'''&amp;quot; menu lets you define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default time zone for new users''':  the time zone that will be added by default to all newly created manager, client, and vendor profiles (unless you don't indicate the different one). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default currency''': the currency you are using for balances and reporting. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Currencies]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment method''': the method which will be added by default to all your invoices unless you don't indicate the different method for specific client or invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment terms''': standard payment terms for all your clients. It defines how soon the payment should be made after issuing the invoice. You can set different method for an individual client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page size''': here you can set the size of the PDF page for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page orientation''': here you can set the PDF page orientation for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF locale''': here you may specify the default locale (language,date and time) of invoices for all newly created clients and vendors. You may also define it individually for a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings#PDF locale of client invoices|'''particular client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change#PDF locale of vendor invoices|'''vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client invoicing manager''': here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of system notifications about overdue clients invoices etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the settings mentioned above, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account default settings 1.36.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update account default settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;System Values''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SM sys values.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Language pairs'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update the language pairs you work with, delete, or disable them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Language pairs page.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Add language pairs|&amp;quot;'''New language pairs'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pairs creation page where you can create various language pairs combinations of source and target languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update language pair|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pair update page where you can change languages for a particular language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete the pairs of languages that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can disable them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Disable language pair|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot; ]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the language pair. You can use this option if you don't want to see this language pair in the drop-down list when choosing a language, for instance, while creating a new project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;''' - enables the language pair (the button appears after you disable the language pair).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Services'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update or delete the services your company provides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SS services.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create service|&amp;quot;'''New service'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the service creation page. Here you can create as many services as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the services update page where you can change the name of a particular service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete services that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service#Disable service|disable]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Specializations'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, update or delete the specializations your company works with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:specialization list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create specialization|&amp;quot;'''New specialization'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization creation page. Here you can create every possible specializations you may wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update specialization|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization update page where you can change the name of a particular specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; – deletes the specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete specializations that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you may '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update specialization#Disable specialization|disable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Units'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set units to measure the volume of your work (words, hours, pages, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add any measurement units you need, update, and delete them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:units list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create unit|&amp;quot;'''New unit'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit creation page where you can create as many measurement units as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update unit|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit update page. Here you can change the name of a particular unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;– deletes the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete units that you have already used in the project ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Currencies'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add currencies that will be used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, one client can pay in US dollars while others can choose euros, and you can pay to vendors in local currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add currencies, set any currency as default, disable or delete currencies, check exchange rates history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:currencies list page.jpg|border|900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Add currencies|&amp;quot;'''Add currency'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- opens the menu where you can add desired currency. You can add as many currencies as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Exchange rates history|&amp;quot;'''Exchange rates history'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- shows the exchange rates on the selected date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Set currency as default|&amp;quot;'''Set as default'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - sets the selected currency as default. If you change the default currency, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
all reports and project balances will be rebuilt and recalculated in a new default currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - disables the currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - deletes the currency. You can't delete the currency that is already in use in the system,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but you can disable it in case this currency no longer needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Protemos is connected to the currency conversion service so the exchange rate is updated on a daily basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That’s why you can always see the correct summary in your default currency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your payment details here so the clients can pay you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add various payment methods, change the default payment method and terms, update, disable or delete them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payment methods.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create payment method|&amp;quot;'''Add payment method'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  - opens the menu where you can create a new payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;quot;'''[[Change default settings]]'''&amp;quot; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- here you can change the default payment method and currency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define in how many days invoices should be paid, the default PDF page size for your invoices and vendor invoicing contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update payment method|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can renew payment method details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; - disables the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete payment methods that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button).''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; But you can disable them in case these payment methods no longer needed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define several taxes in the system, link them to the clients and vendors, and add them to your invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Taxes list'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a list of taxes, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu list.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may define the necessary number of taxes that will be used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new tax, press the '''&amp;quot;New tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes list.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name of the tax, select the type, and specify its sort order in invoices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add new tax new.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the new tax to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Taxes list|Taxes list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default clients taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default clients taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default clients taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu default clients.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a default percentage tax, press the &amp;quot;Add default persentage tax&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add def cl percentage tax.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New def cl perc VAT 2.png|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each client when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|Default clients taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each client. It will override the default clients taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Custom taxes set for individual client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default vendors taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default vendors taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default vendors taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:DVTset menu.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the '''&amp;quot;Add default tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS add default tax.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS tax name choosing2.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new tax will appear in the default vendors taxes set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each vendor when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|Default vendors taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each vendor. It will override the default vendors taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Custom taxes set for individual vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Object codes'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set the number of your next invoice, project, payment, job etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the next object identification numbers or the object code prefixes press the &amp;quot;'''Update next IDs'''&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;'''Update code prefixes'''&amp;quot; buttons correspondingly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Object codes buttons.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update object codes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Deadline reminders'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system notifies you about overdue projects, jobs, and invoices by email. You can switch these notifications off/on by clicking &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Deadline reminders 1.36 new.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Update deadline reminders settings]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;SMTP Server'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the system sends all email messages from Protemos own email server, but you can change this and make the system use your own server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SMTP server.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update SMTP server configuration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP menu.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu allows you to adjust vendor portal related settings and embed your standard agreement with new vendors into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It consists of two sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Vendor portal settings'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing by vendors''' - here you can enable or disable the ability to create invoices by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application form''' - allows you to enable or disable the ability to submit applications by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors submit their applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application URL''' - you can post the vendor application URL on your corporate website or send it to new vendors so that they can submit their applications to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the above-mentioned settings (except for the Vendor application URL), click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP settings update.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor applications, please check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor application URL]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Agreement with new vendors'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can embed your standard agreement with your vendors into the system, so they will have to accept it before working with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create agreement&amp;quot;''' to add the agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add agreemment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor portal#Agreement with new vendors|Agreement with new vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings integration 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains three submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''ProZ.com integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with '''ProZ.com''' - the world's largest community of translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable ProZ.com integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;ProZ.com''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings Proz 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''ProZ.com integration''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, check linked profile or disable ProZ.com integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ integr page.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Enable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - opens the ProZ.com login page where you can enter your username and password to enable integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Check linked profile|&amp;quot;Profile URL&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - you may open your ProZ.com profile page by clicking the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Disable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the  integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A link to your ProZ.com profile and the &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; button will appear after you enable ProZ.com integration for your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Link users in Protemos with one ProZ.com account'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may link your ProZ.com account to be able to log into your Protemos account with ProZ.com credentials in one click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In case you also have several Vendor and(or) Freelance accounts in Protemos, you can link them all with your ProZ.com account, and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Switch users without re-login|switch between your accounts without re-login]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''SmartCAT integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with SmartCAT system, so you can create projects and quotes in Protemos, and then copy them to SmartCAT (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable SmartCAT integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;SmartCAT''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings CAT.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the SmartCAT integration page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, update or disable SmartCAT integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SmartCAT API.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; buttons will appear after you enable SmartCAT integration for your account.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have SmartCAT account you can register it directly from the '''SmartCAT integration''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also get a SmartCAT API key for Protemos, as it differs from your normal SmartCAT username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, please click the corresponding links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SmartCAT links.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on SmartCAT integration, SmartCAT-related project and quotes creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''TQAuditor integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with TQAuditor - the system for evaluation and monitoring translation quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable TQAuditor integration for your account, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;TQAuditor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings TQ.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you need to press the &amp;quot;'''Enable'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TQAUDITOR API CREDENTIALS enable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on TQAuditor integration, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[TQAuditor integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Users'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add new users who will use the system just as you do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if there are several project managers in your team, you can create a separate account with the necessary level of access rights for each of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Users list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu users list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user, fill in or renew all basic information about a particular user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new user, press the &amp;quot;'''New user'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Ent.users 2.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New user''' page. After you fill in the boxes press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New user.jpg|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mark the '''&amp;quot;Can login&amp;quot;''' checkbox, the system will send an invitation to the user to join your company on Protemos once you finish creating the user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may leave the checkbox unmarked and send the invitation later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': your user will not be able to log into the system if you disable &amp;quot;'''Can login&amp;quot;''' button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Create user]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': use the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Access rights|&amp;quot;'''User groups'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; box to select the group to relate your users to. This will define the user’s access rights.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Users''' page, you can also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update user| '''Update user''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, users can be added by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#New user|'''New user''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''New user'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu New user.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to add users, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Access rights'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu screen to define access rights for various user groups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu access.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Access rights]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add clients'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add clients manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add clients manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new clients manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Clients''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New client''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients new 2.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Clients list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New client'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New client button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''New client''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the information about your client on the displayed screen. It consists of three sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''General info''' section to enter general information about the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client general info section.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  section to enter the URL address of the client record on the ProZ.com Blue Board:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ Blue Board section1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Primary user''' section to enter the client’s contact person:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client primary user section.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to display the client entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended for viewing and entering various client data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab|General info]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update client details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' client info or '''&amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;''' the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also check all the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client quick links|client-related objects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage client tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CV general 1.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete clients involved into recorded projects, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#Primary user|Primary user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section you can view and edit client's primary contact details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Primary user.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' linked record and make an entry for your client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl ProZ Blue sec Acme.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also change your client's '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of client’s contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client has several contact persons, they can all be entered in the '''Contact persons''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of prices agreed with the client, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create a custom taxes set for this client. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can upload and delete files related to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import clients from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of clients, contacts, and prices, you can easily import it without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/client/index Clients] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients import from xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of clients to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients export to xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data export , please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel| Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add vendors'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you assign jobs to other vendors, you need to add each of them to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add vendors manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add vendors manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new vendors manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Vendors''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New vendor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu new v.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Vendors list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu V list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New vendor'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor|New vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you will see the '''Type''' box. You can select any of the three vendor types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Company''' is a contractor company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelancer''' is a non-staff employee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''In-house''' is a staff employee who works in your office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the vendor type, you will see the boxes to fill in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button to add a vendor account to the system. The vendor will be sent an invitation email and needs to accept the invitation ''(please find more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add a vendor account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional information on how to add vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor entry page is intended for viewing and entering various vendor data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor viev.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''General info''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update vendor details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' vendor info, add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage vendor tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick links|quick links]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#General information|delete]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' a vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab you can also view and edit basic information about the primary user, disable vendor access to the account, and  send\resend an invitation to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete vendors involved into recorded jobs, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for your vendor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view a list of vendor contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is available only if the vendor is a company, not a person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab|Payment methods]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create or update payment methods for the vendor, and change the default payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can view the list of prices agreed with the vendor, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can create a custom taxes set for this vendor. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can upload and delete files related to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Availability chart tab|Availability chart]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can see the chart and list of all active jobs assigned to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If your vendor has ProZ.com account with the same email as in Protemos, the system will display the link to that account on the vendor entry page ''(more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#Links of vendor profiles to ProZ.com profiles|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import vendors from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of vendors,  their contacts, specializations, language pairs and prices, you can easily import these data without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/vendor/index Vendors] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors import from xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of vendors to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors export to xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data export, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel| Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new quote'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quote is a potential project. Let's assume that your client has sent you a translation request, but first, he would like to know how much it will cost,  time frames for implementation etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to save your time, you can create a quote and send it to your client and then, if the client agrees with the quote conditions, you can easily convert it to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also create it if you are simply not sure yet you will get the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to create a quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Quotes''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New quote''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu new Q.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Quotes=&amp;gt;Quotes list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu Q list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New quote'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New quote''' page where you can specify all basic details for a new quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm all details with the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the &amp;quot;'''Quote'''&amp;quot; page that consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Quote details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''' to see the set of operations that can be performed on this quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Quote actions.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Send''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send quote]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page which allows emailing the quote to the client directly from the system. After the quote is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark as sent''': if you not sending the quote through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Convert to project''': by pressing this button you begin creating a new project with this quote.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''': if the client doesn't accept this quote conditions, you may press the &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot; button to remember that rejection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''': pressing this button downloads the quote in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''': you may clone the quote by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update quote page|Update quote ]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ''' page on which you can edit the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''': deletes the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''', '''&amp;quot;Mark as sent&amp;quot;''', and '''&amp;quot;Download as PDF&amp;quot;''' buttons are not displayed in quotes with no '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quote receivables section|receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' entered.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Files section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can upload the files or links (file URLs) you received from your client (if any):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload new file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can upload CAT log files (if needed):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote upload Cat section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter receivables to indicate the amount to be charged from the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote res section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having checked all the quote data, you can send the quote to the client. Go to the '''Quote details''' section, press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then click the &amp;quot;'''Send'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Send quote]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qoute send butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on quotes, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Quotes]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create SmartCAT-related quotes'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new project'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the system and entering the clients and vendors in it, you can start new projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For illustration purposes, suppose you have Acme Corporation as your client. They have sent you the 20,000-word translation request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
from English into French asking to complete it in 2 weeks. Let’s add this project to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create project'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Before creating project, make sure that you have added clients and vendors in your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. There are two ways to create a project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''Project''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New project''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu new proj.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New project'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New proj butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New project''' page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter your project information and press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project creation page.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The project page will be displayed with the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj tabs.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Now you need to upload the files received from your client to the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Files''' tab and upload the needed files by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Upload files'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also add a link (file URL) to an external file instead of uploading the file to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project inputs.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on project input files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, Files tab#Project input|Project input]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project receivables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Next, enter the volume of work and the receivable from the client. To do so, go to the '''Finances''' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project new receivables.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the purchase order number sent from the client in the '''PO number''' box. If the client has not provided such number, you may leave this box unfilled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the volume of work, price, and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the raceivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB receivable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter several receivables for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing|Receivable creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. If necessary, you may upload a CAT log file to your project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Cat logs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Upload CAT log'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj upload cat log.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on uploading of CAT log files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, CAT logs tab]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. If you fulfill your job yourself, the new project has been created. You have to fulfil and complete it (see item 18 in this list). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to assign the project to other vendors, carry on reading below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create jobs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Let’s assume that you need to assign the translation to one vendor and then give it for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create their respective jobs in the system. Go to the '''Jobs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Add job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj add job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In the '''Job input files''' section select project files to send to a translator:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select job input file.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section below on the same page, select the vendor and enter information about the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New Job.png|border|430px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Next, the job screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start a new job.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs creation and editing, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project payables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Now you need to add payable for the vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, scroll down to the '''Payables to vendor''' section and press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable but.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the job volume and payable for the vendor and press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB payable Acme.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create/Edit payable|Create payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. Now you can send a notification to the vendor to start the job. Press the &amp;quot;'''Start job'''&amp;quot; button on the '''Job details''' screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start job.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor will receive the notification by email that he has been assigned the job, log in and collect the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the vendor will fulfill the job, upload the ready files to the system and mark the job as completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be notified by email that the vendor has completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job output files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Check if the files delivered by the translator are correct by downloading them from the '''Job Output Files''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job output Acme.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. Having ensured that the vendor did everything correctly, press the &amp;quot;'''Accept job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Accept job button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. The vendor will be notified by email that the job has been accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. Now you would like to pass the completed translation for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a job for another vendor. The process is the same. The only difference is that you need to specify the files &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
delivered by the translator when selecting incoming files for the editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job input files.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the project'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. When all the vendors have uploaded their files, you can start delivering the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add vendors' files to the '''Project output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the project’s '''Files''' tab and scroll down to the '''Jobs Output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the necessary files and press the &amp;quot;'''Add selected to project output'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Jobs output files 4.png|border|1100px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you not to lose files after you close the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. If you fulfil your job yourself, you may upload files or links to files into the system by clicking &amp;quot;'''Upload additional files'''&amp;quot; or '''&amp;quot;Add link URLs&amp;quot;''' correspondingly the '''Project Output''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add additional file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. Having added all the needed files to '''Project Output''', you can download the files and send them to the client or client’s manager by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output Acme.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Having delivered all the files, you can complete the project. Go to the '''Details''' tab, click '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then press the &amp;quot;'''Complete'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project completion.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! You have completed the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 1''': The number of projects in your system will be increasing with time, so you won’t want all of them to be displayed. Set up how projects are displayed in the list using '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 2''': View the list of vendors’ jobs in all the projects at the dedicated page by pressing the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list|Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' menu on the top panel.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;Project templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this page to create templates for your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create projects based on templates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a project from a template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''Projects''' menu on the top panel and then click '''Project templates''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Proj temp menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press the '''&amp;quot;Templates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Project page templates button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;CAT log templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add weighted word count templates for the CAT tools you are using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects CAT logs.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add or update templates: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat Temp Add button.jpg|bprder|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|&amp;quot;'''Add template'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can add a word count template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Update templates|'''update''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  the template if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on templates, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create SmartCAT-related projects'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Clients prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all clients' prices, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients price.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Client prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all clients' prices from/to Excel, update or delete a particular client's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client prices page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New client price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Create new price|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for a definite client, service, language pair and specialization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to a particular client or type of service, specialization etc. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel|Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all clients' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of clients' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Edit price|Update client price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create invoices for clients and control their payment'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To create an invoice for a client, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Receivables''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CM receivables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The list of all the receivables will be displayed. Select the desired rows and press the &amp;quot;'''Invoice selected'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoice client  receivable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The system will create an invoice and will display its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Create invoice|Create invoice]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Client invoice'''  page consists of the following sections: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client invoice details section new.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Send''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send client invoice]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' which allows emailing the invoice to the client directly from the system. After the invoice is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Resend''' - this button appears after the invoice has been sent. Pressing it sends the invoice one more time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as sent''' - if you not sending the invoice through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as unsent''' - this button appears if the invoice has been sent. Pressing it deletes the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download as PDF''' - pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Write off''' - this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off. E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discount and Extra Charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge update|discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Update''' - opens the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update client invoice|'''Update invoice''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  page on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delete''' - deletes the invoice. This button disappears after you link the invoice with the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on action buttons, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Action buttons|Action buttons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of client invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and client's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|'''Default clients taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''No taxes''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv tax sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove receivables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add receivables press the &amp;quot;'''Add receivables'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv receiv section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on how to add receivables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Remove and add receivables|Remove and add receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have received the payment for the invoice, you can record it by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Create linked payment&amp;quot;''' button under receivables table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv linked payments sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Create linked payment|Create linked payment]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Create payments|'''Client payments''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Client invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, while on the '''Client payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find out how to create payments on the '''Client payments''' page, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when a client pays the invoice, enter the payment in the system and connect it with the paid invoice. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Clients=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients Payments menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Client payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to add a new client payment press &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:client new payment button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment from client''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment received from the client and select the invoices that payment covers from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client payment page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have entered the payment in the system and completed the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Client payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients invoices list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the invoices in '''Clients=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients invoices 2.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can track all the invoices from your clients and control their payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Vendors prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all vendors' prices, go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor prices menu.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Vendor prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all vendors' prices from/to Excel, update or delete the particular vendor's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor prices  page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New vendor price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  for a definite vendor, service, language pair and specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to the particular vendor or type of service, specialization etc.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel|Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all vendors' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of vendors' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Price editing|Update vendor price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Invoices from vendors and payment control'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendors can create invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Invoicing|on their own]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or you can create their invoices as the company manager. Let’s review the second option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payables''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors payables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of payables due to vendors will be displayed. Select the rows to be included in the invoice and press the Invoice selected button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoicing selected payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If the vendor’s name is highlighted in red in the table, it means that payment method was not selected for this vendor and it’s impossible to create an invoice for this vendor’s jobs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create an invoice, select the payment method for the vendor (click the vendor’s name and add the payment method as described on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page). &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The system will create the invoice, send it to the vendor by email and open its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Vendor invoice''' page consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''' — pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Discount and Extra charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge| discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Write off''' — this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' — pressing this button opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice update|Vendor Invoice update page]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' — this button deletes the invoice. It disappears after you link the invoice with the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;'''Note''': For invoices with linked payments only &amp;quot;'''Download as PDF'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Write off'''&amp;quot; buttons are  available.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;To make all buttons available, you need to unlink the payments first. It can be done on the page of the corresponding payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of vendor invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and vendor's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|'''Default vendors taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|No taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice taxes section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice payables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove payables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add payables press the &amp;quot;'''Add payables '''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV payables section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Removing and adding payables|Adding and removing payables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have paid the invoice, you can record the payment by pressing “'''Create linked payment'''” button under the payable table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV linked payment creation n.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Linked payment creation|Linked payment creation]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, the payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list|'''Vendor payments ''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Vendor invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while on the '''Vendor payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, having paid the vendors’ invoices, you need to enter those payments in the system. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor payments.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Vendor payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot; button to add a new vendor payment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor payments new payment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment to vendor''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment completed to the vendor and select the invoices covered by that payment from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor payment.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the payment has been entered in the system and you’ve completed the payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors invoices list'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the vendors’ invoices in '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors invoices.jpg|border|135px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Filters'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters are provided for most of the tables in the system. Use such filters to hide the information you don’t want to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Projects+&amp;gt;Projects list''' menu on the top panel to display the list of projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Filters projects.jpg|border|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following filters are provided for that list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects filter 2.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter necessary data into the appropriate fields and press the '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects filters, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Search projects with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further instructions on how to search the required data with filters, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Search quotes with filters|Search quotes with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Project templates#Search project templates with filters|Search project templates with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Search jobs with filters|Search jobs with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Search clients with filters|Search clients with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Search vendors with filters|Search vendors with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search clients prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Search receivables with filters|Search clients receivables with filter]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search clients invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Search payments with filters|Search clients payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search vendors prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Search payables with filters|Search vendors payables with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search vendors invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Search payments with filters|Search vendors payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Reports'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can generate various business reports in the system. In this way, you can analyze the financial results of your activity for a defined period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Reports''' menu on the top panel and choose the required item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''General finances'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show dynamics of how income, expenses and profit change over months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;General finances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by project balances|Monthly finances by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on receivables in your projects and payables in the related jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by invoices|Monthly finances by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by payments|Monthly finances by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on general finances reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Managers'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each project manager of your team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Managers=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per manager by project balances|Monthly income per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per manager by project balances|Monthly profit per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per manager by project balances|Monthly income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per manager by project balances|Monthly profit share per manager by project balances&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;]]''' -  shows how the profit share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Income share per manager by project balances|Income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Profit share per manager by project balances|Profit share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of profit each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Finances per manager by project balances summary table|Finances per manager by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per manager and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on managers reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports menu clients.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Finances by project balances'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per client by project balances|Monthly income per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover per client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per client by project balances|Monthly profit per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per client by project balances|Monthly income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of the client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per client by project balances|Monthly profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Income share per client by project balances|Income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Profit share per client by project balances|Profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''- on this report you may see the shares of profit each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Finances per client by project balances summary table|Finances per client by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the client invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients invoices.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the turnover per client based on the invoices you issued for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income share per client by invoices|Monthly income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the share of invoices per clients was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Income share per client by invoices|Income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of invoices per clients over the selected period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices summary table|Monthly income per client by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all invoice amounts per client and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show how the clients were paying you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients payments.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the amounts of payments per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income share per client by payments|Monthly income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see how the share of payments per client was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Income share per client by payments|Income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the share of each client in payments received over the specified period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments summary table|Monthly income per client by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all payment amounts per client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:reports vendors menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor invoices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports_vendors_invoices.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly invoices per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the invoiced amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Expenses share per vendor by invoices|Expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the invoiced amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows the invoiced amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports vendors payments.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly payments per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the paid amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Expenses share per vendor by payments|Expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the paid amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows paid amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Language pairs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each language pair you work with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Language pairs=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports language pairs.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per language pair by project balances|Monthly income per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per language pair by project balances|Monthly income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Income share per language pair by project balances|Income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Profit share per language pair by project balances|Profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Finances per language pair by project balances summary table|Finances per language pair by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per language pair and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on language pairs reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Services'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each service based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Services=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports services.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per service by project balances|Monthly income per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per service by project balances|Monthly profit per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per service by project balances|Monthly income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per service by project balances|Monthly profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows how the profit share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Income share per service by project balances|Income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Profit share per service by project balances|Profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Finances per service by project balances summary table|Finances per service by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per service and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on services reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Export data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''On every page (quotes, projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.) you can export the tables into xls.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Export to excel.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot;, you will get the file with exported data and will be able to use it for backup, analysis, &lt;br /&gt;
import or any other purpose you might need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instructions on how to export the required data to excel, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Export to Excel|Export quotes data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Export to Excel|Export projects data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Export|Export jobs data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel|Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Export to Excel|Export clients prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Export to Excel|Export clients receivables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Export to Excel|Export clients invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Export to Excel|Export clients payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel|Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors  prices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Export data to Excel|Export general finances reports data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Additional information'''==&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports all the modern browsers. However, some outdated browsers (e.g., Opera 12.17) may have issues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience issues, we recommend using the modern browser. We are improving the system all the time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why its user interface may change and look a little bit differently from the one described above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we try to update this manual accordingly. If you notice some discrepancies between the description and the real functionality, please tell us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12060</id>
		<title>Enterprise edition user manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12060"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T13:16:44Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Deliver the project */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''For a brief overview of the system, please check this video:'''   [[File:youtube.jpg|40px|link=https://youtu.be/rrG6ImhtWHQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Get started with Protemos'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To start working with Protemos, create your account in the system by completing the following steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the &amp;quot;'''CREATE PROTEMOS ACCOUNT'''&amp;quot; button at the website '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://protemos.com  www.protemos.com] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Create account 3.png|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/account/create  Create Account] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create enterprise account page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select your account type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:account type selection.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Enterprise''': select this option if you are going to assign jobs to in-house translators, freelancers or other companies.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, the system will have supplier’s functionality and you will be able to assign jobs to your suppliers.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Freelance''': this is a light and free version of the system. Select this option if you are doing all jobs alone and do not subcontract freelancers.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, you will not be able to create suppliers in the system and assign jobs to them. Upgrade to Enterprise version is possible if desired.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fill in all the boxes and tick the &amp;quot;I'm not a robot&amp;quot; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read our '''Privacy policy''' and '''Terms of service'''. To do so, click the corresponding links (highlighted in blue).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accept the conditions, click the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Robot.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After pressing the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button, the account will be set up and you will see a welcome screen to start working with the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Press the &amp;quot;'''OK, let’s get started!'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:welcome page n.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system setup wizard will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz serv.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Enter data for each menu entry: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Services''' are the services you provide. In addition to translation and proofreading, you can indicate any other services such as layout design, OCR, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pairs''' are your language pairs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Units''' are units to measure the volume of work. For example, hours, words, pages, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Specializations''' are your  specializations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currencies''' are the currencies you work with such as US dollars or euros. Indicate the main currency of the system here. The system will use it for accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Payment methods''' are the payment details. They will be used in the invoices the system will generate to send to your clients. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To navigate in the menu entries, use a dedicated navigation menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz next.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don’t worry if you select something wrong. You’ll be able to change these values in '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[System settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having completed all the entries, press the &amp;quot;'''Complete wizard'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wizard completed.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The following screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Main menu.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your account has been created and you can start working with Protemos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, before you start working with the projects in the system, you need to add your clients and vendors in it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These areas will be addressed in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sign up with ProZ.com'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have ProZ.com account, you may create a new Protemos account with your ProZ.com credentials right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the '''&amp;quot;Sign up with ProZ.com&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Sign up with ProZ.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Sign up with ProZ.com|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''My profile settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''My Profile'''&amp;quot; page you can update your personal information, the time zone you are located in, change your username and account password, and link your ProZ.com account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''My profile''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:My profile menu.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[My profile|My profile]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''System values settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change and set system values in the '''Settings''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings enterprise.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Account''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''Account'''&amp;quot; page you can complete or update general information, upload the logo of your company, delete your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account info'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Account info'''&amp;quot; section contains common information about your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can amend information about your company and change the account owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit general information, press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account info section.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; to confirm changes after editing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update account details.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the account owner press &amp;quot;'''Change account owner'''&amp;quot; (this option is available only for the owner of an account): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upd acc owner but.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assign a new owner and press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button to сonfirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:change account owner  page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Change account owner]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Company logo image'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may upload a logo which will be displayed in all documents generated by the system: invoices, POs, Quotes etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Upload new'''&amp;quot; button to upload the logo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COMPANY LOGO.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Only PNG and JPEG images with a maximum size of 350x350 pixels are supported.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account deletion'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can immediately and permanently delete all your account data and files from the server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Delete account&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account deletion.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Delete account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;License''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are registering your account, you get a free one-month trial license. It works just like a normal license, with no limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''License details''' page you can see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license status;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license type;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- active managers limit (the number of users with different access rights that can work in the system simultaneously);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- when your license expires; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the time left before the expiration date of your license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the trial period is over, the account owner may request a license by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Request license'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Licensening.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Licensing#Requesting license|Request license]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can enter the number of managers you need to work simultaneously in your system and select the license period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can add as many managers as you wish, but only the licensed number of them will be able to log in at the same time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on licensing, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Licensing]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Default settings'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Default settings'''&amp;quot; menu lets you define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default time zone for new users''':  the time zone that will be added by default to all newly created manager, client, and vendor profiles (unless you don't indicate the different one). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default currency''': the currency you are using for balances and reporting. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Currencies]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment method''': the method which will be added by default to all your invoices unless you don't indicate the different method for specific client or invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment terms''': standard payment terms for all your clients. It defines how soon the payment should be made after issuing the invoice. You can set different method for an individual client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page size''': here you can set the size of the PDF page for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page orientation''': here you can set the PDF page orientation for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF locale''': here you may specify the default locale (language,date and time) of invoices for all newly created clients and vendors. You may also define it individually for a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings#PDF locale of client invoices|'''particular client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change#PDF locale of vendor invoices|'''vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client invoicing manager''': here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of system notifications about overdue clients invoices etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the settings mentioned above, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account default settings 1.36.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update account default settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;System Values''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SM sys values.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Language pairs'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update the language pairs you work with, delete, or disable them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Language pairs page.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Add language pairs|&amp;quot;'''New language pairs'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pairs creation page where you can create various language pairs combinations of source and target languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update language pair|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pair update page where you can change languages for a particular language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete the pairs of languages that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can disable them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Disable language pair|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot; ]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the language pair. You can use this option if you don't want to see this language pair in the drop-down list when choosing a language, for instance, while creating a new project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;''' - enables the language pair (the button appears after you disable the language pair).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Services'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update or delete the services your company provides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SS services.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create service|&amp;quot;'''New service'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the service creation page. Here you can create as many services as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the services update page where you can change the name of a particular service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete services that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service#Disable service|disable]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Specializations'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, update or delete the specializations your company works with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:specialization list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create specialization|&amp;quot;'''New specialization'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization creation page. Here you can create every possible specializations you may wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update specialization|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization update page where you can change the name of a particular specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; – deletes the specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete specializations that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you may '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update specialization#Disable specialization|disable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Units'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set units to measure the volume of your work (words, hours, pages, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add any measurement units you need, update, and delete them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:units list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create unit|&amp;quot;'''New unit'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit creation page where you can create as many measurement units as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update unit|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit update page. Here you can change the name of a particular unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;– deletes the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete units that you have already used in the project ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Currencies'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add currencies that will be used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, one client can pay in US dollars while others can choose euros, and you can pay to vendors in local currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add currencies, set any currency as default, disable or delete currencies, check exchange rates history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:currencies list page.jpg|border|900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Add currencies|&amp;quot;'''Add currency'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- opens the menu where you can add desired currency. You can add as many currencies as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Exchange rates history|&amp;quot;'''Exchange rates history'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- shows the exchange rates on the selected date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Set currency as default|&amp;quot;'''Set as default'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - sets the selected currency as default. If you change the default currency, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
all reports and project balances will be rebuilt and recalculated in a new default currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - disables the currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - deletes the currency. You can't delete the currency that is already in use in the system,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but you can disable it in case this currency no longer needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Protemos is connected to the currency conversion service so the exchange rate is updated on a daily basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That’s why you can always see the correct summary in your default currency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your payment details here so the clients can pay you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add various payment methods, change the default payment method and terms, update, disable or delete them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payment methods.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create payment method|&amp;quot;'''Add payment method'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  - opens the menu where you can create a new payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;quot;'''[[Change default settings]]'''&amp;quot; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- here you can change the default payment method and currency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define in how many days invoices should be paid, the default PDF page size for your invoices and vendor invoicing contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update payment method|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can renew payment method details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; - disables the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete payment methods that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button).''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; But you can disable them in case these payment methods no longer needed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define several taxes in the system, link them to the clients and vendors, and add them to your invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Taxes list'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a list of taxes, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu list.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may define the necessary number of taxes that will be used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new tax, press the '''&amp;quot;New tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes list.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name of the tax, select the type, and specify its sort order in invoices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add new tax new.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the new tax to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Taxes list|Taxes list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default clients taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default clients taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default clients taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu default clients.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a default percentage tax, press the &amp;quot;Add default persentage tax&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add def cl percentage tax.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New def cl perc VAT 2.png|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each client when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|Default clients taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each client. It will override the default clients taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Custom taxes set for individual client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default vendors taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default vendors taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default vendors taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:DVTset menu.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the '''&amp;quot;Add default tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS add default tax.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS tax name choosing2.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new tax will appear in the default vendors taxes set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each vendor when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|Default vendors taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each vendor. It will override the default vendors taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Custom taxes set for individual vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Object codes'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set the number of your next invoice, project, payment, job etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the next object identification numbers or the object code prefixes press the &amp;quot;'''Update next IDs'''&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;'''Update code prefixes'''&amp;quot; buttons correspondingly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Object codes buttons.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update object codes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Deadline reminders'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system notifies you about overdue projects, jobs, and invoices by email. You can switch these notifications off/on by clicking &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Deadline reminders 1.36 new.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Update deadline reminders settings]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;SMTP Server'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the system sends all email messages from Protemos own email server, but you can change this and make the system use your own server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SMTP server.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update SMTP server configuration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP menu.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu allows you to adjust vendor portal related settings and embed your standard agreement with new vendors into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It consists of two sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Vendor portal settings'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing by vendors''' - here you can enable or disable the ability to create invoices by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application form''' - allows you to enable or disable the ability to submit applications by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors submit their applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application URL''' - you can post the vendor application URL on your corporate website or send it to new vendors so that they can submit their applications to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the above-mentioned settings (except for the Vendor application URL), click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP settings update.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor applications, please check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor application URL]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Agreement with new vendors'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can embed your standard agreement with your vendors into the system, so they will have to accept it before working with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create agreement&amp;quot;''' to add the agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add agreemment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor portal#Agreement with new vendors|Agreement with new vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings integration 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains three submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''ProZ.com integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with '''ProZ.com''' - the world's largest community of translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable ProZ.com integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;ProZ.com''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings Proz 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''ProZ.com integration''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, check linked profile or disable ProZ.com integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ integr page.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Enable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - opens the ProZ.com login page where you can enter your username and password to enable integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Check linked profile|&amp;quot;Profile URL&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - you may open your ProZ.com profile page by clicking the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Disable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the  integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A link to your ProZ.com profile and the &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; button will appear after you enable ProZ.com integration for your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Link users in Protemos with one ProZ.com account'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may link your ProZ.com account to be able to log into your Protemos account with ProZ.com credentials in one click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In case you also have several Vendor and(or) Freelance accounts in Protemos, you can link them all with your ProZ.com account, and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Switch users without re-login|switch between your accounts without re-login]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''SmartCAT integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with SmartCAT system, so you can create projects and quotes in Protemos, and then copy them to SmartCAT (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable SmartCAT integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;SmartCAT''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings CAT.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the SmartCAT integration page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, update or disable SmartCAT integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SmartCAT API.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; buttons will appear after you enable SmartCAT integration for your account.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have SmartCAT account you can register it directly from the '''SmartCAT integration''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also get a SmartCAT API key for Protemos, as it differs from your normal SmartCAT username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, please click the corresponding links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SmartCAT links.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on SmartCAT integration, SmartCAT-related project and quotes creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''TQAuditor integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with TQAuditor - the system for evaluation and monitoring translation quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable TQAuditor integration for your account, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;TQAuditor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings TQ.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you need to press the &amp;quot;'''Enable'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TQAUDITOR API CREDENTIALS enable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on TQAuditor integration, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[TQAuditor integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Users'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add new users who will use the system just as you do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if there are several project managers in your team, you can create a separate account with the necessary level of access rights for each of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Users list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu users list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user, fill in or renew all basic information about a particular user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new user, press the &amp;quot;'''New user'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Ent.users 2.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New user''' page. After you fill in the boxes press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New user.jpg|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mark the '''&amp;quot;Can login&amp;quot;''' checkbox, the system will send an invitation to the user to join your company on Protemos once you finish creating the user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may leave the checkbox unmarked and send the invitation later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': your user will not be able to log into the system if you disable &amp;quot;'''Can login&amp;quot;''' button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Create user]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': use the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Access rights|&amp;quot;'''User groups'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; box to select the group to relate your users to. This will define the user’s access rights.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Users''' page, you can also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update user| '''Update user''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, users can be added by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#New user|'''New user''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''New user'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu New user.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to add users, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Access rights'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu screen to define access rights for various user groups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu access.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Access rights]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add clients'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add clients manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add clients manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new clients manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Clients''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New client''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients new 2.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Clients list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New client'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New client button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''New client''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the information about your client on the displayed screen. It consists of three sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''General info''' section to enter general information about the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client general info section.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  section to enter the URL address of the client record on the ProZ.com Blue Board:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ Blue Board section1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Primary user''' section to enter the client’s contact person:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client primary user section.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to display the client entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended for viewing and entering various client data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab|General info]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update client details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' client info or '''&amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;''' the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also check all the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client quick links|client-related objects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage client tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CV general 1.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete clients involved into recorded projects, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#Primary user|Primary user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section you can view and edit client's primary contact details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Primary user.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' linked record and make an entry for your client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl ProZ Blue sec Acme.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also change your client's '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of client’s contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client has several contact persons, they can all be entered in the '''Contact persons''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of prices agreed with the client, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create a custom taxes set for this client. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can upload and delete files related to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import clients from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of clients, contacts, and prices, you can easily import it without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/client/index Clients] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients import from xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of clients to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients export to xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data export , please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel| Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add vendors'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you assign jobs to other vendors, you need to add each of them to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add vendors manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add vendors manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new vendors manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Vendors''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New vendor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu new v.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Vendors list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu V list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New vendor'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor|New vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you will see the '''Type''' box. You can select any of the three vendor types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Company''' is a contractor company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelancer''' is a non-staff employee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''In-house''' is a staff employee who works in your office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the vendor type, you will see the boxes to fill in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button to add a vendor account to the system. The vendor will be sent an invitation email and needs to accept the invitation ''(please find more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add a vendor account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional information on how to add vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor entry page is intended for viewing and entering various vendor data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor viev.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''General info''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update vendor details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' vendor info, add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage vendor tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick links|quick links]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#General information|delete]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' a vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab you can also view and edit basic information about the primary user, disable vendor access to the account, and  send\resend an invitation to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete vendors involved into recorded jobs, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for your vendor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view a list of vendor contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is available only if the vendor is a company, not a person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab|Payment methods]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create or update payment methods for the vendor, and change the default payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can view the list of prices agreed with the vendor, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can create a custom taxes set for this vendor. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can upload and delete files related to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Availability chart tab|Availability chart]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can see the chart and list of all active jobs assigned to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If your vendor has ProZ.com account with the same email as in Protemos, the system will display the link to that account on the vendor entry page ''(more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#Links of vendor profiles to ProZ.com profiles|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import vendors from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of vendors,  their contacts, specializations, language pairs and prices, you can easily import these data without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/vendor/index Vendors] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors import from xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of vendors to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors export to xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data export, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel| Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new quote'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quote is a potential project. Let's assume that your client has sent you a translation request, but first, he would like to know how much it will cost,  time frames for implementation etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to save your time, you can create a quote and send it to your client and then, if the client agrees with the quote conditions, you can easily convert it to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also create it if you are simply not sure yet you will get the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to create a quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Quotes''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New quote''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu new Q.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Quotes=&amp;gt;Quotes list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu Q list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New quote'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New quote''' page where you can specify all basic details for a new quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm all details with the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the &amp;quot;'''Quote'''&amp;quot; page that consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Quote details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''' to see the set of operations that can be performed on this quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Quote actions.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Send''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send quote]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page which allows emailing the quote to the client directly from the system. After the quote is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark as sent''': if you not sending the quote through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Convert to project''': by pressing this button you begin creating a new project with this quote.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''': if the client doesn't accept this quote conditions, you may press the &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot; button to remember that rejection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''': pressing this button downloads the quote in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''': you may clone the quote by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update quote page|Update quote ]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ''' page on which you can edit the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''': deletes the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''', '''&amp;quot;Mark as sent&amp;quot;''', and '''&amp;quot;Download as PDF&amp;quot;''' buttons are not displayed in quotes with no '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quote receivables section|receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' entered.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Files section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can upload the files or links (file URLs) you received from your client (if any):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload new file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can upload CAT log files (if needed):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote upload Cat section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter receivables to indicate the amount to be charged from the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote res section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having checked all the quote data, you can send the quote to the client. Go to the '''Quote details''' section, press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then click the &amp;quot;'''Send'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Send quote]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qoute send butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on quotes, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Quotes]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create SmartCAT-related quotes'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new project'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the system and entering the clients and vendors in it, you can start new projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For illustration purposes, suppose you have Acme Corporation as your client. They have sent you the 20,000-word translation request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
from English into French asking to complete it in 2 weeks. Let’s add this project to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create project'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Before creating project, make sure that you have added clients and vendors in your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. There are two ways to create a project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''Project''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New project''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu new proj.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New project'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New proj butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New project''' page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter your project information and press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project creation page.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The project page will be displayed with the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj tabs.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Now you need to upload the files received from your client to the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Files''' tab and upload the needed files by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Upload files'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also add a link (file URL) to an external file instead of uploading the file to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project inputs.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on project input files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, Files tab#Project input|Project input]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project receivables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Next, enter the volume of work and the receivable from the client. To do so, go to the '''Finances''' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project new receivables.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the purchase order number sent from the client in the '''PO number''' box. If the client has not provided such number, you may leave this box unfilled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the volume of work, price, and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the raceivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB receivable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter several receivables for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing|Receivable creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. If necessary, you may upload a CAT log file to your project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Cat logs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Upload CAT log'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj upload cat log.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on uploading of CAT log files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, CAT logs tab]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. If you fulfill your job yourself, the new project has been created. You have to fulfil and complete it (see item 18 in this list). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to assign the project to other vendors, carry on reading below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create jobs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Let’s assume that you need to assign the translation to one vendor and then give it for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create their respective jobs in the system. Go to the '''Jobs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Add job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj add job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In the '''Job input files''' section select project files to send to a translator:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select job input file.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section below on the same page, select the vendor and enter information about the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New Job.png|border|430px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Next, the job screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start a new job.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs creation and editing, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project payables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Now you need to add payable for the vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, scroll down to the '''Payables to vendor''' section and press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable but.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the job volume and payable for the vendor and press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB payable Acme.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create/Edit payable|Create payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. Now you can send a notification to the vendor to start the job. Press the &amp;quot;'''Start job'''&amp;quot; button on the '''Job details''' screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start job.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor will receive the notification by email that he has been assigned the job, log in and collect the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the vendor will fulfill the job, upload the ready files to the system and mark the job as completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be notified by email that the vendor has completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job output files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Check if the files delivered by the translator are correct by downloading them from the '''Job Output Files''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job output Acme.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. Having ensured that the vendor did everything correctly, press the &amp;quot;'''Accept job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Accept job button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. The vendor will be notified by email that the job has been accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. Now you would like to pass the completed translation for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a job for another vendor. The process is the same. The only difference is that you need to specify the files &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
delivered by the translator when selecting incoming files for the editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job input files.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the project'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. When all the vendors have uploaded their files, you can start delivering the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add vendors' files to the '''Project output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the project’s '''Files''' tab and scroll down to the '''Jobs Output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the necessary files and press the &amp;quot;'''Add selected to project output'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Jobs output files 4.png|border|1100px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you not to lose files after you close the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. If you fulfil your job yourself, you may upload files or links to files into the system by clicking &amp;quot;'''Upload additional files'''&amp;quot; or '''&amp;quot;Add link URLs&amp;quot;''' correspondingly the '''Project Output''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add additional file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. Having added all the needed files to '''Project Output''', you can download the files and send them to the client or client’s manager by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output Acme.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Having delivered all the files, you can complete the project. Go to the '''Details''' tab, click '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then press the &amp;quot;'''Complete'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project completion.png|border|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! You have completed the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 1''': The number of projects in your system will be increasing with time, so you won’t want all of them to be displayed. Set up how projects are displayed in the list using '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 2''': View the list of vendors’ jobs in all the projects at the dedicated page by pressing the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list|Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' menu on the top panel.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;Project templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this page to create templates for your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create projects based on templates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a project from a template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''Projects''' menu on the top panel and then click '''Project templates''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Proj temp menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press the '''&amp;quot;Templates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Project page templates button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;CAT log templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add weighted word count templates for the CAT tools you are using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects CAT logs.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add or update templates: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat Temp Add button.jpg|bprder|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|&amp;quot;'''Add template'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can add a word count template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Update templates|'''update''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  the template if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on templates, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create SmartCAT-related projects'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Clients prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all clients' prices, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients price.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Client prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all clients' prices from/to Excel, update or delete a particular client's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client prices page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New client price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Create new price|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for a definite client, service, language pair and specialization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to a particular client or type of service, specialization etc. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel|Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all clients' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of clients' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Edit price|Update client price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create invoices for clients and control their payment'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To create an invoice for a client, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Receivables''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CM receivables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The list of all the receivables will be displayed. Select the desired rows and press the &amp;quot;'''Invoice selected'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoice client  receivable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The system will create an invoice and will display its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Create invoice|Create invoice]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Client invoice'''  page consists of the following sections: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client invoice details section new.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Send''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send client invoice]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' which allows emailing the invoice to the client directly from the system. After the invoice is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Resend''' - this button appears after the invoice has been sent. Pressing it sends the invoice one more time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as sent''' - if you not sending the invoice through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as unsent''' - this button appears if the invoice has been sent. Pressing it deletes the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download as PDF''' - pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Write off''' - this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off. E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discount and Extra Charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge update|discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Update''' - opens the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update client invoice|'''Update invoice''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  page on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delete''' - deletes the invoice. This button disappears after you link the invoice with the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on action buttons, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Action buttons|Action buttons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of client invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and client's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|'''Default clients taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''No taxes''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv tax sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove receivables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add receivables press the &amp;quot;'''Add receivables'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv receiv section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on how to add receivables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Remove and add receivables|Remove and add receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have received the payment for the invoice, you can record it by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Create linked payment&amp;quot;''' button under receivables table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv linked payments sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Create linked payment|Create linked payment]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Create payments|'''Client payments''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Client invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, while on the '''Client payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find out how to create payments on the '''Client payments''' page, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when a client pays the invoice, enter the payment in the system and connect it with the paid invoice. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Clients=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients Payments menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Client payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to add a new client payment press &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:client new payment button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment from client''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment received from the client and select the invoices that payment covers from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client payment page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have entered the payment in the system and completed the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Client payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients invoices list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the invoices in '''Clients=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients invoices 2.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can track all the invoices from your clients and control their payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Vendors prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all vendors' prices, go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor prices menu.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Vendor prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all vendors' prices from/to Excel, update or delete the particular vendor's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor prices  page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New vendor price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  for a definite vendor, service, language pair and specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to the particular vendor or type of service, specialization etc.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel|Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all vendors' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of vendors' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Price editing|Update vendor price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Invoices from vendors and payment control'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendors can create invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Invoicing|on their own]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or you can create their invoices as the company manager. Let’s review the second option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payables''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors payables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of payables due to vendors will be displayed. Select the rows to be included in the invoice and press the Invoice selected button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoicing selected payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If the vendor’s name is highlighted in red in the table, it means that payment method was not selected for this vendor and it’s impossible to create an invoice for this vendor’s jobs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create an invoice, select the payment method for the vendor (click the vendor’s name and add the payment method as described on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page). &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The system will create the invoice, send it to the vendor by email and open its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Vendor invoice''' page consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''' — pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Discount and Extra charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge| discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Write off''' — this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' — pressing this button opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice update|Vendor Invoice update page]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' — this button deletes the invoice. It disappears after you link the invoice with the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;'''Note''': For invoices with linked payments only &amp;quot;'''Download as PDF'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Write off'''&amp;quot; buttons are  available.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;To make all buttons available, you need to unlink the payments first. It can be done on the page of the corresponding payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of vendor invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and vendor's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|'''Default vendors taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|No taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice taxes section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice payables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove payables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add payables press the &amp;quot;'''Add payables '''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV payables section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Removing and adding payables|Adding and removing payables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have paid the invoice, you can record the payment by pressing “'''Create linked payment'''” button under the payable table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV linked payment creation n.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Linked payment creation|Linked payment creation]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, the payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list|'''Vendor payments ''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Vendor invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while on the '''Vendor payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, having paid the vendors’ invoices, you need to enter those payments in the system. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor payments.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Vendor payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot; button to add a new vendor payment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor payments new payment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment to vendor''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment completed to the vendor and select the invoices covered by that payment from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor payment.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the payment has been entered in the system and you’ve completed the payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors invoices list'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the vendors’ invoices in '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors invoices.jpg|border|135px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Filters'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters are provided for most of the tables in the system. Use such filters to hide the information you don’t want to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Projects+&amp;gt;Projects list''' menu on the top panel to display the list of projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Filters projects.jpg|border|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following filters are provided for that list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects filter 2.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter necessary data into the appropriate fields and press the '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects filters, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Search projects with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further instructions on how to search the required data with filters, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Search quotes with filters|Search quotes with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Project templates#Search project templates with filters|Search project templates with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Search jobs with filters|Search jobs with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Search clients with filters|Search clients with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Search vendors with filters|Search vendors with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search clients prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Search receivables with filters|Search clients receivables with filter]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search clients invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Search payments with filters|Search clients payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search vendors prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Search payables with filters|Search vendors payables with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search vendors invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Search payments with filters|Search vendors payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Reports'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can generate various business reports in the system. In this way, you can analyze the financial results of your activity for a defined period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Reports''' menu on the top panel and choose the required item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''General finances'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show dynamics of how income, expenses and profit change over months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;General finances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by project balances|Monthly finances by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on receivables in your projects and payables in the related jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by invoices|Monthly finances by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by payments|Monthly finances by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on general finances reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Managers'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each project manager of your team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Managers=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per manager by project balances|Monthly income per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per manager by project balances|Monthly profit per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per manager by project balances|Monthly income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per manager by project balances|Monthly profit share per manager by project balances&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;]]''' -  shows how the profit share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Income share per manager by project balances|Income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Profit share per manager by project balances|Profit share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of profit each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Finances per manager by project balances summary table|Finances per manager by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per manager and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on managers reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports menu clients.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Finances by project balances'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per client by project balances|Monthly income per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover per client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per client by project balances|Monthly profit per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per client by project balances|Monthly income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of the client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per client by project balances|Monthly profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Income share per client by project balances|Income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Profit share per client by project balances|Profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''- on this report you may see the shares of profit each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Finances per client by project balances summary table|Finances per client by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the client invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients invoices.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the turnover per client based on the invoices you issued for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income share per client by invoices|Monthly income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the share of invoices per clients was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Income share per client by invoices|Income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of invoices per clients over the selected period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices summary table|Monthly income per client by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all invoice amounts per client and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show how the clients were paying you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients payments.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the amounts of payments per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income share per client by payments|Monthly income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see how the share of payments per client was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Income share per client by payments|Income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the share of each client in payments received over the specified period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments summary table|Monthly income per client by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all payment amounts per client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:reports vendors menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor invoices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports_vendors_invoices.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly invoices per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the invoiced amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Expenses share per vendor by invoices|Expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the invoiced amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows the invoiced amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports vendors payments.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly payments per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the paid amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Expenses share per vendor by payments|Expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the paid amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows paid amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Language pairs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each language pair you work with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Language pairs=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports language pairs.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per language pair by project balances|Monthly income per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per language pair by project balances|Monthly income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Income share per language pair by project balances|Income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Profit share per language pair by project balances|Profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Finances per language pair by project balances summary table|Finances per language pair by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per language pair and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on language pairs reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Services'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each service based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Services=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports services.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per service by project balances|Monthly income per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per service by project balances|Monthly profit per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per service by project balances|Monthly income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per service by project balances|Monthly profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows how the profit share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Income share per service by project balances|Income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Profit share per service by project balances|Profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Finances per service by project balances summary table|Finances per service by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per service and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on services reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Export data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''On every page (quotes, projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.) you can export the tables into xls.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Export to excel.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot;, you will get the file with exported data and will be able to use it for backup, analysis, &lt;br /&gt;
import or any other purpose you might need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instructions on how to export the required data to excel, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Export to Excel|Export quotes data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Export to Excel|Export projects data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Export|Export jobs data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel|Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Export to Excel|Export clients prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Export to Excel|Export clients receivables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Export to Excel|Export clients invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Export to Excel|Export clients payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel|Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors  prices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Export data to Excel|Export general finances reports data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Additional information'''==&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports all the modern browsers. However, some outdated browsers (e.g., Opera 12.17) may have issues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience issues, we recommend using the modern browser. We are improving the system all the time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why its user interface may change and look a little bit differently from the one described above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we try to update this manual accordingly. If you notice some discrepancies between the description and the real functionality, please tell us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12055</id>
		<title>Enterprise edition user manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12055"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T12:17:17Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Deliver the project */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''For a brief overview of the system, please check this video:'''   [[File:youtube.jpg|40px|link=https://youtu.be/rrG6ImhtWHQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Get started with Protemos'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To start working with Protemos, create your account in the system by completing the following steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the &amp;quot;'''CREATE PROTEMOS ACCOUNT'''&amp;quot; button at the website '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://protemos.com  www.protemos.com] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Create account 3.png|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/account/create  Create Account] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create enterprise account page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select your account type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:account type selection.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Enterprise''': select this option if you are going to assign jobs to in-house translators, freelancers or other companies.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, the system will have supplier’s functionality and you will be able to assign jobs to your suppliers.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Freelance''': this is a light and free version of the system. Select this option if you are doing all jobs alone and do not subcontract freelancers.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, you will not be able to create suppliers in the system and assign jobs to them. Upgrade to Enterprise version is possible if desired.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fill in all the boxes and tick the &amp;quot;I'm not a robot&amp;quot; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read our '''Privacy policy''' and '''Terms of service'''. To do so, click the corresponding links (highlighted in blue).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accept the conditions, click the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Robot.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After pressing the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button, the account will be set up and you will see a welcome screen to start working with the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Press the &amp;quot;'''OK, let’s get started!'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:welcome page n.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system setup wizard will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz serv.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Enter data for each menu entry: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Services''' are the services you provide. In addition to translation and proofreading, you can indicate any other services such as layout design, OCR, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pairs''' are your language pairs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Units''' are units to measure the volume of work. For example, hours, words, pages, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Specializations''' are your  specializations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currencies''' are the currencies you work with such as US dollars or euros. Indicate the main currency of the system here. The system will use it for accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Payment methods''' are the payment details. They will be used in the invoices the system will generate to send to your clients. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To navigate in the menu entries, use a dedicated navigation menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz next.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don’t worry if you select something wrong. You’ll be able to change these values in '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[System settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having completed all the entries, press the &amp;quot;'''Complete wizard'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wizard completed.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The following screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Main menu.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your account has been created and you can start working with Protemos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, before you start working with the projects in the system, you need to add your clients and vendors in it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These areas will be addressed in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sign up with ProZ.com'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have ProZ.com account, you may create a new Protemos account with your ProZ.com credentials right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the '''&amp;quot;Sign up with ProZ.com&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Sign up with ProZ.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Sign up with ProZ.com|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''My profile settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''My Profile'''&amp;quot; page you can update your personal information, the time zone you are located in, change your username and account password, and link your ProZ.com account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''My profile''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:My profile menu.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[My profile|My profile]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''System values settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change and set system values in the '''Settings''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings enterprise.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Account''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''Account'''&amp;quot; page you can complete or update general information, upload the logo of your company, delete your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account info'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Account info'''&amp;quot; section contains common information about your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can amend information about your company and change the account owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit general information, press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account info section.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; to confirm changes after editing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update account details.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the account owner press &amp;quot;'''Change account owner'''&amp;quot; (this option is available only for the owner of an account): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upd acc owner but.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assign a new owner and press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button to сonfirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:change account owner  page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Change account owner]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Company logo image'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may upload a logo which will be displayed in all documents generated by the system: invoices, POs, Quotes etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Upload new'''&amp;quot; button to upload the logo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COMPANY LOGO.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Only PNG and JPEG images with a maximum size of 350x350 pixels are supported.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account deletion'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can immediately and permanently delete all your account data and files from the server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Delete account&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account deletion.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Delete account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;License''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are registering your account, you get a free one-month trial license. It works just like a normal license, with no limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''License details''' page you can see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license status;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license type;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- active managers limit (the number of users with different access rights that can work in the system simultaneously);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- when your license expires; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the time left before the expiration date of your license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the trial period is over, the account owner may request a license by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Request license'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Licensening.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Licensing#Requesting license|Request license]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can enter the number of managers you need to work simultaneously in your system and select the license period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can add as many managers as you wish, but only the licensed number of them will be able to log in at the same time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on licensing, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Licensing]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Default settings'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Default settings'''&amp;quot; menu lets you define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default time zone for new users''':  the time zone that will be added by default to all newly created manager, client, and vendor profiles (unless you don't indicate the different one). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default currency''': the currency you are using for balances and reporting. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Currencies]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment method''': the method which will be added by default to all your invoices unless you don't indicate the different method for specific client or invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment terms''': standard payment terms for all your clients. It defines how soon the payment should be made after issuing the invoice. You can set different method for an individual client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page size''': here you can set the size of the PDF page for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page orientation''': here you can set the PDF page orientation for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF locale''': here you may specify the default locale (language,date and time) of invoices for all newly created clients and vendors. You may also define it individually for a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings#PDF locale of client invoices|'''particular client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change#PDF locale of vendor invoices|'''vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client invoicing manager''': here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of system notifications about overdue clients invoices etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the settings mentioned above, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account default settings 1.36.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update account default settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;System Values''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SM sys values.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Language pairs'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update the language pairs you work with, delete, or disable them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Language pairs page.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Add language pairs|&amp;quot;'''New language pairs'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pairs creation page where you can create various language pairs combinations of source and target languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update language pair|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pair update page where you can change languages for a particular language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete the pairs of languages that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can disable them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Disable language pair|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot; ]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the language pair. You can use this option if you don't want to see this language pair in the drop-down list when choosing a language, for instance, while creating a new project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;''' - enables the language pair (the button appears after you disable the language pair).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Services'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update or delete the services your company provides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SS services.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create service|&amp;quot;'''New service'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the service creation page. Here you can create as many services as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the services update page where you can change the name of a particular service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete services that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service#Disable service|disable]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Specializations'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, update or delete the specializations your company works with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:specialization list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create specialization|&amp;quot;'''New specialization'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization creation page. Here you can create every possible specializations you may wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update specialization|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization update page where you can change the name of a particular specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; – deletes the specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete specializations that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you may '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update specialization#Disable specialization|disable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Units'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set units to measure the volume of your work (words, hours, pages, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add any measurement units you need, update, and delete them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:units list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create unit|&amp;quot;'''New unit'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit creation page where you can create as many measurement units as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update unit|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit update page. Here you can change the name of a particular unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;– deletes the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete units that you have already used in the project ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Currencies'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add currencies that will be used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, one client can pay in US dollars while others can choose euros, and you can pay to vendors in local currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add currencies, set any currency as default, disable or delete currencies, check exchange rates history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:currencies list page.jpg|border|900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Add currencies|&amp;quot;'''Add currency'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- opens the menu where you can add desired currency. You can add as many currencies as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Exchange rates history|&amp;quot;'''Exchange rates history'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- shows the exchange rates on the selected date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Set currency as default|&amp;quot;'''Set as default'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - sets the selected currency as default. If you change the default currency, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
all reports and project balances will be rebuilt and recalculated in a new default currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - disables the currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - deletes the currency. You can't delete the currency that is already in use in the system,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but you can disable it in case this currency no longer needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Protemos is connected to the currency conversion service so the exchange rate is updated on a daily basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That’s why you can always see the correct summary in your default currency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your payment details here so the clients can pay you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add various payment methods, change the default payment method and terms, update, disable or delete them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payment methods.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create payment method|&amp;quot;'''Add payment method'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  - opens the menu where you can create a new payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;quot;'''[[Change default settings]]'''&amp;quot; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- here you can change the default payment method and currency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define in how many days invoices should be paid, the default PDF page size for your invoices and vendor invoicing contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update payment method|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can renew payment method details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; - disables the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete payment methods that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button).''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; But you can disable them in case these payment methods no longer needed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define several taxes in the system, link them to the clients and vendors, and add them to your invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Taxes list'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a list of taxes, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu list.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may define the necessary number of taxes that will be used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new tax, press the '''&amp;quot;New tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes list.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name of the tax, select the type, and specify its sort order in invoices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add new tax new.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the new tax to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Taxes list|Taxes list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default clients taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default clients taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default clients taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu default clients.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a default percentage tax, press the &amp;quot;Add default persentage tax&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add def cl percentage tax.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New def cl perc VAT 2.png|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each client when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|Default clients taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each client. It will override the default clients taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Custom taxes set for individual client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default vendors taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default vendors taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default vendors taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:DVTset menu.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the '''&amp;quot;Add default tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS add default tax.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS tax name choosing2.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new tax will appear in the default vendors taxes set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each vendor when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|Default vendors taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each vendor. It will override the default vendors taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Custom taxes set for individual vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Object codes'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set the number of your next invoice, project, payment, job etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the next object identification numbers or the object code prefixes press the &amp;quot;'''Update next IDs'''&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;'''Update code prefixes'''&amp;quot; buttons correspondingly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Object codes buttons.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update object codes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Deadline reminders'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system notifies you about overdue projects, jobs, and invoices by email. You can switch these notifications off/on by clicking &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Deadline reminders 1.36 new.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Update deadline reminders settings]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;SMTP Server'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the system sends all email messages from Protemos own email server, but you can change this and make the system use your own server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SMTP server.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update SMTP server configuration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP menu.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu allows you to adjust vendor portal related settings and embed your standard agreement with new vendors into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It consists of two sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Vendor portal settings'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing by vendors''' - here you can enable or disable the ability to create invoices by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application form''' - allows you to enable or disable the ability to submit applications by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors submit their applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application URL''' - you can post the vendor application URL on your corporate website or send it to new vendors so that they can submit their applications to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the above-mentioned settings (except for the Vendor application URL), click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP settings update.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor applications, please check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor application URL]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Agreement with new vendors'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can embed your standard agreement with your vendors into the system, so they will have to accept it before working with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create agreement&amp;quot;''' to add the agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add agreemment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor portal#Agreement with new vendors|Agreement with new vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings integration 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains three submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''ProZ.com integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with '''ProZ.com''' - the world's largest community of translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable ProZ.com integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;ProZ.com''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings Proz 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''ProZ.com integration''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, check linked profile or disable ProZ.com integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ integr page.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Enable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - opens the ProZ.com login page where you can enter your username and password to enable integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Check linked profile|&amp;quot;Profile URL&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - you may open your ProZ.com profile page by clicking the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Disable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the  integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A link to your ProZ.com profile and the &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; button will appear after you enable ProZ.com integration for your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Link users in Protemos with one ProZ.com account'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may link your ProZ.com account to be able to log into your Protemos account with ProZ.com credentials in one click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In case you also have several Vendor and(or) Freelance accounts in Protemos, you can link them all with your ProZ.com account, and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Switch users without re-login|switch between your accounts without re-login]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''SmartCAT integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with SmartCAT system, so you can create projects and quotes in Protemos, and then copy them to SmartCAT (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable SmartCAT integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;SmartCAT''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings CAT.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the SmartCAT integration page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, update or disable SmartCAT integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SmartCAT API.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; buttons will appear after you enable SmartCAT integration for your account.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have SmartCAT account you can register it directly from the '''SmartCAT integration''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also get a SmartCAT API key for Protemos, as it differs from your normal SmartCAT username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, please click the corresponding links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SmartCAT links.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on SmartCAT integration, SmartCAT-related project and quotes creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''TQAuditor integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with TQAuditor - the system for evaluation and monitoring translation quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable TQAuditor integration for your account, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;TQAuditor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings TQ.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you need to press the &amp;quot;'''Enable'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TQAUDITOR API CREDENTIALS enable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on TQAuditor integration, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[TQAuditor integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Users'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add new users who will use the system just as you do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if there are several project managers in your team, you can create a separate account with the necessary level of access rights for each of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Users list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu users list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user, fill in or renew all basic information about a particular user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new user, press the &amp;quot;'''New user'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Ent.users 2.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New user''' page. After you fill in the boxes press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New user.jpg|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mark the '''&amp;quot;Can login&amp;quot;''' checkbox, the system will send an invitation to the user to join your company on Protemos once you finish creating the user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may leave the checkbox unmarked and send the invitation later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': your user will not be able to log into the system if you disable &amp;quot;'''Can login&amp;quot;''' button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Create user]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': use the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Access rights|&amp;quot;'''User groups'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; box to select the group to relate your users to. This will define the user’s access rights.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Users''' page, you can also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update user| '''Update user''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, users can be added by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#New user|'''New user''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''New user'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu New user.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to add users, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Access rights'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu screen to define access rights for various user groups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu access.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Access rights]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add clients'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add clients manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add clients manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new clients manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Clients''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New client''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients new 2.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Clients list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New client'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New client button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''New client''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the information about your client on the displayed screen. It consists of three sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''General info''' section to enter general information about the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client general info section.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  section to enter the URL address of the client record on the ProZ.com Blue Board:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ Blue Board section1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Primary user''' section to enter the client’s contact person:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client primary user section.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to display the client entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended for viewing and entering various client data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab|General info]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update client details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' client info or '''&amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;''' the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also check all the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client quick links|client-related objects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage client tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CV general 1.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete clients involved into recorded projects, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#Primary user|Primary user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section you can view and edit client's primary contact details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Primary user.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' linked record and make an entry for your client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl ProZ Blue sec Acme.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also change your client's '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of client’s contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client has several contact persons, they can all be entered in the '''Contact persons''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of prices agreed with the client, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create a custom taxes set for this client. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can upload and delete files related to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import clients from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of clients, contacts, and prices, you can easily import it without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/client/index Clients] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients import from xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of clients to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients export to xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data export , please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel| Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add vendors'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you assign jobs to other vendors, you need to add each of them to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add vendors manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add vendors manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new vendors manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Vendors''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New vendor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu new v.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Vendors list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu V list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New vendor'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor|New vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you will see the '''Type''' box. You can select any of the three vendor types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Company''' is a contractor company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelancer''' is a non-staff employee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''In-house''' is a staff employee who works in your office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the vendor type, you will see the boxes to fill in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button to add a vendor account to the system. The vendor will be sent an invitation email and needs to accept the invitation ''(please find more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add a vendor account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional information on how to add vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor entry page is intended for viewing and entering various vendor data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor viev.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''General info''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update vendor details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' vendor info, add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage vendor tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick links|quick links]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#General information|delete]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' a vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab you can also view and edit basic information about the primary user, disable vendor access to the account, and  send\resend an invitation to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete vendors involved into recorded jobs, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for your vendor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view a list of vendor contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is available only if the vendor is a company, not a person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab|Payment methods]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create or update payment methods for the vendor, and change the default payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can view the list of prices agreed with the vendor, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can create a custom taxes set for this vendor. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can upload and delete files related to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Availability chart tab|Availability chart]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can see the chart and list of all active jobs assigned to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If your vendor has ProZ.com account with the same email as in Protemos, the system will display the link to that account on the vendor entry page ''(more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#Links of vendor profiles to ProZ.com profiles|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import vendors from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of vendors,  their contacts, specializations, language pairs and prices, you can easily import these data without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/vendor/index Vendors] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors import from xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of vendors to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors export to xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data export, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel| Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new quote'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quote is a potential project. Let's assume that your client has sent you a translation request, but first, he would like to know how much it will cost,  time frames for implementation etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to save your time, you can create a quote and send it to your client and then, if the client agrees with the quote conditions, you can easily convert it to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also create it if you are simply not sure yet you will get the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to create a quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Quotes''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New quote''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu new Q.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Quotes=&amp;gt;Quotes list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu Q list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New quote'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New quote''' page where you can specify all basic details for a new quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm all details with the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the &amp;quot;'''Quote'''&amp;quot; page that consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Quote details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''' to see the set of operations that can be performed on this quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Quote actions.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Send''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send quote]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page which allows emailing the quote to the client directly from the system. After the quote is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark as sent''': if you not sending the quote through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Convert to project''': by pressing this button you begin creating a new project with this quote.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''': if the client doesn't accept this quote conditions, you may press the &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot; button to remember that rejection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''': pressing this button downloads the quote in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''': you may clone the quote by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update quote page|Update quote ]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ''' page on which you can edit the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''': deletes the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''', '''&amp;quot;Mark as sent&amp;quot;''', and '''&amp;quot;Download as PDF&amp;quot;''' buttons are not displayed in quotes with no '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quote receivables section|receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' entered.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Files section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can upload the files or links (file URLs) you received from your client (if any):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload new file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can upload CAT log files (if needed):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote upload Cat section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter receivables to indicate the amount to be charged from the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote res section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having checked all the quote data, you can send the quote to the client. Go to the '''Quote details''' section, press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then click the &amp;quot;'''Send'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Send quote]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qoute send butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on quotes, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Quotes]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create SmartCAT-related quotes'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new project'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the system and entering the clients and vendors in it, you can start new projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For illustration purposes, suppose you have Acme Corporation as your client. They have sent you the 20,000-word translation request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
from English into French asking to complete it in 2 weeks. Let’s add this project to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create project'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Before creating project, make sure that you have added clients and vendors in your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. There are two ways to create a project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''Project''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New project''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu new proj.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New project'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New proj butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New project''' page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter your project information and press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project creation page.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The project page will be displayed with the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj tabs.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Now you need to upload the files received from your client to the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Files''' tab and upload the needed files by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Upload files'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also add a link (file URL) to an external file instead of uploading the file to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project inputs.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on project input files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, Files tab#Project input|Project input]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project receivables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Next, enter the volume of work and the receivable from the client. To do so, go to the '''Finances''' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project new receivables.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the purchase order number sent from the client in the '''PO number''' box. If the client has not provided such number, you may leave this box unfilled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the volume of work, price, and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the raceivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB receivable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter several receivables for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing|Receivable creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. If necessary, you may upload a CAT log file to your project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Cat logs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Upload CAT log'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj upload cat log.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on uploading of CAT log files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, CAT logs tab]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. If you fulfill your job yourself, the new project has been created. You have to fulfil and complete it (see item 18 in this list). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to assign the project to other vendors, carry on reading below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create jobs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Let’s assume that you need to assign the translation to one vendor and then give it for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create their respective jobs in the system. Go to the '''Jobs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Add job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj add job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In the '''Job input files''' section select project files to send to a translator:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select job input file.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section below on the same page, select the vendor and enter information about the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New Job.png|border|430px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Next, the job screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start a new job.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs creation and editing, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project payables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Now you need to add payable for the vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, scroll down to the '''Payables to vendor''' section and press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable but.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the job volume and payable for the vendor and press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB payable Acme.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create/Edit payable|Create payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. Now you can send a notification to the vendor to start the job. Press the &amp;quot;'''Start job'''&amp;quot; button on the '''Job details''' screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start job.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor will receive the notification by email that he has been assigned the job, log in and collect the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the vendor will fulfill the job, upload the ready files to the system and mark the job as completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be notified by email that the vendor has completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job output files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Check if the files delivered by the translator are correct by downloading them from the '''Job Output Files''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job output Acme.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. Having ensured that the vendor did everything correctly, press the &amp;quot;'''Accept job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Accept job button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. The vendor will be notified by email that the job has been accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. Now you would like to pass the completed translation for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a job for another vendor. The process is the same. The only difference is that you need to specify the files &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
delivered by the translator when selecting incoming files for the editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job input files.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the project'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. When all the vendors have uploaded their files, you can start delivering the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may upload vendors' files to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the project’s '''Files''' tab and scroll down to the '''Jobs Output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the necessary files and press the &amp;quot;'''Add selected to project output'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Jobs output files 4.png|border|1100px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you not to lose files after you close the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. If you fulfil your job yourself, you may upload files or URL links into the system by clicking &amp;quot;'''Upload additional files'''&amp;quot; or '''&amp;quot;Add link URLs&amp;quot;''' correspondingly in the '''Project Output''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add additional file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. Having added all the needed files to '''Project Output''', you can download the files and send them to the client or client’s manager by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files download.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Having delivered all the files, you can complete the project. Go to the '''Details''' tab, click '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then press the &amp;quot;'''Complete'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project page complete button2.jpg|border|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! You have completed the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 1''': The number of projects in your system will be increasing with time, so you won’t want all of them to be displayed. Set up how projects are displayed in the list using '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 2''': View the list of vendors’ jobs in all the projects at the dedicated page by pressing the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list|Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' menu on the top panel.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;Project templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this page to create templates for your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create projects based on templates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a project from a template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''Projects''' menu on the top panel and then click '''Project templates''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Proj temp menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press the '''&amp;quot;Templates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Project page templates button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;CAT log templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add weighted word count templates for the CAT tools you are using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects CAT logs.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add or update templates: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat Temp Add button.jpg|bprder|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|&amp;quot;'''Add template'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can add a word count template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Update templates|'''update''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  the template if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on templates, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create SmartCAT-related projects'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Clients prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all clients' prices, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients price.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Client prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all clients' prices from/to Excel, update or delete a particular client's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client prices page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New client price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Create new price|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for a definite client, service, language pair and specialization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to a particular client or type of service, specialization etc. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel|Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all clients' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of clients' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Edit price|Update client price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create invoices for clients and control their payment'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To create an invoice for a client, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Receivables''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CM receivables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The list of all the receivables will be displayed. Select the desired rows and press the &amp;quot;'''Invoice selected'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoice client  receivable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The system will create an invoice and will display its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Create invoice|Create invoice]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Client invoice'''  page consists of the following sections: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client invoice details section new.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Send''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send client invoice]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' which allows emailing the invoice to the client directly from the system. After the invoice is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Resend''' - this button appears after the invoice has been sent. Pressing it sends the invoice one more time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as sent''' - if you not sending the invoice through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as unsent''' - this button appears if the invoice has been sent. Pressing it deletes the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download as PDF''' - pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Write off''' - this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off. E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discount and Extra Charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge update|discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Update''' - opens the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update client invoice|'''Update invoice''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  page on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delete''' - deletes the invoice. This button disappears after you link the invoice with the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on action buttons, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Action buttons|Action buttons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of client invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and client's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|'''Default clients taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''No taxes''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv tax sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove receivables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add receivables press the &amp;quot;'''Add receivables'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv receiv section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on how to add receivables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Remove and add receivables|Remove and add receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have received the payment for the invoice, you can record it by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Create linked payment&amp;quot;''' button under receivables table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv linked payments sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Create linked payment|Create linked payment]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Create payments|'''Client payments''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Client invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, while on the '''Client payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find out how to create payments on the '''Client payments''' page, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when a client pays the invoice, enter the payment in the system and connect it with the paid invoice. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Clients=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients Payments menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Client payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to add a new client payment press &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:client new payment button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment from client''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment received from the client and select the invoices that payment covers from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client payment page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have entered the payment in the system and completed the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Client payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients invoices list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the invoices in '''Clients=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients invoices 2.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can track all the invoices from your clients and control their payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Vendors prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all vendors' prices, go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor prices menu.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Vendor prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all vendors' prices from/to Excel, update or delete the particular vendor's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor prices  page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New vendor price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  for a definite vendor, service, language pair and specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to the particular vendor or type of service, specialization etc.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel|Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all vendors' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of vendors' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Price editing|Update vendor price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Invoices from vendors and payment control'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendors can create invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Invoicing|on their own]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or you can create their invoices as the company manager. Let’s review the second option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payables''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors payables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of payables due to vendors will be displayed. Select the rows to be included in the invoice and press the Invoice selected button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoicing selected payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If the vendor’s name is highlighted in red in the table, it means that payment method was not selected for this vendor and it’s impossible to create an invoice for this vendor’s jobs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create an invoice, select the payment method for the vendor (click the vendor’s name and add the payment method as described on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page). &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The system will create the invoice, send it to the vendor by email and open its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Vendor invoice''' page consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''' — pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Discount and Extra charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge| discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Write off''' — this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' — pressing this button opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice update|Vendor Invoice update page]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' — this button deletes the invoice. It disappears after you link the invoice with the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;'''Note''': For invoices with linked payments only &amp;quot;'''Download as PDF'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Write off'''&amp;quot; buttons are  available.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;To make all buttons available, you need to unlink the payments first. It can be done on the page of the corresponding payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of vendor invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and vendor's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|'''Default vendors taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|No taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice taxes section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice payables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove payables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add payables press the &amp;quot;'''Add payables '''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV payables section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Removing and adding payables|Adding and removing payables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have paid the invoice, you can record the payment by pressing “'''Create linked payment'''” button under the payable table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV linked payment creation n.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Linked payment creation|Linked payment creation]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, the payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list|'''Vendor payments ''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Vendor invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while on the '''Vendor payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, having paid the vendors’ invoices, you need to enter those payments in the system. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor payments.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Vendor payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot; button to add a new vendor payment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor payments new payment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment to vendor''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment completed to the vendor and select the invoices covered by that payment from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor payment.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the payment has been entered in the system and you’ve completed the payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors invoices list'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the vendors’ invoices in '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors invoices.jpg|border|135px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Filters'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters are provided for most of the tables in the system. Use such filters to hide the information you don’t want to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Projects+&amp;gt;Projects list''' menu on the top panel to display the list of projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Filters projects.jpg|border|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following filters are provided for that list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects filter 2.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter necessary data into the appropriate fields and press the '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects filters, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Search projects with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further instructions on how to search the required data with filters, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Search quotes with filters|Search quotes with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Project templates#Search project templates with filters|Search project templates with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Search jobs with filters|Search jobs with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Search clients with filters|Search clients with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Search vendors with filters|Search vendors with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search clients prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Search receivables with filters|Search clients receivables with filter]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search clients invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Search payments with filters|Search clients payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search vendors prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Search payables with filters|Search vendors payables with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search vendors invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Search payments with filters|Search vendors payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Reports'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can generate various business reports in the system. In this way, you can analyze the financial results of your activity for a defined period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Reports''' menu on the top panel and choose the required item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''General finances'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show dynamics of how income, expenses and profit change over months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;General finances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by project balances|Monthly finances by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on receivables in your projects and payables in the related jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by invoices|Monthly finances by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by payments|Monthly finances by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on general finances reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Managers'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each project manager of your team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Managers=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per manager by project balances|Monthly income per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per manager by project balances|Monthly profit per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per manager by project balances|Monthly income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per manager by project balances|Monthly profit share per manager by project balances&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;]]''' -  shows how the profit share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Income share per manager by project balances|Income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Profit share per manager by project balances|Profit share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of profit each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Finances per manager by project balances summary table|Finances per manager by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per manager and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on managers reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports menu clients.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Finances by project balances'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per client by project balances|Monthly income per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover per client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per client by project balances|Monthly profit per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per client by project balances|Monthly income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of the client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per client by project balances|Monthly profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Income share per client by project balances|Income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Profit share per client by project balances|Profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''- on this report you may see the shares of profit each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Finances per client by project balances summary table|Finances per client by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the client invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients invoices.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the turnover per client based on the invoices you issued for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income share per client by invoices|Monthly income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the share of invoices per clients was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Income share per client by invoices|Income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of invoices per clients over the selected period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices summary table|Monthly income per client by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all invoice amounts per client and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show how the clients were paying you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients payments.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the amounts of payments per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income share per client by payments|Monthly income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see how the share of payments per client was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Income share per client by payments|Income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the share of each client in payments received over the specified period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments summary table|Monthly income per client by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all payment amounts per client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:reports vendors menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor invoices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports_vendors_invoices.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly invoices per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the invoiced amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Expenses share per vendor by invoices|Expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the invoiced amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows the invoiced amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports vendors payments.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly payments per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the paid amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Expenses share per vendor by payments|Expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the paid amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows paid amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Language pairs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each language pair you work with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Language pairs=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports language pairs.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per language pair by project balances|Monthly income per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per language pair by project balances|Monthly income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Income share per language pair by project balances|Income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Profit share per language pair by project balances|Profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Finances per language pair by project balances summary table|Finances per language pair by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per language pair and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on language pairs reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Services'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each service based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Services=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports services.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per service by project balances|Monthly income per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per service by project balances|Monthly profit per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per service by project balances|Monthly income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per service by project balances|Monthly profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows how the profit share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Income share per service by project balances|Income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Profit share per service by project balances|Profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Finances per service by project balances summary table|Finances per service by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per service and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on services reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Export data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''On every page (quotes, projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.) you can export the tables into xls.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Export to excel.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot;, you will get the file with exported data and will be able to use it for backup, analysis, &lt;br /&gt;
import or any other purpose you might need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instructions on how to export the required data to excel, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Export to Excel|Export quotes data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Export to Excel|Export projects data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Export|Export jobs data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel|Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Export to Excel|Export clients prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Export to Excel|Export clients receivables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Export to Excel|Export clients invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Export to Excel|Export clients payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel|Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors  prices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Export data to Excel|Export general finances reports data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Additional information'''==&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports all the modern browsers. However, some outdated browsers (e.g., Opera 12.17) may have issues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience issues, we recommend using the modern browser. We are improving the system all the time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why its user interface may change and look a little bit differently from the one described above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we try to update this manual accordingly. If you notice some discrepancies between the description and the real functionality, please tell us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12054</id>
		<title>Enterprise edition user manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12054"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T12:16:38Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Deliver the project */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''For a brief overview of the system, please check this video:'''   [[File:youtube.jpg|40px|link=https://youtu.be/rrG6ImhtWHQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Get started with Protemos'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To start working with Protemos, create your account in the system by completing the following steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the &amp;quot;'''CREATE PROTEMOS ACCOUNT'''&amp;quot; button at the website '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://protemos.com  www.protemos.com] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Create account 3.png|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/account/create  Create Account] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create enterprise account page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select your account type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:account type selection.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Enterprise''': select this option if you are going to assign jobs to in-house translators, freelancers or other companies.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, the system will have supplier’s functionality and you will be able to assign jobs to your suppliers.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Freelance''': this is a light and free version of the system. Select this option if you are doing all jobs alone and do not subcontract freelancers.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, you will not be able to create suppliers in the system and assign jobs to them. Upgrade to Enterprise version is possible if desired.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fill in all the boxes and tick the &amp;quot;I'm not a robot&amp;quot; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read our '''Privacy policy''' and '''Terms of service'''. To do so, click the corresponding links (highlighted in blue).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accept the conditions, click the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Robot.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After pressing the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button, the account will be set up and you will see a welcome screen to start working with the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Press the &amp;quot;'''OK, let’s get started!'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:welcome page n.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system setup wizard will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz serv.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Enter data for each menu entry: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Services''' are the services you provide. In addition to translation and proofreading, you can indicate any other services such as layout design, OCR, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pairs''' are your language pairs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Units''' are units to measure the volume of work. For example, hours, words, pages, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Specializations''' are your  specializations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currencies''' are the currencies you work with such as US dollars or euros. Indicate the main currency of the system here. The system will use it for accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Payment methods''' are the payment details. They will be used in the invoices the system will generate to send to your clients. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To navigate in the menu entries, use a dedicated navigation menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz next.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don’t worry if you select something wrong. You’ll be able to change these values in '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[System settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having completed all the entries, press the &amp;quot;'''Complete wizard'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wizard completed.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The following screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Main menu.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your account has been created and you can start working with Protemos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, before you start working with the projects in the system, you need to add your clients and vendors in it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These areas will be addressed in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sign up with ProZ.com'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have ProZ.com account, you may create a new Protemos account with your ProZ.com credentials right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the '''&amp;quot;Sign up with ProZ.com&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Sign up with ProZ.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Sign up with ProZ.com|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''My profile settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''My Profile'''&amp;quot; page you can update your personal information, the time zone you are located in, change your username and account password, and link your ProZ.com account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''My profile''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:My profile menu.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[My profile|My profile]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''System values settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change and set system values in the '''Settings''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings enterprise.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Account''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''Account'''&amp;quot; page you can complete or update general information, upload the logo of your company, delete your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account info'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Account info'''&amp;quot; section contains common information about your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can amend information about your company and change the account owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit general information, press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account info section.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; to confirm changes after editing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update account details.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the account owner press &amp;quot;'''Change account owner'''&amp;quot; (this option is available only for the owner of an account): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upd acc owner but.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assign a new owner and press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button to сonfirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:change account owner  page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Change account owner]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Company logo image'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may upload a logo which will be displayed in all documents generated by the system: invoices, POs, Quotes etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Upload new'''&amp;quot; button to upload the logo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COMPANY LOGO.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Only PNG and JPEG images with a maximum size of 350x350 pixels are supported.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account deletion'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can immediately and permanently delete all your account data and files from the server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Delete account&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account deletion.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Delete account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;License''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are registering your account, you get a free one-month trial license. It works just like a normal license, with no limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''License details''' page you can see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license status;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license type;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- active managers limit (the number of users with different access rights that can work in the system simultaneously);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- when your license expires; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the time left before the expiration date of your license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the trial period is over, the account owner may request a license by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Request license'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Licensening.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Licensing#Requesting license|Request license]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can enter the number of managers you need to work simultaneously in your system and select the license period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can add as many managers as you wish, but only the licensed number of them will be able to log in at the same time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on licensing, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Licensing]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Default settings'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Default settings'''&amp;quot; menu lets you define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default time zone for new users''':  the time zone that will be added by default to all newly created manager, client, and vendor profiles (unless you don't indicate the different one). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default currency''': the currency you are using for balances and reporting. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Currencies]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment method''': the method which will be added by default to all your invoices unless you don't indicate the different method for specific client or invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment terms''': standard payment terms for all your clients. It defines how soon the payment should be made after issuing the invoice. You can set different method for an individual client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page size''': here you can set the size of the PDF page for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page orientation''': here you can set the PDF page orientation for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF locale''': here you may specify the default locale (language,date and time) of invoices for all newly created clients and vendors. You may also define it individually for a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings#PDF locale of client invoices|'''particular client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change#PDF locale of vendor invoices|'''vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client invoicing manager''': here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of system notifications about overdue clients invoices etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the settings mentioned above, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account default settings 1.36.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update account default settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;System Values''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SM sys values.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Language pairs'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update the language pairs you work with, delete, or disable them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Language pairs page.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Add language pairs|&amp;quot;'''New language pairs'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pairs creation page where you can create various language pairs combinations of source and target languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update language pair|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pair update page where you can change languages for a particular language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete the pairs of languages that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can disable them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Disable language pair|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot; ]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the language pair. You can use this option if you don't want to see this language pair in the drop-down list when choosing a language, for instance, while creating a new project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;''' - enables the language pair (the button appears after you disable the language pair).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Services'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update or delete the services your company provides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SS services.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create service|&amp;quot;'''New service'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the service creation page. Here you can create as many services as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the services update page where you can change the name of a particular service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete services that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service#Disable service|disable]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Specializations'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, update or delete the specializations your company works with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:specialization list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create specialization|&amp;quot;'''New specialization'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization creation page. Here you can create every possible specializations you may wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update specialization|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization update page where you can change the name of a particular specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; – deletes the specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete specializations that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you may '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update specialization#Disable specialization|disable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Units'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set units to measure the volume of your work (words, hours, pages, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add any measurement units you need, update, and delete them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:units list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create unit|&amp;quot;'''New unit'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit creation page where you can create as many measurement units as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update unit|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit update page. Here you can change the name of a particular unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;– deletes the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete units that you have already used in the project ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Currencies'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add currencies that will be used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, one client can pay in US dollars while others can choose euros, and you can pay to vendors in local currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add currencies, set any currency as default, disable or delete currencies, check exchange rates history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:currencies list page.jpg|border|900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Add currencies|&amp;quot;'''Add currency'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- opens the menu where you can add desired currency. You can add as many currencies as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Exchange rates history|&amp;quot;'''Exchange rates history'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- shows the exchange rates on the selected date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Set currency as default|&amp;quot;'''Set as default'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - sets the selected currency as default. If you change the default currency, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
all reports and project balances will be rebuilt and recalculated in a new default currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - disables the currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - deletes the currency. You can't delete the currency that is already in use in the system,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but you can disable it in case this currency no longer needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Protemos is connected to the currency conversion service so the exchange rate is updated on a daily basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That’s why you can always see the correct summary in your default currency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your payment details here so the clients can pay you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add various payment methods, change the default payment method and terms, update, disable or delete them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payment methods.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create payment method|&amp;quot;'''Add payment method'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  - opens the menu where you can create a new payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;quot;'''[[Change default settings]]'''&amp;quot; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- here you can change the default payment method and currency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define in how many days invoices should be paid, the default PDF page size for your invoices and vendor invoicing contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update payment method|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can renew payment method details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; - disables the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete payment methods that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button).''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; But you can disable them in case these payment methods no longer needed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define several taxes in the system, link them to the clients and vendors, and add them to your invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Taxes list'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a list of taxes, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu list.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may define the necessary number of taxes that will be used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new tax, press the '''&amp;quot;New tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes list.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name of the tax, select the type, and specify its sort order in invoices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add new tax new.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the new tax to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Taxes list|Taxes list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default clients taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default clients taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default clients taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu default clients.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a default percentage tax, press the &amp;quot;Add default persentage tax&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add def cl percentage tax.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New def cl perc VAT 2.png|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each client when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|Default clients taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each client. It will override the default clients taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Custom taxes set for individual client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default vendors taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default vendors taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default vendors taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:DVTset menu.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the '''&amp;quot;Add default tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS add default tax.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS tax name choosing2.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new tax will appear in the default vendors taxes set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each vendor when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|Default vendors taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each vendor. It will override the default vendors taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Custom taxes set for individual vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Object codes'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set the number of your next invoice, project, payment, job etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the next object identification numbers or the object code prefixes press the &amp;quot;'''Update next IDs'''&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;'''Update code prefixes'''&amp;quot; buttons correspondingly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Object codes buttons.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update object codes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Deadline reminders'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system notifies you about overdue projects, jobs, and invoices by email. You can switch these notifications off/on by clicking &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Deadline reminders 1.36 new.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Update deadline reminders settings]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;SMTP Server'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the system sends all email messages from Protemos own email server, but you can change this and make the system use your own server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SMTP server.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update SMTP server configuration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP menu.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu allows you to adjust vendor portal related settings and embed your standard agreement with new vendors into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It consists of two sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Vendor portal settings'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing by vendors''' - here you can enable or disable the ability to create invoices by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application form''' - allows you to enable or disable the ability to submit applications by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors submit their applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application URL''' - you can post the vendor application URL on your corporate website or send it to new vendors so that they can submit their applications to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the above-mentioned settings (except for the Vendor application URL), click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP settings update.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor applications, please check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor application URL]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Agreement with new vendors'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can embed your standard agreement with your vendors into the system, so they will have to accept it before working with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create agreement&amp;quot;''' to add the agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add agreemment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor portal#Agreement with new vendors|Agreement with new vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings integration 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains three submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''ProZ.com integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with '''ProZ.com''' - the world's largest community of translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable ProZ.com integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;ProZ.com''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings Proz 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''ProZ.com integration''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, check linked profile or disable ProZ.com integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ integr page.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Enable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - opens the ProZ.com login page where you can enter your username and password to enable integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Check linked profile|&amp;quot;Profile URL&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - you may open your ProZ.com profile page by clicking the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Disable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the  integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A link to your ProZ.com profile and the &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; button will appear after you enable ProZ.com integration for your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Link users in Protemos with one ProZ.com account'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may link your ProZ.com account to be able to log into your Protemos account with ProZ.com credentials in one click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In case you also have several Vendor and(or) Freelance accounts in Protemos, you can link them all with your ProZ.com account, and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Switch users without re-login|switch between your accounts without re-login]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''SmartCAT integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with SmartCAT system, so you can create projects and quotes in Protemos, and then copy them to SmartCAT (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable SmartCAT integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;SmartCAT''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings CAT.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the SmartCAT integration page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, update or disable SmartCAT integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SmartCAT API.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; buttons will appear after you enable SmartCAT integration for your account.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have SmartCAT account you can register it directly from the '''SmartCAT integration''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also get a SmartCAT API key for Protemos, as it differs from your normal SmartCAT username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, please click the corresponding links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SmartCAT links.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on SmartCAT integration, SmartCAT-related project and quotes creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''TQAuditor integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with TQAuditor - the system for evaluation and monitoring translation quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable TQAuditor integration for your account, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;TQAuditor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings TQ.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you need to press the &amp;quot;'''Enable'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TQAUDITOR API CREDENTIALS enable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on TQAuditor integration, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[TQAuditor integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Users'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add new users who will use the system just as you do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if there are several project managers in your team, you can create a separate account with the necessary level of access rights for each of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Users list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu users list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user, fill in or renew all basic information about a particular user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new user, press the &amp;quot;'''New user'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Ent.users 2.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New user''' page. After you fill in the boxes press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New user.jpg|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mark the '''&amp;quot;Can login&amp;quot;''' checkbox, the system will send an invitation to the user to join your company on Protemos once you finish creating the user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may leave the checkbox unmarked and send the invitation later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': your user will not be able to log into the system if you disable &amp;quot;'''Can login&amp;quot;''' button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Create user]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': use the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Access rights|&amp;quot;'''User groups'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; box to select the group to relate your users to. This will define the user’s access rights.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Users''' page, you can also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update user| '''Update user''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, users can be added by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#New user|'''New user''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''New user'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu New user.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to add users, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Access rights'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu screen to define access rights for various user groups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu access.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Access rights]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add clients'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add clients manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add clients manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new clients manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Clients''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New client''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients new 2.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Clients list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New client'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New client button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''New client''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the information about your client on the displayed screen. It consists of three sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''General info''' section to enter general information about the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client general info section.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  section to enter the URL address of the client record on the ProZ.com Blue Board:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ Blue Board section1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Primary user''' section to enter the client’s contact person:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client primary user section.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to display the client entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended for viewing and entering various client data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab|General info]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update client details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' client info or '''&amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;''' the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also check all the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client quick links|client-related objects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage client tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CV general 1.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete clients involved into recorded projects, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#Primary user|Primary user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section you can view and edit client's primary contact details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Primary user.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' linked record and make an entry for your client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl ProZ Blue sec Acme.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also change your client's '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of client’s contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client has several contact persons, they can all be entered in the '''Contact persons''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of prices agreed with the client, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create a custom taxes set for this client. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can upload and delete files related to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import clients from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of clients, contacts, and prices, you can easily import it without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/client/index Clients] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients import from xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of clients to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients export to xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data export , please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel| Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add vendors'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you assign jobs to other vendors, you need to add each of them to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add vendors manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add vendors manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new vendors manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Vendors''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New vendor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu new v.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Vendors list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu V list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New vendor'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor|New vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you will see the '''Type''' box. You can select any of the three vendor types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Company''' is a contractor company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelancer''' is a non-staff employee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''In-house''' is a staff employee who works in your office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the vendor type, you will see the boxes to fill in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button to add a vendor account to the system. The vendor will be sent an invitation email and needs to accept the invitation ''(please find more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add a vendor account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional information on how to add vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor entry page is intended for viewing and entering various vendor data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor viev.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''General info''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update vendor details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' vendor info, add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage vendor tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick links|quick links]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#General information|delete]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' a vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab you can also view and edit basic information about the primary user, disable vendor access to the account, and  send\resend an invitation to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete vendors involved into recorded jobs, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for your vendor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view a list of vendor contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is available only if the vendor is a company, not a person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab|Payment methods]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create or update payment methods for the vendor, and change the default payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can view the list of prices agreed with the vendor, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can create a custom taxes set for this vendor. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can upload and delete files related to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Availability chart tab|Availability chart]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can see the chart and list of all active jobs assigned to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If your vendor has ProZ.com account with the same email as in Protemos, the system will display the link to that account on the vendor entry page ''(more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#Links of vendor profiles to ProZ.com profiles|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import vendors from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of vendors,  their contacts, specializations, language pairs and prices, you can easily import these data without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/vendor/index Vendors] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors import from xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of vendors to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors export to xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data export, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel| Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new quote'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quote is a potential project. Let's assume that your client has sent you a translation request, but first, he would like to know how much it will cost,  time frames for implementation etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to save your time, you can create a quote and send it to your client and then, if the client agrees with the quote conditions, you can easily convert it to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also create it if you are simply not sure yet you will get the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to create a quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Quotes''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New quote''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu new Q.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Quotes=&amp;gt;Quotes list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu Q list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New quote'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New quote''' page where you can specify all basic details for a new quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm all details with the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the &amp;quot;'''Quote'''&amp;quot; page that consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Quote details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''' to see the set of operations that can be performed on this quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Quote actions.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Send''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send quote]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page which allows emailing the quote to the client directly from the system. After the quote is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark as sent''': if you not sending the quote through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Convert to project''': by pressing this button you begin creating a new project with this quote.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''': if the client doesn't accept this quote conditions, you may press the &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot; button to remember that rejection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''': pressing this button downloads the quote in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''': you may clone the quote by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update quote page|Update quote ]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ''' page on which you can edit the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''': deletes the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''', '''&amp;quot;Mark as sent&amp;quot;''', and '''&amp;quot;Download as PDF&amp;quot;''' buttons are not displayed in quotes with no '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quote receivables section|receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' entered.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Files section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can upload the files or links (file URLs) you received from your client (if any):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload new file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can upload CAT log files (if needed):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote upload Cat section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter receivables to indicate the amount to be charged from the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote res section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having checked all the quote data, you can send the quote to the client. Go to the '''Quote details''' section, press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then click the &amp;quot;'''Send'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Send quote]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qoute send butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on quotes, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Quotes]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create SmartCAT-related quotes'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new project'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the system and entering the clients and vendors in it, you can start new projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For illustration purposes, suppose you have Acme Corporation as your client. They have sent you the 20,000-word translation request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
from English into French asking to complete it in 2 weeks. Let’s add this project to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create project'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Before creating project, make sure that you have added clients and vendors in your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. There are two ways to create a project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''Project''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New project''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu new proj.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New project'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New proj butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New project''' page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter your project information and press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project creation page.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The project page will be displayed with the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj tabs.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Now you need to upload the files received from your client to the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Files''' tab and upload the needed files by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Upload files'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also add a link (file URL) to an external file instead of uploading the file to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project inputs.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on project input files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, Files tab#Project input|Project input]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project receivables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Next, enter the volume of work and the receivable from the client. To do so, go to the '''Finances''' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project new receivables.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the purchase order number sent from the client in the '''PO number''' box. If the client has not provided such number, you may leave this box unfilled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the volume of work, price, and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the raceivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB receivable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter several receivables for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing|Receivable creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. If necessary, you may upload a CAT log file to your project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Cat logs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Upload CAT log'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj upload cat log.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on uploading of CAT log files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, CAT logs tab]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. If you fulfill your job yourself, the new project has been created. You have to fulfil and complete it (see item 18 in this list). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to assign the project to other vendors, carry on reading below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create jobs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Let’s assume that you need to assign the translation to one vendor and then give it for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create their respective jobs in the system. Go to the '''Jobs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Add job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj add job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In the '''Job input files''' section select project files to send to a translator:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select job input file.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section below on the same page, select the vendor and enter information about the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New Job.png|border|430px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Next, the job screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start a new job.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs creation and editing, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project payables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Now you need to add payable for the vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, scroll down to the '''Payables to vendor''' section and press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable but.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the job volume and payable for the vendor and press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB payable Acme.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create/Edit payable|Create payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. Now you can send a notification to the vendor to start the job. Press the &amp;quot;'''Start job'''&amp;quot; button on the '''Job details''' screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start job.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor will receive the notification by email that he has been assigned the job, log in and collect the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the vendor will fulfill the job, upload the ready files to the system and mark the job as completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be notified by email that the vendor has completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job output files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Check if the files delivered by the translator are correct by downloading them from the '''Job Output Files''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job output Acme.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. Having ensured that the vendor did everything correctly, press the &amp;quot;'''Accept job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Accept job button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. The vendor will be notified by email that the job has been accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. Now you would like to pass the completed translation for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a job for another vendor. The process is the same. The only difference is that you need to specify the files &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
delivered by the translator when selecting incoming files for the editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job input files.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the project'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. When all the vendors have uploaded their files, you can start delivering the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may upload vendors' files to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the project’s '''Files''' tab and scroll down to the '''Jobs Output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the necessary files and press the &amp;quot;'''Add selected to project output'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Jobs output files 4.png|border|1100px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you not to lose files after you close the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. If you fulfill your job yourself, you may upload files or URL links into the system by clicking &amp;quot;'''Upload additional files'''&amp;quot; or '''&amp;quot;Add link URLs&amp;quot;''' correspondingly in the '''Project Output''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add additional file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. Having added all the needed files to '''Project Output''', you can download the files and send them to the client or client’s manager by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files download.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Having delivered all the files, you can complete the project. Go to the '''Details''' tab, click '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then press the &amp;quot;'''Complete'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project page complete button2.jpg|border|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! You have completed the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 1''': The number of projects in your system will be increasing with time, so you won’t want all of them to be displayed. Set up how projects are displayed in the list using '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 2''': View the list of vendors’ jobs in all the projects at the dedicated page by pressing the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list|Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' menu on the top panel.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;Project templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this page to create templates for your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create projects based on templates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a project from a template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''Projects''' menu on the top panel and then click '''Project templates''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Proj temp menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press the '''&amp;quot;Templates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Project page templates button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;CAT log templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add weighted word count templates for the CAT tools you are using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects CAT logs.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add or update templates: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat Temp Add button.jpg|bprder|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|&amp;quot;'''Add template'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can add a word count template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Update templates|'''update''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  the template if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on templates, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create SmartCAT-related projects'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Clients prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all clients' prices, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients price.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Client prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all clients' prices from/to Excel, update or delete a particular client's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client prices page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New client price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Create new price|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for a definite client, service, language pair and specialization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to a particular client or type of service, specialization etc. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel|Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all clients' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of clients' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Edit price|Update client price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create invoices for clients and control their payment'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To create an invoice for a client, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Receivables''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CM receivables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The list of all the receivables will be displayed. Select the desired rows and press the &amp;quot;'''Invoice selected'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoice client  receivable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The system will create an invoice and will display its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Create invoice|Create invoice]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Client invoice'''  page consists of the following sections: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client invoice details section new.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Send''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send client invoice]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' which allows emailing the invoice to the client directly from the system. After the invoice is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Resend''' - this button appears after the invoice has been sent. Pressing it sends the invoice one more time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as sent''' - if you not sending the invoice through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as unsent''' - this button appears if the invoice has been sent. Pressing it deletes the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download as PDF''' - pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Write off''' - this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off. E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discount and Extra Charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge update|discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Update''' - opens the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update client invoice|'''Update invoice''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  page on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delete''' - deletes the invoice. This button disappears after you link the invoice with the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on action buttons, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Action buttons|Action buttons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of client invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and client's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|'''Default clients taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''No taxes''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv tax sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove receivables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add receivables press the &amp;quot;'''Add receivables'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv receiv section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on how to add receivables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Remove and add receivables|Remove and add receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have received the payment for the invoice, you can record it by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Create linked payment&amp;quot;''' button under receivables table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv linked payments sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Create linked payment|Create linked payment]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Create payments|'''Client payments''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Client invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, while on the '''Client payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find out how to create payments on the '''Client payments''' page, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when a client pays the invoice, enter the payment in the system and connect it with the paid invoice. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Clients=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients Payments menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Client payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to add a new client payment press &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:client new payment button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment from client''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment received from the client and select the invoices that payment covers from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client payment page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have entered the payment in the system and completed the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Client payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients invoices list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the invoices in '''Clients=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients invoices 2.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can track all the invoices from your clients and control their payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Vendors prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all vendors' prices, go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor prices menu.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Vendor prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all vendors' prices from/to Excel, update or delete the particular vendor's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor prices  page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New vendor price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  for a definite vendor, service, language pair and specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to the particular vendor or type of service, specialization etc.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel|Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all vendors' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of vendors' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Price editing|Update vendor price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Invoices from vendors and payment control'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendors can create invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Invoicing|on their own]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or you can create their invoices as the company manager. Let’s review the second option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payables''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors payables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of payables due to vendors will be displayed. Select the rows to be included in the invoice and press the Invoice selected button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoicing selected payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If the vendor’s name is highlighted in red in the table, it means that payment method was not selected for this vendor and it’s impossible to create an invoice for this vendor’s jobs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create an invoice, select the payment method for the vendor (click the vendor’s name and add the payment method as described on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page). &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The system will create the invoice, send it to the vendor by email and open its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Vendor invoice''' page consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''' — pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Discount and Extra charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge| discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Write off''' — this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' — pressing this button opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice update|Vendor Invoice update page]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' — this button deletes the invoice. It disappears after you link the invoice with the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;'''Note''': For invoices with linked payments only &amp;quot;'''Download as PDF'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Write off'''&amp;quot; buttons are  available.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;To make all buttons available, you need to unlink the payments first. It can be done on the page of the corresponding payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of vendor invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and vendor's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|'''Default vendors taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|No taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice taxes section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice payables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove payables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add payables press the &amp;quot;'''Add payables '''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV payables section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Removing and adding payables|Adding and removing payables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have paid the invoice, you can record the payment by pressing “'''Create linked payment'''” button under the payable table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV linked payment creation n.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Linked payment creation|Linked payment creation]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, the payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list|'''Vendor payments ''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Vendor invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while on the '''Vendor payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, having paid the vendors’ invoices, you need to enter those payments in the system. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor payments.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Vendor payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot; button to add a new vendor payment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor payments new payment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment to vendor''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment completed to the vendor and select the invoices covered by that payment from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor payment.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the payment has been entered in the system and you’ve completed the payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors invoices list'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the vendors’ invoices in '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors invoices.jpg|border|135px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Filters'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters are provided for most of the tables in the system. Use such filters to hide the information you don’t want to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Projects+&amp;gt;Projects list''' menu on the top panel to display the list of projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Filters projects.jpg|border|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following filters are provided for that list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects filter 2.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter necessary data into the appropriate fields and press the '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects filters, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Search projects with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further instructions on how to search the required data with filters, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Search quotes with filters|Search quotes with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Project templates#Search project templates with filters|Search project templates with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Search jobs with filters|Search jobs with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Search clients with filters|Search clients with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Search vendors with filters|Search vendors with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search clients prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Search receivables with filters|Search clients receivables with filter]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search clients invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Search payments with filters|Search clients payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search vendors prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Search payables with filters|Search vendors payables with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search vendors invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Search payments with filters|Search vendors payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Reports'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can generate various business reports in the system. In this way, you can analyze the financial results of your activity for a defined period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Reports''' menu on the top panel and choose the required item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''General finances'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show dynamics of how income, expenses and profit change over months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;General finances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by project balances|Monthly finances by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on receivables in your projects and payables in the related jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by invoices|Monthly finances by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by payments|Monthly finances by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on general finances reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Managers'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each project manager of your team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Managers=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per manager by project balances|Monthly income per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per manager by project balances|Monthly profit per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per manager by project balances|Monthly income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per manager by project balances|Monthly profit share per manager by project balances&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;]]''' -  shows how the profit share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Income share per manager by project balances|Income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Profit share per manager by project balances|Profit share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of profit each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Finances per manager by project balances summary table|Finances per manager by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per manager and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on managers reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports menu clients.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Finances by project balances'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per client by project balances|Monthly income per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover per client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per client by project balances|Monthly profit per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per client by project balances|Monthly income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of the client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per client by project balances|Monthly profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Income share per client by project balances|Income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Profit share per client by project balances|Profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''- on this report you may see the shares of profit each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Finances per client by project balances summary table|Finances per client by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the client invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients invoices.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the turnover per client based on the invoices you issued for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income share per client by invoices|Monthly income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the share of invoices per clients was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Income share per client by invoices|Income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of invoices per clients over the selected period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices summary table|Monthly income per client by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all invoice amounts per client and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show how the clients were paying you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients payments.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the amounts of payments per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income share per client by payments|Monthly income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see how the share of payments per client was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Income share per client by payments|Income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the share of each client in payments received over the specified period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments summary table|Monthly income per client by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all payment amounts per client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:reports vendors menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor invoices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports_vendors_invoices.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly invoices per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the invoiced amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Expenses share per vendor by invoices|Expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the invoiced amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows the invoiced amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports vendors payments.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly payments per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the paid amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Expenses share per vendor by payments|Expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the paid amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows paid amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Language pairs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each language pair you work with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Language pairs=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports language pairs.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per language pair by project balances|Monthly income per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per language pair by project balances|Monthly income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Income share per language pair by project balances|Income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Profit share per language pair by project balances|Profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Finances per language pair by project balances summary table|Finances per language pair by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per language pair and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on language pairs reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Services'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each service based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Services=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports services.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per service by project balances|Monthly income per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per service by project balances|Monthly profit per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per service by project balances|Monthly income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per service by project balances|Monthly profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows how the profit share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Income share per service by project balances|Income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Profit share per service by project balances|Profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Finances per service by project balances summary table|Finances per service by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per service and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on services reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Export data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''On every page (quotes, projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.) you can export the tables into xls.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Export to excel.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot;, you will get the file with exported data and will be able to use it for backup, analysis, &lt;br /&gt;
import or any other purpose you might need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instructions on how to export the required data to excel, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Export to Excel|Export quotes data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Export to Excel|Export projects data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Export|Export jobs data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel|Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Export to Excel|Export clients prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Export to Excel|Export clients receivables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Export to Excel|Export clients invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Export to Excel|Export clients payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel|Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors  prices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Export data to Excel|Export general finances reports data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Additional information'''==&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports all the modern browsers. However, some outdated browsers (e.g., Opera 12.17) may have issues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience issues, we recommend using the modern browser. We are improving the system all the time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why its user interface may change and look a little bit differently from the one described above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we try to update this manual accordingly. If you notice some discrepancies between the description and the real functionality, please tell us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12053</id>
		<title>Enterprise edition user manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12053"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T12:14:26Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Deliver the project */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''For a brief overview of the system, please check this video:'''   [[File:youtube.jpg|40px|link=https://youtu.be/rrG6ImhtWHQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Get started with Protemos'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To start working with Protemos, create your account in the system by completing the following steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the &amp;quot;'''CREATE PROTEMOS ACCOUNT'''&amp;quot; button at the website '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://protemos.com  www.protemos.com] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Create account 3.png|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/account/create  Create Account] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create enterprise account page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select your account type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:account type selection.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Enterprise''': select this option if you are going to assign jobs to in-house translators, freelancers or other companies.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, the system will have supplier’s functionality and you will be able to assign jobs to your suppliers.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Freelance''': this is a light and free version of the system. Select this option if you are doing all jobs alone and do not subcontract freelancers.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, you will not be able to create suppliers in the system and assign jobs to them. Upgrade to Enterprise version is possible if desired.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fill in all the boxes and tick the &amp;quot;I'm not a robot&amp;quot; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read our '''Privacy policy''' and '''Terms of service'''. To do so, click the corresponding links (highlighted in blue).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accept the conditions, click the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Robot.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After pressing the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button, the account will be set up and you will see a welcome screen to start working with the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Press the &amp;quot;'''OK, let’s get started!'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:welcome page n.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system setup wizard will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz serv.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Enter data for each menu entry: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Services''' are the services you provide. In addition to translation and proofreading, you can indicate any other services such as layout design, OCR, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pairs''' are your language pairs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Units''' are units to measure the volume of work. For example, hours, words, pages, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Specializations''' are your  specializations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currencies''' are the currencies you work with such as US dollars or euros. Indicate the main currency of the system here. The system will use it for accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Payment methods''' are the payment details. They will be used in the invoices the system will generate to send to your clients. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To navigate in the menu entries, use a dedicated navigation menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz next.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don’t worry if you select something wrong. You’ll be able to change these values in '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[System settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having completed all the entries, press the &amp;quot;'''Complete wizard'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wizard completed.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The following screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Main menu.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your account has been created and you can start working with Protemos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, before you start working with the projects in the system, you need to add your clients and vendors in it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These areas will be addressed in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sign up with ProZ.com'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have ProZ.com account, you may create a new Protemos account with your ProZ.com credentials right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the '''&amp;quot;Sign up with ProZ.com&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Sign up with ProZ.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Sign up with ProZ.com|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''My profile settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''My Profile'''&amp;quot; page you can update your personal information, the time zone you are located in, change your username and account password, and link your ProZ.com account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''My profile''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:My profile menu.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[My profile|My profile]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''System values settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change and set system values in the '''Settings''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings enterprise.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Account''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''Account'''&amp;quot; page you can complete or update general information, upload the logo of your company, delete your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account info'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Account info'''&amp;quot; section contains common information about your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can amend information about your company and change the account owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit general information, press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account info section.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; to confirm changes after editing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update account details.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the account owner press &amp;quot;'''Change account owner'''&amp;quot; (this option is available only for the owner of an account): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upd acc owner but.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assign a new owner and press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button to сonfirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:change account owner  page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Change account owner]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Company logo image'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may upload a logo which will be displayed in all documents generated by the system: invoices, POs, Quotes etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Upload new'''&amp;quot; button to upload the logo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COMPANY LOGO.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Only PNG and JPEG images with a maximum size of 350x350 pixels are supported.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account deletion'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can immediately and permanently delete all your account data and files from the server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Delete account&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account deletion.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Delete account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;License''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are registering your account, you get a free one-month trial license. It works just like a normal license, with no limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''License details''' page you can see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license status;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license type;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- active managers limit (the number of users with different access rights that can work in the system simultaneously);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- when your license expires; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the time left before the expiration date of your license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the trial period is over, the account owner may request a license by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Request license'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Licensening.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Licensing#Requesting license|Request license]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can enter the number of managers you need to work simultaneously in your system and select the license period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can add as many managers as you wish, but only the licensed number of them will be able to log in at the same time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on licensing, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Licensing]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Default settings'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Default settings'''&amp;quot; menu lets you define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default time zone for new users''':  the time zone that will be added by default to all newly created manager, client, and vendor profiles (unless you don't indicate the different one). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default currency''': the currency you are using for balances and reporting. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Currencies]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment method''': the method which will be added by default to all your invoices unless you don't indicate the different method for specific client or invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment terms''': standard payment terms for all your clients. It defines how soon the payment should be made after issuing the invoice. You can set different method for an individual client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page size''': here you can set the size of the PDF page for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page orientation''': here you can set the PDF page orientation for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF locale''': here you may specify the default locale (language,date and time) of invoices for all newly created clients and vendors. You may also define it individually for a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings#PDF locale of client invoices|'''particular client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change#PDF locale of vendor invoices|'''vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client invoicing manager''': here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of system notifications about overdue clients invoices etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the settings mentioned above, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account default settings 1.36.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update account default settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;System Values''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SM sys values.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Language pairs'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update the language pairs you work with, delete, or disable them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Language pairs page.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Add language pairs|&amp;quot;'''New language pairs'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pairs creation page where you can create various language pairs combinations of source and target languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update language pair|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pair update page where you can change languages for a particular language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete the pairs of languages that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can disable them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Disable language pair|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot; ]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the language pair. You can use this option if you don't want to see this language pair in the drop-down list when choosing a language, for instance, while creating a new project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;''' - enables the language pair (the button appears after you disable the language pair).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Services'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update or delete the services your company provides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SS services.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create service|&amp;quot;'''New service'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the service creation page. Here you can create as many services as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the services update page where you can change the name of a particular service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete services that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service#Disable service|disable]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Specializations'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, update or delete the specializations your company works with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:specialization list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create specialization|&amp;quot;'''New specialization'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization creation page. Here you can create every possible specializations you may wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update specialization|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization update page where you can change the name of a particular specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; – deletes the specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete specializations that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you may '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update specialization#Disable specialization|disable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Units'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set units to measure the volume of your work (words, hours, pages, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add any measurement units you need, update, and delete them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:units list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create unit|&amp;quot;'''New unit'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit creation page where you can create as many measurement units as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update unit|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit update page. Here you can change the name of a particular unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;– deletes the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete units that you have already used in the project ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Currencies'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add currencies that will be used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, one client can pay in US dollars while others can choose euros, and you can pay to vendors in local currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add currencies, set any currency as default, disable or delete currencies, check exchange rates history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:currencies list page.jpg|border|900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Add currencies|&amp;quot;'''Add currency'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- opens the menu where you can add desired currency. You can add as many currencies as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Exchange rates history|&amp;quot;'''Exchange rates history'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- shows the exchange rates on the selected date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Set currency as default|&amp;quot;'''Set as default'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - sets the selected currency as default. If you change the default currency, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
all reports and project balances will be rebuilt and recalculated in a new default currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - disables the currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - deletes the currency. You can't delete the currency that is already in use in the system,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but you can disable it in case this currency no longer needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Protemos is connected to the currency conversion service so the exchange rate is updated on a daily basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That’s why you can always see the correct summary in your default currency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your payment details here so the clients can pay you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add various payment methods, change the default payment method and terms, update, disable or delete them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payment methods.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create payment method|&amp;quot;'''Add payment method'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  - opens the menu where you can create a new payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;quot;'''[[Change default settings]]'''&amp;quot; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- here you can change the default payment method and currency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define in how many days invoices should be paid, the default PDF page size for your invoices and vendor invoicing contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update payment method|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can renew payment method details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; - disables the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete payment methods that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button).''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; But you can disable them in case these payment methods no longer needed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define several taxes in the system, link them to the clients and vendors, and add them to your invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Taxes list'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a list of taxes, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu list.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may define the necessary number of taxes that will be used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new tax, press the '''&amp;quot;New tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes list.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name of the tax, select the type, and specify its sort order in invoices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add new tax new.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the new tax to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Taxes list|Taxes list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default clients taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default clients taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default clients taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu default clients.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a default percentage tax, press the &amp;quot;Add default persentage tax&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add def cl percentage tax.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New def cl perc VAT 2.png|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each client when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|Default clients taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each client. It will override the default clients taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Custom taxes set for individual client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default vendors taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default vendors taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default vendors taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:DVTset menu.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the '''&amp;quot;Add default tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS add default tax.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS tax name choosing2.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new tax will appear in the default vendors taxes set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each vendor when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|Default vendors taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each vendor. It will override the default vendors taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Custom taxes set for individual vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Object codes'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set the number of your next invoice, project, payment, job etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the next object identification numbers or the object code prefixes press the &amp;quot;'''Update next IDs'''&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;'''Update code prefixes'''&amp;quot; buttons correspondingly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Object codes buttons.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update object codes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Deadline reminders'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system notifies you about overdue projects, jobs, and invoices by email. You can switch these notifications off/on by clicking &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Deadline reminders 1.36 new.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Update deadline reminders settings]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;SMTP Server'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the system sends all email messages from Protemos own email server, but you can change this and make the system use your own server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SMTP server.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update SMTP server configuration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP menu.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu allows you to adjust vendor portal related settings and embed your standard agreement with new vendors into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It consists of two sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Vendor portal settings'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing by vendors''' - here you can enable or disable the ability to create invoices by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application form''' - allows you to enable or disable the ability to submit applications by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors submit their applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application URL''' - you can post the vendor application URL on your corporate website or send it to new vendors so that they can submit their applications to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the above-mentioned settings (except for the Vendor application URL), click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP settings update.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor applications, please check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor application URL]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Agreement with new vendors'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can embed your standard agreement with your vendors into the system, so they will have to accept it before working with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create agreement&amp;quot;''' to add the agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add agreemment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor portal#Agreement with new vendors|Agreement with new vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings integration 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains three submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''ProZ.com integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with '''ProZ.com''' - the world's largest community of translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable ProZ.com integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;ProZ.com''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings Proz 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''ProZ.com integration''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, check linked profile or disable ProZ.com integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ integr page.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Enable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - opens the ProZ.com login page where you can enter your username and password to enable integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Check linked profile|&amp;quot;Profile URL&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - you may open your ProZ.com profile page by clicking the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Disable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the  integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A link to your ProZ.com profile and the &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; button will appear after you enable ProZ.com integration for your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Link users in Protemos with one ProZ.com account'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may link your ProZ.com account to be able to log into your Protemos account with ProZ.com credentials in one click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In case you also have several Vendor and(or) Freelance accounts in Protemos, you can link them all with your ProZ.com account, and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Switch users without re-login|switch between your accounts without re-login]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''SmartCAT integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with SmartCAT system, so you can create projects and quotes in Protemos, and then copy them to SmartCAT (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable SmartCAT integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;SmartCAT''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings CAT.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the SmartCAT integration page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, update or disable SmartCAT integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SmartCAT API.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; buttons will appear after you enable SmartCAT integration for your account.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have SmartCAT account you can register it directly from the '''SmartCAT integration''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also get a SmartCAT API key for Protemos, as it differs from your normal SmartCAT username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, please click the corresponding links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SmartCAT links.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on SmartCAT integration, SmartCAT-related project and quotes creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''TQAuditor integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with TQAuditor - the system for evaluation and monitoring translation quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable TQAuditor integration for your account, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;TQAuditor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings TQ.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you need to press the &amp;quot;'''Enable'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TQAUDITOR API CREDENTIALS enable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on TQAuditor integration, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[TQAuditor integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Users'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add new users who will use the system just as you do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if there are several project managers in your team, you can create a separate account with the necessary level of access rights for each of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Users list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu users list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user, fill in or renew all basic information about a particular user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new user, press the &amp;quot;'''New user'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Ent.users 2.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New user''' page. After you fill in the boxes press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New user.jpg|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mark the '''&amp;quot;Can login&amp;quot;''' checkbox, the system will send an invitation to the user to join your company on Protemos once you finish creating the user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may leave the checkbox unmarked and send the invitation later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': your user will not be able to log into the system if you disable &amp;quot;'''Can login&amp;quot;''' button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Create user]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': use the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Access rights|&amp;quot;'''User groups'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; box to select the group to relate your users to. This will define the user’s access rights.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Users''' page, you can also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update user| '''Update user''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, users can be added by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#New user|'''New user''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''New user'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu New user.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to add users, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Access rights'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu screen to define access rights for various user groups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu access.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Access rights]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add clients'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add clients manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add clients manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new clients manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Clients''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New client''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients new 2.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Clients list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New client'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New client button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''New client''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the information about your client on the displayed screen. It consists of three sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''General info''' section to enter general information about the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client general info section.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  section to enter the URL address of the client record on the ProZ.com Blue Board:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ Blue Board section1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Primary user''' section to enter the client’s contact person:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client primary user section.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to display the client entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended for viewing and entering various client data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab|General info]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update client details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' client info or '''&amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;''' the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also check all the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client quick links|client-related objects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage client tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CV general 1.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete clients involved into recorded projects, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#Primary user|Primary user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section you can view and edit client's primary contact details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Primary user.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' linked record and make an entry for your client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl ProZ Blue sec Acme.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also change your client's '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of client’s contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client has several contact persons, they can all be entered in the '''Contact persons''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of prices agreed with the client, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create a custom taxes set for this client. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can upload and delete files related to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import clients from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of clients, contacts, and prices, you can easily import it without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/client/index Clients] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients import from xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of clients to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients export to xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data export , please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel| Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add vendors'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you assign jobs to other vendors, you need to add each of them to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add vendors manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add vendors manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new vendors manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Vendors''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New vendor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu new v.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Vendors list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu V list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New vendor'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor|New vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you will see the '''Type''' box. You can select any of the three vendor types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Company''' is a contractor company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelancer''' is a non-staff employee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''In-house''' is a staff employee who works in your office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the vendor type, you will see the boxes to fill in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button to add a vendor account to the system. The vendor will be sent an invitation email and needs to accept the invitation ''(please find more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add a vendor account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional information on how to add vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor entry page is intended for viewing and entering various vendor data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor viev.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''General info''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update vendor details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' vendor info, add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage vendor tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick links|quick links]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#General information|delete]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' a vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab you can also view and edit basic information about the primary user, disable vendor access to the account, and  send\resend an invitation to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete vendors involved into recorded jobs, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for your vendor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view a list of vendor contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is available only if the vendor is a company, not a person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab|Payment methods]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create or update payment methods for the vendor, and change the default payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can view the list of prices agreed with the vendor, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can create a custom taxes set for this vendor. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can upload and delete files related to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Availability chart tab|Availability chart]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can see the chart and list of all active jobs assigned to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If your vendor has ProZ.com account with the same email as in Protemos, the system will display the link to that account on the vendor entry page ''(more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#Links of vendor profiles to ProZ.com profiles|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import vendors from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of vendors,  their contacts, specializations, language pairs and prices, you can easily import these data without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/vendor/index Vendors] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors import from xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of vendors to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors export to xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data export, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel| Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new quote'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quote is a potential project. Let's assume that your client has sent you a translation request, but first, he would like to know how much it will cost,  time frames for implementation etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to save your time, you can create a quote and send it to your client and then, if the client agrees with the quote conditions, you can easily convert it to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also create it if you are simply not sure yet you will get the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to create a quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Quotes''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New quote''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu new Q.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Quotes=&amp;gt;Quotes list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu Q list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New quote'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New quote''' page where you can specify all basic details for a new quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm all details with the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the &amp;quot;'''Quote'''&amp;quot; page that consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Quote details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''' to see the set of operations that can be performed on this quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Quote actions.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Send''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send quote]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page which allows emailing the quote to the client directly from the system. After the quote is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark as sent''': if you not sending the quote through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Convert to project''': by pressing this button you begin creating a new project with this quote.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''': if the client doesn't accept this quote conditions, you may press the &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot; button to remember that rejection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''': pressing this button downloads the quote in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''': you may clone the quote by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update quote page|Update quote ]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ''' page on which you can edit the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''': deletes the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''', '''&amp;quot;Mark as sent&amp;quot;''', and '''&amp;quot;Download as PDF&amp;quot;''' buttons are not displayed in quotes with no '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quote receivables section|receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' entered.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Files section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can upload the files or links (file URLs) you received from your client (if any):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload new file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can upload CAT log files (if needed):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote upload Cat section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter receivables to indicate the amount to be charged from the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote res section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having checked all the quote data, you can send the quote to the client. Go to the '''Quote details''' section, press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then click the &amp;quot;'''Send'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Send quote]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qoute send butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on quotes, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Quotes]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create SmartCAT-related quotes'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new project'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the system and entering the clients and vendors in it, you can start new projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For illustration purposes, suppose you have Acme Corporation as your client. They have sent you the 20,000-word translation request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
from English into French asking to complete it in 2 weeks. Let’s add this project to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create project'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Before creating project, make sure that you have added clients and vendors in your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. There are two ways to create a project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''Project''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New project''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu new proj.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New project'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New proj butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New project''' page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter your project information and press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project creation page.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The project page will be displayed with the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj tabs.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Now you need to upload the files received from your client to the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Files''' tab and upload the needed files by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Upload files'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also add a link (file URL) to an external file instead of uploading the file to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project inputs.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on project input files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, Files tab#Project input|Project input]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project receivables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Next, enter the volume of work and the receivable from the client. To do so, go to the '''Finances''' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project new receivables.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the purchase order number sent from the client in the '''PO number''' box. If the client has not provided such number, you may leave this box unfilled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the volume of work, price, and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the raceivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB receivable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter several receivables for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing|Receivable creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. If necessary, you may upload a CAT log file to your project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Cat logs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Upload CAT log'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj upload cat log.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on uploading of CAT log files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, CAT logs tab]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. If you fulfill your job yourself, the new project has been created. You have to fulfil and complete it (see item 18 in this list). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to assign the project to other vendors, carry on reading below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create jobs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Let’s assume that you need to assign the translation to one vendor and then give it for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create their respective jobs in the system. Go to the '''Jobs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Add job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj add job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In the '''Job input files''' section select project files to send to a translator:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select job input file.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section below on the same page, select the vendor and enter information about the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New Job.png|border|430px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Next, the job screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start a new job.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs creation and editing, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project payables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Now you need to add payable for the vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, scroll down to the '''Payables to vendor''' section and press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable but.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the job volume and payable for the vendor and press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB payable Acme.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create/Edit payable|Create payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. Now you can send a notification to the vendor to start the job. Press the &amp;quot;'''Start job'''&amp;quot; button on the '''Job details''' screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start job.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor will receive the notification by email that he has been assigned the job, log in and collect the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the vendor will fulfill the job, upload the ready files to the system and mark the job as completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be notified by email that the vendor has completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job output files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Check if the files delivered by the translator are correct by downloading them from the '''Job Output Files''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job output Acme.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. Having ensured that the vendor did everything correctly, press the &amp;quot;'''Accept job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Accept job button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. The vendor will be notified by email that the job has been accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. Now you would like to pass the completed translation for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a job for another vendor. The process is the same. The only difference is that you need to specify the files &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
delivered by the translator when selecting incoming files for the editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job input files.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the project'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. When all the vendors have uploaded their files, you can start delivering the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may upload vendors' files to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the project’s '''Files''' tab and scroll down to the '''Jobs Output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the necessary files and press the &amp;quot;'''Add selected to project output'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Jobs output files 4.png|border|1100px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you not to lose files after you close the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. If you fulfill your job yourself, you may upload files or URL links into the system by clicking &amp;quot;'''Upload additional files'''&amp;quot; or '''&amp;quot;Add link URLs&amp;quot;''' in the '''Project Output''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add additional file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. Having added all the needed files to '''Project Output''', you can download the files and send them to the client or client’s manager by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files download.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Having delivered all the files, you can complete the project. Go to the '''Details''' tab, click '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then press the &amp;quot;'''Complete'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project page complete button2.jpg|border|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! You have completed the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 1''': The number of projects in your system will be increasing with time, so you won’t want all of them to be displayed. Set up how projects are displayed in the list using '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 2''': View the list of vendors’ jobs in all the projects at the dedicated page by pressing the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list|Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' menu on the top panel.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;Project templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this page to create templates for your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create projects based on templates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a project from a template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''Projects''' menu on the top panel and then click '''Project templates''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Proj temp menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press the '''&amp;quot;Templates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Project page templates button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;CAT log templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add weighted word count templates for the CAT tools you are using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects CAT logs.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add or update templates: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat Temp Add button.jpg|bprder|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|&amp;quot;'''Add template'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can add a word count template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Update templates|'''update''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  the template if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on templates, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create SmartCAT-related projects'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Clients prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all clients' prices, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients price.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Client prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all clients' prices from/to Excel, update or delete a particular client's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client prices page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New client price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Create new price|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for a definite client, service, language pair and specialization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to a particular client or type of service, specialization etc. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel|Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all clients' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of clients' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Edit price|Update client price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create invoices for clients and control their payment'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To create an invoice for a client, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Receivables''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CM receivables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The list of all the receivables will be displayed. Select the desired rows and press the &amp;quot;'''Invoice selected'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoice client  receivable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The system will create an invoice and will display its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Create invoice|Create invoice]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Client invoice'''  page consists of the following sections: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client invoice details section new.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Send''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send client invoice]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' which allows emailing the invoice to the client directly from the system. After the invoice is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Resend''' - this button appears after the invoice has been sent. Pressing it sends the invoice one more time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as sent''' - if you not sending the invoice through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as unsent''' - this button appears if the invoice has been sent. Pressing it deletes the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download as PDF''' - pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Write off''' - this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off. E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discount and Extra Charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge update|discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Update''' - opens the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update client invoice|'''Update invoice''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  page on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delete''' - deletes the invoice. This button disappears after you link the invoice with the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on action buttons, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Action buttons|Action buttons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of client invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and client's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|'''Default clients taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''No taxes''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv tax sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove receivables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add receivables press the &amp;quot;'''Add receivables'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv receiv section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on how to add receivables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Remove and add receivables|Remove and add receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have received the payment for the invoice, you can record it by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Create linked payment&amp;quot;''' button under receivables table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv linked payments sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Create linked payment|Create linked payment]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Create payments|'''Client payments''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Client invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, while on the '''Client payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find out how to create payments on the '''Client payments''' page, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when a client pays the invoice, enter the payment in the system and connect it with the paid invoice. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Clients=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients Payments menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Client payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to add a new client payment press &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:client new payment button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment from client''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment received from the client and select the invoices that payment covers from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client payment page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have entered the payment in the system and completed the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Client payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients invoices list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the invoices in '''Clients=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients invoices 2.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can track all the invoices from your clients and control their payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Vendors prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all vendors' prices, go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor prices menu.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Vendor prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all vendors' prices from/to Excel, update or delete the particular vendor's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor prices  page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New vendor price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  for a definite vendor, service, language pair and specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to the particular vendor or type of service, specialization etc.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel|Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all vendors' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of vendors' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Price editing|Update vendor price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Invoices from vendors and payment control'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendors can create invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Invoicing|on their own]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or you can create their invoices as the company manager. Let’s review the second option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payables''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors payables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of payables due to vendors will be displayed. Select the rows to be included in the invoice and press the Invoice selected button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoicing selected payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If the vendor’s name is highlighted in red in the table, it means that payment method was not selected for this vendor and it’s impossible to create an invoice for this vendor’s jobs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create an invoice, select the payment method for the vendor (click the vendor’s name and add the payment method as described on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page). &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The system will create the invoice, send it to the vendor by email and open its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Vendor invoice''' page consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''' — pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Discount and Extra charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge| discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Write off''' — this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' — pressing this button opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice update|Vendor Invoice update page]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' — this button deletes the invoice. It disappears after you link the invoice with the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;'''Note''': For invoices with linked payments only &amp;quot;'''Download as PDF'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Write off'''&amp;quot; buttons are  available.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;To make all buttons available, you need to unlink the payments first. It can be done on the page of the corresponding payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of vendor invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and vendor's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|'''Default vendors taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|No taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice taxes section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice payables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove payables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add payables press the &amp;quot;'''Add payables '''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV payables section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Removing and adding payables|Adding and removing payables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have paid the invoice, you can record the payment by pressing “'''Create linked payment'''” button under the payable table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV linked payment creation n.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Linked payment creation|Linked payment creation]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, the payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list|'''Vendor payments ''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Vendor invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while on the '''Vendor payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, having paid the vendors’ invoices, you need to enter those payments in the system. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor payments.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Vendor payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot; button to add a new vendor payment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor payments new payment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment to vendor''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment completed to the vendor and select the invoices covered by that payment from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor payment.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the payment has been entered in the system and you’ve completed the payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors invoices list'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the vendors’ invoices in '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors invoices.jpg|border|135px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Filters'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters are provided for most of the tables in the system. Use such filters to hide the information you don’t want to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Projects+&amp;gt;Projects list''' menu on the top panel to display the list of projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Filters projects.jpg|border|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following filters are provided for that list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects filter 2.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter necessary data into the appropriate fields and press the '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects filters, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Search projects with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further instructions on how to search the required data with filters, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Search quotes with filters|Search quotes with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Project templates#Search project templates with filters|Search project templates with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Search jobs with filters|Search jobs with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Search clients with filters|Search clients with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Search vendors with filters|Search vendors with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search clients prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Search receivables with filters|Search clients receivables with filter]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search clients invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Search payments with filters|Search clients payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search vendors prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Search payables with filters|Search vendors payables with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search vendors invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Search payments with filters|Search vendors payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Reports'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can generate various business reports in the system. In this way, you can analyze the financial results of your activity for a defined period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Reports''' menu on the top panel and choose the required item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''General finances'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show dynamics of how income, expenses and profit change over months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;General finances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by project balances|Monthly finances by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on receivables in your projects and payables in the related jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by invoices|Monthly finances by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by payments|Monthly finances by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on general finances reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Managers'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each project manager of your team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Managers=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per manager by project balances|Monthly income per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per manager by project balances|Monthly profit per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per manager by project balances|Monthly income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per manager by project balances|Monthly profit share per manager by project balances&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;]]''' -  shows how the profit share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Income share per manager by project balances|Income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Profit share per manager by project balances|Profit share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of profit each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Finances per manager by project balances summary table|Finances per manager by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per manager and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on managers reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports menu clients.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Finances by project balances'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per client by project balances|Monthly income per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover per client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per client by project balances|Monthly profit per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per client by project balances|Monthly income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of the client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per client by project balances|Monthly profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Income share per client by project balances|Income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Profit share per client by project balances|Profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''- on this report you may see the shares of profit each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Finances per client by project balances summary table|Finances per client by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the client invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients invoices.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the turnover per client based on the invoices you issued for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income share per client by invoices|Monthly income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the share of invoices per clients was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Income share per client by invoices|Income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of invoices per clients over the selected period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices summary table|Monthly income per client by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all invoice amounts per client and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show how the clients were paying you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients payments.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the amounts of payments per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income share per client by payments|Monthly income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see how the share of payments per client was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Income share per client by payments|Income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the share of each client in payments received over the specified period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments summary table|Monthly income per client by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all payment amounts per client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:reports vendors menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor invoices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports_vendors_invoices.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly invoices per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the invoiced amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Expenses share per vendor by invoices|Expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the invoiced amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows the invoiced amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports vendors payments.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly payments per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the paid amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Expenses share per vendor by payments|Expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the paid amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows paid amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Language pairs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each language pair you work with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Language pairs=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports language pairs.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per language pair by project balances|Monthly income per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per language pair by project balances|Monthly income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Income share per language pair by project balances|Income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Profit share per language pair by project balances|Profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Finances per language pair by project balances summary table|Finances per language pair by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per language pair and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on language pairs reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Services'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each service based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Services=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports services.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per service by project balances|Monthly income per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per service by project balances|Monthly profit per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per service by project balances|Monthly income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per service by project balances|Monthly profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows how the profit share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Income share per service by project balances|Income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Profit share per service by project balances|Profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Finances per service by project balances summary table|Finances per service by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per service and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on services reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Export data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''On every page (quotes, projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.) you can export the tables into xls.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Export to excel.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot;, you will get the file with exported data and will be able to use it for backup, analysis, &lt;br /&gt;
import or any other purpose you might need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instructions on how to export the required data to excel, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Export to Excel|Export quotes data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Export to Excel|Export projects data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Export|Export jobs data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel|Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Export to Excel|Export clients prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Export to Excel|Export clients receivables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Export to Excel|Export clients invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Export to Excel|Export clients payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel|Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors  prices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Export data to Excel|Export general finances reports data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Additional information'''==&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports all the modern browsers. However, some outdated browsers (e.g., Opera 12.17) may have issues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience issues, we recommend using the modern browser. We are improving the system all the time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why its user interface may change and look a little bit differently from the one described above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we try to update this manual accordingly. If you notice some discrepancies between the description and the real functionality, please tell us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12051</id>
		<title>Enterprise edition user manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12051"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T12:00:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Deliver the project */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''For a brief overview of the system, please check this video:'''   [[File:youtube.jpg|40px|link=https://youtu.be/rrG6ImhtWHQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Get started with Protemos'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To start working with Protemos, create your account in the system by completing the following steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the &amp;quot;'''CREATE PROTEMOS ACCOUNT'''&amp;quot; button at the website '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://protemos.com  www.protemos.com] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Create account 3.png|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/account/create  Create Account] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create enterprise account page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select your account type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:account type selection.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Enterprise''': select this option if you are going to assign jobs to in-house translators, freelancers or other companies.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, the system will have supplier’s functionality and you will be able to assign jobs to your suppliers.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Freelance''': this is a light and free version of the system. Select this option if you are doing all jobs alone and do not subcontract freelancers.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, you will not be able to create suppliers in the system and assign jobs to them. Upgrade to Enterprise version is possible if desired.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fill in all the boxes and tick the &amp;quot;I'm not a robot&amp;quot; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read our '''Privacy policy''' and '''Terms of service'''. To do so, click the corresponding links (highlighted in blue).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accept the conditions, click the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Robot.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After pressing the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button, the account will be set up and you will see a welcome screen to start working with the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Press the &amp;quot;'''OK, let’s get started!'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:welcome page n.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system setup wizard will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz serv.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Enter data for each menu entry: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Services''' are the services you provide. In addition to translation and proofreading, you can indicate any other services such as layout design, OCR, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pairs''' are your language pairs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Units''' are units to measure the volume of work. For example, hours, words, pages, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Specializations''' are your  specializations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currencies''' are the currencies you work with such as US dollars or euros. Indicate the main currency of the system here. The system will use it for accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Payment methods''' are the payment details. They will be used in the invoices the system will generate to send to your clients. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To navigate in the menu entries, use a dedicated navigation menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz next.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don’t worry if you select something wrong. You’ll be able to change these values in '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[System settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having completed all the entries, press the &amp;quot;'''Complete wizard'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wizard completed.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The following screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Main menu.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your account has been created and you can start working with Protemos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, before you start working with the projects in the system, you need to add your clients and vendors in it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These areas will be addressed in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sign up with ProZ.com'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have ProZ.com account, you may create a new Protemos account with your ProZ.com credentials right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the '''&amp;quot;Sign up with ProZ.com&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Sign up with ProZ.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Sign up with ProZ.com|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''My profile settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''My Profile'''&amp;quot; page you can update your personal information, the time zone you are located in, change your username and account password, and link your ProZ.com account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''My profile''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:My profile menu.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[My profile|My profile]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''System values settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change and set system values in the '''Settings''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings enterprise.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Account''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''Account'''&amp;quot; page you can complete or update general information, upload the logo of your company, delete your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account info'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Account info'''&amp;quot; section contains common information about your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can amend information about your company and change the account owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit general information, press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account info section.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; to confirm changes after editing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update account details.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the account owner press &amp;quot;'''Change account owner'''&amp;quot; (this option is available only for the owner of an account): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upd acc owner but.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assign a new owner and press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button to сonfirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:change account owner  page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Change account owner]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Company logo image'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may upload a logo which will be displayed in all documents generated by the system: invoices, POs, Quotes etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Upload new'''&amp;quot; button to upload the logo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COMPANY LOGO.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Only PNG and JPEG images with a maximum size of 350x350 pixels are supported.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account deletion'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can immediately and permanently delete all your account data and files from the server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Delete account&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account deletion.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Delete account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;License''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are registering your account, you get a free one-month trial license. It works just like a normal license, with no limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''License details''' page you can see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license status;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license type;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- active managers limit (the number of users with different access rights that can work in the system simultaneously);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- when your license expires; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the time left before the expiration date of your license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the trial period is over, the account owner may request a license by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Request license'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Licensening.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Licensing#Requesting license|Request license]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can enter the number of managers you need to work simultaneously in your system and select the license period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can add as many managers as you wish, but only the licensed number of them will be able to log in at the same time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on licensing, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Licensing]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Default settings'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Default settings'''&amp;quot; menu lets you define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default time zone for new users''':  the time zone that will be added by default to all newly created manager, client, and vendor profiles (unless you don't indicate the different one). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default currency''': the currency you are using for balances and reporting. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Currencies]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment method''': the method which will be added by default to all your invoices unless you don't indicate the different method for specific client or invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment terms''': standard payment terms for all your clients. It defines how soon the payment should be made after issuing the invoice. You can set different method for an individual client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page size''': here you can set the size of the PDF page for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page orientation''': here you can set the PDF page orientation for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF locale''': here you may specify the default locale (language,date and time) of invoices for all newly created clients and vendors. You may also define it individually for a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings#PDF locale of client invoices|'''particular client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change#PDF locale of vendor invoices|'''vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client invoicing manager''': here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of system notifications about overdue clients invoices etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the settings mentioned above, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account default settings 1.36.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update account default settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;System Values''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SM sys values.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Language pairs'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update the language pairs you work with, delete, or disable them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Language pairs page.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Add language pairs|&amp;quot;'''New language pairs'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pairs creation page where you can create various language pairs combinations of source and target languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update language pair|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pair update page where you can change languages for a particular language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete the pairs of languages that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can disable them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Disable language pair|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot; ]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the language pair. You can use this option if you don't want to see this language pair in the drop-down list when choosing a language, for instance, while creating a new project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;''' - enables the language pair (the button appears after you disable the language pair).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Services'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update or delete the services your company provides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SS services.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create service|&amp;quot;'''New service'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the service creation page. Here you can create as many services as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the services update page where you can change the name of a particular service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete services that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service#Disable service|disable]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Specializations'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, update or delete the specializations your company works with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:specialization list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create specialization|&amp;quot;'''New specialization'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization creation page. Here you can create every possible specializations you may wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update specialization|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization update page where you can change the name of a particular specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; – deletes the specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete specializations that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you may '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update specialization#Disable specialization|disable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Units'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set units to measure the volume of your work (words, hours, pages, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add any measurement units you need, update, and delete them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:units list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create unit|&amp;quot;'''New unit'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit creation page where you can create as many measurement units as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update unit|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit update page. Here you can change the name of a particular unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;– deletes the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete units that you have already used in the project ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Currencies'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add currencies that will be used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, one client can pay in US dollars while others can choose euros, and you can pay to vendors in local currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add currencies, set any currency as default, disable or delete currencies, check exchange rates history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:currencies list page.jpg|border|900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Add currencies|&amp;quot;'''Add currency'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- opens the menu where you can add desired currency. You can add as many currencies as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Exchange rates history|&amp;quot;'''Exchange rates history'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- shows the exchange rates on the selected date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Set currency as default|&amp;quot;'''Set as default'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - sets the selected currency as default. If you change the default currency, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
all reports and project balances will be rebuilt and recalculated in a new default currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - disables the currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - deletes the currency. You can't delete the currency that is already in use in the system,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but you can disable it in case this currency no longer needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Protemos is connected to the currency conversion service so the exchange rate is updated on a daily basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That’s why you can always see the correct summary in your default currency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your payment details here so the clients can pay you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add various payment methods, change the default payment method and terms, update, disable or delete them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payment methods.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create payment method|&amp;quot;'''Add payment method'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  - opens the menu where you can create a new payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;quot;'''[[Change default settings]]'''&amp;quot; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- here you can change the default payment method and currency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define in how many days invoices should be paid, the default PDF page size for your invoices and vendor invoicing contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update payment method|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can renew payment method details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; - disables the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete payment methods that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button).''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; But you can disable them in case these payment methods no longer needed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define several taxes in the system, link them to the clients and vendors, and add them to your invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Taxes list'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a list of taxes, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu list.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may define the necessary number of taxes that will be used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new tax, press the '''&amp;quot;New tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes list.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name of the tax, select the type, and specify its sort order in invoices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add new tax new.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the new tax to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Taxes list|Taxes list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default clients taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default clients taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default clients taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu default clients.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a default percentage tax, press the &amp;quot;Add default persentage tax&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add def cl percentage tax.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New def cl perc VAT 2.png|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each client when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|Default clients taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each client. It will override the default clients taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Custom taxes set for individual client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default vendors taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default vendors taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default vendors taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:DVTset menu.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the '''&amp;quot;Add default tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS add default tax.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS tax name choosing2.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new tax will appear in the default vendors taxes set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each vendor when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|Default vendors taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each vendor. It will override the default vendors taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Custom taxes set for individual vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Object codes'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set the number of your next invoice, project, payment, job etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the next object identification numbers or the object code prefixes press the &amp;quot;'''Update next IDs'''&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;'''Update code prefixes'''&amp;quot; buttons correspondingly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Object codes buttons.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update object codes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Deadline reminders'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system notifies you about overdue projects, jobs, and invoices by email. You can switch these notifications off/on by clicking &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Deadline reminders 1.36 new.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Update deadline reminders settings]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;SMTP Server'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the system sends all email messages from Protemos own email server, but you can change this and make the system use your own server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SMTP server.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update SMTP server configuration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP menu.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu allows you to adjust vendor portal related settings and embed your standard agreement with new vendors into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It consists of two sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Vendor portal settings'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing by vendors''' - here you can enable or disable the ability to create invoices by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application form''' - allows you to enable or disable the ability to submit applications by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors submit their applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application URL''' - you can post the vendor application URL on your corporate website or send it to new vendors so that they can submit their applications to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the above-mentioned settings (except for the Vendor application URL), click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP settings update.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor applications, please check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor application URL]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Agreement with new vendors'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can embed your standard agreement with your vendors into the system, so they will have to accept it before working with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create agreement&amp;quot;''' to add the agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add agreemment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor portal#Agreement with new vendors|Agreement with new vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings integration 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains three submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''ProZ.com integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with '''ProZ.com''' - the world's largest community of translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable ProZ.com integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;ProZ.com''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings Proz 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''ProZ.com integration''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, check linked profile or disable ProZ.com integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ integr page.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Enable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - opens the ProZ.com login page where you can enter your username and password to enable integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Check linked profile|&amp;quot;Profile URL&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - you may open your ProZ.com profile page by clicking the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Disable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the  integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A link to your ProZ.com profile and the &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; button will appear after you enable ProZ.com integration for your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Link users in Protemos with one ProZ.com account'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may link your ProZ.com account to be able to log into your Protemos account with ProZ.com credentials in one click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In case you also have several Vendor and(or) Freelance accounts in Protemos, you can link them all with your ProZ.com account, and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Switch users without re-login|switch between your accounts without re-login]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''SmartCAT integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with SmartCAT system, so you can create projects and quotes in Protemos, and then copy them to SmartCAT (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable SmartCAT integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;SmartCAT''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings CAT.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the SmartCAT integration page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, update or disable SmartCAT integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SmartCAT API.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; buttons will appear after you enable SmartCAT integration for your account.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have SmartCAT account you can register it directly from the '''SmartCAT integration''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also get a SmartCAT API key for Protemos, as it differs from your normal SmartCAT username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, please click the corresponding links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SmartCAT links.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on SmartCAT integration, SmartCAT-related project and quotes creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''TQAuditor integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with TQAuditor - the system for evaluation and monitoring translation quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable TQAuditor integration for your account, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;TQAuditor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings TQ.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you need to press the &amp;quot;'''Enable'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TQAUDITOR API CREDENTIALS enable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on TQAuditor integration, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[TQAuditor integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Users'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add new users who will use the system just as you do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if there are several project managers in your team, you can create a separate account with the necessary level of access rights for each of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Users list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu users list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user, fill in or renew all basic information about a particular user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new user, press the &amp;quot;'''New user'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Ent.users 2.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New user''' page. After you fill in the boxes press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New user.jpg|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mark the '''&amp;quot;Can login&amp;quot;''' checkbox, the system will send an invitation to the user to join your company on Protemos once you finish creating the user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may leave the checkbox unmarked and send the invitation later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': your user will not be able to log into the system if you disable &amp;quot;'''Can login&amp;quot;''' button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Create user]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': use the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Access rights|&amp;quot;'''User groups'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; box to select the group to relate your users to. This will define the user’s access rights.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Users''' page, you can also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update user| '''Update user''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, users can be added by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#New user|'''New user''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''New user'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu New user.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to add users, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Access rights'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu screen to define access rights for various user groups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu access.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Access rights]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add clients'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add clients manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add clients manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new clients manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Clients''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New client''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients new 2.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Clients list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New client'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New client button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''New client''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the information about your client on the displayed screen. It consists of three sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''General info''' section to enter general information about the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client general info section.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  section to enter the URL address of the client record on the ProZ.com Blue Board:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ Blue Board section1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Primary user''' section to enter the client’s contact person:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client primary user section.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to display the client entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended for viewing and entering various client data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab|General info]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update client details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' client info or '''&amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;''' the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also check all the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client quick links|client-related objects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage client tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CV general 1.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete clients involved into recorded projects, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#Primary user|Primary user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section you can view and edit client's primary contact details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Primary user.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' linked record and make an entry for your client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl ProZ Blue sec Acme.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also change your client's '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of client’s contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client has several contact persons, they can all be entered in the '''Contact persons''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of prices agreed with the client, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create a custom taxes set for this client. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can upload and delete files related to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import clients from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of clients, contacts, and prices, you can easily import it without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/client/index Clients] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients import from xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of clients to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients export to xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data export , please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel| Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add vendors'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you assign jobs to other vendors, you need to add each of them to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add vendors manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add vendors manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new vendors manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Vendors''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New vendor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu new v.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Vendors list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu V list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New vendor'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor|New vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you will see the '''Type''' box. You can select any of the three vendor types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Company''' is a contractor company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelancer''' is a non-staff employee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''In-house''' is a staff employee who works in your office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the vendor type, you will see the boxes to fill in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button to add a vendor account to the system. The vendor will be sent an invitation email and needs to accept the invitation ''(please find more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add a vendor account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional information on how to add vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor entry page is intended for viewing and entering various vendor data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor viev.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''General info''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update vendor details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' vendor info, add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage vendor tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick links|quick links]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#General information|delete]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' a vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab you can also view and edit basic information about the primary user, disable vendor access to the account, and  send\resend an invitation to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete vendors involved into recorded jobs, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for your vendor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view a list of vendor contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is available only if the vendor is a company, not a person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab|Payment methods]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create or update payment methods for the vendor, and change the default payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can view the list of prices agreed with the vendor, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can create a custom taxes set for this vendor. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can upload and delete files related to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Availability chart tab|Availability chart]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can see the chart and list of all active jobs assigned to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If your vendor has ProZ.com account with the same email as in Protemos, the system will display the link to that account on the vendor entry page ''(more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#Links of vendor profiles to ProZ.com profiles|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import vendors from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of vendors,  their contacts, specializations, language pairs and prices, you can easily import these data without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/vendor/index Vendors] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors import from xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of vendors to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors export to xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data export, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel| Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new quote'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quote is a potential project. Let's assume that your client has sent you a translation request, but first, he would like to know how much it will cost,  time frames for implementation etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to save your time, you can create a quote and send it to your client and then, if the client agrees with the quote conditions, you can easily convert it to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also create it if you are simply not sure yet you will get the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to create a quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Quotes''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New quote''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu new Q.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Quotes=&amp;gt;Quotes list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu Q list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New quote'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New quote''' page where you can specify all basic details for a new quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm all details with the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the &amp;quot;'''Quote'''&amp;quot; page that consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Quote details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''' to see the set of operations that can be performed on this quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Quote actions.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Send''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send quote]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page which allows emailing the quote to the client directly from the system. After the quote is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark as sent''': if you not sending the quote through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Convert to project''': by pressing this button you begin creating a new project with this quote.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''': if the client doesn't accept this quote conditions, you may press the &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot; button to remember that rejection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''': pressing this button downloads the quote in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''': you may clone the quote by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update quote page|Update quote ]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ''' page on which you can edit the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''': deletes the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''', '''&amp;quot;Mark as sent&amp;quot;''', and '''&amp;quot;Download as PDF&amp;quot;''' buttons are not displayed in quotes with no '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quote receivables section|receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' entered.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Files section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can upload the files or links (file URLs) you received from your client (if any):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload new file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can upload CAT log files (if needed):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote upload Cat section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter receivables to indicate the amount to be charged from the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote res section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having checked all the quote data, you can send the quote to the client. Go to the '''Quote details''' section, press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then click the &amp;quot;'''Send'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Send quote]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qoute send butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on quotes, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Quotes]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create SmartCAT-related quotes'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new project'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the system and entering the clients and vendors in it, you can start new projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For illustration purposes, suppose you have Acme Corporation as your client. They have sent you the 20,000-word translation request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
from English into French asking to complete it in 2 weeks. Let’s add this project to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create project'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Before creating project, make sure that you have added clients and vendors in your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. There are two ways to create a project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''Project''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New project''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu new proj.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New project'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New proj butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New project''' page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter your project information and press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project creation page.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The project page will be displayed with the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj tabs.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Now you need to upload the files received from your client to the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Files''' tab and upload the needed files by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Upload files'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also add a link (file URL) to an external file instead of uploading the file to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project inputs.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on project input files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, Files tab#Project input|Project input]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project receivables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Next, enter the volume of work and the receivable from the client. To do so, go to the '''Finances''' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project new receivables.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the purchase order number sent from the client in the '''PO number''' box. If the client has not provided such number, you may leave this box unfilled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the volume of work, price, and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the raceivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB receivable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter several receivables for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing|Receivable creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. If necessary, you may upload a CAT log file to your project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Cat logs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Upload CAT log'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj upload cat log.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on uploading of CAT log files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, CAT logs tab]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. If you fulfill your job yourself, the new project has been created. You have to fulfil and complete it (see item 18 in this list). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to assign the project to other vendors, carry on reading below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create jobs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Let’s assume that you need to assign the translation to one vendor and then give it for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create their respective jobs in the system. Go to the '''Jobs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Add job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj add job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In the '''Job input files''' section select project files to send to a translator:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select job input file.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section below on the same page, select the vendor and enter information about the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New Job.png|border|430px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Next, the job screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start a new job.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs creation and editing, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project payables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Now you need to add payable for the vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, scroll down to the '''Payables to vendor''' section and press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable but.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the job volume and payable for the vendor and press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB payable Acme.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create/Edit payable|Create payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. Now you can send a notification to the vendor to start the job. Press the &amp;quot;'''Start job'''&amp;quot; button on the '''Job details''' screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start job.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor will receive the notification by email that he has been assigned the job, log in and collect the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the vendor will fulfill the job, upload the ready files to the system and mark the job as completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be notified by email that the vendor has completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job output files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Check if the files delivered by the translator are correct by downloading them from the '''Job Output Files''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job output Acme.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. Having ensured that the vendor did everything correctly, press the &amp;quot;'''Accept job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Accept job button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. The vendor will be notified by email that the job has been accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. Now you would like to pass the completed translation for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a job for another vendor. The process is the same. The only difference is that you need to specify the files &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
delivered by the translator when selecting incoming files for the editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job input files.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the project'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. When all the vendors have uploaded their files, you can start delivering the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may upload vendors' files to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the project’s '''Files''' tab and scroll down to the '''Jobs Output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the necessary files and press the &amp;quot;'''Add selected to project output'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Jobs output files 4.png|border|1100px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you not to lose files after you close the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. If you fulfill your job yourself, you may upload files to the system by clicking &amp;quot;'''Add additional files'''&amp;quot; in the '''Project Output''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files add butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. Having added all the needed files to '''Project Output''', you can download the files and send them to the client or client’s manager by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files download.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Having delivered all the files, you can complete the project. Go to the '''Details''' tab, click '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then press the &amp;quot;'''Complete'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project page complete button2.jpg|border|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! You have completed the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 1''': The number of projects in your system will be increasing with time, so you won’t want all of them to be displayed. Set up how projects are displayed in the list using '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 2''': View the list of vendors’ jobs in all the projects at the dedicated page by pressing the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list|Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' menu on the top panel.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;Project templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this page to create templates for your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create projects based on templates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a project from a template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''Projects''' menu on the top panel and then click '''Project templates''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Proj temp menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press the '''&amp;quot;Templates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Project page templates button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;CAT log templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add weighted word count templates for the CAT tools you are using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects CAT logs.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add or update templates: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat Temp Add button.jpg|bprder|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|&amp;quot;'''Add template'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can add a word count template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Update templates|'''update''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  the template if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on templates, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create SmartCAT-related projects'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Clients prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all clients' prices, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients price.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Client prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all clients' prices from/to Excel, update or delete a particular client's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client prices page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New client price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Create new price|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for a definite client, service, language pair and specialization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to a particular client or type of service, specialization etc. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel|Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all clients' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of clients' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Edit price|Update client price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create invoices for clients and control their payment'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To create an invoice for a client, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Receivables''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CM receivables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The list of all the receivables will be displayed. Select the desired rows and press the &amp;quot;'''Invoice selected'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoice client  receivable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The system will create an invoice and will display its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Create invoice|Create invoice]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Client invoice'''  page consists of the following sections: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client invoice details section new.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Send''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send client invoice]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' which allows emailing the invoice to the client directly from the system. After the invoice is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Resend''' - this button appears after the invoice has been sent. Pressing it sends the invoice one more time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as sent''' - if you not sending the invoice through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as unsent''' - this button appears if the invoice has been sent. Pressing it deletes the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download as PDF''' - pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Write off''' - this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off. E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discount and Extra Charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge update|discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Update''' - opens the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update client invoice|'''Update invoice''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  page on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delete''' - deletes the invoice. This button disappears after you link the invoice with the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on action buttons, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Action buttons|Action buttons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of client invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and client's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|'''Default clients taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''No taxes''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv tax sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove receivables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add receivables press the &amp;quot;'''Add receivables'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv receiv section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on how to add receivables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Remove and add receivables|Remove and add receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have received the payment for the invoice, you can record it by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Create linked payment&amp;quot;''' button under receivables table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv linked payments sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Create linked payment|Create linked payment]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Create payments|'''Client payments''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Client invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, while on the '''Client payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find out how to create payments on the '''Client payments''' page, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when a client pays the invoice, enter the payment in the system and connect it with the paid invoice. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Clients=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients Payments menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Client payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to add a new client payment press &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:client new payment button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment from client''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment received from the client and select the invoices that payment covers from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client payment page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have entered the payment in the system and completed the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Client payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients invoices list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the invoices in '''Clients=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients invoices 2.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can track all the invoices from your clients and control their payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Vendors prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all vendors' prices, go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor prices menu.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Vendor prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all vendors' prices from/to Excel, update or delete the particular vendor's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor prices  page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New vendor price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  for a definite vendor, service, language pair and specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to the particular vendor or type of service, specialization etc.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel|Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all vendors' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of vendors' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Price editing|Update vendor price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Invoices from vendors and payment control'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendors can create invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Invoicing|on their own]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or you can create their invoices as the company manager. Let’s review the second option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payables''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors payables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of payables due to vendors will be displayed. Select the rows to be included in the invoice and press the Invoice selected button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoicing selected payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If the vendor’s name is highlighted in red in the table, it means that payment method was not selected for this vendor and it’s impossible to create an invoice for this vendor’s jobs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create an invoice, select the payment method for the vendor (click the vendor’s name and add the payment method as described on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page). &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The system will create the invoice, send it to the vendor by email and open its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Vendor invoice''' page consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''' — pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Discount and Extra charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge| discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Write off''' — this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' — pressing this button opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice update|Vendor Invoice update page]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' — this button deletes the invoice. It disappears after you link the invoice with the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;'''Note''': For invoices with linked payments only &amp;quot;'''Download as PDF'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Write off'''&amp;quot; buttons are  available.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;To make all buttons available, you need to unlink the payments first. It can be done on the page of the corresponding payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of vendor invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and vendor's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|'''Default vendors taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|No taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice taxes section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice payables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove payables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add payables press the &amp;quot;'''Add payables '''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV payables section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Removing and adding payables|Adding and removing payables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have paid the invoice, you can record the payment by pressing “'''Create linked payment'''” button under the payable table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV linked payment creation n.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Linked payment creation|Linked payment creation]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, the payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list|'''Vendor payments ''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Vendor invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while on the '''Vendor payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, having paid the vendors’ invoices, you need to enter those payments in the system. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor payments.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Vendor payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot; button to add a new vendor payment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor payments new payment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment to vendor''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment completed to the vendor and select the invoices covered by that payment from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor payment.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the payment has been entered in the system and you’ve completed the payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors invoices list'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the vendors’ invoices in '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors invoices.jpg|border|135px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Filters'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters are provided for most of the tables in the system. Use such filters to hide the information you don’t want to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Projects+&amp;gt;Projects list''' menu on the top panel to display the list of projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Filters projects.jpg|border|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following filters are provided for that list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects filter 2.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter necessary data into the appropriate fields and press the '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects filters, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Search projects with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further instructions on how to search the required data with filters, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Search quotes with filters|Search quotes with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Project templates#Search project templates with filters|Search project templates with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Search jobs with filters|Search jobs with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Search clients with filters|Search clients with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Search vendors with filters|Search vendors with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search clients prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Search receivables with filters|Search clients receivables with filter]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search clients invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Search payments with filters|Search clients payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search vendors prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Search payables with filters|Search vendors payables with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search vendors invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Search payments with filters|Search vendors payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Reports'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can generate various business reports in the system. In this way, you can analyze the financial results of your activity for a defined period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Reports''' menu on the top panel and choose the required item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''General finances'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show dynamics of how income, expenses and profit change over months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;General finances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by project balances|Monthly finances by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on receivables in your projects and payables in the related jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by invoices|Monthly finances by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by payments|Monthly finances by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on general finances reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Managers'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each project manager of your team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Managers=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per manager by project balances|Monthly income per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per manager by project balances|Monthly profit per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per manager by project balances|Monthly income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per manager by project balances|Monthly profit share per manager by project balances&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;]]''' -  shows how the profit share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Income share per manager by project balances|Income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Profit share per manager by project balances|Profit share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of profit each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Finances per manager by project balances summary table|Finances per manager by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per manager and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on managers reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports menu clients.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Finances by project balances'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per client by project balances|Monthly income per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover per client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per client by project balances|Monthly profit per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per client by project balances|Monthly income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of the client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per client by project balances|Monthly profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Income share per client by project balances|Income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Profit share per client by project balances|Profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''- on this report you may see the shares of profit each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Finances per client by project balances summary table|Finances per client by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the client invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients invoices.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the turnover per client based on the invoices you issued for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income share per client by invoices|Monthly income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the share of invoices per clients was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Income share per client by invoices|Income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of invoices per clients over the selected period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices summary table|Monthly income per client by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all invoice amounts per client and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show how the clients were paying you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients payments.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the amounts of payments per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income share per client by payments|Monthly income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see how the share of payments per client was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Income share per client by payments|Income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the share of each client in payments received over the specified period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments summary table|Monthly income per client by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all payment amounts per client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:reports vendors menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor invoices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports_vendors_invoices.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly invoices per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the invoiced amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Expenses share per vendor by invoices|Expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the invoiced amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows the invoiced amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports vendors payments.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly payments per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the paid amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Expenses share per vendor by payments|Expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the paid amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows paid amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Language pairs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each language pair you work with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Language pairs=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports language pairs.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per language pair by project balances|Monthly income per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per language pair by project balances|Monthly income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Income share per language pair by project balances|Income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Profit share per language pair by project balances|Profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Finances per language pair by project balances summary table|Finances per language pair by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per language pair and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on language pairs reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Services'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each service based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Services=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports services.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per service by project balances|Monthly income per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per service by project balances|Monthly profit per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per service by project balances|Monthly income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per service by project balances|Monthly profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows how the profit share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Income share per service by project balances|Income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Profit share per service by project balances|Profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Finances per service by project balances summary table|Finances per service by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per service and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on services reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Export data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''On every page (quotes, projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.) you can export the tables into xls.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Export to excel.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot;, you will get the file with exported data and will be able to use it for backup, analysis, &lt;br /&gt;
import or any other purpose you might need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instructions on how to export the required data to excel, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Export to Excel|Export quotes data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Export to Excel|Export projects data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Export|Export jobs data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel|Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Export to Excel|Export clients prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Export to Excel|Export clients receivables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Export to Excel|Export clients invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Export to Excel|Export clients payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel|Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors  prices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Export data to Excel|Export general finances reports data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Additional information'''==&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports all the modern browsers. However, some outdated browsers (e.g., Opera 12.17) may have issues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience issues, we recommend using the modern browser. We are improving the system all the time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why its user interface may change and look a little bit differently from the one described above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we try to update this manual accordingly. If you notice some discrepancies between the description and the real functionality, please tell us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12049</id>
		<title>Enterprise edition user manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12049"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T11:49:18Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Job output files */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''For a brief overview of the system, please check this video:'''   [[File:youtube.jpg|40px|link=https://youtu.be/rrG6ImhtWHQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Get started with Protemos'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To start working with Protemos, create your account in the system by completing the following steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the &amp;quot;'''CREATE PROTEMOS ACCOUNT'''&amp;quot; button at the website '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://protemos.com  www.protemos.com] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Create account 3.png|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/account/create  Create Account] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create enterprise account page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select your account type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:account type selection.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Enterprise''': select this option if you are going to assign jobs to in-house translators, freelancers or other companies.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, the system will have supplier’s functionality and you will be able to assign jobs to your suppliers.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Freelance''': this is a light and free version of the system. Select this option if you are doing all jobs alone and do not subcontract freelancers.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, you will not be able to create suppliers in the system and assign jobs to them. Upgrade to Enterprise version is possible if desired.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fill in all the boxes and tick the &amp;quot;I'm not a robot&amp;quot; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read our '''Privacy policy''' and '''Terms of service'''. To do so, click the corresponding links (highlighted in blue).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accept the conditions, click the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Robot.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After pressing the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button, the account will be set up and you will see a welcome screen to start working with the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Press the &amp;quot;'''OK, let’s get started!'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:welcome page n.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system setup wizard will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz serv.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Enter data for each menu entry: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Services''' are the services you provide. In addition to translation and proofreading, you can indicate any other services such as layout design, OCR, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pairs''' are your language pairs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Units''' are units to measure the volume of work. For example, hours, words, pages, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Specializations''' are your  specializations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currencies''' are the currencies you work with such as US dollars or euros. Indicate the main currency of the system here. The system will use it for accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Payment methods''' are the payment details. They will be used in the invoices the system will generate to send to your clients. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To navigate in the menu entries, use a dedicated navigation menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz next.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don’t worry if you select something wrong. You’ll be able to change these values in '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[System settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having completed all the entries, press the &amp;quot;'''Complete wizard'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wizard completed.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The following screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Main menu.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your account has been created and you can start working with Protemos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, before you start working with the projects in the system, you need to add your clients and vendors in it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These areas will be addressed in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sign up with ProZ.com'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have ProZ.com account, you may create a new Protemos account with your ProZ.com credentials right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the '''&amp;quot;Sign up with ProZ.com&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Sign up with ProZ.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Sign up with ProZ.com|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''My profile settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''My Profile'''&amp;quot; page you can update your personal information, the time zone you are located in, change your username and account password, and link your ProZ.com account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''My profile''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:My profile menu.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[My profile|My profile]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''System values settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change and set system values in the '''Settings''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings enterprise.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Account''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''Account'''&amp;quot; page you can complete or update general information, upload the logo of your company, delete your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account info'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Account info'''&amp;quot; section contains common information about your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can amend information about your company and change the account owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit general information, press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account info section.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; to confirm changes after editing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update account details.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the account owner press &amp;quot;'''Change account owner'''&amp;quot; (this option is available only for the owner of an account): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upd acc owner but.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assign a new owner and press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button to сonfirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:change account owner  page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Change account owner]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Company logo image'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may upload a logo which will be displayed in all documents generated by the system: invoices, POs, Quotes etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Upload new'''&amp;quot; button to upload the logo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COMPANY LOGO.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Only PNG and JPEG images with a maximum size of 350x350 pixels are supported.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account deletion'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can immediately and permanently delete all your account data and files from the server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Delete account&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account deletion.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Delete account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;License''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are registering your account, you get a free one-month trial license. It works just like a normal license, with no limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''License details''' page you can see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license status;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license type;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- active managers limit (the number of users with different access rights that can work in the system simultaneously);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- when your license expires; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the time left before the expiration date of your license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the trial period is over, the account owner may request a license by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Request license'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Licensening.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Licensing#Requesting license|Request license]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can enter the number of managers you need to work simultaneously in your system and select the license period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can add as many managers as you wish, but only the licensed number of them will be able to log in at the same time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on licensing, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Licensing]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Default settings'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Default settings'''&amp;quot; menu lets you define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default time zone for new users''':  the time zone that will be added by default to all newly created manager, client, and vendor profiles (unless you don't indicate the different one). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default currency''': the currency you are using for balances and reporting. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Currencies]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment method''': the method which will be added by default to all your invoices unless you don't indicate the different method for specific client or invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment terms''': standard payment terms for all your clients. It defines how soon the payment should be made after issuing the invoice. You can set different method for an individual client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page size''': here you can set the size of the PDF page for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page orientation''': here you can set the PDF page orientation for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF locale''': here you may specify the default locale (language,date and time) of invoices for all newly created clients and vendors. You may also define it individually for a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings#PDF locale of client invoices|'''particular client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change#PDF locale of vendor invoices|'''vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client invoicing manager''': here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of system notifications about overdue clients invoices etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the settings mentioned above, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account default settings 1.36.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update account default settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;System Values''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SM sys values.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Language pairs'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update the language pairs you work with, delete, or disable them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Language pairs page.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Add language pairs|&amp;quot;'''New language pairs'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pairs creation page where you can create various language pairs combinations of source and target languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update language pair|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pair update page where you can change languages for a particular language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete the pairs of languages that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can disable them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Disable language pair|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot; ]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the language pair. You can use this option if you don't want to see this language pair in the drop-down list when choosing a language, for instance, while creating a new project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;''' - enables the language pair (the button appears after you disable the language pair).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Services'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update or delete the services your company provides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SS services.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create service|&amp;quot;'''New service'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the service creation page. Here you can create as many services as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the services update page where you can change the name of a particular service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete services that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service#Disable service|disable]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Specializations'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, update or delete the specializations your company works with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:specialization list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create specialization|&amp;quot;'''New specialization'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization creation page. Here you can create every possible specializations you may wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update specialization|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization update page where you can change the name of a particular specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; – deletes the specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete specializations that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you may '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update specialization#Disable specialization|disable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Units'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set units to measure the volume of your work (words, hours, pages, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add any measurement units you need, update, and delete them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:units list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create unit|&amp;quot;'''New unit'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit creation page where you can create as many measurement units as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update unit|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit update page. Here you can change the name of a particular unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;– deletes the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete units that you have already used in the project ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Currencies'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add currencies that will be used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, one client can pay in US dollars while others can choose euros, and you can pay to vendors in local currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add currencies, set any currency as default, disable or delete currencies, check exchange rates history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:currencies list page.jpg|border|900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Add currencies|&amp;quot;'''Add currency'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- opens the menu where you can add desired currency. You can add as many currencies as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Exchange rates history|&amp;quot;'''Exchange rates history'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- shows the exchange rates on the selected date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Set currency as default|&amp;quot;'''Set as default'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - sets the selected currency as default. If you change the default currency, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
all reports and project balances will be rebuilt and recalculated in a new default currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - disables the currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - deletes the currency. You can't delete the currency that is already in use in the system,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but you can disable it in case this currency no longer needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Protemos is connected to the currency conversion service so the exchange rate is updated on a daily basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That’s why you can always see the correct summary in your default currency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your payment details here so the clients can pay you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add various payment methods, change the default payment method and terms, update, disable or delete them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payment methods.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create payment method|&amp;quot;'''Add payment method'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  - opens the menu where you can create a new payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;quot;'''[[Change default settings]]'''&amp;quot; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- here you can change the default payment method and currency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define in how many days invoices should be paid, the default PDF page size for your invoices and vendor invoicing contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update payment method|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can renew payment method details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; - disables the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete payment methods that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button).''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; But you can disable them in case these payment methods no longer needed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define several taxes in the system, link them to the clients and vendors, and add them to your invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Taxes list'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a list of taxes, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu list.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may define the necessary number of taxes that will be used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new tax, press the '''&amp;quot;New tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes list.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name of the tax, select the type, and specify its sort order in invoices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add new tax new.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the new tax to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Taxes list|Taxes list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default clients taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default clients taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default clients taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu default clients.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a default percentage tax, press the &amp;quot;Add default persentage tax&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add def cl percentage tax.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New def cl perc VAT 2.png|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each client when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|Default clients taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each client. It will override the default clients taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Custom taxes set for individual client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default vendors taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default vendors taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default vendors taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:DVTset menu.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the '''&amp;quot;Add default tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS add default tax.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS tax name choosing2.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new tax will appear in the default vendors taxes set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each vendor when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|Default vendors taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each vendor. It will override the default vendors taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Custom taxes set for individual vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Object codes'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set the number of your next invoice, project, payment, job etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the next object identification numbers or the object code prefixes press the &amp;quot;'''Update next IDs'''&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;'''Update code prefixes'''&amp;quot; buttons correspondingly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Object codes buttons.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update object codes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Deadline reminders'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system notifies you about overdue projects, jobs, and invoices by email. You can switch these notifications off/on by clicking &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Deadline reminders 1.36 new.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Update deadline reminders settings]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;SMTP Server'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the system sends all email messages from Protemos own email server, but you can change this and make the system use your own server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SMTP server.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update SMTP server configuration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP menu.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu allows you to adjust vendor portal related settings and embed your standard agreement with new vendors into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It consists of two sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Vendor portal settings'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing by vendors''' - here you can enable or disable the ability to create invoices by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application form''' - allows you to enable or disable the ability to submit applications by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors submit their applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application URL''' - you can post the vendor application URL on your corporate website or send it to new vendors so that they can submit their applications to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the above-mentioned settings (except for the Vendor application URL), click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP settings update.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor applications, please check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor application URL]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Agreement with new vendors'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can embed your standard agreement with your vendors into the system, so they will have to accept it before working with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create agreement&amp;quot;''' to add the agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add agreemment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor portal#Agreement with new vendors|Agreement with new vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings integration 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains three submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''ProZ.com integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with '''ProZ.com''' - the world's largest community of translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable ProZ.com integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;ProZ.com''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings Proz 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''ProZ.com integration''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, check linked profile or disable ProZ.com integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ integr page.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Enable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - opens the ProZ.com login page where you can enter your username and password to enable integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Check linked profile|&amp;quot;Profile URL&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - you may open your ProZ.com profile page by clicking the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Disable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the  integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A link to your ProZ.com profile and the &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; button will appear after you enable ProZ.com integration for your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Link users in Protemos with one ProZ.com account'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may link your ProZ.com account to be able to log into your Protemos account with ProZ.com credentials in one click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In case you also have several Vendor and(or) Freelance accounts in Protemos, you can link them all with your ProZ.com account, and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Switch users without re-login|switch between your accounts without re-login]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''SmartCAT integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with SmartCAT system, so you can create projects and quotes in Protemos, and then copy them to SmartCAT (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable SmartCAT integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;SmartCAT''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings CAT.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the SmartCAT integration page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, update or disable SmartCAT integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SmartCAT API.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; buttons will appear after you enable SmartCAT integration for your account.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have SmartCAT account you can register it directly from the '''SmartCAT integration''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also get a SmartCAT API key for Protemos, as it differs from your normal SmartCAT username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, please click the corresponding links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SmartCAT links.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on SmartCAT integration, SmartCAT-related project and quotes creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''TQAuditor integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with TQAuditor - the system for evaluation and monitoring translation quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable TQAuditor integration for your account, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;TQAuditor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings TQ.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you need to press the &amp;quot;'''Enable'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TQAUDITOR API CREDENTIALS enable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on TQAuditor integration, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[TQAuditor integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Users'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add new users who will use the system just as you do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if there are several project managers in your team, you can create a separate account with the necessary level of access rights for each of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Users list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu users list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user, fill in or renew all basic information about a particular user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new user, press the &amp;quot;'''New user'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Ent.users 2.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New user''' page. After you fill in the boxes press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New user.jpg|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mark the '''&amp;quot;Can login&amp;quot;''' checkbox, the system will send an invitation to the user to join your company on Protemos once you finish creating the user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may leave the checkbox unmarked and send the invitation later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': your user will not be able to log into the system if you disable &amp;quot;'''Can login&amp;quot;''' button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Create user]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': use the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Access rights|&amp;quot;'''User groups'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; box to select the group to relate your users to. This will define the user’s access rights.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Users''' page, you can also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update user| '''Update user''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, users can be added by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#New user|'''New user''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''New user'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu New user.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to add users, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Access rights'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu screen to define access rights for various user groups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu access.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Access rights]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add clients'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add clients manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add clients manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new clients manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Clients''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New client''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients new 2.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Clients list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New client'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New client button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''New client''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the information about your client on the displayed screen. It consists of three sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''General info''' section to enter general information about the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client general info section.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  section to enter the URL address of the client record on the ProZ.com Blue Board:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ Blue Board section1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Primary user''' section to enter the client’s contact person:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client primary user section.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to display the client entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended for viewing and entering various client data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab|General info]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update client details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' client info or '''&amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;''' the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also check all the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client quick links|client-related objects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage client tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CV general 1.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete clients involved into recorded projects, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#Primary user|Primary user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section you can view and edit client's primary contact details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Primary user.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' linked record and make an entry for your client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl ProZ Blue sec Acme.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also change your client's '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of client’s contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client has several contact persons, they can all be entered in the '''Contact persons''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of prices agreed with the client, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create a custom taxes set for this client. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can upload and delete files related to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import clients from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of clients, contacts, and prices, you can easily import it without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/client/index Clients] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients import from xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of clients to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients export to xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data export , please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel| Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add vendors'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you assign jobs to other vendors, you need to add each of them to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add vendors manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add vendors manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new vendors manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Vendors''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New vendor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu new v.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Vendors list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu V list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New vendor'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor|New vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you will see the '''Type''' box. You can select any of the three vendor types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Company''' is a contractor company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelancer''' is a non-staff employee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''In-house''' is a staff employee who works in your office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the vendor type, you will see the boxes to fill in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button to add a vendor account to the system. The vendor will be sent an invitation email and needs to accept the invitation ''(please find more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add a vendor account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional information on how to add vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor entry page is intended for viewing and entering various vendor data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor viev.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''General info''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update vendor details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' vendor info, add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage vendor tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick links|quick links]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#General information|delete]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' a vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab you can also view and edit basic information about the primary user, disable vendor access to the account, and  send\resend an invitation to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete vendors involved into recorded jobs, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for your vendor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view a list of vendor contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is available only if the vendor is a company, not a person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab|Payment methods]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create or update payment methods for the vendor, and change the default payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can view the list of prices agreed with the vendor, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can create a custom taxes set for this vendor. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can upload and delete files related to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Availability chart tab|Availability chart]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can see the chart and list of all active jobs assigned to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If your vendor has ProZ.com account with the same email as in Protemos, the system will display the link to that account on the vendor entry page ''(more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#Links of vendor profiles to ProZ.com profiles|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import vendors from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of vendors,  their contacts, specializations, language pairs and prices, you can easily import these data without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/vendor/index Vendors] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors import from xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of vendors to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors export to xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data export, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel| Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new quote'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quote is a potential project. Let's assume that your client has sent you a translation request, but first, he would like to know how much it will cost,  time frames for implementation etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to save your time, you can create a quote and send it to your client and then, if the client agrees with the quote conditions, you can easily convert it to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also create it if you are simply not sure yet you will get the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to create a quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Quotes''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New quote''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu new Q.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Quotes=&amp;gt;Quotes list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu Q list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New quote'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New quote''' page where you can specify all basic details for a new quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm all details with the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the &amp;quot;'''Quote'''&amp;quot; page that consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Quote details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''' to see the set of operations that can be performed on this quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Quote actions.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Send''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send quote]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page which allows emailing the quote to the client directly from the system. After the quote is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark as sent''': if you not sending the quote through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Convert to project''': by pressing this button you begin creating a new project with this quote.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''': if the client doesn't accept this quote conditions, you may press the &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot; button to remember that rejection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''': pressing this button downloads the quote in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''': you may clone the quote by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update quote page|Update quote ]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ''' page on which you can edit the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''': deletes the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''', '''&amp;quot;Mark as sent&amp;quot;''', and '''&amp;quot;Download as PDF&amp;quot;''' buttons are not displayed in quotes with no '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quote receivables section|receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' entered.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Files section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can upload the files or links (file URLs) you received from your client (if any):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload new file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can upload CAT log files (if needed):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote upload Cat section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter receivables to indicate the amount to be charged from the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote res section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having checked all the quote data, you can send the quote to the client. Go to the '''Quote details''' section, press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then click the &amp;quot;'''Send'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Send quote]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qoute send butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on quotes, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Quotes]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create SmartCAT-related quotes'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new project'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the system and entering the clients and vendors in it, you can start new projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For illustration purposes, suppose you have Acme Corporation as your client. They have sent you the 20,000-word translation request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
from English into French asking to complete it in 2 weeks. Let’s add this project to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create project'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Before creating project, make sure that you have added clients and vendors in your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. There are two ways to create a project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''Project''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New project''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu new proj.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New project'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New proj butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New project''' page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter your project information and press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project creation page.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The project page will be displayed with the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj tabs.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Now you need to upload the files received from your client to the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Files''' tab and upload the needed files by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Upload files'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also add a link (file URL) to an external file instead of uploading the file to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project inputs.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on project input files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, Files tab#Project input|Project input]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project receivables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Next, enter the volume of work and the receivable from the client. To do so, go to the '''Finances''' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project new receivables.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the purchase order number sent from the client in the '''PO number''' box. If the client has not provided such number, you may leave this box unfilled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the volume of work, price, and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the raceivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB receivable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter several receivables for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing|Receivable creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. If necessary, you may upload a CAT log file to your project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Cat logs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Upload CAT log'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj upload cat log.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on uploading of CAT log files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, CAT logs tab]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. If you fulfill your job yourself, the new project has been created. You have to fulfil and complete it (see item 18 in this list). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to assign the project to other vendors, carry on reading below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create jobs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Let’s assume that you need to assign the translation to one vendor and then give it for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create their respective jobs in the system. Go to the '''Jobs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Add job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj add job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In the '''Job input files''' section select project files to send to a translator:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select job input file.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section below on the same page, select the vendor and enter information about the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New Job.png|border|430px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Next, the job screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start a new job.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs creation and editing, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project payables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Now you need to add payable for the vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, scroll down to the '''Payables to vendor''' section and press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable but.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the job volume and payable for the vendor and press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB payable Acme.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create/Edit payable|Create payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. Now you can send a notification to the vendor to start the job. Press the &amp;quot;'''Start job'''&amp;quot; button on the '''Job details''' screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start job.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor will receive the notification by email that he has been assigned the job, log in and collect the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the vendor will fulfill the job, upload the ready files to the system and mark the job as completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be notified by email that the vendor has completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job output files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Check if the files delivered by the translator are correct by downloading them from the '''Job Output Files''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job output Acme.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. Having ensured that the vendor did everything correctly, press the &amp;quot;'''Accept job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Accept job button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. The vendor will be notified by email that the job has been accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. Now you would like to pass the completed translation for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a job for another vendor. The process is the same. The only difference is that you need to specify the files &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
delivered by the translator when selecting incoming files for the editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job input files.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the project'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. When all the vendors have uploaded their files, you can start delivering the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may upload vendors' files to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the project’s '''Files''' tab and scroll down to the '''Jobs Output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the necessary files and press the &amp;quot;'''Add selected to project output'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Jobs output files.jpg|border|1000px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you not to lose files after you close the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. If you fulfill your job yourself, you may upload files to the system by clicking &amp;quot;'''Add additional files'''&amp;quot; in the '''Project Output''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files add butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. Having added all the needed files to '''Project Output''', you can download the files and send them to the client or client’s manager by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files download.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Having delivered all the files, you can complete the project. Go to the '''Details''' tab, click '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then press the &amp;quot;'''Complete'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project page complete button2.jpg|border|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! You have completed the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 1''': The number of projects in your system will be increasing with time, so you won’t want all of them to be displayed. Set up how projects are displayed in the list using '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 2''': View the list of vendors’ jobs in all the projects at the dedicated page by pressing the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list|Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' menu on the top panel.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;Project templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this page to create templates for your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create projects based on templates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a project from a template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''Projects''' menu on the top panel and then click '''Project templates''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Proj temp menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press the '''&amp;quot;Templates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Project page templates button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;CAT log templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add weighted word count templates for the CAT tools you are using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects CAT logs.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add or update templates: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat Temp Add button.jpg|bprder|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|&amp;quot;'''Add template'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can add a word count template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Update templates|'''update''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  the template if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on templates, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create SmartCAT-related projects'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Clients prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all clients' prices, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients price.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Client prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all clients' prices from/to Excel, update or delete a particular client's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client prices page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New client price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Create new price|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for a definite client, service, language pair and specialization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to a particular client or type of service, specialization etc. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel|Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all clients' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of clients' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Edit price|Update client price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create invoices for clients and control their payment'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To create an invoice for a client, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Receivables''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CM receivables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The list of all the receivables will be displayed. Select the desired rows and press the &amp;quot;'''Invoice selected'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoice client  receivable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The system will create an invoice and will display its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Create invoice|Create invoice]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Client invoice'''  page consists of the following sections: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client invoice details section new.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Send''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send client invoice]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' which allows emailing the invoice to the client directly from the system. After the invoice is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Resend''' - this button appears after the invoice has been sent. Pressing it sends the invoice one more time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as sent''' - if you not sending the invoice through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as unsent''' - this button appears if the invoice has been sent. Pressing it deletes the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download as PDF''' - pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Write off''' - this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off. E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discount and Extra Charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge update|discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Update''' - opens the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update client invoice|'''Update invoice''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  page on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delete''' - deletes the invoice. This button disappears after you link the invoice with the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on action buttons, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Action buttons|Action buttons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of client invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and client's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|'''Default clients taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''No taxes''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv tax sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove receivables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add receivables press the &amp;quot;'''Add receivables'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv receiv section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on how to add receivables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Remove and add receivables|Remove and add receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have received the payment for the invoice, you can record it by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Create linked payment&amp;quot;''' button under receivables table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv linked payments sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Create linked payment|Create linked payment]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Create payments|'''Client payments''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Client invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, while on the '''Client payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find out how to create payments on the '''Client payments''' page, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when a client pays the invoice, enter the payment in the system and connect it with the paid invoice. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Clients=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients Payments menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Client payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to add a new client payment press &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:client new payment button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment from client''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment received from the client and select the invoices that payment covers from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client payment page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have entered the payment in the system and completed the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Client payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients invoices list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the invoices in '''Clients=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients invoices 2.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can track all the invoices from your clients and control their payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Vendors prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all vendors' prices, go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor prices menu.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Vendor prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all vendors' prices from/to Excel, update or delete the particular vendor's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor prices  page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New vendor price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  for a definite vendor, service, language pair and specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to the particular vendor or type of service, specialization etc.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel|Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all vendors' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of vendors' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Price editing|Update vendor price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Invoices from vendors and payment control'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendors can create invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Invoicing|on their own]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or you can create their invoices as the company manager. Let’s review the second option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payables''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors payables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of payables due to vendors will be displayed. Select the rows to be included in the invoice and press the Invoice selected button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoicing selected payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If the vendor’s name is highlighted in red in the table, it means that payment method was not selected for this vendor and it’s impossible to create an invoice for this vendor’s jobs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create an invoice, select the payment method for the vendor (click the vendor’s name and add the payment method as described on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page). &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The system will create the invoice, send it to the vendor by email and open its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Vendor invoice''' page consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''' — pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Discount and Extra charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge| discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Write off''' — this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' — pressing this button opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice update|Vendor Invoice update page]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' — this button deletes the invoice. It disappears after you link the invoice with the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;'''Note''': For invoices with linked payments only &amp;quot;'''Download as PDF'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Write off'''&amp;quot; buttons are  available.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;To make all buttons available, you need to unlink the payments first. It can be done on the page of the corresponding payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of vendor invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and vendor's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|'''Default vendors taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|No taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice taxes section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice payables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove payables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add payables press the &amp;quot;'''Add payables '''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV payables section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Removing and adding payables|Adding and removing payables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have paid the invoice, you can record the payment by pressing “'''Create linked payment'''” button under the payable table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV linked payment creation n.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Linked payment creation|Linked payment creation]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, the payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list|'''Vendor payments ''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Vendor invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while on the '''Vendor payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, having paid the vendors’ invoices, you need to enter those payments in the system. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor payments.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Vendor payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot; button to add a new vendor payment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor payments new payment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment to vendor''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment completed to the vendor and select the invoices covered by that payment from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor payment.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the payment has been entered in the system and you’ve completed the payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors invoices list'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the vendors’ invoices in '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors invoices.jpg|border|135px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Filters'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters are provided for most of the tables in the system. Use such filters to hide the information you don’t want to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Projects+&amp;gt;Projects list''' menu on the top panel to display the list of projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Filters projects.jpg|border|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following filters are provided for that list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects filter 2.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter necessary data into the appropriate fields and press the '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects filters, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Search projects with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further instructions on how to search the required data with filters, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Search quotes with filters|Search quotes with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Project templates#Search project templates with filters|Search project templates with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Search jobs with filters|Search jobs with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Search clients with filters|Search clients with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Search vendors with filters|Search vendors with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search clients prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Search receivables with filters|Search clients receivables with filter]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search clients invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Search payments with filters|Search clients payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search vendors prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Search payables with filters|Search vendors payables with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search vendors invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Search payments with filters|Search vendors payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Reports'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can generate various business reports in the system. In this way, you can analyze the financial results of your activity for a defined period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Reports''' menu on the top panel and choose the required item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''General finances'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show dynamics of how income, expenses and profit change over months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;General finances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by project balances|Monthly finances by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on receivables in your projects and payables in the related jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by invoices|Monthly finances by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by payments|Monthly finances by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on general finances reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Managers'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each project manager of your team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Managers=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per manager by project balances|Monthly income per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per manager by project balances|Monthly profit per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per manager by project balances|Monthly income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per manager by project balances|Monthly profit share per manager by project balances&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;]]''' -  shows how the profit share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Income share per manager by project balances|Income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Profit share per manager by project balances|Profit share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of profit each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Finances per manager by project balances summary table|Finances per manager by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per manager and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on managers reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports menu clients.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Finances by project balances'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per client by project balances|Monthly income per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover per client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per client by project balances|Monthly profit per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per client by project balances|Monthly income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of the client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per client by project balances|Monthly profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Income share per client by project balances|Income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Profit share per client by project balances|Profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''- on this report you may see the shares of profit each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Finances per client by project balances summary table|Finances per client by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the client invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients invoices.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the turnover per client based on the invoices you issued for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income share per client by invoices|Monthly income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the share of invoices per clients was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Income share per client by invoices|Income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of invoices per clients over the selected period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices summary table|Monthly income per client by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all invoice amounts per client and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show how the clients were paying you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients payments.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the amounts of payments per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income share per client by payments|Monthly income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see how the share of payments per client was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Income share per client by payments|Income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the share of each client in payments received over the specified period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments summary table|Monthly income per client by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all payment amounts per client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:reports vendors menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor invoices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports_vendors_invoices.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly invoices per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the invoiced amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Expenses share per vendor by invoices|Expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the invoiced amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows the invoiced amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports vendors payments.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly payments per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the paid amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Expenses share per vendor by payments|Expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the paid amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows paid amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Language pairs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each language pair you work with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Language pairs=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports language pairs.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per language pair by project balances|Monthly income per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per language pair by project balances|Monthly income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Income share per language pair by project balances|Income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Profit share per language pair by project balances|Profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Finances per language pair by project balances summary table|Finances per language pair by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per language pair and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on language pairs reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Services'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each service based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Services=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports services.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per service by project balances|Monthly income per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per service by project balances|Monthly profit per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per service by project balances|Monthly income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per service by project balances|Monthly profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows how the profit share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Income share per service by project balances|Income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Profit share per service by project balances|Profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Finances per service by project balances summary table|Finances per service by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per service and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on services reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Export data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''On every page (quotes, projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.) you can export the tables into xls.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Export to excel.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot;, you will get the file with exported data and will be able to use it for backup, analysis, &lt;br /&gt;
import or any other purpose you might need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instructions on how to export the required data to excel, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Export to Excel|Export quotes data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Export to Excel|Export projects data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Export|Export jobs data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel|Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Export to Excel|Export clients prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Export to Excel|Export clients receivables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Export to Excel|Export clients invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Export to Excel|Export clients payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel|Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors  prices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Export data to Excel|Export general finances reports data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Additional information'''==&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports all the modern browsers. However, some outdated browsers (e.g., Opera 12.17) may have issues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience issues, we recommend using the modern browser. We are improving the system all the time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why its user interface may change and look a little bit differently from the one described above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we try to update this manual accordingly. If you notice some discrepancies between the description and the real functionality, please tell us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12048</id>
		<title>Enterprise edition user manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12048"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T11:48:28Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Job output files */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''For a brief overview of the system, please check this video:'''   [[File:youtube.jpg|40px|link=https://youtu.be/rrG6ImhtWHQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Get started with Protemos'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To start working with Protemos, create your account in the system by completing the following steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the &amp;quot;'''CREATE PROTEMOS ACCOUNT'''&amp;quot; button at the website '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://protemos.com  www.protemos.com] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Create account 3.png|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/account/create  Create Account] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create enterprise account page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select your account type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:account type selection.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Enterprise''': select this option if you are going to assign jobs to in-house translators, freelancers or other companies.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, the system will have supplier’s functionality and you will be able to assign jobs to your suppliers.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Freelance''': this is a light and free version of the system. Select this option if you are doing all jobs alone and do not subcontract freelancers.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, you will not be able to create suppliers in the system and assign jobs to them. Upgrade to Enterprise version is possible if desired.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fill in all the boxes and tick the &amp;quot;I'm not a robot&amp;quot; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read our '''Privacy policy''' and '''Terms of service'''. To do so, click the corresponding links (highlighted in blue).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accept the conditions, click the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Robot.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After pressing the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button, the account will be set up and you will see a welcome screen to start working with the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Press the &amp;quot;'''OK, let’s get started!'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:welcome page n.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system setup wizard will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz serv.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Enter data for each menu entry: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Services''' are the services you provide. In addition to translation and proofreading, you can indicate any other services such as layout design, OCR, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pairs''' are your language pairs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Units''' are units to measure the volume of work. For example, hours, words, pages, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Specializations''' are your  specializations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currencies''' are the currencies you work with such as US dollars or euros. Indicate the main currency of the system here. The system will use it for accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Payment methods''' are the payment details. They will be used in the invoices the system will generate to send to your clients. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To navigate in the menu entries, use a dedicated navigation menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz next.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don’t worry if you select something wrong. You’ll be able to change these values in '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[System settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having completed all the entries, press the &amp;quot;'''Complete wizard'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wizard completed.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The following screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Main menu.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your account has been created and you can start working with Protemos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, before you start working with the projects in the system, you need to add your clients and vendors in it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These areas will be addressed in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sign up with ProZ.com'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have ProZ.com account, you may create a new Protemos account with your ProZ.com credentials right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the '''&amp;quot;Sign up with ProZ.com&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Sign up with ProZ.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Sign up with ProZ.com|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''My profile settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''My Profile'''&amp;quot; page you can update your personal information, the time zone you are located in, change your username and account password, and link your ProZ.com account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''My profile''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:My profile menu.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[My profile|My profile]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''System values settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change and set system values in the '''Settings''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings enterprise.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Account''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''Account'''&amp;quot; page you can complete or update general information, upload the logo of your company, delete your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account info'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Account info'''&amp;quot; section contains common information about your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can amend information about your company and change the account owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit general information, press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account info section.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; to confirm changes after editing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update account details.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the account owner press &amp;quot;'''Change account owner'''&amp;quot; (this option is available only for the owner of an account): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upd acc owner but.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assign a new owner and press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button to сonfirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:change account owner  page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Change account owner]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Company logo image'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may upload a logo which will be displayed in all documents generated by the system: invoices, POs, Quotes etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Upload new'''&amp;quot; button to upload the logo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COMPANY LOGO.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Only PNG and JPEG images with a maximum size of 350x350 pixels are supported.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account deletion'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can immediately and permanently delete all your account data and files from the server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Delete account&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account deletion.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Delete account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;License''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are registering your account, you get a free one-month trial license. It works just like a normal license, with no limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''License details''' page you can see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license status;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license type;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- active managers limit (the number of users with different access rights that can work in the system simultaneously);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- when your license expires; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the time left before the expiration date of your license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the trial period is over, the account owner may request a license by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Request license'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Licensening.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Licensing#Requesting license|Request license]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can enter the number of managers you need to work simultaneously in your system and select the license period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can add as many managers as you wish, but only the licensed number of them will be able to log in at the same time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on licensing, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Licensing]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Default settings'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Default settings'''&amp;quot; menu lets you define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default time zone for new users''':  the time zone that will be added by default to all newly created manager, client, and vendor profiles (unless you don't indicate the different one). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default currency''': the currency you are using for balances and reporting. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Currencies]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment method''': the method which will be added by default to all your invoices unless you don't indicate the different method for specific client or invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment terms''': standard payment terms for all your clients. It defines how soon the payment should be made after issuing the invoice. You can set different method for an individual client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page size''': here you can set the size of the PDF page for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page orientation''': here you can set the PDF page orientation for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF locale''': here you may specify the default locale (language,date and time) of invoices for all newly created clients and vendors. You may also define it individually for a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings#PDF locale of client invoices|'''particular client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change#PDF locale of vendor invoices|'''vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client invoicing manager''': here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of system notifications about overdue clients invoices etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the settings mentioned above, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account default settings 1.36.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update account default settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;System Values''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SM sys values.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Language pairs'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update the language pairs you work with, delete, or disable them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Language pairs page.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Add language pairs|&amp;quot;'''New language pairs'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pairs creation page where you can create various language pairs combinations of source and target languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update language pair|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pair update page where you can change languages for a particular language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete the pairs of languages that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can disable them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Disable language pair|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot; ]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the language pair. You can use this option if you don't want to see this language pair in the drop-down list when choosing a language, for instance, while creating a new project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;''' - enables the language pair (the button appears after you disable the language pair).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Services'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update or delete the services your company provides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SS services.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create service|&amp;quot;'''New service'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the service creation page. Here you can create as many services as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the services update page where you can change the name of a particular service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete services that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service#Disable service|disable]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Specializations'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, update or delete the specializations your company works with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:specialization list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create specialization|&amp;quot;'''New specialization'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization creation page. Here you can create every possible specializations you may wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update specialization|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization update page where you can change the name of a particular specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; – deletes the specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete specializations that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you may '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update specialization#Disable specialization|disable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Units'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set units to measure the volume of your work (words, hours, pages, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add any measurement units you need, update, and delete them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:units list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create unit|&amp;quot;'''New unit'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit creation page where you can create as many measurement units as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update unit|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit update page. Here you can change the name of a particular unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;– deletes the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete units that you have already used in the project ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Currencies'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add currencies that will be used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, one client can pay in US dollars while others can choose euros, and you can pay to vendors in local currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add currencies, set any currency as default, disable or delete currencies, check exchange rates history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:currencies list page.jpg|border|900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Add currencies|&amp;quot;'''Add currency'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- opens the menu where you can add desired currency. You can add as many currencies as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Exchange rates history|&amp;quot;'''Exchange rates history'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- shows the exchange rates on the selected date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Set currency as default|&amp;quot;'''Set as default'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - sets the selected currency as default. If you change the default currency, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
all reports and project balances will be rebuilt and recalculated in a new default currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - disables the currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - deletes the currency. You can't delete the currency that is already in use in the system,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but you can disable it in case this currency no longer needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Protemos is connected to the currency conversion service so the exchange rate is updated on a daily basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That’s why you can always see the correct summary in your default currency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your payment details here so the clients can pay you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add various payment methods, change the default payment method and terms, update, disable or delete them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payment methods.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create payment method|&amp;quot;'''Add payment method'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  - opens the menu where you can create a new payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;quot;'''[[Change default settings]]'''&amp;quot; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- here you can change the default payment method and currency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define in how many days invoices should be paid, the default PDF page size for your invoices and vendor invoicing contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update payment method|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can renew payment method details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; - disables the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete payment methods that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button).''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; But you can disable them in case these payment methods no longer needed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define several taxes in the system, link them to the clients and vendors, and add them to your invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Taxes list'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a list of taxes, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu list.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may define the necessary number of taxes that will be used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new tax, press the '''&amp;quot;New tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes list.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name of the tax, select the type, and specify its sort order in invoices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add new tax new.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the new tax to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Taxes list|Taxes list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default clients taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default clients taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default clients taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu default clients.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a default percentage tax, press the &amp;quot;Add default persentage tax&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add def cl percentage tax.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New def cl perc VAT 2.png|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each client when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|Default clients taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each client. It will override the default clients taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Custom taxes set for individual client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default vendors taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default vendors taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default vendors taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:DVTset menu.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the '''&amp;quot;Add default tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS add default tax.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS tax name choosing2.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new tax will appear in the default vendors taxes set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each vendor when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|Default vendors taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each vendor. It will override the default vendors taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Custom taxes set for individual vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Object codes'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set the number of your next invoice, project, payment, job etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the next object identification numbers or the object code prefixes press the &amp;quot;'''Update next IDs'''&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;'''Update code prefixes'''&amp;quot; buttons correspondingly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Object codes buttons.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update object codes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Deadline reminders'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system notifies you about overdue projects, jobs, and invoices by email. You can switch these notifications off/on by clicking &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Deadline reminders 1.36 new.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Update deadline reminders settings]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;SMTP Server'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the system sends all email messages from Protemos own email server, but you can change this and make the system use your own server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SMTP server.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update SMTP server configuration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP menu.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu allows you to adjust vendor portal related settings and embed your standard agreement with new vendors into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It consists of two sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Vendor portal settings'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing by vendors''' - here you can enable or disable the ability to create invoices by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application form''' - allows you to enable or disable the ability to submit applications by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors submit their applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application URL''' - you can post the vendor application URL on your corporate website or send it to new vendors so that they can submit their applications to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the above-mentioned settings (except for the Vendor application URL), click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP settings update.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor applications, please check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor application URL]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Agreement with new vendors'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can embed your standard agreement with your vendors into the system, so they will have to accept it before working with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create agreement&amp;quot;''' to add the agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add agreemment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor portal#Agreement with new vendors|Agreement with new vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings integration 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains three submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''ProZ.com integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with '''ProZ.com''' - the world's largest community of translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable ProZ.com integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;ProZ.com''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings Proz 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''ProZ.com integration''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, check linked profile or disable ProZ.com integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ integr page.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Enable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - opens the ProZ.com login page where you can enter your username and password to enable integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Check linked profile|&amp;quot;Profile URL&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - you may open your ProZ.com profile page by clicking the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Disable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the  integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A link to your ProZ.com profile and the &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; button will appear after you enable ProZ.com integration for your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Link users in Protemos with one ProZ.com account'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may link your ProZ.com account to be able to log into your Protemos account with ProZ.com credentials in one click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In case you also have several Vendor and(or) Freelance accounts in Protemos, you can link them all with your ProZ.com account, and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Switch users without re-login|switch between your accounts without re-login]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''SmartCAT integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with SmartCAT system, so you can create projects and quotes in Protemos, and then copy them to SmartCAT (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable SmartCAT integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;SmartCAT''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings CAT.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the SmartCAT integration page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, update or disable SmartCAT integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SmartCAT API.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; buttons will appear after you enable SmartCAT integration for your account.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have SmartCAT account you can register it directly from the '''SmartCAT integration''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also get a SmartCAT API key for Protemos, as it differs from your normal SmartCAT username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, please click the corresponding links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SmartCAT links.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on SmartCAT integration, SmartCAT-related project and quotes creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''TQAuditor integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with TQAuditor - the system for evaluation and monitoring translation quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable TQAuditor integration for your account, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;TQAuditor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings TQ.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you need to press the &amp;quot;'''Enable'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TQAUDITOR API CREDENTIALS enable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on TQAuditor integration, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[TQAuditor integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Users'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add new users who will use the system just as you do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if there are several project managers in your team, you can create a separate account with the necessary level of access rights for each of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Users list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu users list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user, fill in or renew all basic information about a particular user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new user, press the &amp;quot;'''New user'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Ent.users 2.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New user''' page. After you fill in the boxes press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New user.jpg|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mark the '''&amp;quot;Can login&amp;quot;''' checkbox, the system will send an invitation to the user to join your company on Protemos once you finish creating the user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may leave the checkbox unmarked and send the invitation later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': your user will not be able to log into the system if you disable &amp;quot;'''Can login&amp;quot;''' button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Create user]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': use the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Access rights|&amp;quot;'''User groups'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; box to select the group to relate your users to. This will define the user’s access rights.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Users''' page, you can also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update user| '''Update user''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, users can be added by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#New user|'''New user''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''New user'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu New user.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to add users, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Access rights'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu screen to define access rights for various user groups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu access.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Access rights]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add clients'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add clients manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add clients manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new clients manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Clients''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New client''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients new 2.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Clients list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New client'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New client button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''New client''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the information about your client on the displayed screen. It consists of three sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''General info''' section to enter general information about the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client general info section.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  section to enter the URL address of the client record on the ProZ.com Blue Board:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ Blue Board section1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Primary user''' section to enter the client’s contact person:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client primary user section.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to display the client entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended for viewing and entering various client data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab|General info]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update client details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' client info or '''&amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;''' the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also check all the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client quick links|client-related objects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage client tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CV general 1.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete clients involved into recorded projects, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#Primary user|Primary user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section you can view and edit client's primary contact details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Primary user.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' linked record and make an entry for your client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl ProZ Blue sec Acme.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also change your client's '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of client’s contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client has several contact persons, they can all be entered in the '''Contact persons''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of prices agreed with the client, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create a custom taxes set for this client. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can upload and delete files related to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import clients from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of clients, contacts, and prices, you can easily import it without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/client/index Clients] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients import from xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of clients to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients export to xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data export , please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel| Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add vendors'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you assign jobs to other vendors, you need to add each of them to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add vendors manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add vendors manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new vendors manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Vendors''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New vendor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu new v.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Vendors list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu V list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New vendor'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor|New vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you will see the '''Type''' box. You can select any of the three vendor types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Company''' is a contractor company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelancer''' is a non-staff employee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''In-house''' is a staff employee who works in your office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the vendor type, you will see the boxes to fill in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button to add a vendor account to the system. The vendor will be sent an invitation email and needs to accept the invitation ''(please find more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add a vendor account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional information on how to add vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor entry page is intended for viewing and entering various vendor data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor viev.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''General info''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update vendor details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' vendor info, add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage vendor tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick links|quick links]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#General information|delete]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' a vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab you can also view and edit basic information about the primary user, disable vendor access to the account, and  send\resend an invitation to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete vendors involved into recorded jobs, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for your vendor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view a list of vendor contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is available only if the vendor is a company, not a person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab|Payment methods]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create or update payment methods for the vendor, and change the default payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can view the list of prices agreed with the vendor, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can create a custom taxes set for this vendor. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can upload and delete files related to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Availability chart tab|Availability chart]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can see the chart and list of all active jobs assigned to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If your vendor has ProZ.com account with the same email as in Protemos, the system will display the link to that account on the vendor entry page ''(more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#Links of vendor profiles to ProZ.com profiles|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import vendors from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of vendors,  their contacts, specializations, language pairs and prices, you can easily import these data without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/vendor/index Vendors] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors import from xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of vendors to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors export to xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data export, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel| Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new quote'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quote is a potential project. Let's assume that your client has sent you a translation request, but first, he would like to know how much it will cost,  time frames for implementation etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to save your time, you can create a quote and send it to your client and then, if the client agrees with the quote conditions, you can easily convert it to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also create it if you are simply not sure yet you will get the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to create a quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Quotes''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New quote''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu new Q.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Quotes=&amp;gt;Quotes list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu Q list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New quote'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New quote''' page where you can specify all basic details for a new quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm all details with the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the &amp;quot;'''Quote'''&amp;quot; page that consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Quote details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''' to see the set of operations that can be performed on this quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Quote actions.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Send''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send quote]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page which allows emailing the quote to the client directly from the system. After the quote is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark as sent''': if you not sending the quote through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Convert to project''': by pressing this button you begin creating a new project with this quote.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''': if the client doesn't accept this quote conditions, you may press the &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot; button to remember that rejection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''': pressing this button downloads the quote in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''': you may clone the quote by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update quote page|Update quote ]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ''' page on which you can edit the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''': deletes the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''', '''&amp;quot;Mark as sent&amp;quot;''', and '''&amp;quot;Download as PDF&amp;quot;''' buttons are not displayed in quotes with no '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quote receivables section|receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' entered.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Files section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can upload the files or links (file URLs) you received from your client (if any):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload new file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can upload CAT log files (if needed):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote upload Cat section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter receivables to indicate the amount to be charged from the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote res section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having checked all the quote data, you can send the quote to the client. Go to the '''Quote details''' section, press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then click the &amp;quot;'''Send'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Send quote]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qoute send butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on quotes, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Quotes]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create SmartCAT-related quotes'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new project'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the system and entering the clients and vendors in it, you can start new projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For illustration purposes, suppose you have Acme Corporation as your client. They have sent you the 20,000-word translation request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
from English into French asking to complete it in 2 weeks. Let’s add this project to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create project'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Before creating project, make sure that you have added clients and vendors in your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. There are two ways to create a project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''Project''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New project''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu new proj.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New project'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New proj butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New project''' page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter your project information and press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project creation page.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The project page will be displayed with the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj tabs.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Now you need to upload the files received from your client to the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Files''' tab and upload the needed files by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Upload files'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also add a link (file URL) to an external file instead of uploading the file to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project inputs.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on project input files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, Files tab#Project input|Project input]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project receivables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Next, enter the volume of work and the receivable from the client. To do so, go to the '''Finances''' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project new receivables.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the purchase order number sent from the client in the '''PO number''' box. If the client has not provided such number, you may leave this box unfilled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the volume of work, price, and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the raceivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB receivable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter several receivables for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing|Receivable creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. If necessary, you may upload a CAT log file to your project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Cat logs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Upload CAT log'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj upload cat log.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on uploading of CAT log files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, CAT logs tab]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. If you fulfill your job yourself, the new project has been created. You have to fulfil and complete it (see item 18 in this list). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to assign the project to other vendors, carry on reading below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create jobs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Let’s assume that you need to assign the translation to one vendor and then give it for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create their respective jobs in the system. Go to the '''Jobs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Add job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj add job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In the '''Job input files''' section select project files to send to a translator:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select job input file.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section below on the same page, select the vendor and enter information about the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New Job.png|border|430px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Next, the job screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start a new job.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs creation and editing, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project payables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Now you need to add payable for the vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, scroll down to the '''Payables to vendor''' section and press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable but.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the job volume and payable for the vendor and press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB payable Acme.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create/Edit payable|Create payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. Now you can send a notification to the vendor to start the job. Press the &amp;quot;'''Start job'''&amp;quot; button on the '''Job details''' screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start job.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor will receive the notification by email that he has been assigned the job, log in and collect the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the vendor will fulfill the job, upload the ready files to the system and mark the job as completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be notified by email that the vendor has completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job output files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Check if the files delivered by the translator are correct by downloading them from the '''Job Output Files''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job output Acme.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. Having ensured that the vendor did everything correctly, press the &amp;quot;'''Accept job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Accept job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. The vendor will be notified by email that the job has been accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. Now you would like to pass the completed translation for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a job for another vendor. The process is the same. The only difference is that you need to specify the files &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
delivered by the translator when selecting incoming files for the editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job input files.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the project'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. When all the vendors have uploaded their files, you can start delivering the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may upload vendors' files to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the project’s '''Files''' tab and scroll down to the '''Jobs Output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the necessary files and press the &amp;quot;'''Add selected to project output'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Jobs output files.jpg|border|1000px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you not to lose files after you close the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. If you fulfill your job yourself, you may upload files to the system by clicking &amp;quot;'''Add additional files'''&amp;quot; in the '''Project Output''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files add butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. Having added all the needed files to '''Project Output''', you can download the files and send them to the client or client’s manager by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files download.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Having delivered all the files, you can complete the project. Go to the '''Details''' tab, click '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then press the &amp;quot;'''Complete'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project page complete button2.jpg|border|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! You have completed the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 1''': The number of projects in your system will be increasing with time, so you won’t want all of them to be displayed. Set up how projects are displayed in the list using '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 2''': View the list of vendors’ jobs in all the projects at the dedicated page by pressing the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list|Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' menu on the top panel.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;Project templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this page to create templates for your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create projects based on templates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a project from a template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''Projects''' menu on the top panel and then click '''Project templates''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Proj temp menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press the '''&amp;quot;Templates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Project page templates button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;CAT log templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add weighted word count templates for the CAT tools you are using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects CAT logs.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add or update templates: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat Temp Add button.jpg|bprder|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|&amp;quot;'''Add template'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can add a word count template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Update templates|'''update''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  the template if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on templates, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create SmartCAT-related projects'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Clients prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all clients' prices, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients price.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Client prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all clients' prices from/to Excel, update or delete a particular client's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client prices page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New client price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Create new price|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for a definite client, service, language pair and specialization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to a particular client or type of service, specialization etc. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel|Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all clients' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of clients' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Edit price|Update client price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create invoices for clients and control their payment'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To create an invoice for a client, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Receivables''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CM receivables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The list of all the receivables will be displayed. Select the desired rows and press the &amp;quot;'''Invoice selected'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoice client  receivable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The system will create an invoice and will display its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Create invoice|Create invoice]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Client invoice'''  page consists of the following sections: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client invoice details section new.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Send''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send client invoice]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' which allows emailing the invoice to the client directly from the system. After the invoice is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Resend''' - this button appears after the invoice has been sent. Pressing it sends the invoice one more time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as sent''' - if you not sending the invoice through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as unsent''' - this button appears if the invoice has been sent. Pressing it deletes the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download as PDF''' - pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Write off''' - this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off. E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discount and Extra Charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge update|discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Update''' - opens the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update client invoice|'''Update invoice''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  page on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delete''' - deletes the invoice. This button disappears after you link the invoice with the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on action buttons, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Action buttons|Action buttons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of client invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and client's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|'''Default clients taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''No taxes''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv tax sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove receivables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add receivables press the &amp;quot;'''Add receivables'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv receiv section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on how to add receivables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Remove and add receivables|Remove and add receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have received the payment for the invoice, you can record it by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Create linked payment&amp;quot;''' button under receivables table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv linked payments sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Create linked payment|Create linked payment]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Create payments|'''Client payments''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Client invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, while on the '''Client payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find out how to create payments on the '''Client payments''' page, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when a client pays the invoice, enter the payment in the system and connect it with the paid invoice. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Clients=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients Payments menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Client payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to add a new client payment press &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:client new payment button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment from client''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment received from the client and select the invoices that payment covers from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client payment page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have entered the payment in the system and completed the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Client payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients invoices list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the invoices in '''Clients=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients invoices 2.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can track all the invoices from your clients and control their payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Vendors prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all vendors' prices, go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor prices menu.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Vendor prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all vendors' prices from/to Excel, update or delete the particular vendor's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor prices  page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New vendor price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  for a definite vendor, service, language pair and specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to the particular vendor or type of service, specialization etc.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel|Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all vendors' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of vendors' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Price editing|Update vendor price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Invoices from vendors and payment control'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendors can create invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Invoicing|on their own]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or you can create their invoices as the company manager. Let’s review the second option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payables''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors payables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of payables due to vendors will be displayed. Select the rows to be included in the invoice and press the Invoice selected button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoicing selected payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If the vendor’s name is highlighted in red in the table, it means that payment method was not selected for this vendor and it’s impossible to create an invoice for this vendor’s jobs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create an invoice, select the payment method for the vendor (click the vendor’s name and add the payment method as described on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page). &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The system will create the invoice, send it to the vendor by email and open its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Vendor invoice''' page consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''' — pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Discount and Extra charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge| discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Write off''' — this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' — pressing this button opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice update|Vendor Invoice update page]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' — this button deletes the invoice. It disappears after you link the invoice with the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;'''Note''': For invoices with linked payments only &amp;quot;'''Download as PDF'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Write off'''&amp;quot; buttons are  available.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;To make all buttons available, you need to unlink the payments first. It can be done on the page of the corresponding payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of vendor invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and vendor's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|'''Default vendors taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|No taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice taxes section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice payables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove payables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add payables press the &amp;quot;'''Add payables '''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV payables section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Removing and adding payables|Adding and removing payables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have paid the invoice, you can record the payment by pressing “'''Create linked payment'''” button under the payable table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV linked payment creation n.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Linked payment creation|Linked payment creation]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, the payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list|'''Vendor payments ''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Vendor invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while on the '''Vendor payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, having paid the vendors’ invoices, you need to enter those payments in the system. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor payments.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Vendor payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot; button to add a new vendor payment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor payments new payment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment to vendor''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment completed to the vendor and select the invoices covered by that payment from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor payment.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the payment has been entered in the system and you’ve completed the payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors invoices list'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the vendors’ invoices in '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors invoices.jpg|border|135px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Filters'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters are provided for most of the tables in the system. Use such filters to hide the information you don’t want to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Projects+&amp;gt;Projects list''' menu on the top panel to display the list of projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Filters projects.jpg|border|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following filters are provided for that list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects filter 2.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter necessary data into the appropriate fields and press the '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects filters, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Search projects with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further instructions on how to search the required data with filters, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Search quotes with filters|Search quotes with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Project templates#Search project templates with filters|Search project templates with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Search jobs with filters|Search jobs with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Search clients with filters|Search clients with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Search vendors with filters|Search vendors with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search clients prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Search receivables with filters|Search clients receivables with filter]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search clients invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Search payments with filters|Search clients payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search vendors prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Search payables with filters|Search vendors payables with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search vendors invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Search payments with filters|Search vendors payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Reports'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can generate various business reports in the system. In this way, you can analyze the financial results of your activity for a defined period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Reports''' menu on the top panel and choose the required item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''General finances'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show dynamics of how income, expenses and profit change over months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;General finances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by project balances|Monthly finances by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on receivables in your projects and payables in the related jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by invoices|Monthly finances by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by payments|Monthly finances by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on general finances reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Managers'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each project manager of your team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Managers=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per manager by project balances|Monthly income per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per manager by project balances|Monthly profit per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per manager by project balances|Monthly income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per manager by project balances|Monthly profit share per manager by project balances&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;]]''' -  shows how the profit share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Income share per manager by project balances|Income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Profit share per manager by project balances|Profit share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of profit each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Finances per manager by project balances summary table|Finances per manager by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per manager and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on managers reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports menu clients.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Finances by project balances'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per client by project balances|Monthly income per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover per client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per client by project balances|Monthly profit per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per client by project balances|Monthly income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of the client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per client by project balances|Monthly profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Income share per client by project balances|Income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Profit share per client by project balances|Profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''- on this report you may see the shares of profit each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Finances per client by project balances summary table|Finances per client by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the client invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients invoices.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the turnover per client based on the invoices you issued for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income share per client by invoices|Monthly income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the share of invoices per clients was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Income share per client by invoices|Income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of invoices per clients over the selected period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices summary table|Monthly income per client by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all invoice amounts per client and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show how the clients were paying you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients payments.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the amounts of payments per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income share per client by payments|Monthly income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see how the share of payments per client was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Income share per client by payments|Income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the share of each client in payments received over the specified period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments summary table|Monthly income per client by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all payment amounts per client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:reports vendors menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor invoices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports_vendors_invoices.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly invoices per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the invoiced amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Expenses share per vendor by invoices|Expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the invoiced amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows the invoiced amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports vendors payments.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly payments per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the paid amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Expenses share per vendor by payments|Expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the paid amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows paid amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Language pairs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each language pair you work with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Language pairs=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports language pairs.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per language pair by project balances|Monthly income per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per language pair by project balances|Monthly income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Income share per language pair by project balances|Income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Profit share per language pair by project balances|Profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Finances per language pair by project balances summary table|Finances per language pair by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per language pair and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on language pairs reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Services'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each service based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Services=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports services.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per service by project balances|Monthly income per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per service by project balances|Monthly profit per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per service by project balances|Monthly income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per service by project balances|Monthly profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows how the profit share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Income share per service by project balances|Income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Profit share per service by project balances|Profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Finances per service by project balances summary table|Finances per service by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per service and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on services reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Export data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''On every page (quotes, projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.) you can export the tables into xls.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Export to excel.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot;, you will get the file with exported data and will be able to use it for backup, analysis, &lt;br /&gt;
import or any other purpose you might need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instructions on how to export the required data to excel, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Export to Excel|Export quotes data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Export to Excel|Export projects data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Export|Export jobs data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel|Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Export to Excel|Export clients prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Export to Excel|Export clients receivables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Export to Excel|Export clients invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Export to Excel|Export clients payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel|Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors  prices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Export data to Excel|Export general finances reports data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Additional information'''==&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports all the modern browsers. However, some outdated browsers (e.g., Opera 12.17) may have issues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience issues, we recommend using the modern browser. We are improving the system all the time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why its user interface may change and look a little bit differently from the one described above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we try to update this manual accordingly. If you notice some discrepancies between the description and the real functionality, please tell us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Job_view&amp;diff=12045</id>
		<title>Job view</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Job_view&amp;diff=12045"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T11:34:19Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Job output files */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-	Update the job details and change the job status, delete the job&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-	Add and editing the payables to the vendor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-	Manage the files related to the job&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Job statuses'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the job details table, you can see the progress chart describing the workflow for the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job progress chart.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The job may have the following statuses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Draft''' – the job is still being edited and the vendor has not received any instructions to start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Proposed to vendor''' – the manager has started the job, i.e. instructed the vendor to start working.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Confirmed by vendor''' – the vendor has confirmed that (s)he takes the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Completed''' – the vendor has delivered and completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Accepted by manager''' – the manager has checked the delivery and accepted it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get an idea how it looks from Vendor’s side, please have a look at '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Job details section| Vendor user manual]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, every newly created job has “'''Draft'''” status, and you can update it with the buttons in the right upper corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the vendor is not assigned, the following alert message and buttons are displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job isn't assigned.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressing “'''Update'''” opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job creation/editing|Update job]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page, where you can select the vendor for the job. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the vendor is already selected, the buttons look like the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job action buttons.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Start job''' – when you press this button, the system sends an email message to the vendor notifying that he has the new job to work on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor then logs into the system, downloads the files, and confirms the job by pressing the corresponding button in his interface. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Receiving and uploading the jobs|Vendor user manual]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note 1: ''' If a vendor is assigned to other jobs with cross dates, the system will warn you about that when you press the '''&amp;quot;Start job&amp;quot;''' button. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor availability|'''Vendor availability''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note 2: ''' It is recommended to enter payables and assign the files before pressing this button. For more info, please see info below.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''' – cancels the job. The job gets &amp;quot;'''Canceled'''&amp;quot; status, which can be changed by pressing &amp;quot;'''Move to draft'''&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button will appear after you press &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W job move to draft button.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Change status''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Change job status]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can change its status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' – opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job creation/editing|Update job]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page where you may update all basic details of the job. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''' – copies the job. The job gets &amp;quot;'''Draft'''&amp;quot; status, which can be changed by pressing &amp;quot;'''Change status'''&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' – deletes the job. The system will ask you to confirm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W JV sure to delete job.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payables to vendor'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may enter how much you are going to pay to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that you need to select the vendor for the job before you can enter the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are not going to pay for this job, you may mark it as free of charge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, you need to go to the &amp;quot;'''Update job'''&amp;quot; page and select the &amp;quot;'''Free of charge'''&amp;quot; checkbox:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W job free of charge mark.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will hide the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button, and you won’t be able to enter the payables. You can revert it by ticking off the &amp;quot;'''Free of charge'''&amp;quot; checkbox. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The “'''Free of charge'''” status is made to differentiate free jobs from those where you just forgot to enter payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Thus, you will easily find the jobs with missing payables. If the job is “'''Free of charge'''”, then it has no missing payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new payable, press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job new payable button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing|New payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add many payables to one job: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job many payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Each payable can be cloned by clicking the &amp;quot;'''Clone'''&amp;quot; button and deleted by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; button in the corresponding row. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this action cannot be reverted, the system will ask:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W JV sure to delete payable.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Also, you may update the payable by pressing &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button in the corresponding row. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing|Update payable]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page. If the job status is not &amp;quot;'''Draft'''&amp;quot;, the vendor will be notified about payables changes by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' If the payable is included in vendor invoice, it cannot be deleted or edited. You’ll have to delete the invoice first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Please see more info on vendor invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Finances#Vendors|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Job input files'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can view the list of files included in this job. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor gets these files through his interface, downloads them to his computer and works on them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can download each file by clicking its name, and you can download all the files together by clicking &amp;quot;'''Download all as zip'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W JV job input files.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you want to change the list of files assigned to this job, press &amp;quot;'''Manage input files'''&amp;quot;. It will open '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Manage job input files|Manage job input files page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Job output files'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can view translated files delivered by your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Job output Acme.png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any files or URL links for adding, you may add them by clicking corresponding buttons: '''&amp;quot;Upload files&amp;quot;''' or '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also delete uploaded files (links) if they are not needed, by pushing the &amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This programme has the opportunity for downloading each file separately by clicking its name or you may download all the files together by clicking '''&amp;quot;Download all as zip&amp;quot;'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Job_view&amp;diff=12044</id>
		<title>Job view</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Job_view&amp;diff=12044"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T11:30:12Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Job output files */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-	Update the job details and change the job status, delete the job&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-	Add and editing the payables to the vendor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-	Manage the files related to the job&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Job statuses'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the job details table, you can see the progress chart describing the workflow for the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job progress chart.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The job may have the following statuses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Draft''' – the job is still being edited and the vendor has not received any instructions to start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Proposed to vendor''' – the manager has started the job, i.e. instructed the vendor to start working.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Confirmed by vendor''' – the vendor has confirmed that (s)he takes the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Completed''' – the vendor has delivered and completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Accepted by manager''' – the manager has checked the delivery and accepted it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get an idea how it looks from Vendor’s side, please have a look at '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Job details section| Vendor user manual]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, every newly created job has “'''Draft'''” status, and you can update it with the buttons in the right upper corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the vendor is not assigned, the following alert message and buttons are displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job isn't assigned.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressing “'''Update'''” opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job creation/editing|Update job]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page, where you can select the vendor for the job. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the vendor is already selected, the buttons look like the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job action buttons.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Start job''' – when you press this button, the system sends an email message to the vendor notifying that he has the new job to work on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor then logs into the system, downloads the files, and confirms the job by pressing the corresponding button in his interface. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Receiving and uploading the jobs|Vendor user manual]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note 1: ''' If a vendor is assigned to other jobs with cross dates, the system will warn you about that when you press the '''&amp;quot;Start job&amp;quot;''' button. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor availability|'''Vendor availability''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note 2: ''' It is recommended to enter payables and assign the files before pressing this button. For more info, please see info below.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''' – cancels the job. The job gets &amp;quot;'''Canceled'''&amp;quot; status, which can be changed by pressing &amp;quot;'''Move to draft'''&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button will appear after you press &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W job move to draft button.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Change status''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Change job status]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can change its status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' – opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job creation/editing|Update job]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page where you may update all basic details of the job. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''' – copies the job. The job gets &amp;quot;'''Draft'''&amp;quot; status, which can be changed by pressing &amp;quot;'''Change status'''&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' – deletes the job. The system will ask you to confirm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W JV sure to delete job.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payables to vendor'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may enter how much you are going to pay to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that you need to select the vendor for the job before you can enter the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are not going to pay for this job, you may mark it as free of charge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, you need to go to the &amp;quot;'''Update job'''&amp;quot; page and select the &amp;quot;'''Free of charge'''&amp;quot; checkbox:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W job free of charge mark.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will hide the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button, and you won’t be able to enter the payables. You can revert it by ticking off the &amp;quot;'''Free of charge'''&amp;quot; checkbox. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The “'''Free of charge'''” status is made to differentiate free jobs from those where you just forgot to enter payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Thus, you will easily find the jobs with missing payables. If the job is “'''Free of charge'''”, then it has no missing payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new payable, press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job new payable button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing|New payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add many payables to one job: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job many payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Each payable can be cloned by clicking the &amp;quot;'''Clone'''&amp;quot; button and deleted by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; button in the corresponding row. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this action cannot be reverted, the system will ask:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W JV sure to delete payable.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Also, you may update the payable by pressing &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button in the corresponding row. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing|Update payable]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page. If the job status is not &amp;quot;'''Draft'''&amp;quot;, the vendor will be notified about payables changes by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' If the payable is included in vendor invoice, it cannot be deleted or edited. You’ll have to delete the invoice first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Please see more info on vendor invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Finances#Vendors|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Job input files'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can view the list of files included in this job. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor gets these files through his interface, downloads them to his computer and works on them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can download each file by clicking its name, and you can download all the files together by clicking &amp;quot;'''Download all as zip'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W JV job input files.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you want to change the list of files assigned to this job, press &amp;quot;'''Manage input files'''&amp;quot;. It will open '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Manage job input files|Manage job input files page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Job output files'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can view translated files delivered by your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Job output Acme.png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any files or URL links for adding, you may add them by clicking corresponding buttons: '''&amp;quot;Upload files&amp;quot;''' or '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also delete uploaded files (links) if they are not needed, by pushing the &amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a possibility for downloading each file separately by clicking its name or you may download all the files together by clicking '''&amp;quot;Download all as zip&amp;quot;'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Job_view&amp;diff=12043</id>
		<title>Job view</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Job_view&amp;diff=12043"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T11:29:32Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Job output files */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-	Update the job details and change the job status, delete the job&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-	Add and editing the payables to the vendor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-	Manage the files related to the job&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Job statuses'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the job details table, you can see the progress chart describing the workflow for the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job progress chart.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The job may have the following statuses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Draft''' – the job is still being edited and the vendor has not received any instructions to start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Proposed to vendor''' – the manager has started the job, i.e. instructed the vendor to start working.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Confirmed by vendor''' – the vendor has confirmed that (s)he takes the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Completed''' – the vendor has delivered and completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Accepted by manager''' – the manager has checked the delivery and accepted it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get an idea how it looks from Vendor’s side, please have a look at '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Job details section| Vendor user manual]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, every newly created job has “'''Draft'''” status, and you can update it with the buttons in the right upper corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the vendor is not assigned, the following alert message and buttons are displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job isn't assigned.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressing “'''Update'''” opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job creation/editing|Update job]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page, where you can select the vendor for the job. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the vendor is already selected, the buttons look like the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job action buttons.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Start job''' – when you press this button, the system sends an email message to the vendor notifying that he has the new job to work on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor then logs into the system, downloads the files, and confirms the job by pressing the corresponding button in his interface. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Receiving and uploading the jobs|Vendor user manual]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note 1: ''' If a vendor is assigned to other jobs with cross dates, the system will warn you about that when you press the '''&amp;quot;Start job&amp;quot;''' button. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor availability|'''Vendor availability''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note 2: ''' It is recommended to enter payables and assign the files before pressing this button. For more info, please see info below.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''' – cancels the job. The job gets &amp;quot;'''Canceled'''&amp;quot; status, which can be changed by pressing &amp;quot;'''Move to draft'''&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button will appear after you press &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W job move to draft button.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Change status''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Change job status]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can change its status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' – opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job creation/editing|Update job]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page where you may update all basic details of the job. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''' – copies the job. The job gets &amp;quot;'''Draft'''&amp;quot; status, which can be changed by pressing &amp;quot;'''Change status'''&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' – deletes the job. The system will ask you to confirm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W JV sure to delete job.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payables to vendor'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may enter how much you are going to pay to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that you need to select the vendor for the job before you can enter the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are not going to pay for this job, you may mark it as free of charge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, you need to go to the &amp;quot;'''Update job'''&amp;quot; page and select the &amp;quot;'''Free of charge'''&amp;quot; checkbox:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W job free of charge mark.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will hide the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button, and you won’t be able to enter the payables. You can revert it by ticking off the &amp;quot;'''Free of charge'''&amp;quot; checkbox. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The “'''Free of charge'''” status is made to differentiate free jobs from those where you just forgot to enter payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Thus, you will easily find the jobs with missing payables. If the job is “'''Free of charge'''”, then it has no missing payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new payable, press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job new payable button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing|New payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add many payables to one job: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job many payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Each payable can be cloned by clicking the &amp;quot;'''Clone'''&amp;quot; button and deleted by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; button in the corresponding row. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this action cannot be reverted, the system will ask:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W JV sure to delete payable.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Also, you may update the payable by pressing &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button in the corresponding row. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing|Update payable]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page. If the job status is not &amp;quot;'''Draft'''&amp;quot;, the vendor will be notified about payables changes by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' If the payable is included in vendor invoice, it cannot be deleted or edited. You’ll have to delete the invoice first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Please see more info on vendor invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Finances#Vendors|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Job input files'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can view the list of files included in this job. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor gets these files through his interface, downloads them to his computer and works on them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can download each file by clicking its name, and you can download all the files together by clicking &amp;quot;'''Download all as zip'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W JV job input files.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you want to change the list of files assigned to this job, press &amp;quot;'''Manage input files'''&amp;quot;. It will open '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Manage job input files|Manage job input files page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Job output files'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can view translated files delivered by your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Job output Acme.png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any files or URL links for adding, you may add them by clicking corresponding buttons: '''&amp;quot;Upload files&amp;quot;''' or '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also delete uploaded files (links) if they are not needed, by pushing the &amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a possibility for downloading each file separatelyby clicking its name or you may download all the files together by clicking '''&amp;quot;Download all as zip&amp;quot;'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Job_view&amp;diff=12042</id>
		<title>Job view</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Job_view&amp;diff=12042"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T11:24:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Job output files */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-	Update the job details and change the job status, delete the job&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-	Add and editing the payables to the vendor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-	Manage the files related to the job&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Job statuses'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the job details table, you can see the progress chart describing the workflow for the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job progress chart.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The job may have the following statuses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Draft''' – the job is still being edited and the vendor has not received any instructions to start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Proposed to vendor''' – the manager has started the job, i.e. instructed the vendor to start working.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Confirmed by vendor''' – the vendor has confirmed that (s)he takes the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Completed''' – the vendor has delivered and completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Accepted by manager''' – the manager has checked the delivery and accepted it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get an idea how it looks from Vendor’s side, please have a look at '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Job details section| Vendor user manual]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, every newly created job has “'''Draft'''” status, and you can update it with the buttons in the right upper corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the vendor is not assigned, the following alert message and buttons are displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job isn't assigned.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressing “'''Update'''” opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job creation/editing|Update job]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page, where you can select the vendor for the job. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the vendor is already selected, the buttons look like the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job action buttons.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Start job''' – when you press this button, the system sends an email message to the vendor notifying that he has the new job to work on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor then logs into the system, downloads the files, and confirms the job by pressing the corresponding button in his interface. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Receiving and uploading the jobs|Vendor user manual]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note 1: ''' If a vendor is assigned to other jobs with cross dates, the system will warn you about that when you press the '''&amp;quot;Start job&amp;quot;''' button. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor availability|'''Vendor availability''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note 2: ''' It is recommended to enter payables and assign the files before pressing this button. For more info, please see info below.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''' – cancels the job. The job gets &amp;quot;'''Canceled'''&amp;quot; status, which can be changed by pressing &amp;quot;'''Move to draft'''&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button will appear after you press &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W job move to draft button.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Change status''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Change job status]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can change its status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' – opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job creation/editing|Update job]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page where you may update all basic details of the job. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''' – copies the job. The job gets &amp;quot;'''Draft'''&amp;quot; status, which can be changed by pressing &amp;quot;'''Change status'''&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' – deletes the job. The system will ask you to confirm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W JV sure to delete job.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payables to vendor'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may enter how much you are going to pay to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that you need to select the vendor for the job before you can enter the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are not going to pay for this job, you may mark it as free of charge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, you need to go to the &amp;quot;'''Update job'''&amp;quot; page and select the &amp;quot;'''Free of charge'''&amp;quot; checkbox:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W job free of charge mark.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will hide the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button, and you won’t be able to enter the payables. You can revert it by ticking off the &amp;quot;'''Free of charge'''&amp;quot; checkbox. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The “'''Free of charge'''” status is made to differentiate free jobs from those where you just forgot to enter payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Thus, you will easily find the jobs with missing payables. If the job is “'''Free of charge'''”, then it has no missing payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new payable, press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job new payable button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing|New payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add many payables to one job: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job many payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Each payable can be cloned by clicking the &amp;quot;'''Clone'''&amp;quot; button and deleted by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; button in the corresponding row. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this action cannot be reverted, the system will ask:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W JV sure to delete payable.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Also, you may update the payable by pressing &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button in the corresponding row. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing|Update payable]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page. If the job status is not &amp;quot;'''Draft'''&amp;quot;, the vendor will be notified about payables changes by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' If the payable is included in vendor invoice, it cannot be deleted or edited. You’ll have to delete the invoice first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Please see more info on vendor invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Finances#Vendors|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Job input files'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can view the list of files included in this job. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor gets these files through his interface, downloads them to his computer and works on them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can download each file by clicking its name, and you can download all the files together by clicking &amp;quot;'''Download all as zip'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W JV job input files.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you want to change the list of files assigned to this job, press &amp;quot;'''Manage input files'''&amp;quot;. It will open '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Manage job input files|Manage job input files page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Job output files'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can view translated files delivered by your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Job output Acme.png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any files or URL links for adding, you may add them by clicking corresponding buttons. You may also delete uploaded files (links) if they are not needed, by pushing the &amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is a possibility for downloading each file by clicking its name, and you may download all the files together by clicking '''&amp;quot;Download all as zip&amp;quot;'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Job_view&amp;diff=12041</id>
		<title>Job view</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Job_view&amp;diff=12041"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T11:22:12Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Job output files */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-	Update the job details and change the job status, delete the job&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-	Add and editing the payables to the vendor&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
-	Manage the files related to the job&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Job statuses'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Over the job details table, you can see the progress chart describing the workflow for the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job progress chart.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
The job may have the following statuses:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Draft''' – the job is still being edited and the vendor has not received any instructions to start.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Proposed to vendor''' – the manager has started the job, i.e. instructed the vendor to start working.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Confirmed by vendor''' – the vendor has confirmed that (s)he takes the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Completed''' – the vendor has delivered and completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Accepted by manager''' – the manager has checked the delivery and accepted it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To get an idea how it looks from Vendor’s side, please have a look at '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Job details section| Vendor user manual]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, every newly created job has “'''Draft'''” status, and you can update it with the buttons in the right upper corner. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the vendor is not assigned, the following alert message and buttons are displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job isn't assigned.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Pressing “'''Update'''” opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job creation/editing|Update job]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page, where you can select the vendor for the job. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the vendor is already selected, the buttons look like the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job action buttons.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Start job''' – when you press this button, the system sends an email message to the vendor notifying that he has the new job to work on. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor then logs into the system, downloads the files, and confirms the job by pressing the corresponding button in his interface. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Receiving and uploading the jobs|Vendor user manual]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note 1: ''' If a vendor is assigned to other jobs with cross dates, the system will warn you about that when you press the '''&amp;quot;Start job&amp;quot;''' button. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor availability|'''Vendor availability''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note 2: ''' It is recommended to enter payables and assign the files before pressing this button. For more info, please see info below.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''' – cancels the job. The job gets &amp;quot;'''Canceled'''&amp;quot; status, which can be changed by pressing &amp;quot;'''Move to draft'''&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button will appear after you press &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W job move to draft button.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Change status''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Change job status]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can change its status.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' – opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job creation/editing|Update job]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page where you may update all basic details of the job. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''' – copies the job. The job gets &amp;quot;'''Draft'''&amp;quot; status, which can be changed by pressing &amp;quot;'''Change status'''&amp;quot;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' – deletes the job. The system will ask you to confirm:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W JV sure to delete job.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payables to vendor'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may enter how much you are going to pay to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please note that you need to select the vendor for the job before you can enter the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you are not going to pay for this job, you may mark it as free of charge. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, you need to go to the &amp;quot;'''Update job'''&amp;quot; page and select the &amp;quot;'''Free of charge'''&amp;quot; checkbox:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W job free of charge mark.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will hide the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button, and you won’t be able to enter the payables. You can revert it by ticking off the &amp;quot;'''Free of charge'''&amp;quot; checkbox. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The “'''Free of charge'''” status is made to differentiate free jobs from those where you just forgot to enter payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Thus, you will easily find the jobs with missing payables. If the job is “'''Free of charge'''”, then it has no missing payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new payable, press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job new payable button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing|New payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add many payables to one job: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W job many payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Each payable can be cloned by clicking the &amp;quot;'''Clone'''&amp;quot; button and deleted by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; button in the corresponding row. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Since this action cannot be reverted, the system will ask:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W JV sure to delete payable.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
Also, you may update the payable by pressing &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button in the corresponding row. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing|Update payable]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page. If the job status is not &amp;quot;'''Draft'''&amp;quot;, the vendor will be notified about payables changes by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' If the payable is included in vendor invoice, it cannot be deleted or edited. You’ll have to delete the invoice first. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;Please see more info on vendor invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Finances#Vendors|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Job input files'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can view the list of files included in this job. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor gets these files through his interface, downloads them to his computer and works on them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can download each file by clicking its name, and you can download all the files together by clicking &amp;quot;'''Download all as zip'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:W JV job input files.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
If you want to change the list of files assigned to this job, press &amp;quot;'''Manage input files'''&amp;quot;. It will open '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Manage job input files|Manage job input files page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Job output files'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can view translated files delivered by your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Job output Acme.png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have any files or URL links for adding, you may add them by clicking corresponding buttons. You may also delete uploaded files (links) if they are not needed, by pushing the &amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may download each file by clicking its name, and you may download all the files together by clicking '''&amp;quot;Download all as zip&amp;quot;'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12040</id>
		<title>Enterprise edition user manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12040"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T11:16:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Job output files */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''For a brief overview of the system, please check this video:'''   [[File:youtube.jpg|40px|link=https://youtu.be/rrG6ImhtWHQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Get started with Protemos'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To start working with Protemos, create your account in the system by completing the following steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the &amp;quot;'''CREATE PROTEMOS ACCOUNT'''&amp;quot; button at the website '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://protemos.com  www.protemos.com] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Create account 3.png|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/account/create  Create Account] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create enterprise account page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select your account type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:account type selection.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Enterprise''': select this option if you are going to assign jobs to in-house translators, freelancers or other companies.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, the system will have supplier’s functionality and you will be able to assign jobs to your suppliers.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Freelance''': this is a light and free version of the system. Select this option if you are doing all jobs alone and do not subcontract freelancers.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, you will not be able to create suppliers in the system and assign jobs to them. Upgrade to Enterprise version is possible if desired.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fill in all the boxes and tick the &amp;quot;I'm not a robot&amp;quot; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read our '''Privacy policy''' and '''Terms of service'''. To do so, click the corresponding links (highlighted in blue).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accept the conditions, click the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Robot.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After pressing the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button, the account will be set up and you will see a welcome screen to start working with the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Press the &amp;quot;'''OK, let’s get started!'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:welcome page n.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system setup wizard will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz serv.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Enter data for each menu entry: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Services''' are the services you provide. In addition to translation and proofreading, you can indicate any other services such as layout design, OCR, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pairs''' are your language pairs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Units''' are units to measure the volume of work. For example, hours, words, pages, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Specializations''' are your  specializations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currencies''' are the currencies you work with such as US dollars or euros. Indicate the main currency of the system here. The system will use it for accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Payment methods''' are the payment details. They will be used in the invoices the system will generate to send to your clients. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To navigate in the menu entries, use a dedicated navigation menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz next.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don’t worry if you select something wrong. You’ll be able to change these values in '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[System settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having completed all the entries, press the &amp;quot;'''Complete wizard'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wizard completed.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The following screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Main menu.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your account has been created and you can start working with Protemos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, before you start working with the projects in the system, you need to add your clients and vendors in it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These areas will be addressed in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sign up with ProZ.com'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have ProZ.com account, you may create a new Protemos account with your ProZ.com credentials right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the '''&amp;quot;Sign up with ProZ.com&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Sign up with ProZ.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Sign up with ProZ.com|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''My profile settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''My Profile'''&amp;quot; page you can update your personal information, the time zone you are located in, change your username and account password, and link your ProZ.com account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''My profile''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:My profile menu.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[My profile|My profile]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''System values settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change and set system values in the '''Settings''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings enterprise.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Account''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''Account'''&amp;quot; page you can complete or update general information, upload the logo of your company, delete your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account info'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Account info'''&amp;quot; section contains common information about your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can amend information about your company and change the account owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit general information, press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account info section.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; to confirm changes after editing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update account details.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the account owner press &amp;quot;'''Change account owner'''&amp;quot; (this option is available only for the owner of an account): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upd acc owner but.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assign a new owner and press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button to сonfirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:change account owner  page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Change account owner]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Company logo image'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may upload a logo which will be displayed in all documents generated by the system: invoices, POs, Quotes etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Upload new'''&amp;quot; button to upload the logo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COMPANY LOGO.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Only PNG and JPEG images with a maximum size of 350x350 pixels are supported.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account deletion'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can immediately and permanently delete all your account data and files from the server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Delete account&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account deletion.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Delete account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;License''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are registering your account, you get a free one-month trial license. It works just like a normal license, with no limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''License details''' page you can see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license status;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license type;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- active managers limit (the number of users with different access rights that can work in the system simultaneously);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- when your license expires; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the time left before the expiration date of your license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the trial period is over, the account owner may request a license by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Request license'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Licensening.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Licensing#Requesting license|Request license]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can enter the number of managers you need to work simultaneously in your system and select the license period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can add as many managers as you wish, but only the licensed number of them will be able to log in at the same time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on licensing, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Licensing]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Default settings'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Default settings'''&amp;quot; menu lets you define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default time zone for new users''':  the time zone that will be added by default to all newly created manager, client, and vendor profiles (unless you don't indicate the different one). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default currency''': the currency you are using for balances and reporting. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Currencies]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment method''': the method which will be added by default to all your invoices unless you don't indicate the different method for specific client or invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment terms''': standard payment terms for all your clients. It defines how soon the payment should be made after issuing the invoice. You can set different method for an individual client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page size''': here you can set the size of the PDF page for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page orientation''': here you can set the PDF page orientation for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF locale''': here you may specify the default locale (language,date and time) of invoices for all newly created clients and vendors. You may also define it individually for a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings#PDF locale of client invoices|'''particular client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change#PDF locale of vendor invoices|'''vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client invoicing manager''': here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of system notifications about overdue clients invoices etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the settings mentioned above, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account default settings 1.36.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update account default settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;System Values''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SM sys values.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Language pairs'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update the language pairs you work with, delete, or disable them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Language pairs page.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Add language pairs|&amp;quot;'''New language pairs'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pairs creation page where you can create various language pairs combinations of source and target languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update language pair|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pair update page where you can change languages for a particular language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete the pairs of languages that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can disable them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Disable language pair|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot; ]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the language pair. You can use this option if you don't want to see this language pair in the drop-down list when choosing a language, for instance, while creating a new project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;''' - enables the language pair (the button appears after you disable the language pair).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Services'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update or delete the services your company provides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SS services.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create service|&amp;quot;'''New service'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the service creation page. Here you can create as many services as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the services update page where you can change the name of a particular service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete services that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service#Disable service|disable]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Specializations'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, update or delete the specializations your company works with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:specialization list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create specialization|&amp;quot;'''New specialization'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization creation page. Here you can create every possible specializations you may wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update specialization|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization update page where you can change the name of a particular specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; – deletes the specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete specializations that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you may '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update specialization#Disable specialization|disable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Units'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set units to measure the volume of your work (words, hours, pages, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add any measurement units you need, update, and delete them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:units list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create unit|&amp;quot;'''New unit'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit creation page where you can create as many measurement units as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update unit|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit update page. Here you can change the name of a particular unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;– deletes the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete units that you have already used in the project ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Currencies'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add currencies that will be used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, one client can pay in US dollars while others can choose euros, and you can pay to vendors in local currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add currencies, set any currency as default, disable or delete currencies, check exchange rates history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:currencies list page.jpg|border|900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Add currencies|&amp;quot;'''Add currency'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- opens the menu where you can add desired currency. You can add as many currencies as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Exchange rates history|&amp;quot;'''Exchange rates history'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- shows the exchange rates on the selected date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Set currency as default|&amp;quot;'''Set as default'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - sets the selected currency as default. If you change the default currency, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
all reports and project balances will be rebuilt and recalculated in a new default currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - disables the currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - deletes the currency. You can't delete the currency that is already in use in the system,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but you can disable it in case this currency no longer needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Protemos is connected to the currency conversion service so the exchange rate is updated on a daily basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That’s why you can always see the correct summary in your default currency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your payment details here so the clients can pay you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add various payment methods, change the default payment method and terms, update, disable or delete them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payment methods.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create payment method|&amp;quot;'''Add payment method'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  - opens the menu where you can create a new payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;quot;'''[[Change default settings]]'''&amp;quot; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- here you can change the default payment method and currency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define in how many days invoices should be paid, the default PDF page size for your invoices and vendor invoicing contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update payment method|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can renew payment method details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; - disables the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete payment methods that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button).''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; But you can disable them in case these payment methods no longer needed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define several taxes in the system, link them to the clients and vendors, and add them to your invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Taxes list'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a list of taxes, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu list.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may define the necessary number of taxes that will be used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new tax, press the '''&amp;quot;New tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes list.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name of the tax, select the type, and specify its sort order in invoices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add new tax new.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the new tax to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Taxes list|Taxes list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default clients taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default clients taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default clients taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu default clients.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a default percentage tax, press the &amp;quot;Add default persentage tax&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add def cl percentage tax.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New def cl perc VAT 2.png|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each client when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|Default clients taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each client. It will override the default clients taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Custom taxes set for individual client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default vendors taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default vendors taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default vendors taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:DVTset menu.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the '''&amp;quot;Add default tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS add default tax.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS tax name choosing2.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new tax will appear in the default vendors taxes set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each vendor when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|Default vendors taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each vendor. It will override the default vendors taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Custom taxes set for individual vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Object codes'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set the number of your next invoice, project, payment, job etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the next object identification numbers or the object code prefixes press the &amp;quot;'''Update next IDs'''&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;'''Update code prefixes'''&amp;quot; buttons correspondingly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Object codes buttons.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update object codes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Deadline reminders'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system notifies you about overdue projects, jobs, and invoices by email. You can switch these notifications off/on by clicking &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Deadline reminders 1.36 new.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Update deadline reminders settings]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;SMTP Server'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the system sends all email messages from Protemos own email server, but you can change this and make the system use your own server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SMTP server.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update SMTP server configuration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP menu.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu allows you to adjust vendor portal related settings and embed your standard agreement with new vendors into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It consists of two sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Vendor portal settings'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing by vendors''' - here you can enable or disable the ability to create invoices by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application form''' - allows you to enable or disable the ability to submit applications by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors submit their applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application URL''' - you can post the vendor application URL on your corporate website or send it to new vendors so that they can submit their applications to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the above-mentioned settings (except for the Vendor application URL), click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP settings update.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor applications, please check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor application URL]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Agreement with new vendors'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can embed your standard agreement with your vendors into the system, so they will have to accept it before working with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create agreement&amp;quot;''' to add the agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add agreemment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor portal#Agreement with new vendors|Agreement with new vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings integration 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains three submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''ProZ.com integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with '''ProZ.com''' - the world's largest community of translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable ProZ.com integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;ProZ.com''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings Proz 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''ProZ.com integration''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, check linked profile or disable ProZ.com integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ integr page.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Enable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - opens the ProZ.com login page where you can enter your username and password to enable integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Check linked profile|&amp;quot;Profile URL&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - you may open your ProZ.com profile page by clicking the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Disable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the  integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A link to your ProZ.com profile and the &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; button will appear after you enable ProZ.com integration for your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Link users in Protemos with one ProZ.com account'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may link your ProZ.com account to be able to log into your Protemos account with ProZ.com credentials in one click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In case you also have several Vendor and(or) Freelance accounts in Protemos, you can link them all with your ProZ.com account, and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Switch users without re-login|switch between your accounts without re-login]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''SmartCAT integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with SmartCAT system, so you can create projects and quotes in Protemos, and then copy them to SmartCAT (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable SmartCAT integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;SmartCAT''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings CAT.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the SmartCAT integration page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, update or disable SmartCAT integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SmartCAT API.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; buttons will appear after you enable SmartCAT integration for your account.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have SmartCAT account you can register it directly from the '''SmartCAT integration''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also get a SmartCAT API key for Protemos, as it differs from your normal SmartCAT username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, please click the corresponding links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SmartCAT links.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on SmartCAT integration, SmartCAT-related project and quotes creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''TQAuditor integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with TQAuditor - the system for evaluation and monitoring translation quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable TQAuditor integration for your account, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;TQAuditor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings TQ.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you need to press the &amp;quot;'''Enable'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TQAUDITOR API CREDENTIALS enable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on TQAuditor integration, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[TQAuditor integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Users'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add new users who will use the system just as you do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if there are several project managers in your team, you can create a separate account with the necessary level of access rights for each of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Users list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu users list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user, fill in or renew all basic information about a particular user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new user, press the &amp;quot;'''New user'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Ent.users 2.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New user''' page. After you fill in the boxes press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New user.jpg|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mark the '''&amp;quot;Can login&amp;quot;''' checkbox, the system will send an invitation to the user to join your company on Protemos once you finish creating the user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may leave the checkbox unmarked and send the invitation later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': your user will not be able to log into the system if you disable &amp;quot;'''Can login&amp;quot;''' button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Create user]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': use the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Access rights|&amp;quot;'''User groups'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; box to select the group to relate your users to. This will define the user’s access rights.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Users''' page, you can also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update user| '''Update user''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, users can be added by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#New user|'''New user''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''New user'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu New user.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to add users, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Access rights'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu screen to define access rights for various user groups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu access.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Access rights]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add clients'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add clients manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add clients manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new clients manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Clients''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New client''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients new 2.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Clients list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New client'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New client button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''New client''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the information about your client on the displayed screen. It consists of three sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''General info''' section to enter general information about the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client general info section.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  section to enter the URL address of the client record on the ProZ.com Blue Board:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ Blue Board section1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Primary user''' section to enter the client’s contact person:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client primary user section.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to display the client entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended for viewing and entering various client data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab|General info]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update client details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' client info or '''&amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;''' the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also check all the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client quick links|client-related objects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage client tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CV general 1.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete clients involved into recorded projects, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#Primary user|Primary user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section you can view and edit client's primary contact details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Primary user.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' linked record and make an entry for your client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl ProZ Blue sec Acme.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also change your client's '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of client’s contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client has several contact persons, they can all be entered in the '''Contact persons''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of prices agreed with the client, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create a custom taxes set for this client. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can upload and delete files related to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import clients from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of clients, contacts, and prices, you can easily import it without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/client/index Clients] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients import from xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of clients to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients export to xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data export , please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel| Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add vendors'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you assign jobs to other vendors, you need to add each of them to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add vendors manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add vendors manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new vendors manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Vendors''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New vendor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu new v.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Vendors list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu V list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New vendor'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor|New vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you will see the '''Type''' box. You can select any of the three vendor types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Company''' is a contractor company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelancer''' is a non-staff employee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''In-house''' is a staff employee who works in your office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the vendor type, you will see the boxes to fill in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button to add a vendor account to the system. The vendor will be sent an invitation email and needs to accept the invitation ''(please find more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add a vendor account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional information on how to add vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor entry page is intended for viewing and entering various vendor data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor viev.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''General info''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update vendor details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' vendor info, add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage vendor tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick links|quick links]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#General information|delete]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' a vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab you can also view and edit basic information about the primary user, disable vendor access to the account, and  send\resend an invitation to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete vendors involved into recorded jobs, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for your vendor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view a list of vendor contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is available only if the vendor is a company, not a person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab|Payment methods]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create or update payment methods for the vendor, and change the default payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can view the list of prices agreed with the vendor, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can create a custom taxes set for this vendor. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can upload and delete files related to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Availability chart tab|Availability chart]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can see the chart and list of all active jobs assigned to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If your vendor has ProZ.com account with the same email as in Protemos, the system will display the link to that account on the vendor entry page ''(more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#Links of vendor profiles to ProZ.com profiles|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import vendors from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of vendors,  their contacts, specializations, language pairs and prices, you can easily import these data without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/vendor/index Vendors] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors import from xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of vendors to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors export to xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data export, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel| Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new quote'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quote is a potential project. Let's assume that your client has sent you a translation request, but first, he would like to know how much it will cost,  time frames for implementation etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to save your time, you can create a quote and send it to your client and then, if the client agrees with the quote conditions, you can easily convert it to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also create it if you are simply not sure yet you will get the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to create a quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Quotes''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New quote''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu new Q.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Quotes=&amp;gt;Quotes list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu Q list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New quote'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New quote''' page where you can specify all basic details for a new quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm all details with the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the &amp;quot;'''Quote'''&amp;quot; page that consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Quote details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''' to see the set of operations that can be performed on this quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Quote actions.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Send''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send quote]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page which allows emailing the quote to the client directly from the system. After the quote is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark as sent''': if you not sending the quote through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Convert to project''': by pressing this button you begin creating a new project with this quote.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''': if the client doesn't accept this quote conditions, you may press the &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot; button to remember that rejection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''': pressing this button downloads the quote in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''': you may clone the quote by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update quote page|Update quote ]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ''' page on which you can edit the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''': deletes the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''', '''&amp;quot;Mark as sent&amp;quot;''', and '''&amp;quot;Download as PDF&amp;quot;''' buttons are not displayed in quotes with no '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quote receivables section|receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' entered.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Files section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can upload the files or links (file URLs) you received from your client (if any):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload new file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can upload CAT log files (if needed):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote upload Cat section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter receivables to indicate the amount to be charged from the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote res section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having checked all the quote data, you can send the quote to the client. Go to the '''Quote details''' section, press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then click the &amp;quot;'''Send'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Send quote]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qoute send butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on quotes, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Quotes]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create SmartCAT-related quotes'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new project'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the system and entering the clients and vendors in it, you can start new projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For illustration purposes, suppose you have Acme Corporation as your client. They have sent you the 20,000-word translation request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
from English into French asking to complete it in 2 weeks. Let’s add this project to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create project'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Before creating project, make sure that you have added clients and vendors in your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. There are two ways to create a project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''Project''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New project''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu new proj.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New project'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New proj butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New project''' page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter your project information and press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project creation page.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The project page will be displayed with the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj tabs.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Now you need to upload the files received from your client to the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Files''' tab and upload the needed files by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Upload files'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also add a link (file URL) to an external file instead of uploading the file to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project inputs.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on project input files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, Files tab#Project input|Project input]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project receivables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Next, enter the volume of work and the receivable from the client. To do so, go to the '''Finances''' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project new receivables.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the purchase order number sent from the client in the '''PO number''' box. If the client has not provided such number, you may leave this box unfilled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the volume of work, price, and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the raceivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB receivable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter several receivables for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing|Receivable creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. If necessary, you may upload a CAT log file to your project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Cat logs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Upload CAT log'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj upload cat log.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on uploading of CAT log files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, CAT logs tab]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. If you fulfill your job yourself, the new project has been created. You have to fulfil and complete it (see item 18 in this list). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to assign the project to other vendors, carry on reading below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create jobs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Let’s assume that you need to assign the translation to one vendor and then give it for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create their respective jobs in the system. Go to the '''Jobs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Add job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj add job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In the '''Job input files''' section select project files to send to a translator:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select job input file.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section below on the same page, select the vendor and enter information about the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New Job.png|border|430px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Next, the job screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start a new job.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs creation and editing, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project payables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Now you need to add payable for the vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, scroll down to the '''Payables to vendor''' section and press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable but.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the job volume and payable for the vendor and press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB payable Acme.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create/Edit payable|Create payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. Now you can send a notification to the vendor to start the job. Press the &amp;quot;'''Start job'''&amp;quot; button on the '''Job details''' screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start job.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor will receive the notification by email that he has been assigned the job, log in and collect the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the vendor will fulfill the job, upload the ready files to the system and mark the job as completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be notified by email that the vendor has completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job output files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Check if the files delivered by the translator are correct by downloading them from the '''Job Output Files''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job output Acme.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. Having ensured that the vendor did everything correctly, press the &amp;quot;'''Accept job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Accept job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. The vendor will be notified by email that the job has been accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. Now you would like to pass the completed translation for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a job for another vendor. The process is the same. The only difference is that you need to specify the files &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
delivered by the translator when selecting incoming files for the editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select file for another job.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the project'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. When all the vendors have uploaded their files, you can start delivering the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may upload vendors' files to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the project’s '''Files''' tab and scroll down to the '''Jobs Output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the necessary files and press the &amp;quot;'''Add selected to project output'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Jobs output files.jpg|border|1000px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you not to lose files after you close the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. If you fulfill your job yourself, you may upload files to the system by clicking &amp;quot;'''Add additional files'''&amp;quot; in the '''Project Output''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files add butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. Having added all the needed files to '''Project Output''', you can download the files and send them to the client or client’s manager by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files download.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Having delivered all the files, you can complete the project. Go to the '''Details''' tab, click '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then press the &amp;quot;'''Complete'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project page complete button2.jpg|border|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! You have completed the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 1''': The number of projects in your system will be increasing with time, so you won’t want all of them to be displayed. Set up how projects are displayed in the list using '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 2''': View the list of vendors’ jobs in all the projects at the dedicated page by pressing the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list|Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' menu on the top panel.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;Project templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this page to create templates for your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create projects based on templates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a project from a template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''Projects''' menu on the top panel and then click '''Project templates''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Proj temp menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press the '''&amp;quot;Templates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Project page templates button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;CAT log templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add weighted word count templates for the CAT tools you are using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects CAT logs.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add or update templates: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat Temp Add button.jpg|bprder|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|&amp;quot;'''Add template'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can add a word count template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Update templates|'''update''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  the template if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on templates, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create SmartCAT-related projects'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Clients prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all clients' prices, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients price.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Client prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all clients' prices from/to Excel, update or delete a particular client's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client prices page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New client price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Create new price|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for a definite client, service, language pair and specialization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to a particular client or type of service, specialization etc. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel|Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all clients' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of clients' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Edit price|Update client price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create invoices for clients and control their payment'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To create an invoice for a client, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Receivables''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CM receivables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The list of all the receivables will be displayed. Select the desired rows and press the &amp;quot;'''Invoice selected'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoice client  receivable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The system will create an invoice and will display its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Create invoice|Create invoice]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Client invoice'''  page consists of the following sections: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client invoice details section new.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Send''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send client invoice]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' which allows emailing the invoice to the client directly from the system. After the invoice is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Resend''' - this button appears after the invoice has been sent. Pressing it sends the invoice one more time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as sent''' - if you not sending the invoice through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as unsent''' - this button appears if the invoice has been sent. Pressing it deletes the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download as PDF''' - pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Write off''' - this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off. E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discount and Extra Charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge update|discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Update''' - opens the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update client invoice|'''Update invoice''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  page on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delete''' - deletes the invoice. This button disappears after you link the invoice with the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on action buttons, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Action buttons|Action buttons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of client invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and client's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|'''Default clients taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''No taxes''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv tax sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove receivables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add receivables press the &amp;quot;'''Add receivables'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv receiv section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on how to add receivables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Remove and add receivables|Remove and add receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have received the payment for the invoice, you can record it by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Create linked payment&amp;quot;''' button under receivables table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv linked payments sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Create linked payment|Create linked payment]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Create payments|'''Client payments''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Client invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, while on the '''Client payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find out how to create payments on the '''Client payments''' page, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when a client pays the invoice, enter the payment in the system and connect it with the paid invoice. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Clients=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients Payments menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Client payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to add a new client payment press &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:client new payment button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment from client''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment received from the client and select the invoices that payment covers from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client payment page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have entered the payment in the system and completed the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Client payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients invoices list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the invoices in '''Clients=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients invoices 2.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can track all the invoices from your clients and control their payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Vendors prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all vendors' prices, go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor prices menu.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Vendor prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all vendors' prices from/to Excel, update or delete the particular vendor's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor prices  page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New vendor price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  for a definite vendor, service, language pair and specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to the particular vendor or type of service, specialization etc.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel|Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all vendors' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of vendors' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Price editing|Update vendor price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Invoices from vendors and payment control'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendors can create invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Invoicing|on their own]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or you can create their invoices as the company manager. Let’s review the second option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payables''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors payables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of payables due to vendors will be displayed. Select the rows to be included in the invoice and press the Invoice selected button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoicing selected payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If the vendor’s name is highlighted in red in the table, it means that payment method was not selected for this vendor and it’s impossible to create an invoice for this vendor’s jobs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create an invoice, select the payment method for the vendor (click the vendor’s name and add the payment method as described on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page). &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The system will create the invoice, send it to the vendor by email and open its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Vendor invoice''' page consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''' — pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Discount and Extra charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge| discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Write off''' — this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' — pressing this button opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice update|Vendor Invoice update page]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' — this button deletes the invoice. It disappears after you link the invoice with the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;'''Note''': For invoices with linked payments only &amp;quot;'''Download as PDF'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Write off'''&amp;quot; buttons are  available.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;To make all buttons available, you need to unlink the payments first. It can be done on the page of the corresponding payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of vendor invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and vendor's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|'''Default vendors taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|No taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice taxes section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice payables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove payables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add payables press the &amp;quot;'''Add payables '''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV payables section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Removing and adding payables|Adding and removing payables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have paid the invoice, you can record the payment by pressing “'''Create linked payment'''” button under the payable table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV linked payment creation n.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Linked payment creation|Linked payment creation]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, the payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list|'''Vendor payments ''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Vendor invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while on the '''Vendor payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, having paid the vendors’ invoices, you need to enter those payments in the system. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor payments.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Vendor payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot; button to add a new vendor payment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor payments new payment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment to vendor''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment completed to the vendor and select the invoices covered by that payment from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor payment.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the payment has been entered in the system and you’ve completed the payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors invoices list'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the vendors’ invoices in '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors invoices.jpg|border|135px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Filters'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters are provided for most of the tables in the system. Use such filters to hide the information you don’t want to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Projects+&amp;gt;Projects list''' menu on the top panel to display the list of projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Filters projects.jpg|border|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following filters are provided for that list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects filter 2.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter necessary data into the appropriate fields and press the '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects filters, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Search projects with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further instructions on how to search the required data with filters, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Search quotes with filters|Search quotes with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Project templates#Search project templates with filters|Search project templates with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Search jobs with filters|Search jobs with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Search clients with filters|Search clients with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Search vendors with filters|Search vendors with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search clients prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Search receivables with filters|Search clients receivables with filter]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search clients invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Search payments with filters|Search clients payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search vendors prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Search payables with filters|Search vendors payables with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search vendors invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Search payments with filters|Search vendors payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Reports'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can generate various business reports in the system. In this way, you can analyze the financial results of your activity for a defined period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Reports''' menu on the top panel and choose the required item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''General finances'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show dynamics of how income, expenses and profit change over months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;General finances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by project balances|Monthly finances by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on receivables in your projects and payables in the related jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by invoices|Monthly finances by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by payments|Monthly finances by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on general finances reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Managers'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each project manager of your team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Managers=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per manager by project balances|Monthly income per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per manager by project balances|Monthly profit per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per manager by project balances|Monthly income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per manager by project balances|Monthly profit share per manager by project balances&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;]]''' -  shows how the profit share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Income share per manager by project balances|Income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Profit share per manager by project balances|Profit share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of profit each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Finances per manager by project balances summary table|Finances per manager by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per manager and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on managers reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports menu clients.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Finances by project balances'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per client by project balances|Monthly income per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover per client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per client by project balances|Monthly profit per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per client by project balances|Monthly income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of the client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per client by project balances|Monthly profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Income share per client by project balances|Income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Profit share per client by project balances|Profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''- on this report you may see the shares of profit each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Finances per client by project balances summary table|Finances per client by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the client invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients invoices.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the turnover per client based on the invoices you issued for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income share per client by invoices|Monthly income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the share of invoices per clients was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Income share per client by invoices|Income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of invoices per clients over the selected period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices summary table|Monthly income per client by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all invoice amounts per client and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show how the clients were paying you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients payments.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the amounts of payments per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income share per client by payments|Monthly income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see how the share of payments per client was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Income share per client by payments|Income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the share of each client in payments received over the specified period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments summary table|Monthly income per client by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all payment amounts per client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:reports vendors menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor invoices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports_vendors_invoices.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly invoices per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the invoiced amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Expenses share per vendor by invoices|Expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the invoiced amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows the invoiced amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports vendors payments.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly payments per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the paid amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Expenses share per vendor by payments|Expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the paid amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows paid amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Language pairs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each language pair you work with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Language pairs=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports language pairs.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per language pair by project balances|Monthly income per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per language pair by project balances|Monthly income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Income share per language pair by project balances|Income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Profit share per language pair by project balances|Profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Finances per language pair by project balances summary table|Finances per language pair by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per language pair and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on language pairs reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Services'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each service based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Services=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports services.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per service by project balances|Monthly income per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per service by project balances|Monthly profit per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per service by project balances|Monthly income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per service by project balances|Monthly profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows how the profit share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Income share per service by project balances|Income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Profit share per service by project balances|Profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Finances per service by project balances summary table|Finances per service by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per service and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on services reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Export data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''On every page (quotes, projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.) you can export the tables into xls.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Export to excel.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot;, you will get the file with exported data and will be able to use it for backup, analysis, &lt;br /&gt;
import or any other purpose you might need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instructions on how to export the required data to excel, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Export to Excel|Export quotes data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Export to Excel|Export projects data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Export|Export jobs data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel|Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Export to Excel|Export clients prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Export to Excel|Export clients receivables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Export to Excel|Export clients invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Export to Excel|Export clients payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel|Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors  prices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Export data to Excel|Export general finances reports data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Additional information'''==&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports all the modern browsers. However, some outdated browsers (e.g., Opera 12.17) may have issues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience issues, we recommend using the modern browser. We are improving the system all the time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why its user interface may change and look a little bit differently from the one described above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we try to update this manual accordingly. If you notice some discrepancies between the description and the real functionality, please tell us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12039</id>
		<title>Enterprise edition user manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12039"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T11:15:53Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Job output files */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''For a brief overview of the system, please check this video:'''   [[File:youtube.jpg|40px|link=https://youtu.be/rrG6ImhtWHQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Get started with Protemos'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To start working with Protemos, create your account in the system by completing the following steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the &amp;quot;'''CREATE PROTEMOS ACCOUNT'''&amp;quot; button at the website '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://protemos.com  www.protemos.com] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Create account 3.png|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/account/create  Create Account] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create enterprise account page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select your account type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:account type selection.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Enterprise''': select this option if you are going to assign jobs to in-house translators, freelancers or other companies.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, the system will have supplier’s functionality and you will be able to assign jobs to your suppliers.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Freelance''': this is a light and free version of the system. Select this option if you are doing all jobs alone and do not subcontract freelancers.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, you will not be able to create suppliers in the system and assign jobs to them. Upgrade to Enterprise version is possible if desired.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fill in all the boxes and tick the &amp;quot;I'm not a robot&amp;quot; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read our '''Privacy policy''' and '''Terms of service'''. To do so, click the corresponding links (highlighted in blue).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accept the conditions, click the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Robot.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After pressing the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button, the account will be set up and you will see a welcome screen to start working with the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Press the &amp;quot;'''OK, let’s get started!'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:welcome page n.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system setup wizard will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz serv.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Enter data for each menu entry: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Services''' are the services you provide. In addition to translation and proofreading, you can indicate any other services such as layout design, OCR, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pairs''' are your language pairs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Units''' are units to measure the volume of work. For example, hours, words, pages, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Specializations''' are your  specializations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currencies''' are the currencies you work with such as US dollars or euros. Indicate the main currency of the system here. The system will use it for accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Payment methods''' are the payment details. They will be used in the invoices the system will generate to send to your clients. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To navigate in the menu entries, use a dedicated navigation menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz next.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don’t worry if you select something wrong. You’ll be able to change these values in '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[System settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having completed all the entries, press the &amp;quot;'''Complete wizard'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wizard completed.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The following screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Main menu.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your account has been created and you can start working with Protemos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, before you start working with the projects in the system, you need to add your clients and vendors in it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These areas will be addressed in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sign up with ProZ.com'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have ProZ.com account, you may create a new Protemos account with your ProZ.com credentials right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the '''&amp;quot;Sign up with ProZ.com&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Sign up with ProZ.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Sign up with ProZ.com|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''My profile settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''My Profile'''&amp;quot; page you can update your personal information, the time zone you are located in, change your username and account password, and link your ProZ.com account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''My profile''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:My profile menu.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[My profile|My profile]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''System values settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change and set system values in the '''Settings''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings enterprise.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Account''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''Account'''&amp;quot; page you can complete or update general information, upload the logo of your company, delete your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account info'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Account info'''&amp;quot; section contains common information about your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can amend information about your company and change the account owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit general information, press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account info section.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; to confirm changes after editing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update account details.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the account owner press &amp;quot;'''Change account owner'''&amp;quot; (this option is available only for the owner of an account): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upd acc owner but.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assign a new owner and press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button to сonfirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:change account owner  page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Change account owner]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Company logo image'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may upload a logo which will be displayed in all documents generated by the system: invoices, POs, Quotes etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Upload new'''&amp;quot; button to upload the logo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COMPANY LOGO.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Only PNG and JPEG images with a maximum size of 350x350 pixels are supported.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account deletion'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can immediately and permanently delete all your account data and files from the server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Delete account&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account deletion.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Delete account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;License''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are registering your account, you get a free one-month trial license. It works just like a normal license, with no limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''License details''' page you can see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license status;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license type;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- active managers limit (the number of users with different access rights that can work in the system simultaneously);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- when your license expires; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the time left before the expiration date of your license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the trial period is over, the account owner may request a license by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Request license'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Licensening.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Licensing#Requesting license|Request license]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can enter the number of managers you need to work simultaneously in your system and select the license period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can add as many managers as you wish, but only the licensed number of them will be able to log in at the same time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on licensing, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Licensing]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Default settings'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Default settings'''&amp;quot; menu lets you define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default time zone for new users''':  the time zone that will be added by default to all newly created manager, client, and vendor profiles (unless you don't indicate the different one). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default currency''': the currency you are using for balances and reporting. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Currencies]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment method''': the method which will be added by default to all your invoices unless you don't indicate the different method for specific client or invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment terms''': standard payment terms for all your clients. It defines how soon the payment should be made after issuing the invoice. You can set different method for an individual client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page size''': here you can set the size of the PDF page for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page orientation''': here you can set the PDF page orientation for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF locale''': here you may specify the default locale (language,date and time) of invoices for all newly created clients and vendors. You may also define it individually for a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings#PDF locale of client invoices|'''particular client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change#PDF locale of vendor invoices|'''vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client invoicing manager''': here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of system notifications about overdue clients invoices etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the settings mentioned above, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account default settings 1.36.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update account default settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;System Values''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SM sys values.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Language pairs'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update the language pairs you work with, delete, or disable them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Language pairs page.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Add language pairs|&amp;quot;'''New language pairs'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pairs creation page where you can create various language pairs combinations of source and target languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update language pair|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pair update page where you can change languages for a particular language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete the pairs of languages that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can disable them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Disable language pair|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot; ]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the language pair. You can use this option if you don't want to see this language pair in the drop-down list when choosing a language, for instance, while creating a new project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;''' - enables the language pair (the button appears after you disable the language pair).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Services'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update or delete the services your company provides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SS services.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create service|&amp;quot;'''New service'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the service creation page. Here you can create as many services as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the services update page where you can change the name of a particular service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete services that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service#Disable service|disable]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Specializations'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, update or delete the specializations your company works with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:specialization list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create specialization|&amp;quot;'''New specialization'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization creation page. Here you can create every possible specializations you may wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update specialization|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization update page where you can change the name of a particular specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; – deletes the specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete specializations that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you may '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update specialization#Disable specialization|disable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Units'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set units to measure the volume of your work (words, hours, pages, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add any measurement units you need, update, and delete them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:units list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create unit|&amp;quot;'''New unit'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit creation page where you can create as many measurement units as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update unit|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit update page. Here you can change the name of a particular unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;– deletes the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete units that you have already used in the project ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Currencies'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add currencies that will be used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, one client can pay in US dollars while others can choose euros, and you can pay to vendors in local currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add currencies, set any currency as default, disable or delete currencies, check exchange rates history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:currencies list page.jpg|border|900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Add currencies|&amp;quot;'''Add currency'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- opens the menu where you can add desired currency. You can add as many currencies as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Exchange rates history|&amp;quot;'''Exchange rates history'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- shows the exchange rates on the selected date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Set currency as default|&amp;quot;'''Set as default'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - sets the selected currency as default. If you change the default currency, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
all reports and project balances will be rebuilt and recalculated in a new default currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - disables the currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - deletes the currency. You can't delete the currency that is already in use in the system,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but you can disable it in case this currency no longer needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Protemos is connected to the currency conversion service so the exchange rate is updated on a daily basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That’s why you can always see the correct summary in your default currency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your payment details here so the clients can pay you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add various payment methods, change the default payment method and terms, update, disable or delete them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payment methods.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create payment method|&amp;quot;'''Add payment method'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  - opens the menu where you can create a new payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;quot;'''[[Change default settings]]'''&amp;quot; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- here you can change the default payment method and currency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define in how many days invoices should be paid, the default PDF page size for your invoices and vendor invoicing contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update payment method|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can renew payment method details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; - disables the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete payment methods that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button).''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; But you can disable them in case these payment methods no longer needed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define several taxes in the system, link them to the clients and vendors, and add them to your invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Taxes list'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a list of taxes, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu list.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may define the necessary number of taxes that will be used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new tax, press the '''&amp;quot;New tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes list.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name of the tax, select the type, and specify its sort order in invoices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add new tax new.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the new tax to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Taxes list|Taxes list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default clients taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default clients taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default clients taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu default clients.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a default percentage tax, press the &amp;quot;Add default persentage tax&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add def cl percentage tax.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New def cl perc VAT 2.png|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each client when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|Default clients taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each client. It will override the default clients taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Custom taxes set for individual client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default vendors taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default vendors taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default vendors taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:DVTset menu.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the '''&amp;quot;Add default tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS add default tax.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS tax name choosing2.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new tax will appear in the default vendors taxes set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each vendor when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|Default vendors taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each vendor. It will override the default vendors taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Custom taxes set for individual vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Object codes'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set the number of your next invoice, project, payment, job etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the next object identification numbers or the object code prefixes press the &amp;quot;'''Update next IDs'''&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;'''Update code prefixes'''&amp;quot; buttons correspondingly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Object codes buttons.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update object codes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Deadline reminders'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system notifies you about overdue projects, jobs, and invoices by email. You can switch these notifications off/on by clicking &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Deadline reminders 1.36 new.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Update deadline reminders settings]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;SMTP Server'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the system sends all email messages from Protemos own email server, but you can change this and make the system use your own server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SMTP server.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update SMTP server configuration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP menu.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu allows you to adjust vendor portal related settings and embed your standard agreement with new vendors into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It consists of two sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Vendor portal settings'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing by vendors''' - here you can enable or disable the ability to create invoices by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application form''' - allows you to enable or disable the ability to submit applications by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors submit their applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application URL''' - you can post the vendor application URL on your corporate website or send it to new vendors so that they can submit their applications to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the above-mentioned settings (except for the Vendor application URL), click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP settings update.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor applications, please check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor application URL]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Agreement with new vendors'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can embed your standard agreement with your vendors into the system, so they will have to accept it before working with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create agreement&amp;quot;''' to add the agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add agreemment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor portal#Agreement with new vendors|Agreement with new vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings integration 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains three submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''ProZ.com integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with '''ProZ.com''' - the world's largest community of translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable ProZ.com integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;ProZ.com''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings Proz 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''ProZ.com integration''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, check linked profile or disable ProZ.com integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ integr page.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Enable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - opens the ProZ.com login page where you can enter your username and password to enable integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Check linked profile|&amp;quot;Profile URL&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - you may open your ProZ.com profile page by clicking the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Disable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the  integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A link to your ProZ.com profile and the &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; button will appear after you enable ProZ.com integration for your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Link users in Protemos with one ProZ.com account'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may link your ProZ.com account to be able to log into your Protemos account with ProZ.com credentials in one click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In case you also have several Vendor and(or) Freelance accounts in Protemos, you can link them all with your ProZ.com account, and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Switch users without re-login|switch between your accounts without re-login]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''SmartCAT integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with SmartCAT system, so you can create projects and quotes in Protemos, and then copy them to SmartCAT (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable SmartCAT integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;SmartCAT''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings CAT.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the SmartCAT integration page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, update or disable SmartCAT integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SmartCAT API.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; buttons will appear after you enable SmartCAT integration for your account.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have SmartCAT account you can register it directly from the '''SmartCAT integration''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also get a SmartCAT API key for Protemos, as it differs from your normal SmartCAT username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, please click the corresponding links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SmartCAT links.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on SmartCAT integration, SmartCAT-related project and quotes creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''TQAuditor integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with TQAuditor - the system for evaluation and monitoring translation quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable TQAuditor integration for your account, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;TQAuditor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings TQ.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you need to press the &amp;quot;'''Enable'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TQAUDITOR API CREDENTIALS enable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on TQAuditor integration, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[TQAuditor integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Users'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add new users who will use the system just as you do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if there are several project managers in your team, you can create a separate account with the necessary level of access rights for each of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Users list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu users list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user, fill in or renew all basic information about a particular user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new user, press the &amp;quot;'''New user'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Ent.users 2.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New user''' page. After you fill in the boxes press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New user.jpg|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mark the '''&amp;quot;Can login&amp;quot;''' checkbox, the system will send an invitation to the user to join your company on Protemos once you finish creating the user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may leave the checkbox unmarked and send the invitation later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': your user will not be able to log into the system if you disable &amp;quot;'''Can login&amp;quot;''' button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Create user]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': use the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Access rights|&amp;quot;'''User groups'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; box to select the group to relate your users to. This will define the user’s access rights.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Users''' page, you can also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update user| '''Update user''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, users can be added by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#New user|'''New user''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''New user'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu New user.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to add users, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Access rights'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu screen to define access rights for various user groups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu access.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Access rights]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add clients'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add clients manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add clients manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new clients manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Clients''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New client''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients new 2.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Clients list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New client'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New client button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''New client''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the information about your client on the displayed screen. It consists of three sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''General info''' section to enter general information about the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client general info section.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  section to enter the URL address of the client record on the ProZ.com Blue Board:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ Blue Board section1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Primary user''' section to enter the client’s contact person:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client primary user section.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to display the client entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended for viewing and entering various client data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab|General info]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update client details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' client info or '''&amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;''' the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also check all the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client quick links|client-related objects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage client tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CV general 1.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete clients involved into recorded projects, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#Primary user|Primary user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section you can view and edit client's primary contact details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Primary user.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' linked record and make an entry for your client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl ProZ Blue sec Acme.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also change your client's '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of client’s contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client has several contact persons, they can all be entered in the '''Contact persons''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of prices agreed with the client, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create a custom taxes set for this client. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can upload and delete files related to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import clients from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of clients, contacts, and prices, you can easily import it without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/client/index Clients] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients import from xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of clients to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients export to xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data export , please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel| Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add vendors'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you assign jobs to other vendors, you need to add each of them to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add vendors manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add vendors manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new vendors manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Vendors''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New vendor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu new v.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Vendors list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu V list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New vendor'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor|New vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you will see the '''Type''' box. You can select any of the three vendor types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Company''' is a contractor company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelancer''' is a non-staff employee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''In-house''' is a staff employee who works in your office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the vendor type, you will see the boxes to fill in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button to add a vendor account to the system. The vendor will be sent an invitation email and needs to accept the invitation ''(please find more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add a vendor account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional information on how to add vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor entry page is intended for viewing and entering various vendor data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor viev.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''General info''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update vendor details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' vendor info, add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage vendor tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick links|quick links]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#General information|delete]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' a vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab you can also view and edit basic information about the primary user, disable vendor access to the account, and  send\resend an invitation to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete vendors involved into recorded jobs, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for your vendor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view a list of vendor contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is available only if the vendor is a company, not a person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab|Payment methods]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create or update payment methods for the vendor, and change the default payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can view the list of prices agreed with the vendor, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can create a custom taxes set for this vendor. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can upload and delete files related to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Availability chart tab|Availability chart]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can see the chart and list of all active jobs assigned to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If your vendor has ProZ.com account with the same email as in Protemos, the system will display the link to that account on the vendor entry page ''(more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#Links of vendor profiles to ProZ.com profiles|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import vendors from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of vendors,  their contacts, specializations, language pairs and prices, you can easily import these data without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/vendor/index Vendors] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors import from xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of vendors to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors export to xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data export, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel| Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new quote'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quote is a potential project. Let's assume that your client has sent you a translation request, but first, he would like to know how much it will cost,  time frames for implementation etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to save your time, you can create a quote and send it to your client and then, if the client agrees with the quote conditions, you can easily convert it to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also create it if you are simply not sure yet you will get the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to create a quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Quotes''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New quote''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu new Q.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Quotes=&amp;gt;Quotes list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu Q list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New quote'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New quote''' page where you can specify all basic details for a new quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm all details with the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the &amp;quot;'''Quote'''&amp;quot; page that consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Quote details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''' to see the set of operations that can be performed on this quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Quote actions.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Send''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send quote]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page which allows emailing the quote to the client directly from the system. After the quote is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark as sent''': if you not sending the quote through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Convert to project''': by pressing this button you begin creating a new project with this quote.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''': if the client doesn't accept this quote conditions, you may press the &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot; button to remember that rejection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''': pressing this button downloads the quote in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''': you may clone the quote by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update quote page|Update quote ]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ''' page on which you can edit the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''': deletes the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''', '''&amp;quot;Mark as sent&amp;quot;''', and '''&amp;quot;Download as PDF&amp;quot;''' buttons are not displayed in quotes with no '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quote receivables section|receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' entered.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Files section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can upload the files or links (file URLs) you received from your client (if any):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload new file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can upload CAT log files (if needed):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote upload Cat section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter receivables to indicate the amount to be charged from the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote res section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having checked all the quote data, you can send the quote to the client. Go to the '''Quote details''' section, press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then click the &amp;quot;'''Send'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Send quote]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qoute send butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on quotes, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Quotes]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create SmartCAT-related quotes'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new project'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the system and entering the clients and vendors in it, you can start new projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For illustration purposes, suppose you have Acme Corporation as your client. They have sent you the 20,000-word translation request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
from English into French asking to complete it in 2 weeks. Let’s add this project to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create project'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Before creating project, make sure that you have added clients and vendors in your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. There are two ways to create a project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''Project''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New project''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu new proj.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New project'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New proj butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New project''' page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter your project information and press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project creation page.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The project page will be displayed with the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj tabs.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Now you need to upload the files received from your client to the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Files''' tab and upload the needed files by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Upload files'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also add a link (file URL) to an external file instead of uploading the file to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project inputs.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on project input files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, Files tab#Project input|Project input]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project receivables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Next, enter the volume of work and the receivable from the client. To do so, go to the '''Finances''' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project new receivables.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the purchase order number sent from the client in the '''PO number''' box. If the client has not provided such number, you may leave this box unfilled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the volume of work, price, and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the raceivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB receivable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter several receivables for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing|Receivable creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. If necessary, you may upload a CAT log file to your project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Cat logs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Upload CAT log'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj upload cat log.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on uploading of CAT log files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, CAT logs tab]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. If you fulfill your job yourself, the new project has been created. You have to fulfil and complete it (see item 18 in this list). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to assign the project to other vendors, carry on reading below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create jobs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Let’s assume that you need to assign the translation to one vendor and then give it for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create their respective jobs in the system. Go to the '''Jobs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Add job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj add job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In the '''Job input files''' section select project files to send to a translator:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select job input file.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section below on the same page, select the vendor and enter information about the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New Job.png|border|430px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Next, the job screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start a new job.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs creation and editing, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project payables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Now you need to add payable for the vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, scroll down to the '''Payables to vendor''' section and press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable but.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the job volume and payable for the vendor and press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB payable Acme.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create/Edit payable|Create payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. Now you can send a notification to the vendor to start the job. Press the &amp;quot;'''Start job'''&amp;quot; button on the '''Job details''' screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start job.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor will receive the notification by email that he has been assigned the job, log in and collect the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the vendor will fulfill the job, upload the ready files to the system and mark the job as completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be notified by email that the vendor has completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job output files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Check if the files delivered by the translator are correct by downloading them from the '''Job Output Files''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job output Acme.png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. Having ensured that the vendor did everything correctly, press the &amp;quot;'''Accept job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Accept job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. The vendor will be notified by email that the job has been accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. Now you would like to pass the completed translation for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a job for another vendor. The process is the same. The only difference is that you need to specify the files &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
delivered by the translator when selecting incoming files for the editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select file for another job.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the project'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. When all the vendors have uploaded their files, you can start delivering the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may upload vendors' files to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the project’s '''Files''' tab and scroll down to the '''Jobs Output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the necessary files and press the &amp;quot;'''Add selected to project output'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Jobs output files.jpg|border|1000px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you not to lose files after you close the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. If you fulfill your job yourself, you may upload files to the system by clicking &amp;quot;'''Add additional files'''&amp;quot; in the '''Project Output''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files add butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. Having added all the needed files to '''Project Output''', you can download the files and send them to the client or client’s manager by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files download.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Having delivered all the files, you can complete the project. Go to the '''Details''' tab, click '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then press the &amp;quot;'''Complete'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project page complete button2.jpg|border|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! You have completed the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 1''': The number of projects in your system will be increasing with time, so you won’t want all of them to be displayed. Set up how projects are displayed in the list using '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 2''': View the list of vendors’ jobs in all the projects at the dedicated page by pressing the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list|Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' menu on the top panel.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;Project templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this page to create templates for your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create projects based on templates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a project from a template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''Projects''' menu on the top panel and then click '''Project templates''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Proj temp menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press the '''&amp;quot;Templates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Project page templates button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;CAT log templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add weighted word count templates for the CAT tools you are using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects CAT logs.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add or update templates: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat Temp Add button.jpg|bprder|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|&amp;quot;'''Add template'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can add a word count template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Update templates|'''update''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  the template if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on templates, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create SmartCAT-related projects'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Clients prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all clients' prices, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients price.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Client prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all clients' prices from/to Excel, update or delete a particular client's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client prices page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New client price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Create new price|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for a definite client, service, language pair and specialization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to a particular client or type of service, specialization etc. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel|Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all clients' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of clients' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Edit price|Update client price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create invoices for clients and control their payment'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To create an invoice for a client, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Receivables''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CM receivables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The list of all the receivables will be displayed. Select the desired rows and press the &amp;quot;'''Invoice selected'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoice client  receivable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The system will create an invoice and will display its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Create invoice|Create invoice]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Client invoice'''  page consists of the following sections: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client invoice details section new.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Send''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send client invoice]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' which allows emailing the invoice to the client directly from the system. After the invoice is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Resend''' - this button appears after the invoice has been sent. Pressing it sends the invoice one more time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as sent''' - if you not sending the invoice through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as unsent''' - this button appears if the invoice has been sent. Pressing it deletes the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download as PDF''' - pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Write off''' - this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off. E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discount and Extra Charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge update|discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Update''' - opens the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update client invoice|'''Update invoice''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  page on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delete''' - deletes the invoice. This button disappears after you link the invoice with the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on action buttons, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Action buttons|Action buttons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of client invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and client's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|'''Default clients taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''No taxes''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv tax sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove receivables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add receivables press the &amp;quot;'''Add receivables'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv receiv section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on how to add receivables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Remove and add receivables|Remove and add receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have received the payment for the invoice, you can record it by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Create linked payment&amp;quot;''' button under receivables table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv linked payments sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Create linked payment|Create linked payment]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Create payments|'''Client payments''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Client invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, while on the '''Client payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find out how to create payments on the '''Client payments''' page, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when a client pays the invoice, enter the payment in the system and connect it with the paid invoice. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Clients=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients Payments menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Client payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to add a new client payment press &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:client new payment button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment from client''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment received from the client and select the invoices that payment covers from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client payment page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have entered the payment in the system and completed the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Client payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients invoices list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the invoices in '''Clients=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients invoices 2.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can track all the invoices from your clients and control their payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Vendors prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all vendors' prices, go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor prices menu.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Vendor prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all vendors' prices from/to Excel, update or delete the particular vendor's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor prices  page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New vendor price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  for a definite vendor, service, language pair and specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to the particular vendor or type of service, specialization etc.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel|Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all vendors' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of vendors' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Price editing|Update vendor price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Invoices from vendors and payment control'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendors can create invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Invoicing|on their own]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or you can create their invoices as the company manager. Let’s review the second option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payables''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors payables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of payables due to vendors will be displayed. Select the rows to be included in the invoice and press the Invoice selected button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoicing selected payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If the vendor’s name is highlighted in red in the table, it means that payment method was not selected for this vendor and it’s impossible to create an invoice for this vendor’s jobs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create an invoice, select the payment method for the vendor (click the vendor’s name and add the payment method as described on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page). &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The system will create the invoice, send it to the vendor by email and open its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Vendor invoice''' page consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''' — pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Discount and Extra charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge| discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Write off''' — this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' — pressing this button opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice update|Vendor Invoice update page]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' — this button deletes the invoice. It disappears after you link the invoice with the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;'''Note''': For invoices with linked payments only &amp;quot;'''Download as PDF'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Write off'''&amp;quot; buttons are  available.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;To make all buttons available, you need to unlink the payments first. It can be done on the page of the corresponding payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of vendor invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and vendor's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|'''Default vendors taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|No taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice taxes section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice payables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove payables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add payables press the &amp;quot;'''Add payables '''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV payables section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Removing and adding payables|Adding and removing payables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have paid the invoice, you can record the payment by pressing “'''Create linked payment'''” button under the payable table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV linked payment creation n.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Linked payment creation|Linked payment creation]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, the payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list|'''Vendor payments ''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Vendor invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while on the '''Vendor payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, having paid the vendors’ invoices, you need to enter those payments in the system. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor payments.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Vendor payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot; button to add a new vendor payment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor payments new payment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment to vendor''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment completed to the vendor and select the invoices covered by that payment from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor payment.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the payment has been entered in the system and you’ve completed the payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors invoices list'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the vendors’ invoices in '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors invoices.jpg|border|135px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Filters'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters are provided for most of the tables in the system. Use such filters to hide the information you don’t want to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Projects+&amp;gt;Projects list''' menu on the top panel to display the list of projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Filters projects.jpg|border|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following filters are provided for that list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects filter 2.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter necessary data into the appropriate fields and press the '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects filters, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Search projects with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further instructions on how to search the required data with filters, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Search quotes with filters|Search quotes with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Project templates#Search project templates with filters|Search project templates with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Search jobs with filters|Search jobs with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Search clients with filters|Search clients with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Search vendors with filters|Search vendors with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search clients prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Search receivables with filters|Search clients receivables with filter]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search clients invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Search payments with filters|Search clients payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search vendors prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Search payables with filters|Search vendors payables with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search vendors invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Search payments with filters|Search vendors payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Reports'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can generate various business reports in the system. In this way, you can analyze the financial results of your activity for a defined period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Reports''' menu on the top panel and choose the required item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''General finances'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show dynamics of how income, expenses and profit change over months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;General finances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by project balances|Monthly finances by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on receivables in your projects and payables in the related jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by invoices|Monthly finances by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by payments|Monthly finances by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on general finances reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Managers'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each project manager of your team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Managers=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per manager by project balances|Monthly income per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per manager by project balances|Monthly profit per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per manager by project balances|Monthly income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per manager by project balances|Monthly profit share per manager by project balances&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;]]''' -  shows how the profit share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Income share per manager by project balances|Income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Profit share per manager by project balances|Profit share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of profit each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Finances per manager by project balances summary table|Finances per manager by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per manager and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on managers reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports menu clients.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Finances by project balances'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per client by project balances|Monthly income per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover per client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per client by project balances|Monthly profit per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per client by project balances|Monthly income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of the client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per client by project balances|Monthly profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Income share per client by project balances|Income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Profit share per client by project balances|Profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''- on this report you may see the shares of profit each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Finances per client by project balances summary table|Finances per client by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the client invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients invoices.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the turnover per client based on the invoices you issued for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income share per client by invoices|Monthly income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the share of invoices per clients was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Income share per client by invoices|Income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of invoices per clients over the selected period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices summary table|Monthly income per client by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all invoice amounts per client and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show how the clients were paying you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients payments.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the amounts of payments per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income share per client by payments|Monthly income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see how the share of payments per client was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Income share per client by payments|Income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the share of each client in payments received over the specified period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments summary table|Monthly income per client by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all payment amounts per client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:reports vendors menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor invoices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports_vendors_invoices.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly invoices per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the invoiced amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Expenses share per vendor by invoices|Expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the invoiced amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows the invoiced amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports vendors payments.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly payments per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the paid amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Expenses share per vendor by payments|Expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the paid amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows paid amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Language pairs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each language pair you work with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Language pairs=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports language pairs.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per language pair by project balances|Monthly income per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per language pair by project balances|Monthly income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Income share per language pair by project balances|Income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Profit share per language pair by project balances|Profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Finances per language pair by project balances summary table|Finances per language pair by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per language pair and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on language pairs reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Services'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each service based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Services=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports services.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per service by project balances|Monthly income per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per service by project balances|Monthly profit per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per service by project balances|Monthly income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per service by project balances|Monthly profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows how the profit share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Income share per service by project balances|Income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Profit share per service by project balances|Profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Finances per service by project balances summary table|Finances per service by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per service and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on services reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Export data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''On every page (quotes, projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.) you can export the tables into xls.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Export to excel.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot;, you will get the file with exported data and will be able to use it for backup, analysis, &lt;br /&gt;
import or any other purpose you might need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instructions on how to export the required data to excel, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Export to Excel|Export quotes data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Export to Excel|Export projects data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Export|Export jobs data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel|Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Export to Excel|Export clients prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Export to Excel|Export clients receivables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Export to Excel|Export clients invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Export to Excel|Export clients payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel|Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors  prices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Export data to Excel|Export general finances reports data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Additional information'''==&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports all the modern browsers. However, some outdated browsers (e.g., Opera 12.17) may have issues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience issues, we recommend using the modern browser. We are improving the system all the time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why its user interface may change and look a little bit differently from the one described above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we try to update this manual accordingly. If you notice some discrepancies between the description and the real functionality, please tell us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12038</id>
		<title>Enterprise edition user manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=12038"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T11:15:40Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Job output files */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''For a brief overview of the system, please check this video:'''   [[File:youtube.jpg|40px|link=https://youtu.be/rrG6ImhtWHQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Get started with Protemos'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To start working with Protemos, create your account in the system by completing the following steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the &amp;quot;'''CREATE PROTEMOS ACCOUNT'''&amp;quot; button at the website '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://protemos.com  www.protemos.com] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Create account 3.png|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/account/create  Create Account] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create enterprise account page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select your account type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:account type selection.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Enterprise''': select this option if you are going to assign jobs to in-house translators, freelancers or other companies.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, the system will have supplier’s functionality and you will be able to assign jobs to your suppliers.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Freelance''': this is a light and free version of the system. Select this option if you are doing all jobs alone and do not subcontract freelancers.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, you will not be able to create suppliers in the system and assign jobs to them. Upgrade to Enterprise version is possible if desired.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fill in all the boxes and tick the &amp;quot;I'm not a robot&amp;quot; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read our '''Privacy policy''' and '''Terms of service'''. To do so, click the corresponding links (highlighted in blue).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accept the conditions, click the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Robot.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After pressing the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button, the account will be set up and you will see a welcome screen to start working with the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Press the &amp;quot;'''OK, let’s get started!'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:welcome page n.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system setup wizard will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz serv.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Enter data for each menu entry: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Services''' are the services you provide. In addition to translation and proofreading, you can indicate any other services such as layout design, OCR, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pairs''' are your language pairs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Units''' are units to measure the volume of work. For example, hours, words, pages, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Specializations''' are your  specializations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currencies''' are the currencies you work with such as US dollars or euros. Indicate the main currency of the system here. The system will use it for accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Payment methods''' are the payment details. They will be used in the invoices the system will generate to send to your clients. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To navigate in the menu entries, use a dedicated navigation menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz next.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don’t worry if you select something wrong. You’ll be able to change these values in '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[System settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having completed all the entries, press the &amp;quot;'''Complete wizard'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wizard completed.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The following screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Main menu.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your account has been created and you can start working with Protemos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, before you start working with the projects in the system, you need to add your clients and vendors in it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These areas will be addressed in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sign up with ProZ.com'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have ProZ.com account, you may create a new Protemos account with your ProZ.com credentials right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the '''&amp;quot;Sign up with ProZ.com&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Sign up with ProZ.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Sign up with ProZ.com|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''My profile settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''My Profile'''&amp;quot; page you can update your personal information, the time zone you are located in, change your username and account password, and link your ProZ.com account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''My profile''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:My profile menu.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[My profile|My profile]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''System values settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change and set system values in the '''Settings''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings enterprise.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Account''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''Account'''&amp;quot; page you can complete or update general information, upload the logo of your company, delete your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account info'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Account info'''&amp;quot; section contains common information about your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can amend information about your company and change the account owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit general information, press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account info section.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; to confirm changes after editing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update account details.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the account owner press &amp;quot;'''Change account owner'''&amp;quot; (this option is available only for the owner of an account): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upd acc owner but.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assign a new owner and press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button to сonfirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:change account owner  page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Change account owner]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Company logo image'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may upload a logo which will be displayed in all documents generated by the system: invoices, POs, Quotes etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Upload new'''&amp;quot; button to upload the logo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COMPANY LOGO.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Only PNG and JPEG images with a maximum size of 350x350 pixels are supported.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account deletion'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can immediately and permanently delete all your account data and files from the server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Delete account&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account deletion.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Delete account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;License''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are registering your account, you get a free one-month trial license. It works just like a normal license, with no limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''License details''' page you can see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license status;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license type;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- active managers limit (the number of users with different access rights that can work in the system simultaneously);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- when your license expires; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the time left before the expiration date of your license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the trial period is over, the account owner may request a license by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Request license'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Licensening.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Licensing#Requesting license|Request license]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can enter the number of managers you need to work simultaneously in your system and select the license period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can add as many managers as you wish, but only the licensed number of them will be able to log in at the same time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on licensing, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Licensing]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Default settings'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Default settings'''&amp;quot; menu lets you define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default time zone for new users''':  the time zone that will be added by default to all newly created manager, client, and vendor profiles (unless you don't indicate the different one). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default currency''': the currency you are using for balances and reporting. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Currencies]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment method''': the method which will be added by default to all your invoices unless you don't indicate the different method for specific client or invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment terms''': standard payment terms for all your clients. It defines how soon the payment should be made after issuing the invoice. You can set different method for an individual client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page size''': here you can set the size of the PDF page for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page orientation''': here you can set the PDF page orientation for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF locale''': here you may specify the default locale (language,date and time) of invoices for all newly created clients and vendors. You may also define it individually for a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings#PDF locale of client invoices|'''particular client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change#PDF locale of vendor invoices|'''vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client invoicing manager''': here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of system notifications about overdue clients invoices etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the settings mentioned above, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account default settings 1.36.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update account default settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;System Values''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SM sys values.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Language pairs'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update the language pairs you work with, delete, or disable them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Language pairs page.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Add language pairs|&amp;quot;'''New language pairs'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pairs creation page where you can create various language pairs combinations of source and target languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update language pair|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pair update page where you can change languages for a particular language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete the pairs of languages that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can disable them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Disable language pair|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot; ]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the language pair. You can use this option if you don't want to see this language pair in the drop-down list when choosing a language, for instance, while creating a new project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;''' - enables the language pair (the button appears after you disable the language pair).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Services'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update or delete the services your company provides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SS services.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create service|&amp;quot;'''New service'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the service creation page. Here you can create as many services as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the services update page where you can change the name of a particular service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete services that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service#Disable service|disable]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Specializations'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, update or delete the specializations your company works with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:specialization list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create specialization|&amp;quot;'''New specialization'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization creation page. Here you can create every possible specializations you may wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update specialization|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization update page where you can change the name of a particular specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; – deletes the specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete specializations that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you may '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update specialization#Disable specialization|disable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Units'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set units to measure the volume of your work (words, hours, pages, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add any measurement units you need, update, and delete them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:units list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create unit|&amp;quot;'''New unit'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit creation page where you can create as many measurement units as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update unit|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit update page. Here you can change the name of a particular unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;– deletes the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete units that you have already used in the project ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Currencies'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add currencies that will be used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, one client can pay in US dollars while others can choose euros, and you can pay to vendors in local currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add currencies, set any currency as default, disable or delete currencies, check exchange rates history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:currencies list page.jpg|border|900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Add currencies|&amp;quot;'''Add currency'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- opens the menu where you can add desired currency. You can add as many currencies as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Exchange rates history|&amp;quot;'''Exchange rates history'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- shows the exchange rates on the selected date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Set currency as default|&amp;quot;'''Set as default'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - sets the selected currency as default. If you change the default currency, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
all reports and project balances will be rebuilt and recalculated in a new default currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - disables the currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - deletes the currency. You can't delete the currency that is already in use in the system,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but you can disable it in case this currency no longer needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Protemos is connected to the currency conversion service so the exchange rate is updated on a daily basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That’s why you can always see the correct summary in your default currency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your payment details here so the clients can pay you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add various payment methods, change the default payment method and terms, update, disable or delete them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payment methods.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create payment method|&amp;quot;'''Add payment method'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  - opens the menu where you can create a new payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;quot;'''[[Change default settings]]'''&amp;quot; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- here you can change the default payment method and currency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define in how many days invoices should be paid, the default PDF page size for your invoices and vendor invoicing contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update payment method|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can renew payment method details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; - disables the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete payment methods that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button).''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; But you can disable them in case these payment methods no longer needed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define several taxes in the system, link them to the clients and vendors, and add them to your invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Taxes list'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a list of taxes, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu list.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may define the necessary number of taxes that will be used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new tax, press the '''&amp;quot;New tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes list.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name of the tax, select the type, and specify its sort order in invoices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add new tax new.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the new tax to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Taxes list|Taxes list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default clients taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default clients taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default clients taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu default clients.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a default percentage tax, press the &amp;quot;Add default persentage tax&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add def cl percentage tax.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New def cl perc VAT 2.png|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each client when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|Default clients taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each client. It will override the default clients taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Custom taxes set for individual client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default vendors taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default vendors taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default vendors taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:DVTset menu.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the '''&amp;quot;Add default tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS add default tax.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS tax name choosing2.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new tax will appear in the default vendors taxes set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each vendor when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|Default vendors taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each vendor. It will override the default vendors taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Custom taxes set for individual vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Object codes'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set the number of your next invoice, project, payment, job etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the next object identification numbers or the object code prefixes press the &amp;quot;'''Update next IDs'''&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;'''Update code prefixes'''&amp;quot; buttons correspondingly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Object codes buttons.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update object codes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Deadline reminders'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system notifies you about overdue projects, jobs, and invoices by email. You can switch these notifications off/on by clicking &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Deadline reminders 1.36 new.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Update deadline reminders settings]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;SMTP Server'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the system sends all email messages from Protemos own email server, but you can change this and make the system use your own server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SMTP server.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update SMTP server configuration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP menu.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu allows you to adjust vendor portal related settings and embed your standard agreement with new vendors into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It consists of two sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Vendor portal settings'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing by vendors''' - here you can enable or disable the ability to create invoices by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application form''' - allows you to enable or disable the ability to submit applications by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors submit their applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application URL''' - you can post the vendor application URL on your corporate website or send it to new vendors so that they can submit their applications to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the above-mentioned settings (except for the Vendor application URL), click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP settings update.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor applications, please check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor application URL]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Agreement with new vendors'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can embed your standard agreement with your vendors into the system, so they will have to accept it before working with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create agreement&amp;quot;''' to add the agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add agreemment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor portal#Agreement with new vendors|Agreement with new vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings integration 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains three submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''ProZ.com integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with '''ProZ.com''' - the world's largest community of translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable ProZ.com integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;ProZ.com''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings Proz 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''ProZ.com integration''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, check linked profile or disable ProZ.com integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ integr page.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Enable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - opens the ProZ.com login page where you can enter your username and password to enable integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Check linked profile|&amp;quot;Profile URL&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - you may open your ProZ.com profile page by clicking the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Disable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the  integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A link to your ProZ.com profile and the &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; button will appear after you enable ProZ.com integration for your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Link users in Protemos with one ProZ.com account'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may link your ProZ.com account to be able to log into your Protemos account with ProZ.com credentials in one click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In case you also have several Vendor and(or) Freelance accounts in Protemos, you can link them all with your ProZ.com account, and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Switch users without re-login|switch between your accounts without re-login]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''SmartCAT integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with SmartCAT system, so you can create projects and quotes in Protemos, and then copy them to SmartCAT (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable SmartCAT integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;SmartCAT''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings CAT.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the SmartCAT integration page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, update or disable SmartCAT integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SmartCAT API.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; buttons will appear after you enable SmartCAT integration for your account.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have SmartCAT account you can register it directly from the '''SmartCAT integration''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also get a SmartCAT API key for Protemos, as it differs from your normal SmartCAT username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, please click the corresponding links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SmartCAT links.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on SmartCAT integration, SmartCAT-related project and quotes creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''TQAuditor integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with TQAuditor - the system for evaluation and monitoring translation quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable TQAuditor integration for your account, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;TQAuditor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings TQ.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you need to press the &amp;quot;'''Enable'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TQAUDITOR API CREDENTIALS enable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on TQAuditor integration, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[TQAuditor integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Users'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add new users who will use the system just as you do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if there are several project managers in your team, you can create a separate account with the necessary level of access rights for each of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Users list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu users list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user, fill in or renew all basic information about a particular user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new user, press the &amp;quot;'''New user'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Ent.users 2.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New user''' page. After you fill in the boxes press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New user.jpg|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mark the '''&amp;quot;Can login&amp;quot;''' checkbox, the system will send an invitation to the user to join your company on Protemos once you finish creating the user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may leave the checkbox unmarked and send the invitation later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': your user will not be able to log into the system if you disable &amp;quot;'''Can login&amp;quot;''' button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Create user]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': use the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Access rights|&amp;quot;'''User groups'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; box to select the group to relate your users to. This will define the user’s access rights.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Users''' page, you can also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update user| '''Update user''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, users can be added by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#New user|'''New user''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''New user'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu New user.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to add users, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Access rights'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu screen to define access rights for various user groups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu access.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Access rights]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add clients'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add clients manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add clients manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new clients manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Clients''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New client''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients new 2.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Clients list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New client'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New client button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''New client''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the information about your client on the displayed screen. It consists of three sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''General info''' section to enter general information about the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client general info section.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  section to enter the URL address of the client record on the ProZ.com Blue Board:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ Blue Board section1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Primary user''' section to enter the client’s contact person:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client primary user section.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to display the client entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended for viewing and entering various client data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab|General info]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update client details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' client info or '''&amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;''' the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also check all the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client quick links|client-related objects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage client tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CV general 1.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete clients involved into recorded projects, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#Primary user|Primary user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section you can view and edit client's primary contact details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Primary user.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' linked record and make an entry for your client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl ProZ Blue sec Acme.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also change your client's '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of client’s contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client has several contact persons, they can all be entered in the '''Contact persons''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of prices agreed with the client, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create a custom taxes set for this client. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can upload and delete files related to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import clients from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of clients, contacts, and prices, you can easily import it without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/client/index Clients] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients import from xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of clients to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients export to xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data export , please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel| Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add vendors'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you assign jobs to other vendors, you need to add each of them to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add vendors manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add vendors manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new vendors manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Vendors''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New vendor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu new v.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Vendors list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu V list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New vendor'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor|New vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you will see the '''Type''' box. You can select any of the three vendor types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Company''' is a contractor company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelancer''' is a non-staff employee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''In-house''' is a staff employee who works in your office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the vendor type, you will see the boxes to fill in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button to add a vendor account to the system. The vendor will be sent an invitation email and needs to accept the invitation ''(please find more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add a vendor account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional information on how to add vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor entry page is intended for viewing and entering various vendor data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor viev.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''General info''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update vendor details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' vendor info, add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage vendor tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick links|quick links]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#General information|delete]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' a vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab you can also view and edit basic information about the primary user, disable vendor access to the account, and  send\resend an invitation to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete vendors involved into recorded jobs, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for your vendor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view a list of vendor contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is available only if the vendor is a company, not a person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab|Payment methods]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create or update payment methods for the vendor, and change the default payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can view the list of prices agreed with the vendor, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can create a custom taxes set for this vendor. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can upload and delete files related to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Availability chart tab|Availability chart]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can see the chart and list of all active jobs assigned to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If your vendor has ProZ.com account with the same email as in Protemos, the system will display the link to that account on the vendor entry page ''(more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#Links of vendor profiles to ProZ.com profiles|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import vendors from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of vendors,  their contacts, specializations, language pairs and prices, you can easily import these data without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/vendor/index Vendors] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors import from xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of vendors to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors export to xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data export, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel| Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new quote'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quote is a potential project. Let's assume that your client has sent you a translation request, but first, he would like to know how much it will cost,  time frames for implementation etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to save your time, you can create a quote and send it to your client and then, if the client agrees with the quote conditions, you can easily convert it to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also create it if you are simply not sure yet you will get the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to create a quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Quotes''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New quote''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu new Q.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Quotes=&amp;gt;Quotes list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu Q list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New quote'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New quote''' page where you can specify all basic details for a new quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm all details with the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the &amp;quot;'''Quote'''&amp;quot; page that consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Quote details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''' to see the set of operations that can be performed on this quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Quote actions.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Send''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send quote]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page which allows emailing the quote to the client directly from the system. After the quote is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark as sent''': if you not sending the quote through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Convert to project''': by pressing this button you begin creating a new project with this quote.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''': if the client doesn't accept this quote conditions, you may press the &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot; button to remember that rejection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''': pressing this button downloads the quote in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''': you may clone the quote by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update quote page|Update quote ]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ''' page on which you can edit the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''': deletes the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''', '''&amp;quot;Mark as sent&amp;quot;''', and '''&amp;quot;Download as PDF&amp;quot;''' buttons are not displayed in quotes with no '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quote receivables section|receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' entered.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Files section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can upload the files or links (file URLs) you received from your client (if any):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload new file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can upload CAT log files (if needed):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote upload Cat section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter receivables to indicate the amount to be charged from the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote res section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having checked all the quote data, you can send the quote to the client. Go to the '''Quote details''' section, press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then click the &amp;quot;'''Send'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Send quote]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qoute send butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on quotes, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Quotes]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create SmartCAT-related quotes'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new project'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the system and entering the clients and vendors in it, you can start new projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For illustration purposes, suppose you have Acme Corporation as your client. They have sent you the 20,000-word translation request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
from English into French asking to complete it in 2 weeks. Let’s add this project to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create project'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Before creating project, make sure that you have added clients and vendors in your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. There are two ways to create a project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''Project''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New project''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu new proj.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New project'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New proj butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New project''' page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter your project information and press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project creation page.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The project page will be displayed with the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj tabs.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Now you need to upload the files received from your client to the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Files''' tab and upload the needed files by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Upload files'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also add a link (file URL) to an external file instead of uploading the file to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project inputs.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on project input files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, Files tab#Project input|Project input]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project receivables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Next, enter the volume of work and the receivable from the client. To do so, go to the '''Finances''' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project new receivables.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the purchase order number sent from the client in the '''PO number''' box. If the client has not provided such number, you may leave this box unfilled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the volume of work, price, and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the raceivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB receivable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter several receivables for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing|Receivable creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. If necessary, you may upload a CAT log file to your project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Cat logs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Upload CAT log'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj upload cat log.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on uploading of CAT log files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, CAT logs tab]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. If you fulfill your job yourself, the new project has been created. You have to fulfil and complete it (see item 18 in this list). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to assign the project to other vendors, carry on reading below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create jobs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Let’s assume that you need to assign the translation to one vendor and then give it for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create their respective jobs in the system. Go to the '''Jobs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Add job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj add job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In the '''Job input files''' section select project files to send to a translator:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select job input file.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section below on the same page, select the vendor and enter information about the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New Job.png|border|430px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Next, the job screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start a new job.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs creation and editing, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project payables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Now you need to add payable for the vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, scroll down to the '''Payables to vendor''' section and press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable but.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the job volume and payable for the vendor and press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB payable Acme.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create/Edit payable|Create payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. Now you can send a notification to the vendor to start the job. Press the &amp;quot;'''Start job'''&amp;quot; button on the '''Job details''' screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start job.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor will receive the notification by email that he has been assigned the job, log in and collect the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the vendor will fulfill the job, upload the ready files to the system and mark the job as completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be notified by email that the vendor has completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job output files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Check if the files delivered by the translator are correct by downloading them from the '''Job Output Files''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job output Acme.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. Having ensured that the vendor did everything correctly, press the &amp;quot;'''Accept job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Accept job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. The vendor will be notified by email that the job has been accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. Now you would like to pass the completed translation for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a job for another vendor. The process is the same. The only difference is that you need to specify the files &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
delivered by the translator when selecting incoming files for the editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select file for another job.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the project'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. When all the vendors have uploaded their files, you can start delivering the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may upload vendors' files to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the project’s '''Files''' tab and scroll down to the '''Jobs Output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the necessary files and press the &amp;quot;'''Add selected to project output'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Jobs output files.jpg|border|1000px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you not to lose files after you close the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. If you fulfill your job yourself, you may upload files to the system by clicking &amp;quot;'''Add additional files'''&amp;quot; in the '''Project Output''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files add butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. Having added all the needed files to '''Project Output''', you can download the files and send them to the client or client’s manager by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files download.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Having delivered all the files, you can complete the project. Go to the '''Details''' tab, click '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then press the &amp;quot;'''Complete'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project page complete button2.jpg|border|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! You have completed the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 1''': The number of projects in your system will be increasing with time, so you won’t want all of them to be displayed. Set up how projects are displayed in the list using '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 2''': View the list of vendors’ jobs in all the projects at the dedicated page by pressing the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list|Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' menu on the top panel.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;Project templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this page to create templates for your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create projects based on templates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a project from a template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''Projects''' menu on the top panel and then click '''Project templates''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Proj temp menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press the '''&amp;quot;Templates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Project page templates button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;CAT log templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add weighted word count templates for the CAT tools you are using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects CAT logs.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add or update templates: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat Temp Add button.jpg|bprder|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|&amp;quot;'''Add template'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can add a word count template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Update templates|'''update''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  the template if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on templates, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create SmartCAT-related projects'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Clients prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all clients' prices, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients price.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Client prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all clients' prices from/to Excel, update or delete a particular client's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client prices page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New client price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Create new price|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for a definite client, service, language pair and specialization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to a particular client or type of service, specialization etc. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel|Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all clients' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of clients' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Edit price|Update client price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create invoices for clients and control their payment'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To create an invoice for a client, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Receivables''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CM receivables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The list of all the receivables will be displayed. Select the desired rows and press the &amp;quot;'''Invoice selected'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoice client  receivable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The system will create an invoice and will display its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Create invoice|Create invoice]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Client invoice'''  page consists of the following sections: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client invoice details section new.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Send''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send client invoice]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' which allows emailing the invoice to the client directly from the system. After the invoice is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Resend''' - this button appears after the invoice has been sent. Pressing it sends the invoice one more time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as sent''' - if you not sending the invoice through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as unsent''' - this button appears if the invoice has been sent. Pressing it deletes the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download as PDF''' - pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Write off''' - this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off. E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discount and Extra Charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge update|discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Update''' - opens the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update client invoice|'''Update invoice''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  page on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delete''' - deletes the invoice. This button disappears after you link the invoice with the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on action buttons, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Action buttons|Action buttons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of client invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and client's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|'''Default clients taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''No taxes''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv tax sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove receivables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add receivables press the &amp;quot;'''Add receivables'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv receiv section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on how to add receivables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Remove and add receivables|Remove and add receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have received the payment for the invoice, you can record it by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Create linked payment&amp;quot;''' button under receivables table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv linked payments sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Create linked payment|Create linked payment]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Create payments|'''Client payments''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Client invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, while on the '''Client payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find out how to create payments on the '''Client payments''' page, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when a client pays the invoice, enter the payment in the system and connect it with the paid invoice. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Clients=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients Payments menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Client payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to add a new client payment press &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:client new payment button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment from client''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment received from the client and select the invoices that payment covers from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client payment page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have entered the payment in the system and completed the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Client payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients invoices list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the invoices in '''Clients=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients invoices 2.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can track all the invoices from your clients and control their payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Vendors prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all vendors' prices, go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor prices menu.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Vendor prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all vendors' prices from/to Excel, update or delete the particular vendor's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor prices  page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New vendor price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  for a definite vendor, service, language pair and specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to the particular vendor or type of service, specialization etc.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel|Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all vendors' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of vendors' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Price editing|Update vendor price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Invoices from vendors and payment control'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendors can create invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Invoicing|on their own]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or you can create their invoices as the company manager. Let’s review the second option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payables''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors payables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of payables due to vendors will be displayed. Select the rows to be included in the invoice and press the Invoice selected button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoicing selected payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If the vendor’s name is highlighted in red in the table, it means that payment method was not selected for this vendor and it’s impossible to create an invoice for this vendor’s jobs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create an invoice, select the payment method for the vendor (click the vendor’s name and add the payment method as described on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page). &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The system will create the invoice, send it to the vendor by email and open its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Vendor invoice''' page consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''' — pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Discount and Extra charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge| discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Write off''' — this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' — pressing this button opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice update|Vendor Invoice update page]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' — this button deletes the invoice. It disappears after you link the invoice with the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;'''Note''': For invoices with linked payments only &amp;quot;'''Download as PDF'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Write off'''&amp;quot; buttons are  available.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;To make all buttons available, you need to unlink the payments first. It can be done on the page of the corresponding payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of vendor invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and vendor's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|'''Default vendors taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|No taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice taxes section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice payables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove payables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add payables press the &amp;quot;'''Add payables '''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV payables section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Removing and adding payables|Adding and removing payables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have paid the invoice, you can record the payment by pressing “'''Create linked payment'''” button under the payable table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV linked payment creation n.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Linked payment creation|Linked payment creation]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, the payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list|'''Vendor payments ''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Vendor invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while on the '''Vendor payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, having paid the vendors’ invoices, you need to enter those payments in the system. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor payments.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Vendor payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot; button to add a new vendor payment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor payments new payment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment to vendor''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment completed to the vendor and select the invoices covered by that payment from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor payment.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the payment has been entered in the system and you’ve completed the payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors invoices list'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the vendors’ invoices in '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors invoices.jpg|border|135px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Filters'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters are provided for most of the tables in the system. Use such filters to hide the information you don’t want to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Projects+&amp;gt;Projects list''' menu on the top panel to display the list of projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Filters projects.jpg|border|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following filters are provided for that list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects filter 2.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter necessary data into the appropriate fields and press the '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects filters, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Search projects with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further instructions on how to search the required data with filters, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Search quotes with filters|Search quotes with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Project templates#Search project templates with filters|Search project templates with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Search jobs with filters|Search jobs with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Search clients with filters|Search clients with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Search vendors with filters|Search vendors with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search clients prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Search receivables with filters|Search clients receivables with filter]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search clients invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Search payments with filters|Search clients payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search vendors prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Search payables with filters|Search vendors payables with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search vendors invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Search payments with filters|Search vendors payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Reports'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can generate various business reports in the system. In this way, you can analyze the financial results of your activity for a defined period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Reports''' menu on the top panel and choose the required item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''General finances'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show dynamics of how income, expenses and profit change over months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;General finances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by project balances|Monthly finances by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on receivables in your projects and payables in the related jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by invoices|Monthly finances by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by payments|Monthly finances by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on general finances reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Managers'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each project manager of your team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Managers=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per manager by project balances|Monthly income per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per manager by project balances|Monthly profit per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per manager by project balances|Monthly income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per manager by project balances|Monthly profit share per manager by project balances&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;]]''' -  shows how the profit share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Income share per manager by project balances|Income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Profit share per manager by project balances|Profit share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of profit each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Finances per manager by project balances summary table|Finances per manager by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per manager and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on managers reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports menu clients.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Finances by project balances'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per client by project balances|Monthly income per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover per client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per client by project balances|Monthly profit per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per client by project balances|Monthly income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of the client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per client by project balances|Monthly profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Income share per client by project balances|Income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Profit share per client by project balances|Profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''- on this report you may see the shares of profit each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Finances per client by project balances summary table|Finances per client by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the client invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients invoices.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the turnover per client based on the invoices you issued for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income share per client by invoices|Monthly income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the share of invoices per clients was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Income share per client by invoices|Income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of invoices per clients over the selected period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices summary table|Monthly income per client by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all invoice amounts per client and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show how the clients were paying you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients payments.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the amounts of payments per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income share per client by payments|Monthly income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see how the share of payments per client was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Income share per client by payments|Income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the share of each client in payments received over the specified period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments summary table|Monthly income per client by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all payment amounts per client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:reports vendors menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor invoices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports_vendors_invoices.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly invoices per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the invoiced amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Expenses share per vendor by invoices|Expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the invoiced amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows the invoiced amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports vendors payments.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly payments per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the paid amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Expenses share per vendor by payments|Expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the paid amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows paid amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Language pairs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each language pair you work with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Language pairs=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports language pairs.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per language pair by project balances|Monthly income per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per language pair by project balances|Monthly income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Income share per language pair by project balances|Income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Profit share per language pair by project balances|Profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Finances per language pair by project balances summary table|Finances per language pair by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per language pair and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on language pairs reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Services'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each service based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Services=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports services.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per service by project balances|Monthly income per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per service by project balances|Monthly profit per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per service by project balances|Monthly income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per service by project balances|Monthly profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows how the profit share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Income share per service by project balances|Income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Profit share per service by project balances|Profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Finances per service by project balances summary table|Finances per service by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per service and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on services reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Export data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''On every page (quotes, projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.) you can export the tables into xls.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Export to excel.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot;, you will get the file with exported data and will be able to use it for backup, analysis, &lt;br /&gt;
import or any other purpose you might need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instructions on how to export the required data to excel, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Export to Excel|Export quotes data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Export to Excel|Export projects data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Export|Export jobs data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel|Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Export to Excel|Export clients prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Export to Excel|Export clients receivables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Export to Excel|Export clients invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Export to Excel|Export clients payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel|Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors  prices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Export data to Excel|Export general finances reports data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Additional information'''==&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports all the modern browsers. However, some outdated browsers (e.g., Opera 12.17) may have issues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience issues, we recommend using the modern browser. We are improving the system all the time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why its user interface may change and look a little bit differently from the one described above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we try to update this manual accordingly. If you notice some discrepancies between the description and the real functionality, please tell us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_receivable&amp;diff=12036</id>
		<title>Create receivable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_receivable&amp;diff=12036"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T09:31:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Receivable details */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page you can create or edit the receivables from the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the receivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New unite base receiv. summary.png|border|520px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' name with a link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project Details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' name with a link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' receivables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this client on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' of the client profile or on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#New price creation|Client prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering receivable data, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this receivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New unit based receivable 2.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also check the &amp;quot;'''All prices'''&amp;quot; option to add a tariff for this client to the database. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will be displayed next time you enter a similar order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Relevant prices.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Receivable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much the client will pay to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a receivable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate receivable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can actually enter the data for the receivable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New flat rate rec..jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''PO number''' – you can enter the number of PO received from сlient. You may leave it blank if the client is not sending you any PO numbers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pair''' – here you have to select language pair for the receivable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' you can select only from the language pairs selected for the project on the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[New project/Update project details|Update project details page.]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Service''' – here you have to select what service you are charging for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from client)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (visible to client)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project Details, Finances tab|Finances tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the project where you’ll be able to see the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous receivable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based receivable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the receivable manually or add the desired price by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;quot;Relevant prices&amp;quot;''' table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New unit based receivable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case you have added one of the general prices, you need to specify the unit amount, service, and language pair if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based receivable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a receivable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log based receiv 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based receivable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select the  required '''&amp;quot;Service&amp;quot;''', specify the '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''', and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New CAT rec. 2.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Receivable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this receivable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also the option to add a discount or/and an extra charge by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable details 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log Acme.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Discounts and Extra Charges'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For every receivable, you can add a discount or extra charge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do that, click the receivable code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Rec code new.png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the receivable details page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''&amp;quot;Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: receivable disc and extracharge.png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the required value and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''' to apply changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Receivable discount &amp;amp; extra charge.png|border|600px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_receivable&amp;diff=12035</id>
		<title>Create receivable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_receivable&amp;diff=12035"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T09:29:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Receivable details */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page you can create or edit the receivables from the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the receivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New unite base receiv. summary.png|border|520px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' name with a link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project Details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' name with a link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' receivables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this client on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' of the client profile or on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#New price creation|Client prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering receivable data, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this receivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New unit based receivable 2.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also check the &amp;quot;'''All prices'''&amp;quot; option to add a tariff for this client to the database. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will be displayed next time you enter a similar order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Relevant prices.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Receivable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much the client will pay to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a receivable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate receivable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can actually enter the data for the receivable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New flat rate rec..jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''PO number''' – you can enter the number of PO received from сlient. You may leave it blank if the client is not sending you any PO numbers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pair''' – here you have to select language pair for the receivable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' you can select only from the language pairs selected for the project on the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[New project/Update project details|Update project details page.]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Service''' – here you have to select what service you are charging for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from client)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (visible to client)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project Details, Finances tab|Finances tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the project where you’ll be able to see the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous receivable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based receivable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the receivable manually or add the desired price by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;quot;Relevant prices&amp;quot;''' table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New unit based receivable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case you have added one of the general prices, you need to specify the unit amount, service, and language pair if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based receivable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a receivable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log based receiv 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based receivable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select the  required '''&amp;quot;Service&amp;quot;''', specify the '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''', and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New CAT rec. 2.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Receivable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this receivable by pressing the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable details 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log Acme.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Discounts and Extra Charges'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For every receivable, you can add a discount or extra charge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do that, click the receivable code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Rec code new.png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the receivable details page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''&amp;quot;Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: receivable disc and extracharge.png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the required value and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''' to apply changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Receivable discount &amp;amp; extra charge.png|border|600px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_receivable&amp;diff=12034</id>
		<title>Create receivable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_receivable&amp;diff=12034"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T09:28:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Cat log based receivable */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page you can create or edit the receivables from the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the receivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New unite base receiv. summary.png|border|520px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' name with a link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project Details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' name with a link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' receivables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this client on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' of the client profile or on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#New price creation|Client prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering receivable data, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this receivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New unit based receivable 2.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also check the &amp;quot;'''All prices'''&amp;quot; option to add a tariff for this client to the database. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will be displayed next time you enter a similar order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Relevant prices.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Receivable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much the client will pay to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a receivable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate receivable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can actually enter the data for the receivable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New flat rate rec..jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''PO number''' – you can enter the number of PO received from сlient. You may leave it blank if the client is not sending you any PO numbers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pair''' – here you have to select language pair for the receivable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' you can select only from the language pairs selected for the project on the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[New project/Update project details|Update project details page.]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Service''' – here you have to select what service you are charging for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from client)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (visible to client)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project Details, Finances tab|Finances tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the project where you’ll be able to see the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous receivable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based receivable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the receivable manually or add the desired price by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;quot;Relevant prices&amp;quot;''' table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New unit based receivable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case you have added one of the general prices, you need to specify the unit amount, service, and language pair if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based receivable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a receivable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log based receiv 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based receivable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select the  required '''&amp;quot;Service&amp;quot;''', specify the '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''', and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New CAT rec. 2.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Receivable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this receivable by pressing the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Receivable details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log Acme.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Discounts and Extra Charges'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For every receivable, you can add a discount or extra charge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do that, click the receivable code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Rec code new.png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the receivable details page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''&amp;quot;Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: receivable disc and extracharge.png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the required value and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''' to apply changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Receivable discount &amp;amp; extra charge.png|border|600px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_receivable&amp;diff=12033</id>
		<title>Create receivable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_receivable&amp;diff=12033"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T09:28:16Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Cat log based receivable */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page you can create or edit the receivables from the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the receivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New unite base receiv. summary.png|border|520px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' name with a link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project Details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' name with a link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' receivables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this client on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' of the client profile or on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#New price creation|Client prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering receivable data, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this receivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New unit based receivable 2.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also check the &amp;quot;'''All prices'''&amp;quot; option to add a tariff for this client to the database. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will be displayed next time you enter a similar order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Relevant prices.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Receivable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much the client will pay to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a receivable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate receivable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can actually enter the data for the receivable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New flat rate rec..jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''PO number''' – you can enter the number of PO received from сlient. You may leave it blank if the client is not sending you any PO numbers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pair''' – here you have to select language pair for the receivable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' you can select only from the language pairs selected for the project on the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[New project/Update project details|Update project details page.]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Service''' – here you have to select what service you are charging for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from client)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (visible to client)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project Details, Finances tab|Finances tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the project where you’ll be able to see the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous receivable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based receivable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the receivable manually or add the desired price by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;quot;Relevant prices&amp;quot;''' table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New unit based receivable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case you have added one of the general prices, you need to specify the unit amount, service, and language pair if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based receivable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a receivable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log based receiv 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based receivable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select the  required '''&amp;quot;Service&amp;quot;''', specify the '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''', and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New CAT rec. 2.png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Receivable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this receivable by pressing the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Receivable details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log Acme.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Discounts and Extra Charges'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For every receivable, you can add a discount or extra charge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do that, click the receivable code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Rec code new.png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the receivable details page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''&amp;quot;Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: receivable disc and extracharge.png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the required value and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''' to apply changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Receivable discount &amp;amp; extra charge.png|border|600px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12031</id>
		<title>Create payable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12031"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T09:21:57Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* CAT Log */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can enter the payables for vendor jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W payable summary.jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' – project name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' – client name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''' – vendor selected for this job with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view|Vendor view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Job''' – job name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view|Job view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Service''' indicates what kind of service is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Language pair''' indicates what language pair is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this vendor on '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the vendor profile or on '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendor prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering payable, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 3.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click on any of the green rows to the right, the price will be copied to the payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much you will pay to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a payable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can enter the data for the payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New FR payble.png|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (visible to vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be visible to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view#Payables to vendor|Payables to vendor]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' section of the job where you’ll be able to see the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous payable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the payable manually or add the desired price by clicking the corresponding row on the &amp;quot;'''Relevant prices'''&amp;quot; table (matched prices are highlighted with green color). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NU relevant prices Acme.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can click the '''Receivables''' table row to copy '''Unit amount''' to form (matched receivables by unit type are highlighted in green):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 4.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a payable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log bas pay 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Enter the required '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''' and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB CAT payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Payables to vendor''' section of the corresponding job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may open this payable by clicking on its code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New CAT general menu 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will display the '''Payable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Payable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also the option to add a discount or/and an extra charge by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable details 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click on the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log Acme.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_receivable&amp;diff=12030</id>
		<title>Create receivable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_receivable&amp;diff=12030"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T09:21:22Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* CAT Log */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page you can create or edit the receivables from the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the receivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New unite base receiv. summary.png|border|520px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' name with a link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project Details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' name with a link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' receivables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this client on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' of the client profile or on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#New price creation|Client prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering receivable data, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this receivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New unit based receivable 2.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also check the &amp;quot;'''All prices'''&amp;quot; option to add a tariff for this client to the database. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will be displayed next time you enter a similar order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Relevant prices.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Receivable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much the client will pay to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a receivable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate receivable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can actually enter the data for the receivable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New flat rate rec..jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''PO number''' – you can enter the number of PO received from сlient. You may leave it blank if the client is not sending you any PO numbers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pair''' – here you have to select language pair for the receivable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' you can select only from the language pairs selected for the project on the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[New project/Update project details|Update project details page.]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Service''' – here you have to select what service you are charging for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from client)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (visible to client)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project Details, Finances tab|Finances tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the project where you’ll be able to see the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous receivable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based receivable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the receivable manually or add the desired price by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;quot;Relevant prices&amp;quot;''' table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New unit based receivable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case you have added one of the general prices, you need to specify the unit amount, service, and language pair if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based receivable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a receivable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log based receiv 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based receivable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select the  required '''&amp;quot;Service&amp;quot;''', specify the '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''', and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New CAT rec..png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Receivable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this receivable by pressing the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Receivable details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log Acme.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Discounts and Extra Charges'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For every receivable, you can add a discount or extra charge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do that, click the receivable code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Rec code new.png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the receivable details page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''&amp;quot;Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: receivable disc and extracharge.png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the required value and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''' to apply changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Receivable discount &amp;amp; extra charge.png|border|600px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12028</id>
		<title>Create payable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12028"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T09:16:46Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Payable details */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can enter the payables for vendor jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W payable summary.jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' – project name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' – client name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''' – vendor selected for this job with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view|Vendor view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Job''' – job name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view|Job view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Service''' indicates what kind of service is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Language pair''' indicates what language pair is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this vendor on '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the vendor profile or on '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendor prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering payable, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 3.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click on any of the green rows to the right, the price will be copied to the payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much you will pay to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a payable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can enter the data for the payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New FR payble.png|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (visible to vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be visible to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view#Payables to vendor|Payables to vendor]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' section of the job where you’ll be able to see the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous payable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the payable manually or add the desired price by clicking the corresponding row on the &amp;quot;'''Relevant prices'''&amp;quot; table (matched prices are highlighted with green color). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NU relevant prices Acme.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can click the '''Receivables''' table row to copy '''Unit amount''' to form (matched receivables by unit type are highlighted in green):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 4.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a payable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log bas pay 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Enter the required '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''' and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB CAT payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Payables to vendor''' section of the corresponding job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may open this payable by clicking on its code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New CAT general menu 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will display the '''Payable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Payable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also the option to add a discount or/and an extra charge by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable details 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click on the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat log details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12026</id>
		<title>Create payable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12026"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T09:10:56Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Cat log based payable */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can enter the payables for vendor jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W payable summary.jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' – project name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' – client name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''' – vendor selected for this job with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view|Vendor view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Job''' – job name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view|Job view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Service''' indicates what kind of service is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Language pair''' indicates what language pair is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this vendor on '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the vendor profile or on '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendor prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering payable, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 3.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click on any of the green rows to the right, the price will be copied to the payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much you will pay to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a payable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can enter the data for the payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New FR payble.png|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (visible to vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be visible to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view#Payables to vendor|Payables to vendor]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' section of the job where you’ll be able to see the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous payable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the payable manually or add the desired price by clicking the corresponding row on the &amp;quot;'''Relevant prices'''&amp;quot; table (matched prices are highlighted with green color). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NU relevant prices Acme.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can click the '''Receivables''' table row to copy '''Unit amount''' to form (matched receivables by unit type are highlighted in green):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 4.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a payable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log bas pay 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Enter the required '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''' and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB CAT payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Payables to vendor''' section of the corresponding job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may open this payable by clicking on its code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New CAT general menu 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will display the '''Payable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Payable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also the option to add a discount or/and an extra charge by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable details.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click on the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat log details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12024</id>
		<title>Create payable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12024"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T09:06:50Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Cat log based payable */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can enter the payables for vendor jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W payable summary.jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' – project name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' – client name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''' – vendor selected for this job with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view|Vendor view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Job''' – job name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view|Job view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Service''' indicates what kind of service is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Language pair''' indicates what language pair is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this vendor on '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the vendor profile or on '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendor prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering payable, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 3.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click on any of the green rows to the right, the price will be copied to the payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much you will pay to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a payable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can enter the data for the payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New FR payble.png|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (visible to vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be visible to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view#Payables to vendor|Payables to vendor]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' section of the job where you’ll be able to see the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous payable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the payable manually or add the desired price by clicking the corresponding row on the &amp;quot;'''Relevant prices'''&amp;quot; table (matched prices are highlighted with green color). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NU relevant prices Acme.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can click the '''Receivables''' table row to copy '''Unit amount''' to form (matched receivables by unit type are highlighted in green):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 4.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a payable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log bas pay 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Enter the required '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''' and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB CAT payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Payables to vendor''' section of the corresponding job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may open this payable by clicking on its code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New CAT general menu.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will display the '''Payable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Payable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also the option to add a discount or/and an extra charge by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable details.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click on the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat log details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions&amp;diff=12021</id>
		<title>Frequently Asked Questions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions&amp;diff=12021"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T08:51:51Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* How can I speed up my Protemos system if I have ESET NOD antivirus installed?  - the article is being edited  */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Protemos Freelance is free of charge. Why? What’s the point for you? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We’ll put it simple: because we want to get very famous and popular by bringing value to you. We want to be talked about, and this is how you may pay to us (if you think we deserve it). And when we succeed in that, we’ll have more Enterprise (i.e. paid) customers. The more freelancers use it, the more chances that translation companies will discover and use it too. Using Protemos, some freelancers may turn into agencies after some time, and will need Enterprise version. Also we may think about selling some additional features for freelance users, but rest assured that we will never take away what we have given you for free. '''Protemos Freelance will always stay free of charge'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How about privacy? Is it safe to use cloud? Who may see my data? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unless you are security pro, it’s safer than on your own computer (as long as it is connected to the Internet). The chances that someone will get into your computer (by hacking and stealing) or that you lose your data (because your hard drive crashes, your notebook gets stolen etc.) are a way higher than in the cloud, because cloud services take this very seriously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And most probably you are already sharing the info in the cloud: social networks, cloud storages like Dropbox and Google drive, and even your emails (yes, with all confidential info) are stored in some cloud. So you are already using tons of sensitive info without noticing that. Or you are aware but fully trust Facebook, Google or your mail provider. So it all boils down to whether you trust the provider or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Protemos, we take it seriously first of all because we don’t want to lose years of work and over several hundred thousand dollars of investment by compromising our reputation. It makes no sense to use this data for any unethical purpose, as we will lose everything and get nothing. On the contrary, we are spending years to deserve your trust, as this is the only way to win more user and be commercially successful. We’ve been out here since 2014. And you can check the companies which already entrusted us their confidential info.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For your information, here is the part of our privacy policy (https://cloud.protemos.com/site/privacy-policy): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''We do not and shall not have access to the records and files stored under your account in Protemos system, and we will not use or distribute it in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
We do not store your credentials and passwords in a readable format, so they are encrypted and known only by you, so you agree to take all the precautions not to disclose them to unauthorized third parties. We shall never ask you to provide any credentials to access your account.&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos system only monitors the amount of disk space used by your account and number of simultaneously logged users in Enterprise version for the purpose of granting permission to the users.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Protemos SSL encryption: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SSL Certificate signature hash algorithm - sha256&lt;br /&gt;
The connection to this site is encrypted and authenticated using a strong protocol (TLS 1.2), &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a strong key exchange (ECDHE_RSA with P-256), and a strong cipher (AES_256_GCM).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How can I get clients through/from Protemos? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos system is not a job portal. It is Project Management and Accounting software for keeping the records of your jobs and projects, issuing invoices,  tracking payments, coordinating vendors, storing files etc. So to put it simply, you need to find the jobs and clients elsewhere and record them in Protemos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please check '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;https://wiki.protemos.com&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to get better idea of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Why I don't see my jobs in Protemos? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may have multiple accounts for a single email. E.g. you may create your own freelance account to manage your projects and clients, but at the same time, some translation company can create a vendor account for you. Even more, you may be working as a vendor for many translation companies, and each of them may create a vendor account for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to remember that for each account, you have different logins and passwords.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The problem appears when you are trying to enter, for instance, the vendor account without logging out of your own freelance account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''So first, you have to log out of your personal freelance account, and only then you will be able to login to your vendor account.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More detailed information on this subject is presented in the video tutorial: '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gDkIujYX8UM How to interact with multiple accounts in Protemos]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multiple accounts for the same email==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Protemos, you may have 3 types of accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enterprise''': used to manage translation companies. You can create it yourself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelance''': used by freelancers to manage own small business. You can create it yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''': used by vendors within Enterprise accounts. Such accounts are created by Administrators of Enterprise version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may have multiple accounts for a single email. E.g. you may create your own Freelance account to manage your projects and clients, but at the same time, some translation company can create vendor account for you. Even more, you may be working as a vendor for many translation companies, and each of them may create a vendor account for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ideally, you need to remember or record the passwords for each account, but if you happen to forget them, you may always reset them here:'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://cloud.protemos.com/site/request-password-reset&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will send you password reset links to all your accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed instruction on how to reset your password, please see the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How can I reset my Protemos account password?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you forgot the password you use to log in to Protemos, you should do the following: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. First and foremost, you need to log out of any accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:log out button.jpg|border|170px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Then go to '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://cloud.protemos.com/site/request-password-reset&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''', enter your email and press '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Request password reset.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will send you password reset links to all your accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Check your email for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have several accounts, click on the corresponding link (or copy it to a web browser) to reset the password for the respective account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reset passward email.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. It will open the '''Reset password''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your new password and press '''&amp;quot;Save&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reset password page1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The new password will be saved and the '''Login to your account''' page will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Log into your account with the corresponding username and new password:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Login to your account page1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Be careful to use the right username to enter into the correct account. The username was sent to you in the password reset message.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also log in using your new password and the corresponding username with the '''&amp;quot;Log in&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Log in menu.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Do not click '''&amp;quot;Sign up&amp;quot;''', it will create one more account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
More detailed information on these subjects is presented in our video tutorial: '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gDkIujYX8UM How to interact with multiple accounts in Protemos]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Frequently Asked Questions]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== My vendor cannot open the page in Protemos and gets an error ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This normally happens if the vendor is logged not into your company account, but into their own independent account or the account of a different company. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please follow these steps to help them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check if the vendor ever accepted your invitation. Open the vendor profile and see if it has the '''&amp;quot;Resend Invitation&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor profile resend inv button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button means that your previous invitation was not accepted by the vendor and they never logged into your account. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the actions are following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A)''' If you can see the '''&amp;quot;Resend Invitation&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ask your vendor to do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Log out of their current account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Accept your invitation following '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add the vendor account|these instructions]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick start guide]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*After accepting, the vendor should be able to log in. That’s it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B)''' If you cannot see the '''&amp;quot;Resend Invitation&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ask your vendor to do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Log out of their current account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Log into your company account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick start guide]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the vendor forgot the password, they may reset it '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/site/request-password-reset here] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' (for more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Frequently Asked Questions#How can I reset my Protemos account password?| Reset password]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Also, the vendor may see the video: '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://youtu.be/gDkIujYX8UM?t=112 &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Frequently Asked Questions]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Is Protemos available only on cloud or is there also a version for server? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can arrange your own server, but please be aware that it is going to be a way more expensive for the following reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)	'''Installation'''. In cloud, you register your account and may start working in 5 minutes. To install it on your server, we’ll need to prepare the environment first, and then perform the installation. It will take several hours of admins work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)	'''Version updates'''. In cloud, you get them all automatically. On own server, you’ll need to install every update like the application itself. Again, it takes additional admin time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3)	'''Copyrights'''. As the language is PHP, we’ll need to sign the agreement that you’ll use the system only for yourself, and not redistribute it or modify the source code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4)	'''Backups &amp;amp; security'''. In cloud, we take care about this. On own server, you’ll have to control it yourself, e.g. setup regular backup of your data, control the traffic etc.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
All this ads the cost, and makes server installation less affordable than cloud version. So if the budget of your company is limited or you are freelancer, cloud version is the best choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How can I track my administrative expenses in Protemos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do that, please follow the instructions below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. First, go to '''System =&amp;gt; System values =&amp;gt; Services''' to add necessary services:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:FAQ services.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Add your service providers as vendors to the system on the '''Vendors''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:FAQ service providers.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can even define relevant prices for your service providers, if necessary (for more info on prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendors prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:F vendor price.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Create a special client dedicated for this purpose:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:FAQ client.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That's it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let's assume you need to monitor your administrative expenditures within a month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just create a new project for this dedicated client on the '''Project''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:FAQ project.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Finances''' tab, you may add the actual amount of funds committed for these purposes as receivables, if necessary:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:FAQ receivable.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then assign jobs to your suppliers and enter the amount you pay for services rendered as payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:F job view.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, just add payables to the corresponding jobs as the services are provided:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:F jobs tab.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And of course, you may invoice all the receivables and create linked payments, if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, you will receive a comprehensive picture of your administrative expenses at the end of the month:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:F project summary.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can analyze your administrative expenditures in different ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On every page (projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.), you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Filters| filter data]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' by necessary criteria and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Export data to excel|export]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' filtered data into Excel files to use them for further analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can also generate various business reports in the system and monitor your administrative expenses in this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, you may generate a report detailed only by required criteria (vendors, clients, services, managers etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Frequently Asked Questions]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I customize my quotes and invoice templates?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The information you have defined in your account settings (https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Account) and added to clients and vendors profiles are used in invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. You can define the necessary payment methods in '''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods'''. Thus, it'll be displayed on clients invoices: https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Payment_methods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, if you have several payment methods (Skrill, Paypal, wire transfer, etc.) you can add all of them in the above-mentioned menu,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and then define which one should be applied for a particular client when you issue invoices for them (in case payment methods are different for some clients): https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Client_view_page_%E2%80%93_General_tab#Default_settings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for payment methods  for your vendors, you can define them for each vendor in their profiles: https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Vendor_view_page,_Payment_methods_tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. You can upload your company logo: https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Account#Company_logo_image&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Define PDF locale of invoices: https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Client_view_page_%E2%80%93_General_tab#Default_settings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. And change the invoice PDF page size and orientation: https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Update_client_invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I export reports to PDF files?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do that, please do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open the Google Chrome Web browser and log into your Protemos account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Click the '''Reports''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Freelancer reports.png|border|160px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Go to the required report, generate it, and then press the '''&amp;quot;Ctrl+P&amp;quot;''' buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Make sure that the destination is '''Save as PDF''' (if not, you may choose it using the '''Change''' button), adjust settings to configure the display of the report, and press the '''&amp;quot;Save&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New version report.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Frequently Asked Questions]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I speed up my Protemos system if I have ESET NOD antivirus installed? &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt; - the article is being edited &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When filtering the content transmitted by application protocols, ESET NOD antivirus replaces the Protemos security certificate with its own one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can slow down significantly Protemos operation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To fix it, you need to add Protemos certificates to the list of ESET NOD known certificates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do that, please follow the instructions below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open your ESET NOD antivirus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, go to the '''Setup'''=&amp;gt;'''Advanced setup''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Advance setup.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Then, go to the '''Web and email''' menu and click '''&amp;quot;+&amp;quot;''' to unfold the'''SSL/TLS''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Web and email.png|border|600px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After that, push '''Edit''' in the '''List of known certificates''' row:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit list of certificates.png|border|600px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Then click '''Add''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:List of known certificates 2.png|border|600px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and press the '''&amp;quot;URL&amp;quot;''' button to load Protemos sertificate from URL:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Push URL button.png|border|400px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copy the URL address of Protemos from the browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Protemos URL.png|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
then past it into the URL address field and click '''OK''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Put the link.png|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Mark '''Ignore''' in the '''Scan action''' section and press '''OK''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add cert.settings.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having added the certificate, press '''OK''' to save changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:List of known certificates.png|border|600px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions&amp;diff=12020</id>
		<title>Frequently Asked Questions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions&amp;diff=12020"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T08:50:36Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* How can I speed up my Protemos system if I have ESET NOD antivirus installed?  - the article is being edited  */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Protemos Freelance is free of charge. Why? What’s the point for you? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We’ll put it simple: because we want to get very famous and popular by bringing value to you. We want to be talked about, and this is how you may pay to us (if you think we deserve it). And when we succeed in that, we’ll have more Enterprise (i.e. paid) customers. The more freelancers use it, the more chances that translation companies will discover and use it too. Using Protemos, some freelancers may turn into agencies after some time, and will need Enterprise version. Also we may think about selling some additional features for freelance users, but rest assured that we will never take away what we have given you for free. '''Protemos Freelance will always stay free of charge'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How about privacy? Is it safe to use cloud? Who may see my data? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unless you are security pro, it’s safer than on your own computer (as long as it is connected to the Internet). The chances that someone will get into your computer (by hacking and stealing) or that you lose your data (because your hard drive crashes, your notebook gets stolen etc.) are a way higher than in the cloud, because cloud services take this very seriously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And most probably you are already sharing the info in the cloud: social networks, cloud storages like Dropbox and Google drive, and even your emails (yes, with all confidential info) are stored in some cloud. So you are already using tons of sensitive info without noticing that. Or you are aware but fully trust Facebook, Google or your mail provider. So it all boils down to whether you trust the provider or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Protemos, we take it seriously first of all because we don’t want to lose years of work and over several hundred thousand dollars of investment by compromising our reputation. It makes no sense to use this data for any unethical purpose, as we will lose everything and get nothing. On the contrary, we are spending years to deserve your trust, as this is the only way to win more user and be commercially successful. We’ve been out here since 2014. And you can check the companies which already entrusted us their confidential info.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For your information, here is the part of our privacy policy (https://cloud.protemos.com/site/privacy-policy): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''We do not and shall not have access to the records and files stored under your account in Protemos system, and we will not use or distribute it in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
We do not store your credentials and passwords in a readable format, so they are encrypted and known only by you, so you agree to take all the precautions not to disclose them to unauthorized third parties. We shall never ask you to provide any credentials to access your account.&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos system only monitors the amount of disk space used by your account and number of simultaneously logged users in Enterprise version for the purpose of granting permission to the users.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Protemos SSL encryption: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SSL Certificate signature hash algorithm - sha256&lt;br /&gt;
The connection to this site is encrypted and authenticated using a strong protocol (TLS 1.2), &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a strong key exchange (ECDHE_RSA with P-256), and a strong cipher (AES_256_GCM).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How can I get clients through/from Protemos? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos system is not a job portal. It is Project Management and Accounting software for keeping the records of your jobs and projects, issuing invoices,  tracking payments, coordinating vendors, storing files etc. So to put it simply, you need to find the jobs and clients elsewhere and record them in Protemos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please check '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;https://wiki.protemos.com&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to get better idea of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Why I don't see my jobs in Protemos? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may have multiple accounts for a single email. E.g. you may create your own freelance account to manage your projects and clients, but at the same time, some translation company can create a vendor account for you. Even more, you may be working as a vendor for many translation companies, and each of them may create a vendor account for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to remember that for each account, you have different logins and passwords.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The problem appears when you are trying to enter, for instance, the vendor account without logging out of your own freelance account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''So first, you have to log out of your personal freelance account, and only then you will be able to login to your vendor account.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More detailed information on this subject is presented in the video tutorial: '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gDkIujYX8UM How to interact with multiple accounts in Protemos]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multiple accounts for the same email==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Protemos, you may have 3 types of accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enterprise''': used to manage translation companies. You can create it yourself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelance''': used by freelancers to manage own small business. You can create it yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''': used by vendors within Enterprise accounts. Such accounts are created by Administrators of Enterprise version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may have multiple accounts for a single email. E.g. you may create your own Freelance account to manage your projects and clients, but at the same time, some translation company can create vendor account for you. Even more, you may be working as a vendor for many translation companies, and each of them may create a vendor account for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ideally, you need to remember or record the passwords for each account, but if you happen to forget them, you may always reset them here:'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://cloud.protemos.com/site/request-password-reset&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will send you password reset links to all your accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed instruction on how to reset your password, please see the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How can I reset my Protemos account password?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you forgot the password you use to log in to Protemos, you should do the following: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. First and foremost, you need to log out of any accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:log out button.jpg|border|170px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Then go to '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://cloud.protemos.com/site/request-password-reset&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''', enter your email and press '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Request password reset.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will send you password reset links to all your accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Check your email for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have several accounts, click on the corresponding link (or copy it to a web browser) to reset the password for the respective account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reset passward email.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. It will open the '''Reset password''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your new password and press '''&amp;quot;Save&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reset password page1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The new password will be saved and the '''Login to your account''' page will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Log into your account with the corresponding username and new password:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Login to your account page1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Be careful to use the right username to enter into the correct account. The username was sent to you in the password reset message.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also log in using your new password and the corresponding username with the '''&amp;quot;Log in&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Log in menu.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Do not click '''&amp;quot;Sign up&amp;quot;''', it will create one more account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
More detailed information on these subjects is presented in our video tutorial: '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gDkIujYX8UM How to interact with multiple accounts in Protemos]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Frequently Asked Questions]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== My vendor cannot open the page in Protemos and gets an error ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This normally happens if the vendor is logged not into your company account, but into their own independent account or the account of a different company. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please follow these steps to help them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check if the vendor ever accepted your invitation. Open the vendor profile and see if it has the '''&amp;quot;Resend Invitation&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor profile resend inv button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button means that your previous invitation was not accepted by the vendor and they never logged into your account. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the actions are following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A)''' If you can see the '''&amp;quot;Resend Invitation&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ask your vendor to do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Log out of their current account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Accept your invitation following '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add the vendor account|these instructions]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick start guide]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*After accepting, the vendor should be able to log in. That’s it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B)''' If you cannot see the '''&amp;quot;Resend Invitation&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ask your vendor to do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Log out of their current account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Log into your company account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick start guide]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the vendor forgot the password, they may reset it '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/site/request-password-reset here] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' (for more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Frequently Asked Questions#How can I reset my Protemos account password?| Reset password]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Also, the vendor may see the video: '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://youtu.be/gDkIujYX8UM?t=112 &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Frequently Asked Questions]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Is Protemos available only on cloud or is there also a version for server? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can arrange your own server, but please be aware that it is going to be a way more expensive for the following reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)	'''Installation'''. In cloud, you register your account and may start working in 5 minutes. To install it on your server, we’ll need to prepare the environment first, and then perform the installation. It will take several hours of admins work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)	'''Version updates'''. In cloud, you get them all automatically. On own server, you’ll need to install every update like the application itself. Again, it takes additional admin time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3)	'''Copyrights'''. As the language is PHP, we’ll need to sign the agreement that you’ll use the system only for yourself, and not redistribute it or modify the source code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4)	'''Backups &amp;amp; security'''. In cloud, we take care about this. On own server, you’ll have to control it yourself, e.g. setup regular backup of your data, control the traffic etc.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
All this ads the cost, and makes server installation less affordable than cloud version. So if the budget of your company is limited or you are freelancer, cloud version is the best choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How can I track my administrative expenses in Protemos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do that, please follow the instructions below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. First, go to '''System =&amp;gt; System values =&amp;gt; Services''' to add necessary services:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:FAQ services.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Add your service providers as vendors to the system on the '''Vendors''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:FAQ service providers.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can even define relevant prices for your service providers, if necessary (for more info on prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendors prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:F vendor price.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Create a special client dedicated for this purpose:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:FAQ client.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That's it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let's assume you need to monitor your administrative expenditures within a month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just create a new project for this dedicated client on the '''Project''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:FAQ project.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Finances''' tab, you may add the actual amount of funds committed for these purposes as receivables, if necessary:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:FAQ receivable.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then assign jobs to your suppliers and enter the amount you pay for services rendered as payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:F job view.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, just add payables to the corresponding jobs as the services are provided:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:F jobs tab.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And of course, you may invoice all the receivables and create linked payments, if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, you will receive a comprehensive picture of your administrative expenses at the end of the month:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:F project summary.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can analyze your administrative expenditures in different ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On every page (projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.), you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Filters| filter data]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' by necessary criteria and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Export data to excel|export]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' filtered data into Excel files to use them for further analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can also generate various business reports in the system and monitor your administrative expenses in this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, you may generate a report detailed only by required criteria (vendors, clients, services, managers etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Frequently Asked Questions]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I customize my quotes and invoice templates?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The information you have defined in your account settings (https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Account) and added to clients and vendors profiles are used in invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. You can define the necessary payment methods in '''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods'''. Thus, it'll be displayed on clients invoices: https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Payment_methods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, if you have several payment methods (Skrill, Paypal, wire transfer, etc.) you can add all of them in the above-mentioned menu,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and then define which one should be applied for a particular client when you issue invoices for them (in case payment methods are different for some clients): https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Client_view_page_%E2%80%93_General_tab#Default_settings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for payment methods  for your vendors, you can define them for each vendor in their profiles: https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Vendor_view_page,_Payment_methods_tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. You can upload your company logo: https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Account#Company_logo_image&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Define PDF locale of invoices: https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Client_view_page_%E2%80%93_General_tab#Default_settings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. And change the invoice PDF page size and orientation: https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Update_client_invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I export reports to PDF files?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do that, please do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open the Google Chrome Web browser and log into your Protemos account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Click the '''Reports''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Freelancer reports.png|border|160px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Go to the required report, generate it, and then press the '''&amp;quot;Ctrl+P&amp;quot;''' buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Make sure that the destination is '''Save as PDF''' (if not, you may choose it using the '''Change''' button), adjust settings to configure the display of the report, and press the '''&amp;quot;Save&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New version report.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Frequently Asked Questions]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I speed up my Protemos system if I have ESET NOD antivirus installed? &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt; - the article is being edited &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When filtering the content transmitted by application protocols, ESET NOD antivirus replaces the Protemos security certificate with its own one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can slow down significantly Protemos operation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To fix it, you need to add Protemos certificates to the list of ESET NOD known certificates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do that, please follow the instructions below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open your ESET NOD antivirus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, go to the '''Setup'''=&amp;gt;'''Advanced setup''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Advance setup.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Then, go to the '''&amp;quot;Web and email&amp;quot;''' menu and click '''&amp;quot;+&amp;quot;''' to unfold the'''&amp;quot;SSL/TLS&amp;quot;''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Web and email.png|border|600px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After that, push '''Edit''' in the '''List of known certificates''' row:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit list of certificates.png|border|600px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Then click '''Add''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:List of known certificates 2.png|border|600px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and press the '''&amp;quot;URL&amp;quot;''' button to load Protemos sertificate from URL:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Push URL button.png|border|400px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copy the URL address of Protemos from the browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Protemos URL.png|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
then past it into the URL address field and click '''OK''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Put the link.png|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Mark '''Ignore''' in the '''Scan action''' section and press '''OK''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add cert.settings.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having added the certificate, press '''&amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;''' to save changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:List of known certificates.png|border|600px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions&amp;diff=12019</id>
		<title>Frequently Asked Questions</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Frequently_Asked_Questions&amp;diff=12019"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T08:48:35Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* How can I speed up my Protemos system if I have ESET NOD antivirus installed?  - the article is being edited  */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
== Protemos Freelance is free of charge. Why? What’s the point for you? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We’ll put it simple: because we want to get very famous and popular by bringing value to you. We want to be talked about, and this is how you may pay to us (if you think we deserve it). And when we succeed in that, we’ll have more Enterprise (i.e. paid) customers. The more freelancers use it, the more chances that translation companies will discover and use it too. Using Protemos, some freelancers may turn into agencies after some time, and will need Enterprise version. Also we may think about selling some additional features for freelance users, but rest assured that we will never take away what we have given you for free. '''Protemos Freelance will always stay free of charge'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How about privacy? Is it safe to use cloud? Who may see my data? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Unless you are security pro, it’s safer than on your own computer (as long as it is connected to the Internet). The chances that someone will get into your computer (by hacking and stealing) or that you lose your data (because your hard drive crashes, your notebook gets stolen etc.) are a way higher than in the cloud, because cloud services take this very seriously.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And most probably you are already sharing the info in the cloud: social networks, cloud storages like Dropbox and Google drive, and even your emails (yes, with all confidential info) are stored in some cloud. So you are already using tons of sensitive info without noticing that. Or you are aware but fully trust Facebook, Google or your mail provider. So it all boils down to whether you trust the provider or not.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Protemos, we take it seriously first of all because we don’t want to lose years of work and over several hundred thousand dollars of investment by compromising our reputation. It makes no sense to use this data for any unethical purpose, as we will lose everything and get nothing. On the contrary, we are spending years to deserve your trust, as this is the only way to win more user and be commercially successful. We’ve been out here since 2014. And you can check the companies which already entrusted us their confidential info.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For your information, here is the part of our privacy policy (https://cloud.protemos.com/site/privacy-policy): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''We do not and shall not have access to the records and files stored under your account in Protemos system, and we will not use or distribute it in any way.&lt;br /&gt;
We do not store your credentials and passwords in a readable format, so they are encrypted and known only by you, so you agree to take all the precautions not to disclose them to unauthorized third parties. We shall never ask you to provide any credentials to access your account.&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos system only monitors the amount of disk space used by your account and number of simultaneously logged users in Enterprise version for the purpose of granting permission to the users.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Protemos SSL encryption: ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
SSL Certificate signature hash algorithm - sha256&lt;br /&gt;
The connection to this site is encrypted and authenticated using a strong protocol (TLS 1.2), &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
a strong key exchange (ECDHE_RSA with P-256), and a strong cipher (AES_256_GCM).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How can I get clients through/from Protemos? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos system is not a job portal. It is Project Management and Accounting software for keeping the records of your jobs and projects, issuing invoices,  tracking payments, coordinating vendors, storing files etc. So to put it simply, you need to find the jobs and clients elsewhere and record them in Protemos.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please check '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;https://wiki.protemos.com&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to get better idea of the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Why I don't see my jobs in Protemos? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may have multiple accounts for a single email. E.g. you may create your own freelance account to manage your projects and clients, but at the same time, some translation company can create a vendor account for you. Even more, you may be working as a vendor for many translation companies, and each of them may create a vendor account for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You have to remember that for each account, you have different logins and passwords.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The problem appears when you are trying to enter, for instance, the vendor account without logging out of your own freelance account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''So first, you have to log out of your personal freelance account, and only then you will be able to login to your vendor account.'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More detailed information on this subject is presented in the video tutorial: '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gDkIujYX8UM How to interact with multiple accounts in Protemos]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==Multiple accounts for the same email==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In Protemos, you may have 3 types of accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Enterprise''': used to manage translation companies. You can create it yourself. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelance''': used by freelancers to manage own small business. You can create it yourself.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''': used by vendors within Enterprise accounts. Such accounts are created by Administrators of Enterprise version.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may have multiple accounts for a single email. E.g. you may create your own Freelance account to manage your projects and clients, but at the same time, some translation company can create vendor account for you. Even more, you may be working as a vendor for many translation companies, and each of them may create a vendor account for you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Ideally, you need to remember or record the passwords for each account, but if you happen to forget them, you may always reset them here:'''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://cloud.protemos.com/site/request-password-reset&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will send you password reset links to all your accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed instruction on how to reset your password, please see the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===How can I reset my Protemos account password?===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you forgot the password you use to log in to Protemos, you should do the following: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. First and foremost, you need to log out of any accounts:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:log out button.jpg|border|170px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Then go to '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;https://cloud.protemos.com/site/request-password-reset&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;''', enter your email and press '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Request password reset.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will send you password reset links to all your accounts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Check your email for further instructions.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have several accounts, click on the corresponding link (or copy it to a web browser) to reset the password for the respective account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reset passward email.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. It will open the '''Reset password''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your new password and press '''&amp;quot;Save&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reset password page1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. The new password will be saved and the '''Login to your account''' page will be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Log into your account with the corresponding username and new password:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Login to your account page1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Be careful to use the right username to enter into the correct account. The username was sent to you in the password reset message.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also log in using your new password and the corresponding username with the '''&amp;quot;Log in&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Log in menu.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Do not click '''&amp;quot;Sign up&amp;quot;''', it will create one more account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
More detailed information on these subjects is presented in our video tutorial: '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=gDkIujYX8UM How to interact with multiple accounts in Protemos]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Frequently Asked Questions]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== My vendor cannot open the page in Protemos and gets an error ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This normally happens if the vendor is logged not into your company account, but into their own independent account or the account of a different company. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please follow these steps to help them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Check if the vendor ever accepted your invitation. Open the vendor profile and see if it has the '''&amp;quot;Resend Invitation&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor profile resend inv button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This button means that your previous invitation was not accepted by the vendor and they never logged into your account. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So the actions are following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''A)''' If you can see the '''&amp;quot;Resend Invitation&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ask your vendor to do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Log out of their current account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Accept your invitation following '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add the vendor account|these instructions]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick start guide]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*After accepting, the vendor should be able to log in. That’s it.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''B)''' If you cannot see the '''&amp;quot;Resend Invitation&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Ask your vendor to do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Log out of their current account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Log into your company account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- Check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick start guide]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*If the vendor forgot the password, they may reset it '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/site/request-password-reset here] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' (for more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Frequently Asked Questions#How can I reset my Protemos account password?| Reset password]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Also, the vendor may see the video: '''&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; https://youtu.be/gDkIujYX8UM?t=112 &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Frequently Asked Questions]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== Is Protemos available only on cloud or is there also a version for server? ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
We can arrange your own server, but please be aware that it is going to be a way more expensive for the following reasons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1)	'''Installation'''. In cloud, you register your account and may start working in 5 minutes. To install it on your server, we’ll need to prepare the environment first, and then perform the installation. It will take several hours of admins work.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2)	'''Version updates'''. In cloud, you get them all automatically. On own server, you’ll need to install every update like the application itself. Again, it takes additional admin time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3)	'''Copyrights'''. As the language is PHP, we’ll need to sign the agreement that you’ll use the system only for yourself, and not redistribute it or modify the source code.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4)	'''Backups &amp;amp; security'''. In cloud, we take care about this. On own server, you’ll have to control it yourself, e.g. setup regular backup of your data, control the traffic etc.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
All this ads the cost, and makes server installation less affordable than cloud version. So if the budget of your company is limited or you are freelancer, cloud version is the best choice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
== How can I track my administrative expenses in Protemos ==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do that, please follow the instructions below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. First, go to '''System =&amp;gt; System values =&amp;gt; Services''' to add necessary services:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:FAQ services.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Add your service providers as vendors to the system on the '''Vendors''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:FAQ service providers.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can even define relevant prices for your service providers, if necessary (for more info on prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendors prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:F vendor price.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Create a special client dedicated for this purpose:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:FAQ client.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That's it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now, let's assume you need to monitor your administrative expenditures within a month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Just create a new project for this dedicated client on the '''Project''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:FAQ project.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Finances''' tab, you may add the actual amount of funds committed for these purposes as receivables, if necessary:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:FAQ receivable.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then assign jobs to your suppliers and enter the amount you pay for services rendered as payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:F job view.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After that, just add payables to the corresponding jobs as the services are provided:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:F jobs tab.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And of course, you may invoice all the receivables and create linked payments, if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Thus, you will receive a comprehensive picture of your administrative expenses at the end of the month:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:F project summary.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can analyze your administrative expenditures in different ways.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On every page (projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.), you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Filters| filter data]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' by necessary criteria and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Export data to excel|export]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' filtered data into Excel files to use them for further analysis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can also generate various business reports in the system and monitor your administrative expenses in this way.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instance, you may generate a report detailed only by required criteria (vendors, clients, services, managers etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Frequently Asked Questions]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I customize my quotes and invoice templates?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. The information you have defined in your account settings (https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Account) and added to clients and vendors profiles are used in invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. You can define the necessary payment methods in '''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods'''. Thus, it'll be displayed on clients invoices: https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Payment_methods.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Moreover, if you have several payment methods (Skrill, Paypal, wire transfer, etc.) you can add all of them in the above-mentioned menu,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and then define which one should be applied for a particular client when you issue invoices for them (in case payment methods are different for some clients): https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Client_view_page_%E2%80%93_General_tab#Default_settings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As for payment methods  for your vendors, you can define them for each vendor in their profiles: https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Vendor_view_page,_Payment_methods_tab&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. You can upload your company logo: https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Account#Company_logo_image&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Define PDF locale of invoices: https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Client_view_page_%E2%80%93_General_tab#Default_settings&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. And change the invoice PDF page size and orientation: https://wiki.protemos.com/wiki/Update_client_invoice&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I export reports to PDF files?==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do that, please do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open the Google Chrome Web browser and log into your Protemos account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2.Click the '''Reports''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Freelancer reports.png|border|160px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Go to the required report, generate it, and then press the '''&amp;quot;Ctrl+P&amp;quot;''' buttons.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Make sure that the destination is '''Save as PDF''' (if not, you may choose it using the '''Change''' button), adjust settings to configure the display of the report, and press the '''&amp;quot;Save&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New version report.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Frequently Asked Questions]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==How can I speed up my Protemos system if I have ESET NOD antivirus installed? &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt; - the article is being edited &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When filtering the content transmitted by application protocols, ESET NOD antivirus replaces the Protemos security certificate with its own one. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It can slow down significantly Protemos operation. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To fix it, you need to add Protemos certificates to the list of ESET NOD known certificates. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do that, please follow the instructions below:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Open your ESET NOD antivirus.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, go to the '''Setup'''=&amp;gt;'''Advanced setup''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Advance setup.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Then, go to the '''&amp;quot;Web and email&amp;quot;''' menu and click '''&amp;quot;+&amp;quot;''' to unfold the'''&amp;quot;SSL/TLS&amp;quot;''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Web and email.png|border|600px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After that, push '''Edit''' in the '''List of known certificates''' row:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit list of certificates.png|border|600px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Then click '''Add''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:List of known certificates 2.png|border|600px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
and press the '''URL''' button to load Protemos sertificate from URL:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Push URL button.png|border|400px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Copy the URL address of Protemos from the browser:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Protemos URL.png|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
then past it into the URL address field and click '''OK''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Put the link.png|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Mark '''Ignore''' in the '''Scan action''' section and press '''OK''': &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add cert.settings.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having added the certificate, press '''&amp;quot;OK&amp;quot;''' to save changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:List of known certificates.png|border|600px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_receivable&amp;diff=12014</id>
		<title>Create receivable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_receivable&amp;diff=12014"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T08:08:10Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Cat log based receivable */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;&lt;br /&gt;
=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page you can create or edit the receivables from the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the receivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New unite base receiv. summary.png|border|520px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' name with a link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project Details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' name with a link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' receivables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this client on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' of the client profile or on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#New price creation|Client prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering receivable data, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this receivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New unit based receivable 2.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also check the &amp;quot;'''All prices'''&amp;quot; option to add a tariff for this client to the database. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will be displayed next time you enter a similar order.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Relevant prices.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Receivable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much the client will pay to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a receivable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate receivable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can actually enter the data for the receivable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New flat rate rec..jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''PO number''' – you can enter the number of PO received from сlient. You may leave it blank if the client is not sending you any PO numbers. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pair''' – here you have to select language pair for the receivable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' you can select only from the language pairs selected for the project on the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[New project/Update project details|Update project details page.]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Service''' – here you have to select what service you are charging for.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from client)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (visible to client)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project Details, Finances tab|Finances tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the project where you’ll be able to see the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous receivable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based receivable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the receivable manually or add the desired price by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;quot;Relevant prices&amp;quot;''' table. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New unit based receivable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In case you have added one of the general prices, you need to specify the unit amount, service, and language pair if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based receivable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a receivable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log based receiv 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based receivable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select the  required '''&amp;quot;Service&amp;quot;''', specify the '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''', and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New CAT rec..png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Receivable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this receivable by pressing the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Receivable details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat log details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Discounts and Extra Charges'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For every receivable, you can add a discount or extra charge.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do that, click the receivable code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Rec code new.png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the receivable details page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''&amp;quot;Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: receivable disc and extracharge.png|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the required value and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''' to apply changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Receivable discount &amp;amp; extra charge.png|border|600px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12012</id>
		<title>Create payable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12012"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T07:50:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Cat log based payable */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can enter the payables for vendor jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W payable summary.jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' – project name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' – client name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''' – vendor selected for this job with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view|Vendor view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Job''' – job name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view|Job view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Service''' indicates what kind of service is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Language pair''' indicates what language pair is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this vendor on '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the vendor profile or on '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendor prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering payable, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 3.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click on any of the green rows to the right, the price will be copied to the payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much you will pay to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a payable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can enter the data for the payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New FR payble.png|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (visible to vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be visible to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view#Payables to vendor|Payables to vendor]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' section of the job where you’ll be able to see the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous payable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the payable manually or add the desired price by clicking the corresponding row on the &amp;quot;'''Relevant prices'''&amp;quot; table (matched prices are highlighted with green color). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NU relevant prices Acme.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can click the '''Receivables''' table row to copy '''Unit amount''' to form (matched receivables by unit type are highlighted in green):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 4.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a payable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log bas pay 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Enter the required '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''' and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New CAT payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Payables to vendor''' section of the corresponding job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may open this payable by clicking on its code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New CAT general menu.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will display the '''Payable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Payable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also the option to add a discount or/and an extra charge by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable details.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click on the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat log details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12010</id>
		<title>Create payable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12010"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T07:22:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Payable details */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can enter the payables for vendor jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W payable summary.jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' – project name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' – client name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''' – vendor selected for this job with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view|Vendor view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Job''' – job name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view|Job view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Service''' indicates what kind of service is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Language pair''' indicates what language pair is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this vendor on '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the vendor profile or on '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendor prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering payable, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 3.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click on any of the green rows to the right, the price will be copied to the payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much you will pay to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a payable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can enter the data for the payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New FR payble.png|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (visible to vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be visible to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view#Payables to vendor|Payables to vendor]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' section of the job where you’ll be able to see the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous payable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the payable manually or add the desired price by clicking the corresponding row on the &amp;quot;'''Relevant prices'''&amp;quot; table (matched prices are highlighted with green color). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NU relevant prices Acme.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can click the '''Receivables''' table row to copy '''Unit amount''' to form (matched receivables by unit type are highlighted in green):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 4.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a payable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log bas pay 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Enter the required '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''' and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New CAT payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Payables to vendor''' section of the corresponding job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may open this payable by clicking on its code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable code.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will display the '''Payable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Payable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also the option to add a discount or/and an extra charge by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable details.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click on the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat log details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12009</id>
		<title>Create payable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12009"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T07:21:45Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Payable details */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can enter the payables for vendor jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W payable summary.jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' – project name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' – client name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''' – vendor selected for this job with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view|Vendor view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Job''' – job name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view|Job view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Service''' indicates what kind of service is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Language pair''' indicates what language pair is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this vendor on '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the vendor profile or on '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendor prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering payable, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 3.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click on any of the green rows to the right, the price will be copied to the payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much you will pay to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a payable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can enter the data for the payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New FR payble.png|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (visible to vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be visible to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view#Payables to vendor|Payables to vendor]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' section of the job where you’ll be able to see the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous payable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the payable manually or add the desired price by clicking the corresponding row on the &amp;quot;'''Relevant prices'''&amp;quot; table (matched prices are highlighted with green color). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NU relevant prices Acme.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can click the '''Receivables''' table row to copy '''Unit amount''' to form (matched receivables by unit type are highlighted in green):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 4.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a payable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log bas pay 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Enter the required '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''' and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New CAT payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Payables to vendor''' section of the corresponding job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may open this payable by clicking on its code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable code.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will display the '''Payable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Payable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There is also the option to add a discount or/and extra charge by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable details.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click on the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat log details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12008</id>
		<title>Create payable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12008"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T07:12:54Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Payable details */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can enter the payables for vendor jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W payable summary.jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' – project name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' – client name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''' – vendor selected for this job with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view|Vendor view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Job''' – job name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view|Job view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Service''' indicates what kind of service is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Language pair''' indicates what language pair is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this vendor on '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the vendor profile or on '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendor prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering payable, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 3.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click on any of the green rows to the right, the price will be copied to the payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much you will pay to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a payable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can enter the data for the payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New FR payble.png|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (visible to vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be visible to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view#Payables to vendor|Payables to vendor]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' section of the job where you’ll be able to see the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous payable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the payable manually or add the desired price by clicking the corresponding row on the &amp;quot;'''Relevant prices'''&amp;quot; table (matched prices are highlighted with green color). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NU relevant prices Acme.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can click the '''Receivables''' table row to copy '''Unit amount''' to form (matched receivables by unit type are highlighted in green):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 4.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a payable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log bas pay 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Enter the required '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''' and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New CAT payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Payables to vendor''' section of the corresponding job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may open this payable by clicking on its code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable code.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will display the '''Payable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Payable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this payable by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable details.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click on the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat log details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12006</id>
		<title>Create payable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12006"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T07:04:11Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Unit based payable */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can enter the payables for vendor jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W payable summary.jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' – project name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' – client name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''' – vendor selected for this job with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view|Vendor view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Job''' – job name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view|Job view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Service''' indicates what kind of service is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Language pair''' indicates what language pair is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this vendor on '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the vendor profile or on '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendor prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering payable, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 3.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click on any of the green rows to the right, the price will be copied to the payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much you will pay to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a payable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can enter the data for the payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New FR payble.png|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (visible to vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be visible to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view#Payables to vendor|Payables to vendor]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' section of the job where you’ll be able to see the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous payable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the payable manually or add the desired price by clicking the corresponding row on the &amp;quot;'''Relevant prices'''&amp;quot; table (matched prices are highlighted with green color). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NU relevant prices Acme.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can click the '''Receivables''' table row to copy '''Unit amount''' to form (matched receivables by unit type are highlighted in green):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 4.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a payable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log bas pay 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Enter the required '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''' and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New CAT payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Payables to vendor''' section of the corresponding job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may open this payable by clicking on its code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable code.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will display the '''Payable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Payable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this payable by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable det sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click on the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat log details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12004</id>
		<title>Create payable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12004"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T06:54:41Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Unit based payable */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can enter the payables for vendor jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W payable summary.jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' – project name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' – client name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''' – vendor selected for this job with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view|Vendor view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Job''' – job name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view|Job view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Service''' indicates what kind of service is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Language pair''' indicates what language pair is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this vendor on '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the vendor profile or on '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendor prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering payable, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 3.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click on any of the green rows to the right, the price will be copied to the payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much you will pay to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a payable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can enter the data for the payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New FR payble.png|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (visible to vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be visible to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view#Payables to vendor|Payables to vendor]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' section of the job where you’ll be able to see the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous payable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the payable manually or add the desired price by clicking the corresponding row on the &amp;quot;'''Relevant prices'''&amp;quot; table (matched prices are highlighted with green color). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NU relevant prices Acme.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can click the '''Receivables''' table row to copy '''Unit amount''' to form (matched receivables by unit type are highlighted in green):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a payable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log bas pay 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Enter the required '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''' and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New CAT payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Payables to vendor''' section of the corresponding job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may open this payable by clicking on its code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable code.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will display the '''Payable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Payable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this payable by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable det sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click on the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat log details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12002</id>
		<title>Create payable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12002"/>
				<updated>2019-04-05T06:46:30Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Relevant prices */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can enter the payables for vendor jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W payable summary.jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' – project name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' – client name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''' – vendor selected for this job with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view|Vendor view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Job''' – job name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view|Job view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Service''' indicates what kind of service is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Language pair''' indicates what language pair is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this vendor on '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the vendor profile or on '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendor prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering payable, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable 3.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click on any of the green rows to the right, the price will be copied to the payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much you will pay to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a payable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can enter the data for the payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New FR payble.png|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (visible to vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be visible to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view#Payables to vendor|Payables to vendor]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' section of the job where you’ll be able to see the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous payable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the payable manually or add the desired price by clicking the corresponding row on the &amp;quot;'''Relevant prices'''&amp;quot; table (matched prices are highlighted with green color). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NU relevant prices.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can click the '''Receivables''' table row to copy '''Unit amount''' to form (matched receivables by unit type are highlighted in green):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a payable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log bas pay 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Enter the required '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''' and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New CAT payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Payables to vendor''' section of the corresponding job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may open this payable by clicking on its code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable code.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will display the '''Payable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Payable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this payable by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable det sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click on the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat log details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12000</id>
		<title>Create payable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=12000"/>
				<updated>2019-04-04T14:57:02Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Cat log based payable */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can enter the payables for vendor jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W payable summary.jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' – project name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' – client name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''' – vendor selected for this job with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view|Vendor view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Job''' – job name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view|Job view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Service''' indicates what kind of service is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Language pair''' indicates what language pair is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this vendor on '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the vendor profile or on '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendor prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering payable, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Unit base payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click on any of the green rows to the right, the price will be copied to the payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much you will pay to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a payable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can enter the data for the payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New FR payble.png|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (visible to vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be visible to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view#Payables to vendor|Payables to vendor]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' section of the job where you’ll be able to see the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous payable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the payable manually or add the desired price by clicking the corresponding row on the &amp;quot;'''Relevant prices'''&amp;quot; table (matched prices are highlighted with green color). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NU relevant prices.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can click the '''Receivables''' table row to copy '''Unit amount''' to form (matched receivables by unit type are highlighted in green):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a payable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log bas pay 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Enter the required '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''' and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New CAT payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Payables to vendor''' section of the corresponding job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may open this payable by clicking on its code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable code.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will display the '''Payable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Payable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this payable by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable det sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click on the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat log details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=11998</id>
		<title>Create payable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=11998"/>
				<updated>2019-04-04T14:44:52Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Flat rate payable */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can enter the payables for vendor jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W payable summary.jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' – project name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' – client name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''' – vendor selected for this job with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view|Vendor view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Job''' – job name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view|Job view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Service''' indicates what kind of service is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Language pair''' indicates what language pair is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this vendor on '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the vendor profile or on '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendor prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering payable, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Unit base payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click on any of the green rows to the right, the price will be copied to the payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much you will pay to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a payable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can enter the data for the payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New FR payble.png|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (visible to vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be visible to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view#Payables to vendor|Payables to vendor]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' section of the job where you’ll be able to see the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous payable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the payable manually or add the desired price by clicking the corresponding row on the &amp;quot;'''Relevant prices'''&amp;quot; table (matched prices are highlighted with green color). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NU relevant prices.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can click the '''Receivables''' table row to copy '''Unit amount''' to form (matched receivables by unit type are highlighted in green):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a payable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log bas pay 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Enter the required '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''' and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 3.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Payables to vendor''' section of the corresponding job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may open this payable by clicking on its code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable code.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will display the '''Payable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Payable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this payable by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable det sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click on the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat log details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=11997</id>
		<title>Create payable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=11997"/>
				<updated>2019-04-04T14:41:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Flat rate payable */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can enter the payables for vendor jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W payable summary.jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' – project name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' – client name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''' – vendor selected for this job with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view|Vendor view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Job''' – job name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view|Job view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Service''' indicates what kind of service is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Language pair''' indicates what language pair is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this vendor on '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the vendor profile or on '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendor prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering payable, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Unit base payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click on any of the green rows to the right, the price will be copied to the payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much you will pay to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a payable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can enter the data for the payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New FR payble.png|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view#Payables to vendor|Payables to vendor]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' section of the job where you’ll be able to see the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous payable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the payable manually or add the desired price by clicking the corresponding row on the &amp;quot;'''Relevant prices'''&amp;quot; table (matched prices are highlighted with green color). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NU relevant prices.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can click the '''Receivables''' table row to copy '''Unit amount''' to form (matched receivables by unit type are highlighted in green):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a payable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log bas pay 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Enter the required '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''' and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 3.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Payables to vendor''' section of the corresponding job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may open this payable by clicking on its code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable code.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will display the '''Payable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Payable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this payable by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable det sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click on the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat log details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=11996</id>
		<title>Create payable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=11996"/>
				<updated>2019-04-04T14:40:48Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Payable data */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can enter the payables for vendor jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W payable summary.jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' – project name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' – client name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''' – vendor selected for this job with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view|Vendor view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Job''' – job name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view|Job view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Service''' indicates what kind of service is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Language pair''' indicates what language pair is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this vendor on '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the vendor profile or on '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendor prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering payable, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Unit base payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click on any of the green rows to the right, the price will be copied to the payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much you will pay to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a payable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can enter the data for the payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New FR payble.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view#Payables to vendor|Payables to vendor]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' section of the job where you’ll be able to see the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous payable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the payable manually or add the desired price by clicking the corresponding row on the &amp;quot;'''Relevant prices'''&amp;quot; table (matched prices are highlighted with green color). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NU relevant prices.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can click the '''Receivables''' table row to copy '''Unit amount''' to form (matched receivables by unit type are highlighted in green):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a payable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log bas pay 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Enter the required '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''' and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 3.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Payables to vendor''' section of the corresponding job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may open this payable by clicking on its code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable code.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will display the '''Payable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Payable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this payable by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable det sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click on the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat log details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=11995</id>
		<title>Create payable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=11995"/>
				<updated>2019-04-04T14:40:40Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Payable data */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can enter the payables for vendor jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W payable summary.jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' – project name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' – client name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''' – vendor selected for this job with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view|Vendor view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Job''' – job name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view|Job view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Service''' indicates what kind of service is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Language pair''' indicates what language pair is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this vendor on '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the vendor profile or on '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendor prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering payable, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Unit base payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click on any of the green rows to the right, the price will be copied to the payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much you will pay to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a payable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New payable bases.jpg|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can enter the data for the payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New FR payble.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view#Payables to vendor|Payables to vendor]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' section of the job where you’ll be able to see the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous payable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the payable manually or add the desired price by clicking the corresponding row on the &amp;quot;'''Relevant prices'''&amp;quot; table (matched prices are highlighted with green color). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NU relevant prices.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can click the '''Receivables''' table row to copy '''Unit amount''' to form (matched receivables by unit type are highlighted in green):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a payable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log bas pay 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Enter the required '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''' and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 3.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Payables to vendor''' section of the corresponding job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may open this payable by clicking on its code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable code.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will display the '''Payable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Payable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this payable by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable det sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click on the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat log details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=11994</id>
		<title>Create payable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=11994"/>
				<updated>2019-04-04T14:40:26Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Flat rate payable */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can enter the payables for vendor jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W payable summary.jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' – project name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' – client name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''' – vendor selected for this job with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view|Vendor view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Job''' – job name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view|Job view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Service''' indicates what kind of service is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Language pair''' indicates what language pair is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this vendor on '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the vendor profile or on '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendor prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering payable, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Unit base payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click on any of the green rows to the right, the price will be copied to the payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much you will pay to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a payable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New payable bases.jpg|border|340px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can enter the data for the payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New FR payble.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view#Payables to vendor|Payables to vendor]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' section of the job where you’ll be able to see the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous payable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the payable manually or add the desired price by clicking the corresponding row on the &amp;quot;'''Relevant prices'''&amp;quot; table (matched prices are highlighted with green color). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NU relevant prices.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can click the '''Receivables''' table row to copy '''Unit amount''' to form (matched receivables by unit type are highlighted in green):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a payable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log bas pay 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Enter the required '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''' and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 3.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Payables to vendor''' section of the corresponding job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may open this payable by clicking on its code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable code.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will display the '''Payable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Payable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this payable by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable det sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click on the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat log details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=11993</id>
		<title>Create payable</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Create_payable&amp;diff=11993"/>
				<updated>2019-04-04T14:40:15Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Flat rate payable */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;=='''General info'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can enter the payables for vendor jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This table contains the summary of the payable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:W payable summary.jpg|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Project''' – project name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Project details, Details tab|Project details page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Specialization''' – project specialization selected for the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client''' – client name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client view|Client view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor''' – vendor selected for this job with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view|Vendor view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Job''' – job name with the link to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view|Job view page]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Service''' indicates what kind of service is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Language pair''' indicates what language pair is selected for the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Relevant prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:#DC143C&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note: ''' This table is applicable only for '''Unit based''' and '''CAT log based''' payables.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The table contains the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#General prices creation|general prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and the prices that you have recorded for this vendor on '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices tab]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' of the vendor profile or on '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|Vendor prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As you start entering payable, some price rows will turn green thus indicating that they might be relevant for this payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Unit base payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you click on any of the green rows to the right, the price will be copied to the payable.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Payable data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This is the summary of how much you will pay to your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add a payable by pressing the &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot; button and choosing the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New payable bases.jpg|border|340px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Flat rate payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you can enter the data for the payable. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New FR payble.png|border|450px]]&lt;br /&gt;
   &lt;br /&gt;
'''Note (hidden from vendor)''' – here you may leave additional information that will be hidden from your vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Total''' – please enter the total amount here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currency''' – please select the necessary currency here.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you have finished entering all the data, press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Once you press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;, the system will bring you back to the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Job view#Payables to vendor|Payables to vendor]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' section of the job where you’ll be able to see the payables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press the &amp;quot;'''Create and clone'''&amp;quot; button, the previous payable will be created, and you may add a new one based on pre-entered data right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Unit based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may enter the data for the payable manually or add the desired price by clicking the corresponding row on the &amp;quot;'''Relevant prices'''&amp;quot; table (matched prices are highlighted with green color). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Almost all data will be added automatically. You just need to specify the '''Unit amount''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:NU relevant prices.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you can click the '''Receivables''' table row to copy '''Unit amount''' to form (matched receivables by unit type are highlighted in green):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:New UB payable.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Cat log based payable'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Under this header, you may add a payable based on a CAT log  in a few simple steps: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Select the required CAT log file and, if necessary, choose the conversion rates template you need (first, it should be '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT log bas pay 1.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''By pressing the &amp;quot;Upload a new file&amp;quot; link, you may upload another CAT log file to your project.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to proceed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Next, you may inspect and amend conversion rates in case of necessity:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 2.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Next&amp;quot;''' to continue.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Enter the required '''&amp;quot;Price per unit&amp;quot;''' and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''You may also add the relevant price per unit by clicking on the corresponding row in the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Relevant prices|Relevant prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' table if there is any.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT based payable 3.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Payables to vendor''' section of the corresponding job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may open this payable by clicking on its code:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable code.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will display the '''Payable''' page, which consists of three sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Payable details'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you may clone, update or delete this payable by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payable det sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT Log'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The section below provides a brief overview of a CAT log.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To see more detailed data such as the CAT log summary, data analysis, and its use in receivables\payables, click on the CAT log name:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat log details.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Conversion rates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Edit CAT log conversion rates|edit]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' conversion rates or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Payable creation/editing#Apply rates template|apply]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' the required template if you have already '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|created]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' one.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click on the corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Edit CAT log conversion rates'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit conversion rates, press the '''&amp;quot;Edit rates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section edit.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Edit CAT log conversion rates''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Adjust conversion rates according to your needs and press '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' to confirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Edit CAT log page.jpg|border|270px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Apply rates template'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To apply the required CAT log conversion rates template, press the '''&amp;quot;Apply rates template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Conv rates section apply.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open '''Apply CAT log conversion rates template''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Apply template&amp;quot;''' in the row of the required template:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp apply different.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also update conversion rate table of the necessary template by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Edit template&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CAT temp edit temp button.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Make the changes you need and press '''&amp;quot;Update&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Update conversion page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=11991</id>
		<title>Enterprise edition user manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=11991"/>
				<updated>2019-04-04T14:35:27Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Project payables */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''For a brief overview of the system, please check this video:'''   [[File:youtube.jpg|40px|link=https://youtu.be/rrG6ImhtWHQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Get started with Protemos'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To start working with Protemos, create your account in the system by completing the following steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the &amp;quot;'''CREATE PROTEMOS ACCOUNT'''&amp;quot; button at the website '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://protemos.com  www.protemos.com] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Create account 3.png|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/account/create  Create Account] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create enterprise account page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select your account type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:account type selection.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Enterprise''': select this option if you are going to assign jobs to in-house translators, freelancers or other companies.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, the system will have supplier’s functionality and you will be able to assign jobs to your suppliers.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Freelance''': this is a light and free version of the system. Select this option if you are doing all jobs alone and do not subcontract freelancers.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, you will not be able to create suppliers in the system and assign jobs to them. Upgrade to Enterprise version is possible if desired.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fill in all the boxes and tick the &amp;quot;I'm not a robot&amp;quot; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read our '''Privacy policy''' and '''Terms of service'''. To do so, click the corresponding links (highlighted in blue).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accept the conditions, click the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Robot.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After pressing the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button, the account will be set up and you will see a welcome screen to start working with the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Press the &amp;quot;'''OK, let’s get started!'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:welcome page n.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system setup wizard will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz serv.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Enter data for each menu entry: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Services''' are the services you provide. In addition to translation and proofreading, you can indicate any other services such as layout design, OCR, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pairs''' are your language pairs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Units''' are units to measure the volume of work. For example, hours, words, pages, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Specializations''' are your  specializations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currencies''' are the currencies you work with such as US dollars or euros. Indicate the main currency of the system here. The system will use it for accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Payment methods''' are the payment details. They will be used in the invoices the system will generate to send to your clients. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To navigate in the menu entries, use a dedicated navigation menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz next.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don’t worry if you select something wrong. You’ll be able to change these values in '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[System settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having completed all the entries, press the &amp;quot;'''Complete wizard'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wizard completed.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The following screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Main menu.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your account has been created and you can start working with Protemos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, before you start working with the projects in the system, you need to add your clients and vendors in it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These areas will be addressed in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sign up with ProZ.com'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have ProZ.com account, you may create a new Protemos account with your ProZ.com credentials right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the '''&amp;quot;Sign up with ProZ.com&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Sign up with ProZ.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Sign up with ProZ.com|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''My profile settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''My Profile'''&amp;quot; page you can update your personal information, the time zone you are located in, change your username and account password, and link your ProZ.com account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''My profile''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:My profile menu.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[My profile|My profile]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''System values settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change and set system values in the '''Settings''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings enterprise.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Account''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''Account'''&amp;quot; page you can complete or update general information, upload the logo of your company, delete your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account info'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Account info'''&amp;quot; section contains common information about your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can amend information about your company and change the account owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit general information, press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account info section.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; to confirm changes after editing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update account details.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the account owner press &amp;quot;'''Change account owner'''&amp;quot; (this option is available only for the owner of an account): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upd acc owner but.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assign a new owner and press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button to сonfirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:change account owner  page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Change account owner]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Company logo image'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may upload a logo which will be displayed in all documents generated by the system: invoices, POs, Quotes etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Upload new'''&amp;quot; button to upload the logo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COMPANY LOGO.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Only PNG and JPEG images with a maximum size of 350x350 pixels are supported.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account deletion'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can immediately and permanently delete all your account data and files from the server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Delete account&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account deletion.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Delete account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;License''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are registering your account, you get a free one-month trial license. It works just like a normal license, with no limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''License details''' page you can see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license status;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license type;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- active managers limit (the number of users with different access rights that can work in the system simultaneously);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- when your license expires; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the time left before the expiration date of your license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the trial period is over, the account owner may request a license by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Request license'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Licensening.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Licensing#Requesting license|Request license]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can enter the number of managers you need to work simultaneously in your system and select the license period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can add as many managers as you wish, but only the licensed number of them will be able to log in at the same time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on licensing, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Licensing]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Default settings'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Default settings'''&amp;quot; menu lets you define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default time zone for new users''':  the time zone that will be added by default to all newly created manager, client, and vendor profiles (unless you don't indicate the different one). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default currency''': the currency you are using for balances and reporting. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Currencies]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment method''': the method which will be added by default to all your invoices unless you don't indicate the different method for specific client or invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment terms''': standard payment terms for all your clients. It defines how soon the payment should be made after issuing the invoice. You can set different method for an individual client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page size''': here you can set the size of the PDF page for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page orientation''': here you can set the PDF page orientation for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF locale''': here you may specify the default locale (language,date and time) of invoices for all newly created clients and vendors. You may also define it individually for a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings#PDF locale of client invoices|'''particular client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change#PDF locale of vendor invoices|'''vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client invoicing manager''': here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of system notifications about overdue clients invoices etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the settings mentioned above, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account default settings 1.36.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update account default settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;System Values''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SM sys values.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Language pairs'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update the language pairs you work with, delete, or disable them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Language pairs page.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Add language pairs|&amp;quot;'''New language pairs'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pairs creation page where you can create various language pairs combinations of source and target languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update language pair|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pair update page where you can change languages for a particular language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete the pairs of languages that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can disable them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Disable language pair|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot; ]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the language pair. You can use this option if you don't want to see this language pair in the drop-down list when choosing a language, for instance, while creating a new project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;''' - enables the language pair (the button appears after you disable the language pair).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Services'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update or delete the services your company provides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SS services.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create service|&amp;quot;'''New service'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the service creation page. Here you can create as many services as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the services update page where you can change the name of a particular service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete services that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service#Disable service|disable]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Specializations'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, update or delete the specializations your company works with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:specialization list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create specialization|&amp;quot;'''New specialization'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization creation page. Here you can create every possible specializations you may wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update specialization|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization update page where you can change the name of a particular specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; – deletes the specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete specializations that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you may '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update specialization#Disable specialization|disable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Units'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set units to measure the volume of your work (words, hours, pages, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add any measurement units you need, update, and delete them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:units list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create unit|&amp;quot;'''New unit'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit creation page where you can create as many measurement units as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update unit|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit update page. Here you can change the name of a particular unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;– deletes the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete units that you have already used in the project ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Currencies'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add currencies that will be used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, one client can pay in US dollars while others can choose euros, and you can pay to vendors in local currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add currencies, set any currency as default, disable or delete currencies, check exchange rates history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:currencies list page.jpg|border|900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Add currencies|&amp;quot;'''Add currency'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- opens the menu where you can add desired currency. You can add as many currencies as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Exchange rates history|&amp;quot;'''Exchange rates history'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- shows the exchange rates on the selected date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Set currency as default|&amp;quot;'''Set as default'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - sets the selected currency as default. If you change the default currency, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
all reports and project balances will be rebuilt and recalculated in a new default currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - disables the currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - deletes the currency. You can't delete the currency that is already in use in the system,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but you can disable it in case this currency no longer needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Protemos is connected to the currency conversion service so the exchange rate is updated on a daily basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That’s why you can always see the correct summary in your default currency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your payment details here so the clients can pay you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add various payment methods, change the default payment method and terms, update, disable or delete them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payment methods.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create payment method|&amp;quot;'''Add payment method'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  - opens the menu where you can create a new payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;quot;'''[[Change default settings]]'''&amp;quot; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- here you can change the default payment method and currency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define in how many days invoices should be paid, the default PDF page size for your invoices and vendor invoicing contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update payment method|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can renew payment method details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; - disables the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete payment methods that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button).''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; But you can disable them in case these payment methods no longer needed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define several taxes in the system, link them to the clients and vendors, and add them to your invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Taxes list'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a list of taxes, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu list.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may define the necessary number of taxes that will be used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new tax, press the '''&amp;quot;New tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes list.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name of the tax, select the type, and specify its sort order in invoices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add new tax new.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the new tax to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Taxes list|Taxes list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default clients taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default clients taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default clients taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu default clients.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a default percentage tax, press the &amp;quot;Add default persentage tax&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add def cl percentage tax.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New def cl perc VAT 2.png|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each client when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|Default clients taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each client. It will override the default clients taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Custom taxes set for individual client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default vendors taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default vendors taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default vendors taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:DVTset menu.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the '''&amp;quot;Add default tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS add default tax.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS tax name choosing2.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new tax will appear in the default vendors taxes set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each vendor when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|Default vendors taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each vendor. It will override the default vendors taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Custom taxes set for individual vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Object codes'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set the number of your next invoice, project, payment, job etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the next object identification numbers or the object code prefixes press the &amp;quot;'''Update next IDs'''&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;'''Update code prefixes'''&amp;quot; buttons correspondingly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Object codes buttons.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update object codes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Deadline reminders'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system notifies you about overdue projects, jobs, and invoices by email. You can switch these notifications off/on by clicking &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Deadline reminders 1.36 new.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Update deadline reminders settings]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;SMTP Server'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the system sends all email messages from Protemos own email server, but you can change this and make the system use your own server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SMTP server.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update SMTP server configuration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP menu.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu allows you to adjust vendor portal related settings and embed your standard agreement with new vendors into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It consists of two sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Vendor portal settings'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing by vendors''' - here you can enable or disable the ability to create invoices by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application form''' - allows you to enable or disable the ability to submit applications by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors submit their applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application URL''' - you can post the vendor application URL on your corporate website or send it to new vendors so that they can submit their applications to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the above-mentioned settings (except for the Vendor application URL), click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP settings update.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor applications, please check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor application URL]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Agreement with new vendors'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can embed your standard agreement with your vendors into the system, so they will have to accept it before working with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create agreement&amp;quot;''' to add the agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add agreemment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor portal#Agreement with new vendors|Agreement with new vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings integration 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains three submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''ProZ.com integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with '''ProZ.com''' - the world's largest community of translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable ProZ.com integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;ProZ.com''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings Proz 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''ProZ.com integration''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, check linked profile or disable ProZ.com integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ integr page.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Enable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - opens the ProZ.com login page where you can enter your username and password to enable integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Check linked profile|&amp;quot;Profile URL&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - you may open your ProZ.com profile page by clicking the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Disable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the  integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A link to your ProZ.com profile and the &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; button will appear after you enable ProZ.com integration for your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Link users in Protemos with one ProZ.com account'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may link your ProZ.com account to be able to log into your Protemos account with ProZ.com credentials in one click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In case you also have several Vendor and(or) Freelance accounts in Protemos, you can link them all with your ProZ.com account, and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Switch users without re-login|switch between your accounts without re-login]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''SmartCAT integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with SmartCAT system, so you can create projects and quotes in Protemos, and then copy them to SmartCAT (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable SmartCAT integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;SmartCAT''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings CAT.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the SmartCAT integration page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, update or disable SmartCAT integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SmartCAT API.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; buttons will appear after you enable SmartCAT integration for your account.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have SmartCAT account you can register it directly from the '''SmartCAT integration''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also get a SmartCAT API key for Protemos, as it differs from your normal SmartCAT username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, please click the corresponding links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SmartCAT links.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on SmartCAT integration, SmartCAT-related project and quotes creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''TQAuditor integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with TQAuditor - the system for evaluation and monitoring translation quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable TQAuditor integration for your account, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;TQAuditor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings TQ.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you need to press the &amp;quot;'''Enable'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TQAUDITOR API CREDENTIALS enable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on TQAuditor integration, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[TQAuditor integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Users'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add new users who will use the system just as you do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if there are several project managers in your team, you can create a separate account with the necessary level of access rights for each of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Users list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu users list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user, fill in or renew all basic information about a particular user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new user, press the &amp;quot;'''New user'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Ent.users 2.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New user''' page. After you fill in the boxes press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New user.jpg|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mark the '''&amp;quot;Can login&amp;quot;''' checkbox, the system will send an invitation to the user to join your company on Protemos once you finish creating the user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may leave the checkbox unmarked and send the invitation later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': your user will not be able to log into the system if you disable &amp;quot;'''Can login&amp;quot;''' button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Create user]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': use the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Access rights|&amp;quot;'''User groups'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; box to select the group to relate your users to. This will define the user’s access rights.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Users''' page, you can also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update user| '''Update user''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, users can be added by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#New user|'''New user''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''New user'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu New user.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to add users, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Access rights'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu screen to define access rights for various user groups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu access.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Access rights]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add clients'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add clients manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add clients manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new clients manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Clients''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New client''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients new 2.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Clients list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New client'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New client button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''New client''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the information about your client on the displayed screen. It consists of three sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''General info''' section to enter general information about the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client general info section.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  section to enter the URL address of the client record on the ProZ.com Blue Board:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ Blue Board section1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Primary user''' section to enter the client’s contact person:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client primary user section.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to display the client entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended for viewing and entering various client data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab|General info]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update client details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' client info or '''&amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;''' the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also check all the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client quick links|client-related objects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage client tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CV general 1.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete clients involved into recorded projects, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#Primary user|Primary user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section you can view and edit client's primary contact details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Primary user.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' linked record and make an entry for your client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl ProZ Blue sec Acme.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also change your client's '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of client’s contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client has several contact persons, they can all be entered in the '''Contact persons''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of prices agreed with the client, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create a custom taxes set for this client. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can upload and delete files related to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import clients from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of clients, contacts, and prices, you can easily import it without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/client/index Clients] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients import from xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of clients to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients export to xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data export , please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel| Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add vendors'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you assign jobs to other vendors, you need to add each of them to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add vendors manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add vendors manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new vendors manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Vendors''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New vendor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu new v.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Vendors list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu V list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New vendor'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor|New vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you will see the '''Type''' box. You can select any of the three vendor types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Company''' is a contractor company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelancer''' is a non-staff employee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''In-house''' is a staff employee who works in your office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the vendor type, you will see the boxes to fill in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button to add a vendor account to the system. The vendor will be sent an invitation email and needs to accept the invitation ''(please find more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add a vendor account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional information on how to add vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor entry page is intended for viewing and entering various vendor data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor viev.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''General info''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update vendor details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' vendor info, add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage vendor tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick links|quick links]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#General information|delete]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' a vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab you can also view and edit basic information about the primary user, disable vendor access to the account, and  send\resend an invitation to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete vendors involved into recorded jobs, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for your vendor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view a list of vendor contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is available only if the vendor is a company, not a person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab|Payment methods]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create or update payment methods for the vendor, and change the default payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can view the list of prices agreed with the vendor, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can create a custom taxes set for this vendor. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can upload and delete files related to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Availability chart tab|Availability chart]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can see the chart and list of all active jobs assigned to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If your vendor has ProZ.com account with the same email as in Protemos, the system will display the link to that account on the vendor entry page ''(more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#Links of vendor profiles to ProZ.com profiles|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import vendors from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of vendors,  their contacts, specializations, language pairs and prices, you can easily import these data without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/vendor/index Vendors] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors import from xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of vendors to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors export to xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data export, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel| Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new quote'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quote is a potential project. Let's assume that your client has sent you a translation request, but first, he would like to know how much it will cost,  time frames for implementation etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to save your time, you can create a quote and send it to your client and then, if the client agrees with the quote conditions, you can easily convert it to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also create it if you are simply not sure yet you will get the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to create a quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Quotes''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New quote''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu new Q.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Quotes=&amp;gt;Quotes list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu Q list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New quote'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New quote''' page where you can specify all basic details for a new quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm all details with the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the &amp;quot;'''Quote'''&amp;quot; page that consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Quote details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''' to see the set of operations that can be performed on this quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Quote actions.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Send''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send quote]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page which allows emailing the quote to the client directly from the system. After the quote is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark as sent''': if you not sending the quote through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Convert to project''': by pressing this button you begin creating a new project with this quote.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''': if the client doesn't accept this quote conditions, you may press the &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot; button to remember that rejection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''': pressing this button downloads the quote in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''': you may clone the quote by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update quote page|Update quote ]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ''' page on which you can edit the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''': deletes the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''', '''&amp;quot;Mark as sent&amp;quot;''', and '''&amp;quot;Download as PDF&amp;quot;''' buttons are not displayed in quotes with no '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quote receivables section|receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' entered.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Files section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can upload the files or links (file URLs) you received from your client (if any):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload new file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can upload CAT log files (if needed):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote upload Cat section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter receivables to indicate the amount to be charged from the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote res section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having checked all the quote data, you can send the quote to the client. Go to the '''Quote details''' section, press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then click the &amp;quot;'''Send'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Send quote]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qoute send butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on quotes, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Quotes]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create SmartCAT-related quotes'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new project'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the system and entering the clients and vendors in it, you can start new projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For illustration purposes, suppose you have Acme Corporation as your client. They have sent you the 20,000-word translation request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
from English into French asking to complete it in 2 weeks. Let’s add this project to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create project'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Before creating project, make sure that you have added clients and vendors in your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. There are two ways to create a project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''Project''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New project''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu new proj.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New project'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New proj butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New project''' page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter your project information and press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project creation page.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The project page will be displayed with the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj tabs.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Now you need to upload the files received from your client to the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Files''' tab and upload the needed files by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Upload files'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also add a link (file URL) to an external file instead of uploading the file to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project inputs.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on project input files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, Files tab#Project input|Project input]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project receivables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Next, enter the volume of work and the receivable from the client. To do so, go to the '''Finances''' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project new receivables.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the purchase order number sent from the client in the '''PO number''' box. If the client has not provided such number, you may leave this box unfilled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the volume of work, price, and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the raceivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB receivable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter several receivables for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing|Receivable creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. If necessary, you may upload a CAT log file to your project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Cat logs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Upload CAT log'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj upload cat log.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on uploading of CAT log files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, CAT logs tab]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. If you fulfill your job yourself, the new project has been created. You have to fulfil and complete it (see item 18 in this list). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to assign the project to other vendors, carry on reading below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create jobs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Let’s assume that you need to assign the translation to one vendor and then give it for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create their respective jobs in the system. Go to the '''Jobs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Add job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj add job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In the '''Job input files''' section select project files to send to a translator:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select job input file.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section below on the same page, select the vendor and enter information about the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New Job.png|border|430px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Next, the job screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start a new job.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs creation and editing, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project payables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Now you need to add payable for the vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, scroll down to the '''Payables to vendor''' section and press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable but.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the job volume and payable for the vendor and press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB payable Acme.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create/Edit payable|Create payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. Now you can send a notification to the vendor to start the job. Press the &amp;quot;'''Start job'''&amp;quot; button on the '''Job details''' screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start job.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor will receive the notification by email that he has been assigned the job, log in and collect the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the vendor will fulfill the job, upload the ready files to the system and mark the job as completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be notified by email that the vendor has completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job output files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Check if the files delivered by the translator are correct by downloading them from the '''Job Output Files''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:job output files.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. Having ensured that the vendor did everything correctly, press the &amp;quot;'''Accept job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Accept job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. The vendor will be notified by email that the job has been accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. Now you would like to pass the completed translation for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a job for another vendor. The process is the same. The only difference is that you need to specify the files &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
delivered by the translator when selecting incoming files for the editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select file for another job.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the project'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. When all the vendors have uploaded their files, you can start delivering the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may upload vendors' files to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the project’s '''Files''' tab and scroll down to the '''Jobs Output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the necessary files and press the &amp;quot;'''Add selected to project output'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Jobs output files.jpg|border|1000px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you not to lose files after you close the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. If you fulfill your job yourself, you may upload files to the system by clicking &amp;quot;'''Add additional files'''&amp;quot; in the '''Project Output''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files add butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. Having added all the needed files to '''Project Output''', you can download the files and send them to the client or client’s manager by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files download.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Having delivered all the files, you can complete the project. Go to the '''Details''' tab, click '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then press the &amp;quot;'''Complete'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project page complete button2.jpg|border|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! You have completed the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 1''': The number of projects in your system will be increasing with time, so you won’t want all of them to be displayed. Set up how projects are displayed in the list using '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 2''': View the list of vendors’ jobs in all the projects at the dedicated page by pressing the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list|Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' menu on the top panel.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;Project templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this page to create templates for your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create projects based on templates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a project from a template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''Projects''' menu on the top panel and then click '''Project templates''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Proj temp menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press the '''&amp;quot;Templates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Project page templates button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;CAT log templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add weighted word count templates for the CAT tools you are using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects CAT logs.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add or update templates: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat Temp Add button.jpg|bprder|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|&amp;quot;'''Add template'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can add a word count template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Update templates|'''update''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  the template if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on templates, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create SmartCAT-related projects'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Clients prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all clients' prices, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients price.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Client prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all clients' prices from/to Excel, update or delete a particular client's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client prices page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New client price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Create new price|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for a definite client, service, language pair and specialization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to a particular client or type of service, specialization etc. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel|Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all clients' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of clients' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Edit price|Update client price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create invoices for clients and control their payment'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To create an invoice for a client, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Receivables''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CM receivables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The list of all the receivables will be displayed. Select the desired rows and press the &amp;quot;'''Invoice selected'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoice client  receivable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The system will create an invoice and will display its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Create invoice|Create invoice]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Client invoice'''  page consists of the following sections: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client invoice details section new.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Send''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send client invoice]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' which allows emailing the invoice to the client directly from the system. After the invoice is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Resend''' - this button appears after the invoice has been sent. Pressing it sends the invoice one more time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as sent''' - if you not sending the invoice through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as unsent''' - this button appears if the invoice has been sent. Pressing it deletes the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download as PDF''' - pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Write off''' - this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off. E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discount and Extra Charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge update|discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Update''' - opens the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update client invoice|'''Update invoice''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  page on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delete''' - deletes the invoice. This button disappears after you link the invoice with the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on action buttons, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Action buttons|Action buttons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of client invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and client's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|'''Default clients taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''No taxes''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv tax sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove receivables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add receivables press the &amp;quot;'''Add receivables'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv receiv section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on how to add receivables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Remove and add receivables|Remove and add receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have received the payment for the invoice, you can record it by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Create linked payment&amp;quot;''' button under receivables table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv linked payments sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Create linked payment|Create linked payment]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Create payments|'''Client payments''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Client invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, while on the '''Client payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find out how to create payments on the '''Client payments''' page, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when a client pays the invoice, enter the payment in the system and connect it with the paid invoice. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Clients=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients Payments menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Client payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to add a new client payment press &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:client new payment button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment from client''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment received from the client and select the invoices that payment covers from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client payment page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have entered the payment in the system and completed the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Client payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients invoices list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the invoices in '''Clients=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients invoices 2.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can track all the invoices from your clients and control their payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Vendors prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all vendors' prices, go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor prices menu.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Vendor prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all vendors' prices from/to Excel, update or delete the particular vendor's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor prices  page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New vendor price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  for a definite vendor, service, language pair and specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to the particular vendor or type of service, specialization etc.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel|Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all vendors' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of vendors' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Price editing|Update vendor price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Invoices from vendors and payment control'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendors can create invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Invoicing|on their own]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or you can create their invoices as the company manager. Let’s review the second option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payables''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors payables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of payables due to vendors will be displayed. Select the rows to be included in the invoice and press the Invoice selected button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoicing selected payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If the vendor’s name is highlighted in red in the table, it means that payment method was not selected for this vendor and it’s impossible to create an invoice for this vendor’s jobs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create an invoice, select the payment method for the vendor (click the vendor’s name and add the payment method as described on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page). &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The system will create the invoice, send it to the vendor by email and open its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Vendor invoice''' page consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''' — pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Discount and Extra charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge| discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Write off''' — this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' — pressing this button opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice update|Vendor Invoice update page]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' — this button deletes the invoice. It disappears after you link the invoice with the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;'''Note''': For invoices with linked payments only &amp;quot;'''Download as PDF'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Write off'''&amp;quot; buttons are  available.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;To make all buttons available, you need to unlink the payments first. It can be done on the page of the corresponding payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of vendor invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and vendor's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|'''Default vendors taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|No taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice taxes section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice payables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove payables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add payables press the &amp;quot;'''Add payables '''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV payables section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Removing and adding payables|Adding and removing payables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have paid the invoice, you can record the payment by pressing “'''Create linked payment'''” button under the payable table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV linked payment creation n.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Linked payment creation|Linked payment creation]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, the payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list|'''Vendor payments ''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Vendor invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while on the '''Vendor payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, having paid the vendors’ invoices, you need to enter those payments in the system. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor payments.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Vendor payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot; button to add a new vendor payment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor payments new payment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment to vendor''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment completed to the vendor and select the invoices covered by that payment from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor payment.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the payment has been entered in the system and you’ve completed the payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors invoices list'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the vendors’ invoices in '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors invoices.jpg|border|135px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Filters'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters are provided for most of the tables in the system. Use such filters to hide the information you don’t want to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Projects+&amp;gt;Projects list''' menu on the top panel to display the list of projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Filters projects.jpg|border|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following filters are provided for that list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects filter 2.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter necessary data into the appropriate fields and press the '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects filters, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Search projects with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further instructions on how to search the required data with filters, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Search quotes with filters|Search quotes with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Project templates#Search project templates with filters|Search project templates with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Search jobs with filters|Search jobs with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Search clients with filters|Search clients with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Search vendors with filters|Search vendors with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search clients prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Search receivables with filters|Search clients receivables with filter]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search clients invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Search payments with filters|Search clients payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search vendors prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Search payables with filters|Search vendors payables with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search vendors invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Search payments with filters|Search vendors payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Reports'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can generate various business reports in the system. In this way, you can analyze the financial results of your activity for a defined period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Reports''' menu on the top panel and choose the required item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''General finances'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show dynamics of how income, expenses and profit change over months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;General finances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by project balances|Monthly finances by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on receivables in your projects and payables in the related jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by invoices|Monthly finances by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by payments|Monthly finances by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on general finances reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Managers'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each project manager of your team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Managers=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per manager by project balances|Monthly income per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per manager by project balances|Monthly profit per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per manager by project balances|Monthly income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per manager by project balances|Monthly profit share per manager by project balances&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;]]''' -  shows how the profit share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Income share per manager by project balances|Income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Profit share per manager by project balances|Profit share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of profit each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Finances per manager by project balances summary table|Finances per manager by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per manager and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on managers reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports menu clients.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Finances by project balances'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per client by project balances|Monthly income per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover per client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per client by project balances|Monthly profit per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per client by project balances|Monthly income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of the client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per client by project balances|Monthly profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Income share per client by project balances|Income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Profit share per client by project balances|Profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''- on this report you may see the shares of profit each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Finances per client by project balances summary table|Finances per client by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the client invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients invoices.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the turnover per client based on the invoices you issued for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income share per client by invoices|Monthly income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the share of invoices per clients was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Income share per client by invoices|Income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of invoices per clients over the selected period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices summary table|Monthly income per client by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all invoice amounts per client and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show how the clients were paying you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients payments.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the amounts of payments per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income share per client by payments|Monthly income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see how the share of payments per client was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Income share per client by payments|Income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the share of each client in payments received over the specified period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments summary table|Monthly income per client by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all payment amounts per client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:reports vendors menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor invoices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports_vendors_invoices.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly invoices per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the invoiced amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Expenses share per vendor by invoices|Expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the invoiced amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows the invoiced amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports vendors payments.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly payments per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the paid amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Expenses share per vendor by payments|Expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the paid amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows paid amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Language pairs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each language pair you work with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Language pairs=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports language pairs.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per language pair by project balances|Monthly income per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per language pair by project balances|Monthly income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Income share per language pair by project balances|Income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Profit share per language pair by project balances|Profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Finances per language pair by project balances summary table|Finances per language pair by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per language pair and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on language pairs reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Services'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each service based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Services=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports services.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per service by project balances|Monthly income per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per service by project balances|Monthly profit per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per service by project balances|Monthly income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per service by project balances|Monthly profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows how the profit share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Income share per service by project balances|Income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Profit share per service by project balances|Profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Finances per service by project balances summary table|Finances per service by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per service and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on services reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Export data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''On every page (quotes, projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.) you can export the tables into xls.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Export to excel.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot;, you will get the file with exported data and will be able to use it for backup, analysis, &lt;br /&gt;
import or any other purpose you might need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instructions on how to export the required data to excel, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Export to Excel|Export quotes data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Export to Excel|Export projects data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Export|Export jobs data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel|Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Export to Excel|Export clients prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Export to Excel|Export clients receivables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Export to Excel|Export clients invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Export to Excel|Export clients payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel|Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors  prices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Export data to Excel|Export general finances reports data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Additional information'''==&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports all the modern browsers. However, some outdated browsers (e.g., Opera 12.17) may have issues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience issues, we recommend using the modern browser. We are improving the system all the time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why its user interface may change and look a little bit differently from the one described above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we try to update this manual accordingly. If you notice some discrepancies between the description and the real functionality, please tell us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=11989</id>
		<title>Enterprise edition user manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=11989"/>
				<updated>2019-04-04T14:30:34Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Job input files */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''For a brief overview of the system, please check this video:'''   [[File:youtube.jpg|40px|link=https://youtu.be/rrG6ImhtWHQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Get started with Protemos'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To start working with Protemos, create your account in the system by completing the following steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the &amp;quot;'''CREATE PROTEMOS ACCOUNT'''&amp;quot; button at the website '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://protemos.com  www.protemos.com] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Create account 3.png|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/account/create  Create Account] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create enterprise account page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select your account type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:account type selection.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Enterprise''': select this option if you are going to assign jobs to in-house translators, freelancers or other companies.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, the system will have supplier’s functionality and you will be able to assign jobs to your suppliers.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Freelance''': this is a light and free version of the system. Select this option if you are doing all jobs alone and do not subcontract freelancers.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, you will not be able to create suppliers in the system and assign jobs to them. Upgrade to Enterprise version is possible if desired.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fill in all the boxes and tick the &amp;quot;I'm not a robot&amp;quot; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read our '''Privacy policy''' and '''Terms of service'''. To do so, click the corresponding links (highlighted in blue).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accept the conditions, click the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Robot.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After pressing the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button, the account will be set up and you will see a welcome screen to start working with the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Press the &amp;quot;'''OK, let’s get started!'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:welcome page n.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system setup wizard will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz serv.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Enter data for each menu entry: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Services''' are the services you provide. In addition to translation and proofreading, you can indicate any other services such as layout design, OCR, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pairs''' are your language pairs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Units''' are units to measure the volume of work. For example, hours, words, pages, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Specializations''' are your  specializations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currencies''' are the currencies you work with such as US dollars or euros. Indicate the main currency of the system here. The system will use it for accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Payment methods''' are the payment details. They will be used in the invoices the system will generate to send to your clients. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To navigate in the menu entries, use a dedicated navigation menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz next.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don’t worry if you select something wrong. You’ll be able to change these values in '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[System settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having completed all the entries, press the &amp;quot;'''Complete wizard'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wizard completed.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The following screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Main menu.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your account has been created and you can start working with Protemos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, before you start working with the projects in the system, you need to add your clients and vendors in it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These areas will be addressed in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sign up with ProZ.com'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have ProZ.com account, you may create a new Protemos account with your ProZ.com credentials right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the '''&amp;quot;Sign up with ProZ.com&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Sign up with ProZ.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Sign up with ProZ.com|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''My profile settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''My Profile'''&amp;quot; page you can update your personal information, the time zone you are located in, change your username and account password, and link your ProZ.com account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''My profile''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:My profile menu.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[My profile|My profile]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''System values settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change and set system values in the '''Settings''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings enterprise.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Account''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''Account'''&amp;quot; page you can complete or update general information, upload the logo of your company, delete your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account info'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Account info'''&amp;quot; section contains common information about your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can amend information about your company and change the account owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit general information, press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account info section.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; to confirm changes after editing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update account details.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the account owner press &amp;quot;'''Change account owner'''&amp;quot; (this option is available only for the owner of an account): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upd acc owner but.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assign a new owner and press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button to сonfirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:change account owner  page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Change account owner]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Company logo image'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may upload a logo which will be displayed in all documents generated by the system: invoices, POs, Quotes etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Upload new'''&amp;quot; button to upload the logo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COMPANY LOGO.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Only PNG and JPEG images with a maximum size of 350x350 pixels are supported.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account deletion'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can immediately and permanently delete all your account data and files from the server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Delete account&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account deletion.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Delete account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;License''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are registering your account, you get a free one-month trial license. It works just like a normal license, with no limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''License details''' page you can see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license status;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license type;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- active managers limit (the number of users with different access rights that can work in the system simultaneously);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- when your license expires; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the time left before the expiration date of your license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the trial period is over, the account owner may request a license by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Request license'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Licensening.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Licensing#Requesting license|Request license]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can enter the number of managers you need to work simultaneously in your system and select the license period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can add as many managers as you wish, but only the licensed number of them will be able to log in at the same time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on licensing, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Licensing]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Default settings'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Default settings'''&amp;quot; menu lets you define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default time zone for new users''':  the time zone that will be added by default to all newly created manager, client, and vendor profiles (unless you don't indicate the different one). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default currency''': the currency you are using for balances and reporting. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Currencies]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment method''': the method which will be added by default to all your invoices unless you don't indicate the different method for specific client or invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment terms''': standard payment terms for all your clients. It defines how soon the payment should be made after issuing the invoice. You can set different method for an individual client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page size''': here you can set the size of the PDF page for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page orientation''': here you can set the PDF page orientation for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF locale''': here you may specify the default locale (language,date and time) of invoices for all newly created clients and vendors. You may also define it individually for a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings#PDF locale of client invoices|'''particular client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change#PDF locale of vendor invoices|'''vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client invoicing manager''': here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of system notifications about overdue clients invoices etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the settings mentioned above, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account default settings 1.36.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update account default settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;System Values''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SM sys values.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Language pairs'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update the language pairs you work with, delete, or disable them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Language pairs page.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Add language pairs|&amp;quot;'''New language pairs'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pairs creation page where you can create various language pairs combinations of source and target languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update language pair|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pair update page where you can change languages for a particular language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete the pairs of languages that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can disable them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Disable language pair|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot; ]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the language pair. You can use this option if you don't want to see this language pair in the drop-down list when choosing a language, for instance, while creating a new project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;''' - enables the language pair (the button appears after you disable the language pair).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Services'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update or delete the services your company provides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SS services.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create service|&amp;quot;'''New service'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the service creation page. Here you can create as many services as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the services update page where you can change the name of a particular service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete services that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service#Disable service|disable]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Specializations'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, update or delete the specializations your company works with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:specialization list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create specialization|&amp;quot;'''New specialization'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization creation page. Here you can create every possible specializations you may wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update specialization|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization update page where you can change the name of a particular specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; – deletes the specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete specializations that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you may '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update specialization#Disable specialization|disable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Units'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set units to measure the volume of your work (words, hours, pages, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add any measurement units you need, update, and delete them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:units list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create unit|&amp;quot;'''New unit'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit creation page where you can create as many measurement units as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update unit|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit update page. Here you can change the name of a particular unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;– deletes the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete units that you have already used in the project ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Currencies'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add currencies that will be used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, one client can pay in US dollars while others can choose euros, and you can pay to vendors in local currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add currencies, set any currency as default, disable or delete currencies, check exchange rates history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:currencies list page.jpg|border|900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Add currencies|&amp;quot;'''Add currency'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- opens the menu where you can add desired currency. You can add as many currencies as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Exchange rates history|&amp;quot;'''Exchange rates history'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- shows the exchange rates on the selected date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Set currency as default|&amp;quot;'''Set as default'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - sets the selected currency as default. If you change the default currency, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
all reports and project balances will be rebuilt and recalculated in a new default currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - disables the currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - deletes the currency. You can't delete the currency that is already in use in the system,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but you can disable it in case this currency no longer needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Protemos is connected to the currency conversion service so the exchange rate is updated on a daily basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That’s why you can always see the correct summary in your default currency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your payment details here so the clients can pay you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add various payment methods, change the default payment method and terms, update, disable or delete them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payment methods.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create payment method|&amp;quot;'''Add payment method'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  - opens the menu where you can create a new payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;quot;'''[[Change default settings]]'''&amp;quot; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- here you can change the default payment method and currency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define in how many days invoices should be paid, the default PDF page size for your invoices and vendor invoicing contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update payment method|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can renew payment method details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; - disables the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete payment methods that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button).''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; But you can disable them in case these payment methods no longer needed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define several taxes in the system, link them to the clients and vendors, and add them to your invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Taxes list'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a list of taxes, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu list.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may define the necessary number of taxes that will be used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new tax, press the '''&amp;quot;New tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes list.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name of the tax, select the type, and specify its sort order in invoices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add new tax new.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the new tax to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Taxes list|Taxes list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default clients taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default clients taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default clients taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu default clients.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a default percentage tax, press the &amp;quot;Add default persentage tax&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add def cl percentage tax.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New def cl perc VAT 2.png|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each client when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|Default clients taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each client. It will override the default clients taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Custom taxes set for individual client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default vendors taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default vendors taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default vendors taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:DVTset menu.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the '''&amp;quot;Add default tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS add default tax.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS tax name choosing2.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new tax will appear in the default vendors taxes set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each vendor when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|Default vendors taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each vendor. It will override the default vendors taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Custom taxes set for individual vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Object codes'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set the number of your next invoice, project, payment, job etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the next object identification numbers or the object code prefixes press the &amp;quot;'''Update next IDs'''&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;'''Update code prefixes'''&amp;quot; buttons correspondingly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Object codes buttons.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update object codes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Deadline reminders'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system notifies you about overdue projects, jobs, and invoices by email. You can switch these notifications off/on by clicking &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Deadline reminders 1.36 new.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Update deadline reminders settings]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;SMTP Server'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the system sends all email messages from Protemos own email server, but you can change this and make the system use your own server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SMTP server.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update SMTP server configuration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP menu.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu allows you to adjust vendor portal related settings and embed your standard agreement with new vendors into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It consists of two sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Vendor portal settings'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing by vendors''' - here you can enable or disable the ability to create invoices by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application form''' - allows you to enable or disable the ability to submit applications by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors submit their applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application URL''' - you can post the vendor application URL on your corporate website or send it to new vendors so that they can submit their applications to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the above-mentioned settings (except for the Vendor application URL), click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP settings update.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor applications, please check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor application URL]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Agreement with new vendors'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can embed your standard agreement with your vendors into the system, so they will have to accept it before working with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create agreement&amp;quot;''' to add the agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add agreemment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor portal#Agreement with new vendors|Agreement with new vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings integration 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains three submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''ProZ.com integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with '''ProZ.com''' - the world's largest community of translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable ProZ.com integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;ProZ.com''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings Proz 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''ProZ.com integration''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, check linked profile or disable ProZ.com integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ integr page.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Enable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - opens the ProZ.com login page where you can enter your username and password to enable integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Check linked profile|&amp;quot;Profile URL&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - you may open your ProZ.com profile page by clicking the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Disable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the  integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A link to your ProZ.com profile and the &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; button will appear after you enable ProZ.com integration for your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Link users in Protemos with one ProZ.com account'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may link your ProZ.com account to be able to log into your Protemos account with ProZ.com credentials in one click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In case you also have several Vendor and(or) Freelance accounts in Protemos, you can link them all with your ProZ.com account, and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Switch users without re-login|switch between your accounts without re-login]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''SmartCAT integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with SmartCAT system, so you can create projects and quotes in Protemos, and then copy them to SmartCAT (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable SmartCAT integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;SmartCAT''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings CAT.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the SmartCAT integration page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, update or disable SmartCAT integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SmartCAT API.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; buttons will appear after you enable SmartCAT integration for your account.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have SmartCAT account you can register it directly from the '''SmartCAT integration''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also get a SmartCAT API key for Protemos, as it differs from your normal SmartCAT username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, please click the corresponding links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SmartCAT links.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on SmartCAT integration, SmartCAT-related project and quotes creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''TQAuditor integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with TQAuditor - the system for evaluation and monitoring translation quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable TQAuditor integration for your account, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;TQAuditor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings TQ.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you need to press the &amp;quot;'''Enable'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TQAUDITOR API CREDENTIALS enable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on TQAuditor integration, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[TQAuditor integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Users'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add new users who will use the system just as you do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if there are several project managers in your team, you can create a separate account with the necessary level of access rights for each of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Users list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu users list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user, fill in or renew all basic information about a particular user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new user, press the &amp;quot;'''New user'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Ent.users 2.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New user''' page. After you fill in the boxes press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New user.jpg|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mark the '''&amp;quot;Can login&amp;quot;''' checkbox, the system will send an invitation to the user to join your company on Protemos once you finish creating the user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may leave the checkbox unmarked and send the invitation later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': your user will not be able to log into the system if you disable &amp;quot;'''Can login&amp;quot;''' button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Create user]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': use the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Access rights|&amp;quot;'''User groups'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; box to select the group to relate your users to. This will define the user’s access rights.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Users''' page, you can also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update user| '''Update user''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, users can be added by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#New user|'''New user''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''New user'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu New user.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to add users, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Access rights'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu screen to define access rights for various user groups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu access.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Access rights]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add clients'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add clients manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add clients manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new clients manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Clients''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New client''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients new 2.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Clients list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New client'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New client button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''New client''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the information about your client on the displayed screen. It consists of three sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''General info''' section to enter general information about the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client general info section.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  section to enter the URL address of the client record on the ProZ.com Blue Board:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ Blue Board section1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Primary user''' section to enter the client’s contact person:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client primary user section.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to display the client entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended for viewing and entering various client data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab|General info]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update client details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' client info or '''&amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;''' the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also check all the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client quick links|client-related objects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage client tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CV general 1.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete clients involved into recorded projects, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#Primary user|Primary user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section you can view and edit client's primary contact details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Primary user.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' linked record and make an entry for your client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl ProZ Blue sec Acme.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also change your client's '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of client’s contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client has several contact persons, they can all be entered in the '''Contact persons''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of prices agreed with the client, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create a custom taxes set for this client. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can upload and delete files related to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import clients from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of clients, contacts, and prices, you can easily import it without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/client/index Clients] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients import from xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of clients to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients export to xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data export , please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel| Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add vendors'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you assign jobs to other vendors, you need to add each of them to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add vendors manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add vendors manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new vendors manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Vendors''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New vendor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu new v.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Vendors list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu V list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New vendor'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor|New vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you will see the '''Type''' box. You can select any of the three vendor types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Company''' is a contractor company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelancer''' is a non-staff employee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''In-house''' is a staff employee who works in your office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the vendor type, you will see the boxes to fill in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button to add a vendor account to the system. The vendor will be sent an invitation email and needs to accept the invitation ''(please find more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add a vendor account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional information on how to add vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor entry page is intended for viewing and entering various vendor data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor viev.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''General info''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update vendor details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' vendor info, add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage vendor tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick links|quick links]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#General information|delete]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' a vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab you can also view and edit basic information about the primary user, disable vendor access to the account, and  send\resend an invitation to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete vendors involved into recorded jobs, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for your vendor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view a list of vendor contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is available only if the vendor is a company, not a person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab|Payment methods]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create or update payment methods for the vendor, and change the default payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can view the list of prices agreed with the vendor, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can create a custom taxes set for this vendor. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can upload and delete files related to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Availability chart tab|Availability chart]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can see the chart and list of all active jobs assigned to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If your vendor has ProZ.com account with the same email as in Protemos, the system will display the link to that account on the vendor entry page ''(more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#Links of vendor profiles to ProZ.com profiles|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import vendors from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of vendors,  their contacts, specializations, language pairs and prices, you can easily import these data without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/vendor/index Vendors] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors import from xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of vendors to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors export to xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data export, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel| Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new quote'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quote is a potential project. Let's assume that your client has sent you a translation request, but first, he would like to know how much it will cost,  time frames for implementation etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to save your time, you can create a quote and send it to your client and then, if the client agrees with the quote conditions, you can easily convert it to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also create it if you are simply not sure yet you will get the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to create a quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Quotes''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New quote''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu new Q.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Quotes=&amp;gt;Quotes list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu Q list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New quote'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New quote''' page where you can specify all basic details for a new quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm all details with the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the &amp;quot;'''Quote'''&amp;quot; page that consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Quote details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''' to see the set of operations that can be performed on this quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Quote actions.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Send''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send quote]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page which allows emailing the quote to the client directly from the system. After the quote is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark as sent''': if you not sending the quote through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Convert to project''': by pressing this button you begin creating a new project with this quote.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''': if the client doesn't accept this quote conditions, you may press the &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot; button to remember that rejection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''': pressing this button downloads the quote in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''': you may clone the quote by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update quote page|Update quote ]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ''' page on which you can edit the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''': deletes the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''', '''&amp;quot;Mark as sent&amp;quot;''', and '''&amp;quot;Download as PDF&amp;quot;''' buttons are not displayed in quotes with no '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quote receivables section|receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' entered.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Files section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can upload the files or links (file URLs) you received from your client (if any):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload new file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can upload CAT log files (if needed):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote upload Cat section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter receivables to indicate the amount to be charged from the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote res section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having checked all the quote data, you can send the quote to the client. Go to the '''Quote details''' section, press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then click the &amp;quot;'''Send'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Send quote]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qoute send butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on quotes, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Quotes]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create SmartCAT-related quotes'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new project'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the system and entering the clients and vendors in it, you can start new projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For illustration purposes, suppose you have Acme Corporation as your client. They have sent you the 20,000-word translation request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
from English into French asking to complete it in 2 weeks. Let’s add this project to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create project'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Before creating project, make sure that you have added clients and vendors in your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. There are two ways to create a project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''Project''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New project''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu new proj.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New project'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New proj butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New project''' page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter your project information and press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project creation page.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The project page will be displayed with the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj tabs.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Now you need to upload the files received from your client to the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Files''' tab and upload the needed files by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Upload files'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also add a link (file URL) to an external file instead of uploading the file to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project inputs.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on project input files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, Files tab#Project input|Project input]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project receivables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Next, enter the volume of work and the receivable from the client. To do so, go to the '''Finances''' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project new receivables.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the purchase order number sent from the client in the '''PO number''' box. If the client has not provided such number, you may leave this box unfilled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the volume of work, price, and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the raceivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB receivable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter several receivables for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing|Receivable creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. If necessary, you may upload a CAT log file to your project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Cat logs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Upload CAT log'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj upload cat log.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on uploading of CAT log files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, CAT logs tab]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. If you fulfill your job yourself, the new project has been created. You have to fulfil and complete it (see item 18 in this list). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to assign the project to other vendors, carry on reading below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create jobs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Let’s assume that you need to assign the translation to one vendor and then give it for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create their respective jobs in the system. Go to the '''Jobs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Add job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj add job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In the '''Job input files''' section select project files to send to a translator:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select job input file.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section below on the same page, select the vendor and enter information about the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New Job.png|border|430px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Next, the job screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start a new job.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs creation and editing, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project payables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Now you need to add payable for the vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, scroll down to the '''Payables to vendor''' section and press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable but.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the job volume and payable for the vendor and press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB payable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create/Edit payable|Create payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. Now you can send a notification to the vendor to start the job. Press the &amp;quot;'''Start job'''&amp;quot; button on the '''Job details''' screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start job.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor will receive the notification by email that he has been assigned the job, log in and collect the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the vendor will fulfill the job, upload the ready files to the system and mark the job as completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be notified by email that the vendor has completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job output files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Check if the files delivered by the translator are correct by downloading them from the '''Job Output Files''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:job output files.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. Having ensured that the vendor did everything correctly, press the &amp;quot;'''Accept job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Accept job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. The vendor will be notified by email that the job has been accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. Now you would like to pass the completed translation for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a job for another vendor. The process is the same. The only difference is that you need to specify the files &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
delivered by the translator when selecting incoming files for the editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select file for another job.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the project'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. When all the vendors have uploaded their files, you can start delivering the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may upload vendors' files to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the project’s '''Files''' tab and scroll down to the '''Jobs Output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the necessary files and press the &amp;quot;'''Add selected to project output'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Jobs output files.jpg|border|1000px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you not to lose files after you close the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. If you fulfill your job yourself, you may upload files to the system by clicking &amp;quot;'''Add additional files'''&amp;quot; in the '''Project Output''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files add butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. Having added all the needed files to '''Project Output''', you can download the files and send them to the client or client’s manager by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files download.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Having delivered all the files, you can complete the project. Go to the '''Details''' tab, click '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then press the &amp;quot;'''Complete'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project page complete button2.jpg|border|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! You have completed the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 1''': The number of projects in your system will be increasing with time, so you won’t want all of them to be displayed. Set up how projects are displayed in the list using '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 2''': View the list of vendors’ jobs in all the projects at the dedicated page by pressing the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list|Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' menu on the top panel.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;Project templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this page to create templates for your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create projects based on templates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a project from a template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''Projects''' menu on the top panel and then click '''Project templates''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Proj temp menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press the '''&amp;quot;Templates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Project page templates button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;CAT log templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add weighted word count templates for the CAT tools you are using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects CAT logs.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add or update templates: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat Temp Add button.jpg|bprder|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|&amp;quot;'''Add template'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can add a word count template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Update templates|'''update''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  the template if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on templates, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create SmartCAT-related projects'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Clients prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all clients' prices, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients price.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Client prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all clients' prices from/to Excel, update or delete a particular client's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client prices page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New client price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Create new price|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for a definite client, service, language pair and specialization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to a particular client or type of service, specialization etc. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel|Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all clients' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of clients' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Edit price|Update client price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create invoices for clients and control their payment'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To create an invoice for a client, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Receivables''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CM receivables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The list of all the receivables will be displayed. Select the desired rows and press the &amp;quot;'''Invoice selected'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoice client  receivable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The system will create an invoice and will display its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Create invoice|Create invoice]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Client invoice'''  page consists of the following sections: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client invoice details section new.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Send''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send client invoice]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' which allows emailing the invoice to the client directly from the system. After the invoice is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Resend''' - this button appears after the invoice has been sent. Pressing it sends the invoice one more time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as sent''' - if you not sending the invoice through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as unsent''' - this button appears if the invoice has been sent. Pressing it deletes the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download as PDF''' - pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Write off''' - this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off. E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discount and Extra Charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge update|discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Update''' - opens the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update client invoice|'''Update invoice''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  page on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delete''' - deletes the invoice. This button disappears after you link the invoice with the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on action buttons, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Action buttons|Action buttons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of client invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and client's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|'''Default clients taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''No taxes''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv tax sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove receivables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add receivables press the &amp;quot;'''Add receivables'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv receiv section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on how to add receivables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Remove and add receivables|Remove and add receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have received the payment for the invoice, you can record it by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Create linked payment&amp;quot;''' button under receivables table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv linked payments sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Create linked payment|Create linked payment]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Create payments|'''Client payments''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Client invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, while on the '''Client payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find out how to create payments on the '''Client payments''' page, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when a client pays the invoice, enter the payment in the system and connect it with the paid invoice. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Clients=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients Payments menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Client payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to add a new client payment press &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:client new payment button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment from client''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment received from the client and select the invoices that payment covers from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client payment page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have entered the payment in the system and completed the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Client payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients invoices list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the invoices in '''Clients=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients invoices 2.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can track all the invoices from your clients and control their payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Vendors prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all vendors' prices, go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor prices menu.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Vendor prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all vendors' prices from/to Excel, update or delete the particular vendor's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor prices  page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New vendor price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  for a definite vendor, service, language pair and specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to the particular vendor or type of service, specialization etc.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel|Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all vendors' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of vendors' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Price editing|Update vendor price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Invoices from vendors and payment control'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendors can create invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Invoicing|on their own]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or you can create their invoices as the company manager. Let’s review the second option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payables''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors payables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of payables due to vendors will be displayed. Select the rows to be included in the invoice and press the Invoice selected button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoicing selected payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If the vendor’s name is highlighted in red in the table, it means that payment method was not selected for this vendor and it’s impossible to create an invoice for this vendor’s jobs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create an invoice, select the payment method for the vendor (click the vendor’s name and add the payment method as described on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page). &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The system will create the invoice, send it to the vendor by email and open its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Vendor invoice''' page consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''' — pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Discount and Extra charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge| discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Write off''' — this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' — pressing this button opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice update|Vendor Invoice update page]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' — this button deletes the invoice. It disappears after you link the invoice with the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;'''Note''': For invoices with linked payments only &amp;quot;'''Download as PDF'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Write off'''&amp;quot; buttons are  available.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;To make all buttons available, you need to unlink the payments first. It can be done on the page of the corresponding payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of vendor invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and vendor's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|'''Default vendors taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|No taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice taxes section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice payables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove payables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add payables press the &amp;quot;'''Add payables '''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV payables section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Removing and adding payables|Adding and removing payables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have paid the invoice, you can record the payment by pressing “'''Create linked payment'''” button under the payable table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV linked payment creation n.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Linked payment creation|Linked payment creation]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, the payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list|'''Vendor payments ''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Vendor invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while on the '''Vendor payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, having paid the vendors’ invoices, you need to enter those payments in the system. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor payments.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Vendor payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot; button to add a new vendor payment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor payments new payment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment to vendor''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment completed to the vendor and select the invoices covered by that payment from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor payment.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the payment has been entered in the system and you’ve completed the payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors invoices list'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the vendors’ invoices in '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors invoices.jpg|border|135px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Filters'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters are provided for most of the tables in the system. Use such filters to hide the information you don’t want to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Projects+&amp;gt;Projects list''' menu on the top panel to display the list of projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Filters projects.jpg|border|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following filters are provided for that list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects filter 2.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter necessary data into the appropriate fields and press the '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects filters, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Search projects with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further instructions on how to search the required data with filters, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Search quotes with filters|Search quotes with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Project templates#Search project templates with filters|Search project templates with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Search jobs with filters|Search jobs with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Search clients with filters|Search clients with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Search vendors with filters|Search vendors with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search clients prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Search receivables with filters|Search clients receivables with filter]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search clients invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Search payments with filters|Search clients payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search vendors prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Search payables with filters|Search vendors payables with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search vendors invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Search payments with filters|Search vendors payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Reports'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can generate various business reports in the system. In this way, you can analyze the financial results of your activity for a defined period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Reports''' menu on the top panel and choose the required item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''General finances'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show dynamics of how income, expenses and profit change over months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;General finances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by project balances|Monthly finances by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on receivables in your projects and payables in the related jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by invoices|Monthly finances by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by payments|Monthly finances by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on general finances reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Managers'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each project manager of your team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Managers=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per manager by project balances|Monthly income per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per manager by project balances|Monthly profit per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per manager by project balances|Monthly income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per manager by project balances|Monthly profit share per manager by project balances&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;]]''' -  shows how the profit share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Income share per manager by project balances|Income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Profit share per manager by project balances|Profit share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of profit each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Finances per manager by project balances summary table|Finances per manager by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per manager and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on managers reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports menu clients.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Finances by project balances'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per client by project balances|Monthly income per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover per client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per client by project balances|Monthly profit per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per client by project balances|Monthly income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of the client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per client by project balances|Monthly profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Income share per client by project balances|Income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Profit share per client by project balances|Profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''- on this report you may see the shares of profit each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Finances per client by project balances summary table|Finances per client by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the client invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients invoices.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the turnover per client based on the invoices you issued for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income share per client by invoices|Monthly income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the share of invoices per clients was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Income share per client by invoices|Income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of invoices per clients over the selected period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices summary table|Monthly income per client by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all invoice amounts per client and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show how the clients were paying you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients payments.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the amounts of payments per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income share per client by payments|Monthly income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see how the share of payments per client was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Income share per client by payments|Income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the share of each client in payments received over the specified period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments summary table|Monthly income per client by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all payment amounts per client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:reports vendors menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor invoices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports_vendors_invoices.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly invoices per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the invoiced amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Expenses share per vendor by invoices|Expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the invoiced amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows the invoiced amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports vendors payments.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly payments per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the paid amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Expenses share per vendor by payments|Expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the paid amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows paid amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Language pairs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each language pair you work with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Language pairs=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports language pairs.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per language pair by project balances|Monthly income per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per language pair by project balances|Monthly income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Income share per language pair by project balances|Income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Profit share per language pair by project balances|Profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Finances per language pair by project balances summary table|Finances per language pair by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per language pair and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on language pairs reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Services'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each service based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Services=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports services.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per service by project balances|Monthly income per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per service by project balances|Monthly profit per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per service by project balances|Monthly income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per service by project balances|Monthly profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows how the profit share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Income share per service by project balances|Income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Profit share per service by project balances|Profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Finances per service by project balances summary table|Finances per service by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per service and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on services reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Export data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''On every page (quotes, projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.) you can export the tables into xls.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Export to excel.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot;, you will get the file with exported data and will be able to use it for backup, analysis, &lt;br /&gt;
import or any other purpose you might need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instructions on how to export the required data to excel, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Export to Excel|Export quotes data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Export to Excel|Export projects data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Export|Export jobs data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel|Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Export to Excel|Export clients prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Export to Excel|Export clients receivables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Export to Excel|Export clients invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Export to Excel|Export clients payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel|Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors  prices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Export data to Excel|Export general finances reports data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Additional information'''==&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports all the modern browsers. However, some outdated browsers (e.g., Opera 12.17) may have issues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience issues, we recommend using the modern browser. We are improving the system all the time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why its user interface may change and look a little bit differently from the one described above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we try to update this manual accordingly. If you notice some discrepancies between the description and the real functionality, please tell us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=11987</id>
		<title>Enterprise edition user manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=11987"/>
				<updated>2019-04-04T14:26:49Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Job input files */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''For a brief overview of the system, please check this video:'''   [[File:youtube.jpg|40px|link=https://youtu.be/rrG6ImhtWHQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Get started with Protemos'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To start working with Protemos, create your account in the system by completing the following steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the &amp;quot;'''CREATE PROTEMOS ACCOUNT'''&amp;quot; button at the website '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://protemos.com  www.protemos.com] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Create account 3.png|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/account/create  Create Account] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create enterprise account page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select your account type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:account type selection.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Enterprise''': select this option if you are going to assign jobs to in-house translators, freelancers or other companies.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, the system will have supplier’s functionality and you will be able to assign jobs to your suppliers.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Freelance''': this is a light and free version of the system. Select this option if you are doing all jobs alone and do not subcontract freelancers.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, you will not be able to create suppliers in the system and assign jobs to them. Upgrade to Enterprise version is possible if desired.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fill in all the boxes and tick the &amp;quot;I'm not a robot&amp;quot; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read our '''Privacy policy''' and '''Terms of service'''. To do so, click the corresponding links (highlighted in blue).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accept the conditions, click the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Robot.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After pressing the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button, the account will be set up and you will see a welcome screen to start working with the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Press the &amp;quot;'''OK, let’s get started!'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:welcome page n.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system setup wizard will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz serv.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Enter data for each menu entry: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Services''' are the services you provide. In addition to translation and proofreading, you can indicate any other services such as layout design, OCR, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pairs''' are your language pairs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Units''' are units to measure the volume of work. For example, hours, words, pages, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Specializations''' are your  specializations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currencies''' are the currencies you work with such as US dollars or euros. Indicate the main currency of the system here. The system will use it for accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Payment methods''' are the payment details. They will be used in the invoices the system will generate to send to your clients. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To navigate in the menu entries, use a dedicated navigation menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz next.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don’t worry if you select something wrong. You’ll be able to change these values in '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[System settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having completed all the entries, press the &amp;quot;'''Complete wizard'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wizard completed.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The following screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Main menu.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your account has been created and you can start working with Protemos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, before you start working with the projects in the system, you need to add your clients and vendors in it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These areas will be addressed in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sign up with ProZ.com'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have ProZ.com account, you may create a new Protemos account with your ProZ.com credentials right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the '''&amp;quot;Sign up with ProZ.com&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Sign up with ProZ.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Sign up with ProZ.com|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''My profile settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''My Profile'''&amp;quot; page you can update your personal information, the time zone you are located in, change your username and account password, and link your ProZ.com account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''My profile''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:My profile menu.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[My profile|My profile]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''System values settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change and set system values in the '''Settings''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings enterprise.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Account''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''Account'''&amp;quot; page you can complete or update general information, upload the logo of your company, delete your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account info'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Account info'''&amp;quot; section contains common information about your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can amend information about your company and change the account owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit general information, press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account info section.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; to confirm changes after editing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update account details.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the account owner press &amp;quot;'''Change account owner'''&amp;quot; (this option is available only for the owner of an account): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upd acc owner but.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assign a new owner and press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button to сonfirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:change account owner  page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Change account owner]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Company logo image'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may upload a logo which will be displayed in all documents generated by the system: invoices, POs, Quotes etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Upload new'''&amp;quot; button to upload the logo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COMPANY LOGO.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Only PNG and JPEG images with a maximum size of 350x350 pixels are supported.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account deletion'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can immediately and permanently delete all your account data and files from the server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Delete account&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account deletion.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Delete account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;License''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are registering your account, you get a free one-month trial license. It works just like a normal license, with no limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''License details''' page you can see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license status;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license type;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- active managers limit (the number of users with different access rights that can work in the system simultaneously);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- when your license expires; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the time left before the expiration date of your license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the trial period is over, the account owner may request a license by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Request license'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Licensening.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Licensing#Requesting license|Request license]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can enter the number of managers you need to work simultaneously in your system and select the license period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can add as many managers as you wish, but only the licensed number of them will be able to log in at the same time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on licensing, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Licensing]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Default settings'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Default settings'''&amp;quot; menu lets you define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default time zone for new users''':  the time zone that will be added by default to all newly created manager, client, and vendor profiles (unless you don't indicate the different one). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default currency''': the currency you are using for balances and reporting. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Currencies]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment method''': the method which will be added by default to all your invoices unless you don't indicate the different method for specific client or invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment terms''': standard payment terms for all your clients. It defines how soon the payment should be made after issuing the invoice. You can set different method for an individual client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page size''': here you can set the size of the PDF page for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page orientation''': here you can set the PDF page orientation for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF locale''': here you may specify the default locale (language,date and time) of invoices for all newly created clients and vendors. You may also define it individually for a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings#PDF locale of client invoices|'''particular client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change#PDF locale of vendor invoices|'''vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client invoicing manager''': here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of system notifications about overdue clients invoices etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the settings mentioned above, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account default settings 1.36.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update account default settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;System Values''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SM sys values.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Language pairs'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update the language pairs you work with, delete, or disable them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Language pairs page.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Add language pairs|&amp;quot;'''New language pairs'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pairs creation page where you can create various language pairs combinations of source and target languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update language pair|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pair update page where you can change languages for a particular language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete the pairs of languages that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can disable them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Disable language pair|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot; ]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the language pair. You can use this option if you don't want to see this language pair in the drop-down list when choosing a language, for instance, while creating a new project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;''' - enables the language pair (the button appears after you disable the language pair).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Services'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update or delete the services your company provides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SS services.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create service|&amp;quot;'''New service'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the service creation page. Here you can create as many services as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the services update page where you can change the name of a particular service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete services that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service#Disable service|disable]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Specializations'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, update or delete the specializations your company works with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:specialization list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create specialization|&amp;quot;'''New specialization'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization creation page. Here you can create every possible specializations you may wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update specialization|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization update page where you can change the name of a particular specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; – deletes the specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete specializations that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you may '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update specialization#Disable specialization|disable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Units'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set units to measure the volume of your work (words, hours, pages, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add any measurement units you need, update, and delete them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:units list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create unit|&amp;quot;'''New unit'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit creation page where you can create as many measurement units as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update unit|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit update page. Here you can change the name of a particular unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;– deletes the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete units that you have already used in the project ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Currencies'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add currencies that will be used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, one client can pay in US dollars while others can choose euros, and you can pay to vendors in local currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add currencies, set any currency as default, disable or delete currencies, check exchange rates history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:currencies list page.jpg|border|900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Add currencies|&amp;quot;'''Add currency'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- opens the menu where you can add desired currency. You can add as many currencies as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Exchange rates history|&amp;quot;'''Exchange rates history'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- shows the exchange rates on the selected date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Set currency as default|&amp;quot;'''Set as default'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - sets the selected currency as default. If you change the default currency, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
all reports and project balances will be rebuilt and recalculated in a new default currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - disables the currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - deletes the currency. You can't delete the currency that is already in use in the system,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but you can disable it in case this currency no longer needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Protemos is connected to the currency conversion service so the exchange rate is updated on a daily basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That’s why you can always see the correct summary in your default currency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your payment details here so the clients can pay you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add various payment methods, change the default payment method and terms, update, disable or delete them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payment methods.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create payment method|&amp;quot;'''Add payment method'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  - opens the menu where you can create a new payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;quot;'''[[Change default settings]]'''&amp;quot; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- here you can change the default payment method and currency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define in how many days invoices should be paid, the default PDF page size for your invoices and vendor invoicing contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update payment method|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can renew payment method details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; - disables the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete payment methods that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button).''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; But you can disable them in case these payment methods no longer needed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define several taxes in the system, link them to the clients and vendors, and add them to your invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Taxes list'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a list of taxes, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu list.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may define the necessary number of taxes that will be used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new tax, press the '''&amp;quot;New tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes list.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name of the tax, select the type, and specify its sort order in invoices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add new tax new.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the new tax to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Taxes list|Taxes list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default clients taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default clients taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default clients taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu default clients.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a default percentage tax, press the &amp;quot;Add default persentage tax&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add def cl percentage tax.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New def cl perc VAT 2.png|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each client when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|Default clients taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each client. It will override the default clients taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Custom taxes set for individual client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default vendors taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default vendors taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default vendors taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:DVTset menu.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the '''&amp;quot;Add default tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS add default tax.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS tax name choosing2.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new tax will appear in the default vendors taxes set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each vendor when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|Default vendors taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each vendor. It will override the default vendors taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Custom taxes set for individual vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Object codes'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set the number of your next invoice, project, payment, job etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the next object identification numbers or the object code prefixes press the &amp;quot;'''Update next IDs'''&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;'''Update code prefixes'''&amp;quot; buttons correspondingly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Object codes buttons.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update object codes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Deadline reminders'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system notifies you about overdue projects, jobs, and invoices by email. You can switch these notifications off/on by clicking &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Deadline reminders 1.36 new.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Update deadline reminders settings]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;SMTP Server'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the system sends all email messages from Protemos own email server, but you can change this and make the system use your own server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SMTP server.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update SMTP server configuration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP menu.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu allows you to adjust vendor portal related settings and embed your standard agreement with new vendors into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It consists of two sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Vendor portal settings'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing by vendors''' - here you can enable or disable the ability to create invoices by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application form''' - allows you to enable or disable the ability to submit applications by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors submit their applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application URL''' - you can post the vendor application URL on your corporate website or send it to new vendors so that they can submit their applications to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the above-mentioned settings (except for the Vendor application URL), click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP settings update.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor applications, please check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor application URL]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Agreement with new vendors'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can embed your standard agreement with your vendors into the system, so they will have to accept it before working with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create agreement&amp;quot;''' to add the agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add agreemment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor portal#Agreement with new vendors|Agreement with new vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings integration 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains three submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''ProZ.com integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with '''ProZ.com''' - the world's largest community of translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable ProZ.com integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;ProZ.com''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings Proz 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''ProZ.com integration''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, check linked profile or disable ProZ.com integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ integr page.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Enable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - opens the ProZ.com login page where you can enter your username and password to enable integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Check linked profile|&amp;quot;Profile URL&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - you may open your ProZ.com profile page by clicking the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Disable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the  integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A link to your ProZ.com profile and the &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; button will appear after you enable ProZ.com integration for your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Link users in Protemos with one ProZ.com account'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may link your ProZ.com account to be able to log into your Protemos account with ProZ.com credentials in one click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In case you also have several Vendor and(or) Freelance accounts in Protemos, you can link them all with your ProZ.com account, and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Switch users without re-login|switch between your accounts without re-login]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''SmartCAT integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with SmartCAT system, so you can create projects and quotes in Protemos, and then copy them to SmartCAT (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable SmartCAT integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;SmartCAT''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings CAT.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the SmartCAT integration page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, update or disable SmartCAT integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SmartCAT API.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; buttons will appear after you enable SmartCAT integration for your account.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have SmartCAT account you can register it directly from the '''SmartCAT integration''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also get a SmartCAT API key for Protemos, as it differs from your normal SmartCAT username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, please click the corresponding links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SmartCAT links.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on SmartCAT integration, SmartCAT-related project and quotes creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''TQAuditor integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with TQAuditor - the system for evaluation and monitoring translation quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable TQAuditor integration for your account, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;TQAuditor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings TQ.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you need to press the &amp;quot;'''Enable'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TQAUDITOR API CREDENTIALS enable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on TQAuditor integration, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[TQAuditor integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Users'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add new users who will use the system just as you do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if there are several project managers in your team, you can create a separate account with the necessary level of access rights for each of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Users list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu users list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user, fill in or renew all basic information about a particular user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new user, press the &amp;quot;'''New user'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Ent.users 2.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New user''' page. After you fill in the boxes press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New user.jpg|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mark the '''&amp;quot;Can login&amp;quot;''' checkbox, the system will send an invitation to the user to join your company on Protemos once you finish creating the user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may leave the checkbox unmarked and send the invitation later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': your user will not be able to log into the system if you disable &amp;quot;'''Can login&amp;quot;''' button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Create user]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': use the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Access rights|&amp;quot;'''User groups'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; box to select the group to relate your users to. This will define the user’s access rights.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Users''' page, you can also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update user| '''Update user''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, users can be added by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#New user|'''New user''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''New user'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu New user.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to add users, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Access rights'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu screen to define access rights for various user groups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu access.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Access rights]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add clients'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add clients manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add clients manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new clients manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Clients''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New client''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients new 2.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Clients list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New client'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New client button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''New client''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the information about your client on the displayed screen. It consists of three sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''General info''' section to enter general information about the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client general info section.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  section to enter the URL address of the client record on the ProZ.com Blue Board:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ Blue Board section1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Primary user''' section to enter the client’s contact person:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client primary user section.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to display the client entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended for viewing and entering various client data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab|General info]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update client details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' client info or '''&amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;''' the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also check all the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client quick links|client-related objects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage client tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CV general 1.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete clients involved into recorded projects, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#Primary user|Primary user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section you can view and edit client's primary contact details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Primary user.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' linked record and make an entry for your client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl ProZ Blue sec Acme.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also change your client's '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of client’s contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client has several contact persons, they can all be entered in the '''Contact persons''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of prices agreed with the client, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create a custom taxes set for this client. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can upload and delete files related to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import clients from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of clients, contacts, and prices, you can easily import it without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/client/index Clients] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients import from xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of clients to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients export to xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data export , please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel| Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add vendors'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you assign jobs to other vendors, you need to add each of them to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add vendors manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add vendors manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new vendors manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Vendors''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New vendor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu new v.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Vendors list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu V list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New vendor'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor|New vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you will see the '''Type''' box. You can select any of the three vendor types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Company''' is a contractor company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelancer''' is a non-staff employee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''In-house''' is a staff employee who works in your office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the vendor type, you will see the boxes to fill in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button to add a vendor account to the system. The vendor will be sent an invitation email and needs to accept the invitation ''(please find more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add a vendor account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional information on how to add vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor entry page is intended for viewing and entering various vendor data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor viev.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''General info''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update vendor details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' vendor info, add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage vendor tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick links|quick links]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#General information|delete]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' a vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab you can also view and edit basic information about the primary user, disable vendor access to the account, and  send\resend an invitation to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete vendors involved into recorded jobs, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for your vendor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view a list of vendor contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is available only if the vendor is a company, not a person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab|Payment methods]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create or update payment methods for the vendor, and change the default payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can view the list of prices agreed with the vendor, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can create a custom taxes set for this vendor. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can upload and delete files related to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Availability chart tab|Availability chart]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can see the chart and list of all active jobs assigned to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If your vendor has ProZ.com account with the same email as in Protemos, the system will display the link to that account on the vendor entry page ''(more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#Links of vendor profiles to ProZ.com profiles|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import vendors from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of vendors,  their contacts, specializations, language pairs and prices, you can easily import these data without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/vendor/index Vendors] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors import from xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of vendors to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors export to xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data export, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel| Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new quote'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quote is a potential project. Let's assume that your client has sent you a translation request, but first, he would like to know how much it will cost,  time frames for implementation etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to save your time, you can create a quote and send it to your client and then, if the client agrees with the quote conditions, you can easily convert it to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also create it if you are simply not sure yet you will get the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to create a quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Quotes''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New quote''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu new Q.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Quotes=&amp;gt;Quotes list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu Q list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New quote'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New quote''' page where you can specify all basic details for a new quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm all details with the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the &amp;quot;'''Quote'''&amp;quot; page that consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Quote details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''' to see the set of operations that can be performed on this quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Quote actions.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Send''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send quote]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page which allows emailing the quote to the client directly from the system. After the quote is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark as sent''': if you not sending the quote through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Convert to project''': by pressing this button you begin creating a new project with this quote.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''': if the client doesn't accept this quote conditions, you may press the &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot; button to remember that rejection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''': pressing this button downloads the quote in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''': you may clone the quote by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update quote page|Update quote ]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ''' page on which you can edit the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''': deletes the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''', '''&amp;quot;Mark as sent&amp;quot;''', and '''&amp;quot;Download as PDF&amp;quot;''' buttons are not displayed in quotes with no '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quote receivables section|receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' entered.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Files section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can upload the files or links (file URLs) you received from your client (if any):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload new file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can upload CAT log files (if needed):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote upload Cat section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter receivables to indicate the amount to be charged from the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote res section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having checked all the quote data, you can send the quote to the client. Go to the '''Quote details''' section, press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then click the &amp;quot;'''Send'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Send quote]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qoute send butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on quotes, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Quotes]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create SmartCAT-related quotes'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new project'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the system and entering the clients and vendors in it, you can start new projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For illustration purposes, suppose you have Acme Corporation as your client. They have sent you the 20,000-word translation request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
from English into French asking to complete it in 2 weeks. Let’s add this project to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create project'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Before creating project, make sure that you have added clients and vendors in your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. There are two ways to create a project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''Project''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New project''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu new proj.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New project'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New proj butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New project''' page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter your project information and press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project creation page.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The project page will be displayed with the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj tabs.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Now you need to upload the files received from your client to the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Files''' tab and upload the needed files by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Upload files'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also add a link (file URL) to an external file instead of uploading the file to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project inputs.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on project input files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, Files tab#Project input|Project input]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project receivables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Next, enter the volume of work and the receivable from the client. To do so, go to the '''Finances''' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project new receivables.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the purchase order number sent from the client in the '''PO number''' box. If the client has not provided such number, you may leave this box unfilled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the volume of work, price, and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the raceivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB receivable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter several receivables for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing|Receivable creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. If necessary, you may upload a CAT log file to your project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Cat logs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Upload CAT log'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj upload cat log.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on uploading of CAT log files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, CAT logs tab]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. If you fulfill your job yourself, the new project has been created. You have to fulfil and complete it (see item 18 in this list). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to assign the project to other vendors, carry on reading below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create jobs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Let’s assume that you need to assign the translation to one vendor and then give it for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create their respective jobs in the system. Go to the '''Jobs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Add job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj add job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In the '''Job input files''' section select project files to send to a translator:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select job input file.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section below on the same page, select the vendor and enter information about the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New Job.png|border|430px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Next, the job screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs creation and editing, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project payables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Now you need to add payable for the vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, scroll down to the '''Payables to vendor''' section and press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable but.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the job volume and payable for the vendor and press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB payable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create/Edit payable|Create payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. Now you can send a notification to the vendor to start the job. Press the &amp;quot;'''Start job'''&amp;quot; button on the '''Job details''' screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start job.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor will receive the notification by email that he has been assigned the job, log in and collect the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the vendor will fulfill the job, upload the ready files to the system and mark the job as completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be notified by email that the vendor has completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job output files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Check if the files delivered by the translator are correct by downloading them from the '''Job Output Files''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:job output files.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. Having ensured that the vendor did everything correctly, press the &amp;quot;'''Accept job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Accept job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. The vendor will be notified by email that the job has been accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. Now you would like to pass the completed translation for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a job for another vendor. The process is the same. The only difference is that you need to specify the files &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
delivered by the translator when selecting incoming files for the editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select file for another job.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the project'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. When all the vendors have uploaded their files, you can start delivering the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may upload vendors' files to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the project’s '''Files''' tab and scroll down to the '''Jobs Output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the necessary files and press the &amp;quot;'''Add selected to project output'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Jobs output files.jpg|border|1000px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you not to lose files after you close the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. If you fulfill your job yourself, you may upload files to the system by clicking &amp;quot;'''Add additional files'''&amp;quot; in the '''Project Output''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files add butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. Having added all the needed files to '''Project Output''', you can download the files and send them to the client or client’s manager by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files download.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Having delivered all the files, you can complete the project. Go to the '''Details''' tab, click '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then press the &amp;quot;'''Complete'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project page complete button2.jpg|border|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! You have completed the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 1''': The number of projects in your system will be increasing with time, so you won’t want all of them to be displayed. Set up how projects are displayed in the list using '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 2''': View the list of vendors’ jobs in all the projects at the dedicated page by pressing the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list|Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' menu on the top panel.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;Project templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this page to create templates for your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create projects based on templates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a project from a template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''Projects''' menu on the top panel and then click '''Project templates''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Proj temp menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press the '''&amp;quot;Templates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Project page templates button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;CAT log templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add weighted word count templates for the CAT tools you are using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects CAT logs.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add or update templates: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat Temp Add button.jpg|bprder|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|&amp;quot;'''Add template'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can add a word count template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Update templates|'''update''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  the template if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on templates, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create SmartCAT-related projects'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Clients prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all clients' prices, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients price.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Client prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all clients' prices from/to Excel, update or delete a particular client's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client prices page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New client price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Create new price|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for a definite client, service, language pair and specialization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to a particular client or type of service, specialization etc. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel|Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all clients' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of clients' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Edit price|Update client price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create invoices for clients and control their payment'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To create an invoice for a client, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Receivables''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CM receivables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The list of all the receivables will be displayed. Select the desired rows and press the &amp;quot;'''Invoice selected'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoice client  receivable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The system will create an invoice and will display its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Create invoice|Create invoice]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Client invoice'''  page consists of the following sections: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client invoice details section new.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Send''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send client invoice]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' which allows emailing the invoice to the client directly from the system. After the invoice is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Resend''' - this button appears after the invoice has been sent. Pressing it sends the invoice one more time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as sent''' - if you not sending the invoice through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as unsent''' - this button appears if the invoice has been sent. Pressing it deletes the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download as PDF''' - pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Write off''' - this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off. E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discount and Extra Charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge update|discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Update''' - opens the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update client invoice|'''Update invoice''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  page on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delete''' - deletes the invoice. This button disappears after you link the invoice with the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on action buttons, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Action buttons|Action buttons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of client invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and client's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|'''Default clients taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''No taxes''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv tax sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove receivables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add receivables press the &amp;quot;'''Add receivables'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv receiv section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on how to add receivables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Remove and add receivables|Remove and add receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have received the payment for the invoice, you can record it by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Create linked payment&amp;quot;''' button under receivables table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv linked payments sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Create linked payment|Create linked payment]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Create payments|'''Client payments''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Client invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, while on the '''Client payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find out how to create payments on the '''Client payments''' page, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when a client pays the invoice, enter the payment in the system and connect it with the paid invoice. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Clients=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients Payments menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Client payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to add a new client payment press &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:client new payment button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment from client''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment received from the client and select the invoices that payment covers from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client payment page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have entered the payment in the system and completed the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Client payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients invoices list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the invoices in '''Clients=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients invoices 2.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can track all the invoices from your clients and control their payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Vendors prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all vendors' prices, go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor prices menu.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Vendor prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all vendors' prices from/to Excel, update or delete the particular vendor's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor prices  page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New vendor price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  for a definite vendor, service, language pair and specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to the particular vendor or type of service, specialization etc.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel|Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all vendors' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of vendors' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Price editing|Update vendor price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Invoices from vendors and payment control'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendors can create invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Invoicing|on their own]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or you can create their invoices as the company manager. Let’s review the second option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payables''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors payables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of payables due to vendors will be displayed. Select the rows to be included in the invoice and press the Invoice selected button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoicing selected payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If the vendor’s name is highlighted in red in the table, it means that payment method was not selected for this vendor and it’s impossible to create an invoice for this vendor’s jobs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create an invoice, select the payment method for the vendor (click the vendor’s name and add the payment method as described on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page). &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The system will create the invoice, send it to the vendor by email and open its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Vendor invoice''' page consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''' — pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Discount and Extra charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge| discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Write off''' — this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' — pressing this button opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice update|Vendor Invoice update page]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' — this button deletes the invoice. It disappears after you link the invoice with the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;'''Note''': For invoices with linked payments only &amp;quot;'''Download as PDF'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Write off'''&amp;quot; buttons are  available.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;To make all buttons available, you need to unlink the payments first. It can be done on the page of the corresponding payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of vendor invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and vendor's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|'''Default vendors taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|No taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice taxes section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice payables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove payables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add payables press the &amp;quot;'''Add payables '''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV payables section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Removing and adding payables|Adding and removing payables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have paid the invoice, you can record the payment by pressing “'''Create linked payment'''” button under the payable table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV linked payment creation n.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Linked payment creation|Linked payment creation]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, the payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list|'''Vendor payments ''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Vendor invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while on the '''Vendor payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, having paid the vendors’ invoices, you need to enter those payments in the system. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor payments.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Vendor payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot; button to add a new vendor payment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor payments new payment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment to vendor''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment completed to the vendor and select the invoices covered by that payment from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor payment.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the payment has been entered in the system and you’ve completed the payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors invoices list'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the vendors’ invoices in '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors invoices.jpg|border|135px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Filters'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters are provided for most of the tables in the system. Use such filters to hide the information you don’t want to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Projects+&amp;gt;Projects list''' menu on the top panel to display the list of projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Filters projects.jpg|border|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following filters are provided for that list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects filter 2.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter necessary data into the appropriate fields and press the '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects filters, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Search projects with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further instructions on how to search the required data with filters, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Search quotes with filters|Search quotes with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Project templates#Search project templates with filters|Search project templates with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Search jobs with filters|Search jobs with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Search clients with filters|Search clients with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Search vendors with filters|Search vendors with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search clients prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Search receivables with filters|Search clients receivables with filter]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search clients invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Search payments with filters|Search clients payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search vendors prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Search payables with filters|Search vendors payables with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search vendors invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Search payments with filters|Search vendors payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Reports'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can generate various business reports in the system. In this way, you can analyze the financial results of your activity for a defined period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Reports''' menu on the top panel and choose the required item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''General finances'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show dynamics of how income, expenses and profit change over months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;General finances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by project balances|Monthly finances by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on receivables in your projects and payables in the related jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by invoices|Monthly finances by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by payments|Monthly finances by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on general finances reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Managers'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each project manager of your team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Managers=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per manager by project balances|Monthly income per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per manager by project balances|Monthly profit per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per manager by project balances|Monthly income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per manager by project balances|Monthly profit share per manager by project balances&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;]]''' -  shows how the profit share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Income share per manager by project balances|Income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Profit share per manager by project balances|Profit share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of profit each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Finances per manager by project balances summary table|Finances per manager by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per manager and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on managers reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports menu clients.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Finances by project balances'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per client by project balances|Monthly income per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover per client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per client by project balances|Monthly profit per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per client by project balances|Monthly income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of the client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per client by project balances|Monthly profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Income share per client by project balances|Income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Profit share per client by project balances|Profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''- on this report you may see the shares of profit each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Finances per client by project balances summary table|Finances per client by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the client invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients invoices.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the turnover per client based on the invoices you issued for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income share per client by invoices|Monthly income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the share of invoices per clients was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Income share per client by invoices|Income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of invoices per clients over the selected period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices summary table|Monthly income per client by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all invoice amounts per client and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show how the clients were paying you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients payments.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the amounts of payments per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income share per client by payments|Monthly income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see how the share of payments per client was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Income share per client by payments|Income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the share of each client in payments received over the specified period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments summary table|Monthly income per client by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all payment amounts per client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:reports vendors menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor invoices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports_vendors_invoices.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly invoices per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the invoiced amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Expenses share per vendor by invoices|Expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the invoiced amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows the invoiced amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports vendors payments.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly payments per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the paid amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Expenses share per vendor by payments|Expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the paid amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows paid amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Language pairs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each language pair you work with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Language pairs=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports language pairs.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per language pair by project balances|Monthly income per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per language pair by project balances|Monthly income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Income share per language pair by project balances|Income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Profit share per language pair by project balances|Profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Finances per language pair by project balances summary table|Finances per language pair by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per language pair and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on language pairs reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Services'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each service based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Services=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports services.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per service by project balances|Monthly income per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per service by project balances|Monthly profit per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per service by project balances|Monthly income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per service by project balances|Monthly profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows how the profit share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Income share per service by project balances|Income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Profit share per service by project balances|Profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Finances per service by project balances summary table|Finances per service by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per service and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on services reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Export data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''On every page (quotes, projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.) you can export the tables into xls.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Export to excel.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot;, you will get the file with exported data and will be able to use it for backup, analysis, &lt;br /&gt;
import or any other purpose you might need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instructions on how to export the required data to excel, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Export to Excel|Export quotes data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Export to Excel|Export projects data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Export|Export jobs data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel|Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Export to Excel|Export clients prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Export to Excel|Export clients receivables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Export to Excel|Export clients invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Export to Excel|Export clients payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel|Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors  prices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Export data to Excel|Export general finances reports data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Additional information'''==&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports all the modern browsers. However, some outdated browsers (e.g., Opera 12.17) may have issues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience issues, we recommend using the modern browser. We are improving the system all the time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why its user interface may change and look a little bit differently from the one described above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we try to update this manual accordingly. If you notice some discrepancies between the description and the real functionality, please tell us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=11985</id>
		<title>Enterprise edition user manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=11985"/>
				<updated>2019-04-04T14:17:13Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Project receivables */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''For a brief overview of the system, please check this video:'''   [[File:youtube.jpg|40px|link=https://youtu.be/rrG6ImhtWHQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Get started with Protemos'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To start working with Protemos, create your account in the system by completing the following steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the &amp;quot;'''CREATE PROTEMOS ACCOUNT'''&amp;quot; button at the website '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://protemos.com  www.protemos.com] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Create account 3.png|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/account/create  Create Account] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create enterprise account page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select your account type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:account type selection.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Enterprise''': select this option if you are going to assign jobs to in-house translators, freelancers or other companies.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, the system will have supplier’s functionality and you will be able to assign jobs to your suppliers.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Freelance''': this is a light and free version of the system. Select this option if you are doing all jobs alone and do not subcontract freelancers.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, you will not be able to create suppliers in the system and assign jobs to them. Upgrade to Enterprise version is possible if desired.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fill in all the boxes and tick the &amp;quot;I'm not a robot&amp;quot; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read our '''Privacy policy''' and '''Terms of service'''. To do so, click the corresponding links (highlighted in blue).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accept the conditions, click the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Robot.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After pressing the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button, the account will be set up and you will see a welcome screen to start working with the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Press the &amp;quot;'''OK, let’s get started!'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:welcome page n.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system setup wizard will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz serv.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Enter data for each menu entry: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Services''' are the services you provide. In addition to translation and proofreading, you can indicate any other services such as layout design, OCR, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pairs''' are your language pairs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Units''' are units to measure the volume of work. For example, hours, words, pages, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Specializations''' are your  specializations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currencies''' are the currencies you work with such as US dollars or euros. Indicate the main currency of the system here. The system will use it for accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Payment methods''' are the payment details. They will be used in the invoices the system will generate to send to your clients. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To navigate in the menu entries, use a dedicated navigation menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz next.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don’t worry if you select something wrong. You’ll be able to change these values in '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[System settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having completed all the entries, press the &amp;quot;'''Complete wizard'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wizard completed.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The following screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Main menu.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your account has been created and you can start working with Protemos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, before you start working with the projects in the system, you need to add your clients and vendors in it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These areas will be addressed in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sign up with ProZ.com'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have ProZ.com account, you may create a new Protemos account with your ProZ.com credentials right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the '''&amp;quot;Sign up with ProZ.com&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Sign up with ProZ.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Sign up with ProZ.com|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''My profile settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''My Profile'''&amp;quot; page you can update your personal information, the time zone you are located in, change your username and account password, and link your ProZ.com account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''My profile''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:My profile menu.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[My profile|My profile]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''System values settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change and set system values in the '''Settings''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings enterprise.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Account''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''Account'''&amp;quot; page you can complete or update general information, upload the logo of your company, delete your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account info'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Account info'''&amp;quot; section contains common information about your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can amend information about your company and change the account owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit general information, press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account info section.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; to confirm changes after editing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update account details.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the account owner press &amp;quot;'''Change account owner'''&amp;quot; (this option is available only for the owner of an account): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upd acc owner but.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assign a new owner and press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button to сonfirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:change account owner  page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Change account owner]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Company logo image'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may upload a logo which will be displayed in all documents generated by the system: invoices, POs, Quotes etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Upload new'''&amp;quot; button to upload the logo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COMPANY LOGO.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Only PNG and JPEG images with a maximum size of 350x350 pixels are supported.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account deletion'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can immediately and permanently delete all your account data and files from the server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Delete account&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account deletion.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Delete account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;License''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are registering your account, you get a free one-month trial license. It works just like a normal license, with no limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''License details''' page you can see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license status;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license type;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- active managers limit (the number of users with different access rights that can work in the system simultaneously);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- when your license expires; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the time left before the expiration date of your license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the trial period is over, the account owner may request a license by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Request license'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Licensening.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Licensing#Requesting license|Request license]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can enter the number of managers you need to work simultaneously in your system and select the license period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can add as many managers as you wish, but only the licensed number of them will be able to log in at the same time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on licensing, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Licensing]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Default settings'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Default settings'''&amp;quot; menu lets you define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default time zone for new users''':  the time zone that will be added by default to all newly created manager, client, and vendor profiles (unless you don't indicate the different one). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default currency''': the currency you are using for balances and reporting. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Currencies]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment method''': the method which will be added by default to all your invoices unless you don't indicate the different method for specific client or invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment terms''': standard payment terms for all your clients. It defines how soon the payment should be made after issuing the invoice. You can set different method for an individual client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page size''': here you can set the size of the PDF page for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page orientation''': here you can set the PDF page orientation for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF locale''': here you may specify the default locale (language,date and time) of invoices for all newly created clients and vendors. You may also define it individually for a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings#PDF locale of client invoices|'''particular client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change#PDF locale of vendor invoices|'''vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client invoicing manager''': here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of system notifications about overdue clients invoices etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the settings mentioned above, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account default settings 1.36.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update account default settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;System Values''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SM sys values.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Language pairs'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update the language pairs you work with, delete, or disable them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Language pairs page.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Add language pairs|&amp;quot;'''New language pairs'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pairs creation page where you can create various language pairs combinations of source and target languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update language pair|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pair update page where you can change languages for a particular language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete the pairs of languages that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can disable them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Disable language pair|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot; ]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the language pair. You can use this option if you don't want to see this language pair in the drop-down list when choosing a language, for instance, while creating a new project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;''' - enables the language pair (the button appears after you disable the language pair).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Services'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update or delete the services your company provides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SS services.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create service|&amp;quot;'''New service'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the service creation page. Here you can create as many services as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the services update page where you can change the name of a particular service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete services that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service#Disable service|disable]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Specializations'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, update or delete the specializations your company works with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:specialization list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create specialization|&amp;quot;'''New specialization'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization creation page. Here you can create every possible specializations you may wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update specialization|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization update page where you can change the name of a particular specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; – deletes the specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete specializations that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you may '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update specialization#Disable specialization|disable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Units'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set units to measure the volume of your work (words, hours, pages, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add any measurement units you need, update, and delete them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:units list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create unit|&amp;quot;'''New unit'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit creation page where you can create as many measurement units as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update unit|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit update page. Here you can change the name of a particular unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;– deletes the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete units that you have already used in the project ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Currencies'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add currencies that will be used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, one client can pay in US dollars while others can choose euros, and you can pay to vendors in local currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add currencies, set any currency as default, disable or delete currencies, check exchange rates history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:currencies list page.jpg|border|900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Add currencies|&amp;quot;'''Add currency'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- opens the menu where you can add desired currency. You can add as many currencies as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Exchange rates history|&amp;quot;'''Exchange rates history'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- shows the exchange rates on the selected date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Set currency as default|&amp;quot;'''Set as default'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - sets the selected currency as default. If you change the default currency, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
all reports and project balances will be rebuilt and recalculated in a new default currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - disables the currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - deletes the currency. You can't delete the currency that is already in use in the system,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but you can disable it in case this currency no longer needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Protemos is connected to the currency conversion service so the exchange rate is updated on a daily basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That’s why you can always see the correct summary in your default currency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your payment details here so the clients can pay you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add various payment methods, change the default payment method and terms, update, disable or delete them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payment methods.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create payment method|&amp;quot;'''Add payment method'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  - opens the menu where you can create a new payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;quot;'''[[Change default settings]]'''&amp;quot; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- here you can change the default payment method and currency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define in how many days invoices should be paid, the default PDF page size for your invoices and vendor invoicing contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update payment method|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can renew payment method details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; - disables the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete payment methods that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button).''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; But you can disable them in case these payment methods no longer needed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define several taxes in the system, link them to the clients and vendors, and add them to your invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Taxes list'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a list of taxes, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu list.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may define the necessary number of taxes that will be used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new tax, press the '''&amp;quot;New tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes list.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name of the tax, select the type, and specify its sort order in invoices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add new tax new.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the new tax to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Taxes list|Taxes list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default clients taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default clients taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default clients taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu default clients.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a default percentage tax, press the &amp;quot;Add default persentage tax&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add def cl percentage tax.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New def cl perc VAT 2.png|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each client when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|Default clients taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each client. It will override the default clients taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Custom taxes set for individual client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default vendors taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default vendors taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default vendors taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:DVTset menu.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the '''&amp;quot;Add default tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS add default tax.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS tax name choosing2.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new tax will appear in the default vendors taxes set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each vendor when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|Default vendors taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each vendor. It will override the default vendors taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Custom taxes set for individual vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Object codes'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set the number of your next invoice, project, payment, job etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the next object identification numbers or the object code prefixes press the &amp;quot;'''Update next IDs'''&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;'''Update code prefixes'''&amp;quot; buttons correspondingly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Object codes buttons.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update object codes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Deadline reminders'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system notifies you about overdue projects, jobs, and invoices by email. You can switch these notifications off/on by clicking &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Deadline reminders 1.36 new.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Update deadline reminders settings]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;SMTP Server'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the system sends all email messages from Protemos own email server, but you can change this and make the system use your own server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SMTP server.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update SMTP server configuration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP menu.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu allows you to adjust vendor portal related settings and embed your standard agreement with new vendors into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It consists of two sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Vendor portal settings'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing by vendors''' - here you can enable or disable the ability to create invoices by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application form''' - allows you to enable or disable the ability to submit applications by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors submit their applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application URL''' - you can post the vendor application URL on your corporate website or send it to new vendors so that they can submit their applications to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the above-mentioned settings (except for the Vendor application URL), click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP settings update.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor applications, please check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor application URL]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Agreement with new vendors'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can embed your standard agreement with your vendors into the system, so they will have to accept it before working with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create agreement&amp;quot;''' to add the agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add agreemment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor portal#Agreement with new vendors|Agreement with new vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings integration 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains three submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''ProZ.com integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with '''ProZ.com''' - the world's largest community of translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable ProZ.com integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;ProZ.com''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings Proz 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''ProZ.com integration''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, check linked profile or disable ProZ.com integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ integr page.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Enable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - opens the ProZ.com login page where you can enter your username and password to enable integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Check linked profile|&amp;quot;Profile URL&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - you may open your ProZ.com profile page by clicking the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Disable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the  integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A link to your ProZ.com profile and the &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; button will appear after you enable ProZ.com integration for your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Link users in Protemos with one ProZ.com account'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may link your ProZ.com account to be able to log into your Protemos account with ProZ.com credentials in one click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In case you also have several Vendor and(or) Freelance accounts in Protemos, you can link them all with your ProZ.com account, and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Switch users without re-login|switch between your accounts without re-login]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''SmartCAT integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with SmartCAT system, so you can create projects and quotes in Protemos, and then copy them to SmartCAT (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable SmartCAT integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;SmartCAT''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings CAT.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the SmartCAT integration page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, update or disable SmartCAT integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SmartCAT API.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; buttons will appear after you enable SmartCAT integration for your account.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have SmartCAT account you can register it directly from the '''SmartCAT integration''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also get a SmartCAT API key for Protemos, as it differs from your normal SmartCAT username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, please click the corresponding links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SmartCAT links.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on SmartCAT integration, SmartCAT-related project and quotes creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''TQAuditor integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with TQAuditor - the system for evaluation and monitoring translation quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable TQAuditor integration for your account, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;TQAuditor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings TQ.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you need to press the &amp;quot;'''Enable'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TQAUDITOR API CREDENTIALS enable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on TQAuditor integration, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[TQAuditor integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Users'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add new users who will use the system just as you do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if there are several project managers in your team, you can create a separate account with the necessary level of access rights for each of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Users list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu users list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user, fill in or renew all basic information about a particular user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new user, press the &amp;quot;'''New user'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Ent.users 2.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New user''' page. After you fill in the boxes press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New user.jpg|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mark the '''&amp;quot;Can login&amp;quot;''' checkbox, the system will send an invitation to the user to join your company on Protemos once you finish creating the user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may leave the checkbox unmarked and send the invitation later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': your user will not be able to log into the system if you disable &amp;quot;'''Can login&amp;quot;''' button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Create user]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': use the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Access rights|&amp;quot;'''User groups'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; box to select the group to relate your users to. This will define the user’s access rights.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Users''' page, you can also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update user| '''Update user''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, users can be added by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#New user|'''New user''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''New user'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu New user.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to add users, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Access rights'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu screen to define access rights for various user groups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu access.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Access rights]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add clients'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add clients manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add clients manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new clients manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Clients''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New client''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients new 2.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Clients list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New client'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New client button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''New client''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the information about your client on the displayed screen. It consists of three sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''General info''' section to enter general information about the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client general info section.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  section to enter the URL address of the client record on the ProZ.com Blue Board:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ Blue Board section1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Primary user''' section to enter the client’s contact person:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client primary user section.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to display the client entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended for viewing and entering various client data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab|General info]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update client details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' client info or '''&amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;''' the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also check all the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client quick links|client-related objects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage client tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CV general 1.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete clients involved into recorded projects, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#Primary user|Primary user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section you can view and edit client's primary contact details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Primary user.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' linked record and make an entry for your client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl ProZ Blue sec Acme.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also change your client's '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of client’s contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client has several contact persons, they can all be entered in the '''Contact persons''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of prices agreed with the client, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create a custom taxes set for this client. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can upload and delete files related to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import clients from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of clients, contacts, and prices, you can easily import it without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/client/index Clients] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients import from xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of clients to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients export to xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data export , please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel| Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add vendors'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you assign jobs to other vendors, you need to add each of them to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add vendors manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add vendors manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new vendors manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Vendors''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New vendor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu new v.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Vendors list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu V list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New vendor'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor|New vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you will see the '''Type''' box. You can select any of the three vendor types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Company''' is a contractor company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelancer''' is a non-staff employee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''In-house''' is a staff employee who works in your office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the vendor type, you will see the boxes to fill in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button to add a vendor account to the system. The vendor will be sent an invitation email and needs to accept the invitation ''(please find more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add a vendor account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional information on how to add vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor entry page is intended for viewing and entering various vendor data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor viev.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''General info''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update vendor details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' vendor info, add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage vendor tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick links|quick links]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#General information|delete]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' a vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab you can also view and edit basic information about the primary user, disable vendor access to the account, and  send\resend an invitation to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete vendors involved into recorded jobs, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for your vendor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view a list of vendor contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is available only if the vendor is a company, not a person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab|Payment methods]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create or update payment methods for the vendor, and change the default payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can view the list of prices agreed with the vendor, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can create a custom taxes set for this vendor. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can upload and delete files related to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Availability chart tab|Availability chart]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can see the chart and list of all active jobs assigned to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If your vendor has ProZ.com account with the same email as in Protemos, the system will display the link to that account on the vendor entry page ''(more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#Links of vendor profiles to ProZ.com profiles|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import vendors from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of vendors,  their contacts, specializations, language pairs and prices, you can easily import these data without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/vendor/index Vendors] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors import from xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of vendors to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors export to xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data export, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel| Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new quote'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quote is a potential project. Let's assume that your client has sent you a translation request, but first, he would like to know how much it will cost,  time frames for implementation etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to save your time, you can create a quote and send it to your client and then, if the client agrees with the quote conditions, you can easily convert it to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also create it if you are simply not sure yet you will get the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to create a quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Quotes''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New quote''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu new Q.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Quotes=&amp;gt;Quotes list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu Q list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New quote'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New quote''' page where you can specify all basic details for a new quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm all details with the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the &amp;quot;'''Quote'''&amp;quot; page that consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Quote details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''' to see the set of operations that can be performed on this quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Quote actions.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Send''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send quote]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page which allows emailing the quote to the client directly from the system. After the quote is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark as sent''': if you not sending the quote through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Convert to project''': by pressing this button you begin creating a new project with this quote.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''': if the client doesn't accept this quote conditions, you may press the &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot; button to remember that rejection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''': pressing this button downloads the quote in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''': you may clone the quote by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update quote page|Update quote ]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ''' page on which you can edit the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''': deletes the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''', '''&amp;quot;Mark as sent&amp;quot;''', and '''&amp;quot;Download as PDF&amp;quot;''' buttons are not displayed in quotes with no '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quote receivables section|receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' entered.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Files section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can upload the files or links (file URLs) you received from your client (if any):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload new file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can upload CAT log files (if needed):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote upload Cat section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter receivables to indicate the amount to be charged from the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote res section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having checked all the quote data, you can send the quote to the client. Go to the '''Quote details''' section, press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then click the &amp;quot;'''Send'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Send quote]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qoute send butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on quotes, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Quotes]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create SmartCAT-related quotes'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new project'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the system and entering the clients and vendors in it, you can start new projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For illustration purposes, suppose you have Acme Corporation as your client. They have sent you the 20,000-word translation request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
from English into French asking to complete it in 2 weeks. Let’s add this project to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create project'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Before creating project, make sure that you have added clients and vendors in your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. There are two ways to create a project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''Project''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New project''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu new proj.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New project'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New proj butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New project''' page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter your project information and press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project creation page.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The project page will be displayed with the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj tabs.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Now you need to upload the files received from your client to the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Files''' tab and upload the needed files by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Upload files'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also add a link (file URL) to an external file instead of uploading the file to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project inputs.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on project input files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, Files tab#Project input|Project input]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project receivables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Next, enter the volume of work and the receivable from the client. To do so, go to the '''Finances''' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project new receivables.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the purchase order number sent from the client in the '''PO number''' box. If the client has not provided such number, you may leave this box unfilled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the volume of work, price, and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the raceivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB receivable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter several receivables for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing|Receivable creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. If necessary, you may upload a CAT log file to your project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Cat logs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Upload CAT log'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj upload cat log.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on uploading of CAT log files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, CAT logs tab]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. If you fulfill your job yourself, the new project has been created. You have to fulfil and complete it (see item 18 in this list). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to assign the project to other vendors, carry on reading below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create jobs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Let’s assume that you need to assign the translation to one vendor and then give it for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create their respective jobs in the system. Go to the '''Jobs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Add job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj add job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In the '''Job input files''' section select project files to send to a translator:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select job input file.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section below on the same page, select the vendor and enter information about the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add job page.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Next, the job screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs creation and editing, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project payables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Now you need to add payable for the vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, scroll down to the '''Payables to vendor''' section and press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable but.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the job volume and payable for the vendor and press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB payable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create/Edit payable|Create payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. Now you can send a notification to the vendor to start the job. Press the &amp;quot;'''Start job'''&amp;quot; button on the '''Job details''' screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start job.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor will receive the notification by email that he has been assigned the job, log in and collect the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the vendor will fulfill the job, upload the ready files to the system and mark the job as completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be notified by email that the vendor has completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job output files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Check if the files delivered by the translator are correct by downloading them from the '''Job Output Files''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:job output files.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. Having ensured that the vendor did everything correctly, press the &amp;quot;'''Accept job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Accept job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. The vendor will be notified by email that the job has been accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. Now you would like to pass the completed translation for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a job for another vendor. The process is the same. The only difference is that you need to specify the files &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
delivered by the translator when selecting incoming files for the editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select file for another job.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the project'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. When all the vendors have uploaded their files, you can start delivering the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may upload vendors' files to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the project’s '''Files''' tab and scroll down to the '''Jobs Output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the necessary files and press the &amp;quot;'''Add selected to project output'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Jobs output files.jpg|border|1000px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you not to lose files after you close the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. If you fulfill your job yourself, you may upload files to the system by clicking &amp;quot;'''Add additional files'''&amp;quot; in the '''Project Output''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files add butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. Having added all the needed files to '''Project Output''', you can download the files and send them to the client or client’s manager by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files download.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Having delivered all the files, you can complete the project. Go to the '''Details''' tab, click '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then press the &amp;quot;'''Complete'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project page complete button2.jpg|border|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! You have completed the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 1''': The number of projects in your system will be increasing with time, so you won’t want all of them to be displayed. Set up how projects are displayed in the list using '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 2''': View the list of vendors’ jobs in all the projects at the dedicated page by pressing the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list|Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' menu on the top panel.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;Project templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this page to create templates for your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create projects based on templates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a project from a template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''Projects''' menu on the top panel and then click '''Project templates''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Proj temp menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press the '''&amp;quot;Templates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Project page templates button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;CAT log templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add weighted word count templates for the CAT tools you are using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects CAT logs.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add or update templates: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat Temp Add button.jpg|bprder|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|&amp;quot;'''Add template'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can add a word count template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Update templates|'''update''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  the template if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on templates, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create SmartCAT-related projects'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Clients prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all clients' prices, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients price.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Client prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all clients' prices from/to Excel, update or delete a particular client's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client prices page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New client price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Create new price|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for a definite client, service, language pair and specialization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to a particular client or type of service, specialization etc. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel|Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all clients' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of clients' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Edit price|Update client price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create invoices for clients and control their payment'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To create an invoice for a client, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Receivables''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CM receivables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The list of all the receivables will be displayed. Select the desired rows and press the &amp;quot;'''Invoice selected'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoice client  receivable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The system will create an invoice and will display its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Create invoice|Create invoice]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Client invoice'''  page consists of the following sections: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client invoice details section new.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Send''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send client invoice]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' which allows emailing the invoice to the client directly from the system. After the invoice is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Resend''' - this button appears after the invoice has been sent. Pressing it sends the invoice one more time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as sent''' - if you not sending the invoice through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as unsent''' - this button appears if the invoice has been sent. Pressing it deletes the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download as PDF''' - pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Write off''' - this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off. E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discount and Extra Charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge update|discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Update''' - opens the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update client invoice|'''Update invoice''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  page on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delete''' - deletes the invoice. This button disappears after you link the invoice with the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on action buttons, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Action buttons|Action buttons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of client invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and client's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|'''Default clients taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''No taxes''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv tax sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove receivables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add receivables press the &amp;quot;'''Add receivables'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv receiv section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on how to add receivables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Remove and add receivables|Remove and add receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have received the payment for the invoice, you can record it by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Create linked payment&amp;quot;''' button under receivables table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv linked payments sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Create linked payment|Create linked payment]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Create payments|'''Client payments''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Client invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, while on the '''Client payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find out how to create payments on the '''Client payments''' page, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when a client pays the invoice, enter the payment in the system and connect it with the paid invoice. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Clients=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients Payments menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Client payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to add a new client payment press &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:client new payment button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment from client''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment received from the client and select the invoices that payment covers from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client payment page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have entered the payment in the system and completed the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Client payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients invoices list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the invoices in '''Clients=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients invoices 2.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can track all the invoices from your clients and control their payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Vendors prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all vendors' prices, go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor prices menu.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Vendor prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all vendors' prices from/to Excel, update or delete the particular vendor's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor prices  page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New vendor price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  for a definite vendor, service, language pair and specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to the particular vendor or type of service, specialization etc.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel|Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all vendors' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of vendors' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Price editing|Update vendor price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Invoices from vendors and payment control'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendors can create invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Invoicing|on their own]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or you can create their invoices as the company manager. Let’s review the second option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payables''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors payables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of payables due to vendors will be displayed. Select the rows to be included in the invoice and press the Invoice selected button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoicing selected payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If the vendor’s name is highlighted in red in the table, it means that payment method was not selected for this vendor and it’s impossible to create an invoice for this vendor’s jobs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create an invoice, select the payment method for the vendor (click the vendor’s name and add the payment method as described on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page). &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The system will create the invoice, send it to the vendor by email and open its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Vendor invoice''' page consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''' — pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Discount and Extra charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge| discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Write off''' — this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' — pressing this button opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice update|Vendor Invoice update page]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' — this button deletes the invoice. It disappears after you link the invoice with the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;'''Note''': For invoices with linked payments only &amp;quot;'''Download as PDF'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Write off'''&amp;quot; buttons are  available.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;To make all buttons available, you need to unlink the payments first. It can be done on the page of the corresponding payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of vendor invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and vendor's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|'''Default vendors taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|No taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice taxes section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice payables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove payables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add payables press the &amp;quot;'''Add payables '''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV payables section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Removing and adding payables|Adding and removing payables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have paid the invoice, you can record the payment by pressing “'''Create linked payment'''” button under the payable table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV linked payment creation n.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Linked payment creation|Linked payment creation]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, the payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list|'''Vendor payments ''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Vendor invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while on the '''Vendor payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, having paid the vendors’ invoices, you need to enter those payments in the system. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor payments.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Vendor payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot; button to add a new vendor payment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor payments new payment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment to vendor''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment completed to the vendor and select the invoices covered by that payment from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor payment.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the payment has been entered in the system and you’ve completed the payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors invoices list'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the vendors’ invoices in '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors invoices.jpg|border|135px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Filters'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters are provided for most of the tables in the system. Use such filters to hide the information you don’t want to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Projects+&amp;gt;Projects list''' menu on the top panel to display the list of projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Filters projects.jpg|border|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following filters are provided for that list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects filter 2.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter necessary data into the appropriate fields and press the '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects filters, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Search projects with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further instructions on how to search the required data with filters, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Search quotes with filters|Search quotes with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Project templates#Search project templates with filters|Search project templates with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Search jobs with filters|Search jobs with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Search clients with filters|Search clients with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Search vendors with filters|Search vendors with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search clients prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Search receivables with filters|Search clients receivables with filter]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search clients invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Search payments with filters|Search clients payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search vendors prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Search payables with filters|Search vendors payables with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search vendors invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Search payments with filters|Search vendors payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Reports'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can generate various business reports in the system. In this way, you can analyze the financial results of your activity for a defined period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Reports''' menu on the top panel and choose the required item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''General finances'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show dynamics of how income, expenses and profit change over months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;General finances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by project balances|Monthly finances by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on receivables in your projects and payables in the related jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by invoices|Monthly finances by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by payments|Monthly finances by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on general finances reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Managers'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each project manager of your team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Managers=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per manager by project balances|Monthly income per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per manager by project balances|Monthly profit per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per manager by project balances|Monthly income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per manager by project balances|Monthly profit share per manager by project balances&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;]]''' -  shows how the profit share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Income share per manager by project balances|Income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Profit share per manager by project balances|Profit share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of profit each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Finances per manager by project balances summary table|Finances per manager by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per manager and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on managers reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports menu clients.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Finances by project balances'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per client by project balances|Monthly income per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover per client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per client by project balances|Monthly profit per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per client by project balances|Monthly income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of the client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per client by project balances|Monthly profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Income share per client by project balances|Income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Profit share per client by project balances|Profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''- on this report you may see the shares of profit each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Finances per client by project balances summary table|Finances per client by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the client invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients invoices.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the turnover per client based on the invoices you issued for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income share per client by invoices|Monthly income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the share of invoices per clients was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Income share per client by invoices|Income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of invoices per clients over the selected period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices summary table|Monthly income per client by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all invoice amounts per client and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show how the clients were paying you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients payments.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the amounts of payments per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income share per client by payments|Monthly income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see how the share of payments per client was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Income share per client by payments|Income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the share of each client in payments received over the specified period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments summary table|Monthly income per client by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all payment amounts per client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:reports vendors menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor invoices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports_vendors_invoices.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly invoices per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the invoiced amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Expenses share per vendor by invoices|Expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the invoiced amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows the invoiced amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports vendors payments.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly payments per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the paid amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Expenses share per vendor by payments|Expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the paid amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows paid amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Language pairs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each language pair you work with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Language pairs=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports language pairs.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per language pair by project balances|Monthly income per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per language pair by project balances|Monthly income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Income share per language pair by project balances|Income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Profit share per language pair by project balances|Profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Finances per language pair by project balances summary table|Finances per language pair by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per language pair and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on language pairs reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Services'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each service based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Services=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports services.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per service by project balances|Monthly income per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per service by project balances|Monthly profit per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per service by project balances|Monthly income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per service by project balances|Monthly profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows how the profit share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Income share per service by project balances|Income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Profit share per service by project balances|Profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Finances per service by project balances summary table|Finances per service by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per service and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on services reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Export data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''On every page (quotes, projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.) you can export the tables into xls.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Export to excel.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot;, you will get the file with exported data and will be able to use it for backup, analysis, &lt;br /&gt;
import or any other purpose you might need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instructions on how to export the required data to excel, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Export to Excel|Export quotes data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Export to Excel|Export projects data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Export|Export jobs data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel|Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Export to Excel|Export clients prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Export to Excel|Export clients receivables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Export to Excel|Export clients invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Export to Excel|Export clients payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel|Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors  prices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Export data to Excel|Export general finances reports data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Additional information'''==&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports all the modern browsers. However, some outdated browsers (e.g., Opera 12.17) may have issues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience issues, we recommend using the modern browser. We are improving the system all the time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why its user interface may change and look a little bit differently from the one described above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we try to update this manual accordingly. If you notice some discrepancies between the description and the real functionality, please tell us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	<entry>
		<id>https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=11983</id>
		<title>Enterprise edition user manual</title>
		<link rel="alternate" type="text/html" href="https://wiki.protemos.com/index.php?title=Enterprise_edition_user_manual&amp;diff=11983"/>
				<updated>2019-04-04T14:07:07Z</updated>
		
		<summary type="html">&lt;p&gt;Katerina: /* Project payables */&lt;/p&gt;
&lt;hr /&gt;
&lt;div&gt;'''For a brief overview of the system, please check this video:'''   [[File:youtube.jpg|40px|link=https://youtu.be/rrG6ImhtWHQ]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Get started with Protemos'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''To start working with Protemos, create your account in the system by completing the following steps:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the &amp;quot;'''CREATE PROTEMOS ACCOUNT'''&amp;quot; button at the website '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://protemos.com  www.protemos.com] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Create account 3.png|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; [https://cloud.protemos.com/account/create  Create Account] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:create enterprise account page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Select your account type:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:account type selection.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Enterprise''': select this option if you are going to assign jobs to in-house translators, freelancers or other companies.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, the system will have supplier’s functionality and you will be able to assign jobs to your suppliers.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''''Freelance''': this is a light and free version of the system. Select this option if you are doing all jobs alone and do not subcontract freelancers.'' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''If you select this, you will not be able to create suppliers in the system and assign jobs to them. Upgrade to Enterprise version is possible if desired.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. Fill in all the boxes and tick the &amp;quot;I'm not a robot&amp;quot; checkbox.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Please read our '''Privacy policy''' and '''Terms of service'''. To do so, click the corresponding links (highlighted in blue).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you accept the conditions, click the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Robot.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. After pressing the &amp;quot;'''Sign up'''&amp;quot; button, the account will be set up and you will see a welcome screen to start working with the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Press the &amp;quot;'''OK, let’s get started!'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:welcome page n.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system setup wizard will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz serv.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. Enter data for each menu entry: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Services''' are the services you provide. In addition to translation and proofreading, you can indicate any other services such as layout design, OCR, etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Language pairs''' are your language pairs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Units''' are units to measure the volume of work. For example, hours, words, pages, etc. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Specializations''' are your  specializations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Currencies''' are the currencies you work with such as US dollars or euros. Indicate the main currency of the system here. The system will use it for accounting.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Payment methods''' are the payment details. They will be used in the invoices the system will generate to send to your clients. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To navigate in the menu entries, use a dedicated navigation menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wiz next.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Don’t worry if you select something wrong. You’ll be able to change these values in '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[System settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. Having completed all the entries, press the &amp;quot;'''Complete wizard'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Wizard completed.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. The following screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Main menu.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This means that your account has been created and you can start working with Protemos. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, before you start working with the projects in the system, you need to add your clients and vendors in it. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These areas will be addressed in the following sections.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Sign up with ProZ.com'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have ProZ.com account, you may create a new Protemos account with your ProZ.com credentials right away.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, click the '''&amp;quot;Sign up with ProZ.com&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Sign up with ProZ.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Sign up with ProZ.com|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''My profile settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''My Profile'''&amp;quot; page you can update your personal information, the time zone you are located in, change your username and account password, and link your ProZ.com account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''My profile''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:My profile menu.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[My profile|My profile]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''System values settings'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can change and set system values in the '''Settings''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings enterprise.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Account''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the &amp;quot;'''Account'''&amp;quot; page you can complete or update general information, upload the logo of your company, delete your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account info'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Account info'''&amp;quot; section contains common information about your company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can amend information about your company and change the account owner.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To edit general information, press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account info section.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; to confirm changes after editing:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Update account details.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change the account owner press &amp;quot;'''Change account owner'''&amp;quot; (this option is available only for the owner of an account): &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upd acc owner but.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Assign a new owner and press the &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; button to сonfirm changes:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:change account owner  page.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Change account owner]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Company logo image'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may upload a logo which will be displayed in all documents generated by the system: invoices, POs, Quotes etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Upload new'''&amp;quot; button to upload the logo:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:COMPANY LOGO.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Only PNG and JPEG images with a maximum size of 350x350 pixels are supported.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Account deletion'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can immediately and permanently delete all your account data and files from the server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Delete account&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account deletion.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
More details '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Delete account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;License''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When you are registering your account, you get a free one-month trial license. It works just like a normal license, with no limitations.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''License details''' page you can see:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license status;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- your license type;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- active managers limit (the number of users with different access rights that can work in the system simultaneously);&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- when your license expires; &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
- the time left before the expiration date of your license.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
When the trial period is over, the account owner may request a license by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Request license'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Licensening.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Licensing#Requesting license|Request license]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you can enter the number of managers you need to work simultaneously in your system and select the license period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can add as many managers as you wish, but only the licensed number of them will be able to log in at the same time.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on licensing, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Licensing]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Default settings'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Default settings'''&amp;quot; menu lets you define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default time zone for new users''':  the time zone that will be added by default to all newly created manager, client, and vendor profiles (unless you don't indicate the different one). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default currency''': the currency you are using for balances and reporting. For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Currencies]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment method''': the method which will be added by default to all your invoices unless you don't indicate the different method for specific client or invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default payment terms''': standard payment terms for all your clients. It defines how soon the payment should be made after issuing the invoice. You can set different method for an individual client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page size''': here you can set the size of the PDF page for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF page orientation''': here you can set the PDF page orientation for invoices generated by the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Default PDF locale''': here you may specify the default locale (language,date and time) of invoices for all newly created clients and vendors. You may also define it individually for a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings#PDF locale of client invoices|'''particular client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change#PDF locale of vendor invoices|'''vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Client invoicing manager''': here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of system notifications about overdue clients invoices etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the settings mentioned above, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Account default settings 1.36.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update account default settings]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;System Values''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SM sys values.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Language pairs'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update the language pairs you work with, delete, or disable them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Language pairs page.png|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Add language pairs|&amp;quot;'''New language pairs'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pairs creation page where you can create various language pairs combinations of source and target languages. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update language pair|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the language pair update page where you can change languages for a particular language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the language pair.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete the pairs of languages that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can disable them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Disable language pair|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot; ]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the language pair. You can use this option if you don't want to see this language pair in the drop-down list when choosing a language, for instance, while creating a new project. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;''' - enables the language pair (the button appears after you disable the language pair).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Services'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add, update or delete the services your company provides:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SS services.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create service|&amp;quot;'''New service'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the service creation page. Here you can create as many services as you wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the services update page where you can change the name of a particular service. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the service.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete services that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update service#Disable service|disable]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' them.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Specializations'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add, update or delete the specializations your company works with:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:specialization list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create specialization|&amp;quot;'''New specialization'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization creation page. Here you can create every possible specializations you may wish.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update specialization|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; – opens the specialization update page where you can change the name of a particular specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; – deletes the specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete specializations that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)'', but you may '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update specialization#Disable specialization|disable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  them&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Units'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set units to measure the volume of your work (words, hours, pages, etc.).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add any measurement units you need, update, and delete them:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:units list page.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Create unit|&amp;quot;'''New unit'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit creation page where you can create as many measurement units as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Update unit|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;– opens the unit update page. Here you can change the name of a particular unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;– deletes the unit.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' You can’t delete units that you have already used in the project ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button)''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Currencies'''==== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add currencies that will be used in the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, one client can pay in US dollars while others can choose euros, and you can pay to vendors in local currency.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add currencies, set any currency as default, disable or delete currencies, check exchange rates history.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:currencies list page.jpg|border|900px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Add currencies|&amp;quot;'''Add currency'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- opens the menu where you can add desired currency. You can add as many currencies as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Exchange rates history|&amp;quot;'''Exchange rates history'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- shows the exchange rates on the selected date.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Set currency as default|&amp;quot;'''Set as default'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - sets the selected currency as default. If you change the default currency, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
all reports and project balances will be rebuilt and recalculated in a new default currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - disables the currency. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Currencies#Disable and delete currencies|&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - deletes the currency. You can't delete the currency that is already in use in the system,&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
but you can disable it in case this currency no longer needed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': Protemos is connected to the currency conversion service so the exchange rate is updated on a daily basis.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;That’s why you can always see the correct summary in your default currency.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Payment methods''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter your payment details here so the clients can pay you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can: add various payment methods, change the default payment method and terms, update, disable or delete them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Payment methods.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create payment method|&amp;quot;'''Add payment method'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  - opens the menu where you can create a new payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;quot;'''[[Change default settings]]'''&amp;quot; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;- here you can change the default payment method and currency.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Define in how many days invoices should be paid, the default PDF page size for your invoices and vendor invoicing contact.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update payment method|&amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can renew payment method details.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; - disables the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;quot;'''Delete'''&amp;quot; - deletes the payment method. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete payment methods that you have already used in the system ''(&amp;quot;Yes&amp;quot; in the column &amp;quot;Іn use&amp;quot; and no the &amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot; button).''  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; But you can disable them in case these payment methods no longer needed.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can define several taxes in the system, link them to the clients and vendors, and add them to your invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Taxes list'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a list of taxes, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list:'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu list.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may define the necessary number of taxes that will be used in the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new tax, press the '''&amp;quot;New tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes list.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter a name of the tax, select the type, and specify its sort order in invoices:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add new tax new.png|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the new tax to the list.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Taxes list|Taxes list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default clients taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default clients taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default clients taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Taxes menu default clients.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a default percentage tax, press the &amp;quot;Add default persentage tax&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add def cl percentage tax.png|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New def cl perc VAT 2.png|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each client when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|Default clients taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each client. It will override the default clients taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Custom taxes set for individual client]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Default vendors taxes set'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To create a default vendors taxes set, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Default vendors taxes set''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:DVTset menu.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the '''&amp;quot;Add default tax&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS add default tax.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the tax name from the drop-down list &amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;(first, it should be created in: '''Settings=&amp;gt;Taxes=&amp;gt;Taxes list''' as described '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#Taxes list|above]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''):&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter its default value and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VTS tax name choosing2.jpg|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The new tax will appear in the default vendors taxes set.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may add as many taxes as you need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system will be adding this set of taxes to each vendor when you issue invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|Default vendors taxes set]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note ''': Apart from that, you may define an individual set of taxes for each vendor. It will override the default vendors taxes set value.'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on individual sets creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Custom taxes set for individual vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Object codes'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to set the number of your next invoice, project, payment, job etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To update the next object identification numbers or the object code prefixes press the &amp;quot;'''Update next IDs'''&amp;quot; or &amp;quot;'''Update code prefixes'''&amp;quot; buttons correspondingly:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Object codes buttons.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update object codes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Deadline reminders'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The system notifies you about overdue projects, jobs, and invoices by email. You can switch these notifications off/on by clicking &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Deadline reminders 1.36 new.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Update deadline reminders settings]]''' &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;SMTP Server'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
By default, the system sends all email messages from Protemos own email server, but you can change this and make the system use your own server. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do this, click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SMTP server.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update SMTP server configuration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Vendor portal''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP menu.png|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu allows you to adjust vendor portal related settings and embed your standard agreement with new vendors into the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It consists of two sections described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Vendor portal settings'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can define the following settings:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing by vendors''' - here you can enable or disable the ability to create invoices by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Invoicing manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors create invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application form''' - allows you to enable or disable the ability to submit applications by your vendors.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application manager''' - here you can define one of your managers as the default recipient of notifications when your vendors submit their applications.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Vendor application URL''' - you can post the vendor application URL on your corporate website or send it to new vendors so that they can submit their applications to you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To change any of the above-mentioned settings (except for the Vendor application URL), click &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VP settings update.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor applications, please check the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor application URL]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Agreement with new vendors'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can embed your standard agreement with your vendors into the system, so they will have to accept it before working with you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Create agreement&amp;quot;''' to add the agreement:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add agreemment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor portal#Agreement with new vendors|Agreement with new vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations'''&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Settings integration 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains three submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''ProZ.com integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with '''ProZ.com''' - the world's largest community of translators.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable ProZ.com integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;ProZ.com''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings Proz 1.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''ProZ.com integration''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, check linked profile or disable ProZ.com integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ integr page.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Enable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Enable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - opens the ProZ.com login page where you can enter your username and password to enable integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Check linked profile|&amp;quot;Profile URL&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - you may open your ProZ.com profile page by clicking the link.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Disable ProZ.com integration|&amp;quot;Disable&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - disables the  integration.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
A link to your ProZ.com profile and the &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; button will appear after you enable ProZ.com integration for your account.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
====='''Link users in Protemos with one ProZ.com account'''=====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may link your ProZ.com account to be able to log into your Protemos account with ProZ.com credentials in one click.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Enterprise account in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*In case you also have several Vendor and(or) Freelance accounts in Protemos, you can link them all with your ProZ.com account, and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Switch users without re-login|switch between your accounts without re-login]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[ProZ.com integration#Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account|Link Vendor and Freelance accounts in Protemos with one ProZ.com account]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''SmartCAT integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with SmartCAT system, so you can create projects and quotes in Protemos, and then copy them to SmartCAT (and vice versa).&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable SmartCAT integration, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;SmartCAT''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings CAT.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the SmartCAT integration page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enable, update or disable SmartCAT integration for your account:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:SmartCAT API.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
''The &amp;quot;'''Update'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Disable'''&amp;quot; buttons will appear after you enable SmartCAT integration for your account.''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you do not have SmartCAT account you can register it directly from the '''SmartCAT integration''' page.  &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also get a SmartCAT API key for Protemos, as it differs from your normal SmartCAT username and password.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, please click the corresponding links:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:SmartCAT links.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on SmartCAT integration, SmartCAT-related project and quotes creation, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''TQAuditor integration'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Protemos is integrated with TQAuditor - the system for evaluation and monitoring translation quality.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To enable TQAuditor integration for your account, go to '''Settings=&amp;gt;Integrations=&amp;gt;TQAuditor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Settings TQ.png|border|250px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then you need to press the &amp;quot;'''Enable'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:TQAUDITOR API CREDENTIALS enable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on TQAuditor integration, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[TQAuditor integration]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Users'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add new users who will use the system just as you do. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For example, if there are several project managers in your team, you can create a separate account with the necessary level of access rights for each of them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus. Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Users list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu users list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user, fill in or renew all basic information about a particular user.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add a new user, press the &amp;quot;'''New user'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Ent.users 2.jpg|border|1200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New user''' page. After you fill in the boxes press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New user.jpg|border|700px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you mark the '''&amp;quot;Can login&amp;quot;''' checkbox, the system will send an invitation to the user to join your company on Protemos once you finish creating the user. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may leave the checkbox unmarked and send the invitation later.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': your user will not be able to log into the system if you disable &amp;quot;'''Can login&amp;quot;''' button.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;'''[[Create user]]'''&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': use the &amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Access rights|&amp;quot;'''User groups'''&amp;quot;]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; box to select the group to relate your users to. This will define the user’s access rights.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''Users''' page, you can also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update user| '''Update user''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  information.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, users can be added by clicking the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Enterprise edition user manual#New user|'''New user''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; menu. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''New user'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add a new account user:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu New user.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on how to add users, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Access rights'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu screen to define access rights for various user groups:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Users menu access.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Access rights]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add clients'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add clients manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add clients manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new clients manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Clients''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New client''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients new 2.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Clients list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Clients list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New client'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New client button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''New client''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the information about your client on the displayed screen. It consists of three sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''General info''' section to enter general information about the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client general info section.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  section to enter the URL address of the client record on the ProZ.com Blue Board:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:ProZ Blue Board section1.jpg|border|550px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*Use the '''Primary user''' section to enter the client’s contact person:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client primary user section.jpg|border|440px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to display the client entry.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This page is intended for viewing and entering various client data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab|General info]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update client details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' client info or '''&amp;quot;Delete&amp;quot;''' the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also check all the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client quick links|client-related objects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage client tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CV general 1.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete clients involved into recorded projects, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#Primary user|Primary user]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section you can view and edit client's primary contact details:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Primary user.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – General tab#ProZ.com Blue Board| ProZ.com Blue Board]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' linked record and make an entry for your client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl ProZ Blue sec Acme.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can also change your client's '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client default settings|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of client’s contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If the client has several contact persons, they can all be entered in the '''Contact persons''' tab.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view the list of prices agreed with the client, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create a custom taxes set for this client. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client view page – Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can upload and delete files related to the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import clients from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of clients, contacts, and prices, you can easily import it without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/client/index Clients] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients import from xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of clients to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:clients export to xls.jpg|border|800px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients data export , please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel| Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add vendors'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you assign jobs to other vendors, you need to add each of them to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can add vendors manually, one by one, or import their list from an Excel file. Each of these options is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Add vendors manually'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to add new vendors manually:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Vendors''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New vendor''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu new v.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Vendors list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Vendors menu V list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New vendor'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, you will be redirected to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor|New vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
First, you will see the '''Type''' box. You can select any of the three vendor types:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Company''' is a contractor company.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Freelancer''' is a non-staff employee.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''In-house''' is a staff employee who works in your office.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Depending on the vendor type, you will see the boxes to fill in.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; button to add a vendor account to the system. The vendor will be sent an invitation email and needs to accept the invitation ''(please find more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[How to add a vendor account|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For additional information on how to add vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create vendor]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor entry page is intended for viewing and entering various vendor data and has the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor viev.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''General info''' tab you may view, '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Update vendor details|update]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' vendor info, add necessary '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Manage vendor tags|tags]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' and '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor quick links|quick links]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#General information|delete]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' a vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this tab you can also view and edit basic information about the primary user, disable vendor access to the account, and  send\resend an invitation to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': You can’t delete vendors involved into recorded jobs, invoices or payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may also change the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor default settings change|default settings]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for your vendor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client default settings 2.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Contact persons tab|Contact persons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can view a list of vendor contacts, edit or delete them, and start creating new contacts.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This tab is available only if the vendor is a company, not a person.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab|Payment methods]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab, you can create or update payment methods for the vendor, and change the default payment method.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Prices tab|Prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can view the list of prices agreed with the vendor, edit or delete them, and start creating new prices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can create a custom taxes set for this vendor. Here you may also define which taxes set should be applied (whether custom or default one) for this particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Documents tab|Documents]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can upload and delete files related to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Availability chart tab|Availability chart]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' tab you can see the chart and list of all active jobs assigned to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If your vendor has ProZ.com account with the same email as in Protemos, the system will display the link to that account on the vendor entry page ''(more info '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, General tab#Links of vendor profiles to ProZ.com profiles|here]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''')''.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Import vendors from Excel file'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you already have a list of vendors,  their contacts, specializations, language pairs and prices, you can easily import these data without the need to enter such information manually.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Go to the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt;[https://cloud.protemos.com/vendor/index Vendors] &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page and press the &amp;quot;'''Import from Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors import from xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data import, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can also export a displayed list of vendors to Excel by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendors export to xls.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors data export, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel| Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new quote'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Quote is a potential project. Let's assume that your client has sent you a translation request, but first, he would like to know how much it will cost,  time frames for implementation etc.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to save your time, you can create a quote and send it to your client and then, if the client agrees with the quote conditions, you can easily convert it to a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also create it if you are simply not sure yet you will get the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
There are two ways to create a quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Press the '''Quotes''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New quote''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu new Q.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Or you may go to '''Quotes=&amp;gt;Quotes list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quotes menu Q list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New quote'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New quote''' page where you can specify all basic details for a new quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New quote page.jpg|border|500px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Confirm all details with the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. It will bring you to the &amp;quot;'''Quote'''&amp;quot; page that consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Quote details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''' to see the set of operations that can be performed on this quote:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Quote actions.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Send''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send quote]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' page which allows emailing the quote to the client directly from the system. After the quote is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Mark as sent''': if you not sending the quote through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Convert to project''': by pressing this button you begin creating a new project with this quote.&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Cancel''': if the client doesn't accept this quote conditions, you may press the &amp;quot;'''Cancel'''&amp;quot; button to remember that rejection.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''': pressing this button downloads the quote in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Clone''': you may clone the quote by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''': opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update quote page|Update quote ]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; ''' page on which you can edit the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''': deletes the quote.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' The '''&amp;quot;Send&amp;quot;''', '''&amp;quot;Mark as sent&amp;quot;''', and '''&amp;quot;Download as PDF&amp;quot;''' buttons are not displayed in quotes with no '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quote receivables section|receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' entered.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Files section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can upload the files or links (file URLs) you received from your client (if any):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Upload new file.png|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can upload CAT log files (if needed):&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote upload Cat section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can enter receivables to indicate the amount to be charged from the client:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Quote res section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the quote'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Having checked all the quote data, you can send the quote to the client. Go to the '''Quote details''' section, press '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then click the &amp;quot;'''Send'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Send quote]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Qoute send butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on quotes, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Quotes]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create SmartCAT-related quotes'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related quotes in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos quotes from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Add new project'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
After setting up the system and entering the clients and vendors in it, you can start new projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For illustration purposes, suppose you have Acme Corporation as your client. They have sent you the 20,000-word translation request&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
from English into French asking to complete it in 2 weeks. Let’s add this project to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create project'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Before creating project, make sure that you have added clients and vendors in your account.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. There are two ways to create a project:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the '''Project''' menu on the top panel and then click '''New project''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu new proj.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''New project'''&amp;quot; button: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New proj butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In both cases, it will open the '''New project''' page&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter your project information and press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project creation page.jpg|border|540px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The project page will be displayed with the following tabs:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj tabs.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
4. Now you need to upload the files received from your client to the system. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Files''' tab and upload the needed files by pressing the &amp;quot;'''Upload files'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also add a link (file URL) to an external file instead of uploading the file to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''&amp;quot;Add file URLs&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project inputs.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more information on project input files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, Files tab#Project input|Project input]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project receivables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
5. Next, enter the volume of work and the receivable from the client. To do so, go to the '''Finances''' tab:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project new receivables.png|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New receivable'''&amp;quot; button and choose the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New receivable base.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of receivable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter the purchase order number sent from the client in the '''PO number''' box. If the client has not provided such number, you may leave this box unfilled. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the volume of work, price, and press '''&amp;quot;Create&amp;quot;''' to add the raceivable:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New unit based receivable creation.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can enter several receivables for a project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Receivable creation/editing|Receivable creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''CAT logs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
6. If necessary, you may upload a CAT log file to your project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the '''Cat logs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Upload CAT log'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj upload cat log.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on uploading of CAT log files, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project details, CAT logs tab]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
7. If you fulfill your job yourself, the new project has been created. You have to fulfil and complete it (see item 18 in this list). &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you need to assign the project to other vendors, carry on reading below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create jobs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
8. Let’s assume that you need to assign the translation to one vendor and then give it for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Create their respective jobs in the system. Go to the '''Jobs''' tab and press the &amp;quot;'''Add job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Proj add job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job input files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
9. In the '''Job input files''' section select project files to send to a translator:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select job input file.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the section below on the same page, select the vendor and enter information about the job:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Add job page.jpg|border|400px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then press the &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot; button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
10. Next, the job screen will be displayed:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Job page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs creation and editing, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Project payables'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
11. Now you need to add payable for the vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, scroll down to the '''Payables to vendor''' section and press &amp;quot;'''New payable'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable but.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then select the base:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new payable bases.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Flat rate'''&amp;quot; – if you just need to enter the amount of payable without entering volumes and rates.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''Unit based'''&amp;quot; – if you have to enter the volume and rate for calculating the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The &amp;quot;'''CAT log based'''&amp;quot; – if you have fuzzy matches logs generated by CAT tools and want to calculate discounts for each type of match.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter the job volume and payable for the vendor and press &amp;quot;'''Create'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New UB payable 2.png|border|600px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Create/Edit payable|Create payable]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
12. Now you can send a notification to the vendor to start the job. Press the &amp;quot;'''Start job'''&amp;quot; button on the '''Job details''' screen:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Start job.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendor will receive the notification by email that he has been assigned the job, log in and collect the files. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Then the vendor will fulfill the job, upload the ready files to the system and mark the job as completed. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You will be notified by email that the vendor has completed the job.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Job output files'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
13. Check if the files delivered by the translator are correct by downloading them from the '''Job Output Files''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:job output files.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
14. Having ensured that the vendor did everything correctly, press the &amp;quot;'''Accept job'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Accept job button.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
15. The vendor will be notified by email that the job has been accepted.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
16. Now you would like to pass the completed translation for proofreading to another vendor. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Add a job for another vendor. The process is the same. The only difference is that you need to specify the files &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
delivered by the translator when selecting incoming files for the editor:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:select file for another job.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on jobs, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Deliver the project'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
17. When all the vendors have uploaded their files, you can start delivering the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may upload vendors' files to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, go to the project’s '''Files''' tab and scroll down to the '''Jobs Output''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Select the necessary files and press the &amp;quot;'''Add selected to project output'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Jobs output files.jpg|border|1000px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This will allow you not to lose files after you close the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
18. If you fulfill your job yourself, you may upload files to the system by clicking &amp;quot;'''Add additional files'''&amp;quot; in the '''Project Output''' section:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files add butt.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
19. Having added all the needed files to '''Project Output''', you can download the files and send them to the client or client’s manager by email.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project output files download.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
20. Having delivered all the files, you can complete the project. Go to the '''Details''' tab, click '''&amp;quot;Actions&amp;quot;''', and then press the &amp;quot;'''Complete'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Project page complete button2.jpg|border|750px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Congratulations! You have completed the project.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 1''': The number of projects in your system will be increasing with time, so you won’t want all of them to be displayed. Set up how projects are displayed in the list using '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt; '''Note 2''': View the list of vendors’ jobs in all the projects at the dedicated page by pressing the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list|Jobs]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' menu on the top panel.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;Project templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this page to create templates for your projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the next section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Create projects based on templates'''===&lt;br /&gt;
You can create a project from a template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To do so, press the '''Projects''' menu on the top panel and then click '''Project templates''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Proj temp menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Or you may go to '''Projects=&amp;gt;Projects list''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects menu proj list.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
And then press the '''&amp;quot;Templates&amp;quot;''' button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file: Project page templates button.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more detailed information, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Project templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:blue&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Projects=&amp;gt;CAT log templates''' &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Use this menu to add weighted word count templates for the CAT tools you are using:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects CAT logs.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can add or update templates: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cat Temp Add button.jpg|bprder|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Add templates|&amp;quot;'''Add template'''&amp;quot;]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - opens the page where you can add a word count template.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may also &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates#Update templates|'''update''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;  the template if necessary.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on templates, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Weighted word count templates]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; '''page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create SmartCAT-related projects'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You can create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos. For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos|Create SmartCAT-related projects in Protemos]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*You may also create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects.  For more detailed instructions, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[SmartCAT integration#Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects|Create Protemos projects from SmartCAT projects]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Clients prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all clients' prices, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients price.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Client prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all clients' prices from/to Excel, update or delete a particular client's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client prices page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New client price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Create new price|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' for a definite client, service, language pair and specialization. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to a particular client or type of service, specialization etc. &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import clients from Excel|Import clients from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all clients' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of clients' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Edit price|Update client price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on clients' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Create invoices for clients and control their payment'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. To create an invoice for a client, go to '''Clients=&amp;gt;Receivables''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:CM receivables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The list of all the receivables will be displayed. Select the desired rows and press the &amp;quot;'''Invoice selected'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoice client  receivable.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
3. The system will create an invoice and will display its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Create invoice|Create invoice]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Client invoice'''  page consists of the following sections: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Client invoice details section new.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
'''Send''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Send client invoice]]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;''' which allows emailing the invoice to the client directly from the system. After the invoice is sent, the system records the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Resend''' - this button appears after the invoice has been sent. Pressing it sends the invoice one more time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as sent''' - if you not sending the invoice through the system but by any other channel (e.g. email, customer’s portal etc.), you may use this button to remember the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Mark as unsent''' - this button appears if the invoice has been sent. Pressing it deletes the date of sending.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Download as PDF''' - pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Write off''' - this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off. E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Discount and Extra Charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge update|discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Update''' - opens the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Update client invoice|'''Update invoice''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt;  page on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''Delete''' - deletes the invoice. This button disappears after you link the invoice with the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on action buttons, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Action buttons|Action buttons]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of client invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and client's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default clients taxes set|'''Default clients taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual client|'''No taxes''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the client.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv tax sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice receivables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove receivables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add receivables press the &amp;quot;'''Add receivables'''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv receiv section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on how to add receivables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Remove and add receivables|Remove and add receivables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Client invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have received the payment for the invoice, you can record it by pressing the '''&amp;quot;Create linked payment&amp;quot;''' button under receivables table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Cl inv linked payments sect.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoice view#Create linked payment|Create linked payment]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Create payments|'''Client payments''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Client invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, while on the '''Client payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To find out how to create payments on the '''Client payments''' page, please read the section below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, when a client pays the invoice, enter the payment in the system and connect it with the paid invoice. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Clients=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients Payments menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Client payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In order to add a new client payment press &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot;:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:client new payment button.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment from client''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment received from the client and select the invoices that payment covers from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:new client payment page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now you have entered the payment in the system and completed the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on client payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Client payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients invoices list'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the invoices in '''Clients=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Clients invoices 2.jpg|border|150px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This way you can track all the invoices from your clients and control their payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more details, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Vendors prices'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To display the list of all vendors' prices, go to '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Prices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor prices menu.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''Vendor prices''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view and create prices, import or export the list of all vendors' prices from/to Excel, update or delete the particular vendor's price:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor prices  page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*''' New price''' - opens the '''New vendor price''' creation page. On this page, you can '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#New price creation|create prices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''  for a definite vendor, service, language pair and specialization.&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note:''' Here you may also create general prices without reference to the particular vendor or type of service, specialization etc.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Import from Excel''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Import vendors from Excel|Import vendors from Excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page where you may import the list of all vendors' prices from Excel.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Export to Excel''' - exports the list of vendors' prices to Excel. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' - opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Price editing|Update vendor price]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page. Here you can update the price for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' - deletes the price.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendors' prices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Invoices from vendors and payment control'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The vendors can create invoices '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor user manual#Invoicing|on their own]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' or you can create their invoices as the company manager. Let’s review the second option.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payables''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors payables.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The list of payables due to vendors will be displayed. Select the rows to be included in the invoice and press the Invoice selected button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Invoicing selected payables.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;'''Note''': If the vendor’s name is highlighted in red in the table, it means that payment method was not selected for this vendor and it’s impossible to create an invoice for this vendor’s jobs. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;quot;&amp;gt;To create an invoice, select the payment method for the vendor (click the vendor’s name and add the payment method as described on the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor view page, Payment methods tab]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page). &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. The system will create the invoice, send it to the vendor by email and open its page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor invoices, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The '''Vendor invoice''' page consists of the following sections:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice details section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice page.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In this section you can do the following:&lt;br /&gt;
  &lt;br /&gt;
*'''Download as PDF''' — pressing this button downloads the invoice in PDF format. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Discount and Extra charge''' - you may add a '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice Discount &amp;amp; Extra charge| discount and an extra charge]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' to the invoice by pressing this button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Write off''' — this button marks the invoice as fully paid. Write off is the unpaid part of the invoice that you are not expecting to be paid in the future, so you may want to mark the invoice as fully paid by adding a write off.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
E.g. you invoiced the client for 1000 EUR but got 990 EUR because of the bank charges, and for some reason, you are not going to ask the client to pay 10 EUR difference.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Update''' — pressing this button opens the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice update|Vendor Invoice update page]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' on which you can edit the invoice.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''Delete''' — this button deletes the invoice. It disappears after you link the invoice with the payment. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;'''Note''': For invoices with linked payments only &amp;quot;'''Download as PDF'''&amp;quot; and &amp;quot;'''Write off'''&amp;quot; buttons are  available.&amp;lt;/span&amp;gt;&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;color:red&amp;gt;To make all buttons available, you need to unlink the payments first. It can be done on the page of the corresponding payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice taxes section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
In the taxes section of vendor invoice page, the set of taxes is displayed according to the system and vendor's profile settings: &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Default vendors taxes set|'''Default vendors taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - is displayed by default.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|'''Custom taxes set''']]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply and '''define''' a custom taxes set for the particular vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
* &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes#Custom taxes set for individual vendor|No taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; - will be displayed if you apply the custom taxes set, but '''don't define ''' any tax values for the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
But in any case, you can add new taxes, edit or delete displayed ones by pressing corresponding buttons:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor invoice taxes section.jpg|border|1100px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Taxes]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice payables section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you can view, add and remove payables in unsent invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To add payables press the &amp;quot;'''Add payables '''&amp;quot; button:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV payables section.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payables, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Removing and adding payables|Adding and removing payables]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendor invoice linked payments section'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you have paid the invoice, you can record the payment by pressing “'''Create linked payment'''” button under the payable table:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:VIV linked payment creation n.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor linked payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoice view#Linked payment creation|Linked payment creation]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Alternatively, the payments can be created on the &amp;lt;u&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list|'''Vendor payments ''']]&amp;lt;/u&amp;gt; page. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The difference is that on the '''Vendor invoices''' page you can enter the payment covering only the invoice itself, &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
while on the '''Vendor payments''' page, you can enter the payment covering multiple invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors payments'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
As mentioned above, this is the alternative way to enter the payment.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
So, having paid the vendors’ invoices, you need to enter those payments in the system. To do so, complete the following steps:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
1. Go to the '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Payments''' menu:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendor payments.jpg|border|135px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will bring you to the '''Vendor payments''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press the &amp;quot;'''New payment'''&amp;quot; button to add a new vendor payment:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:vendor payments new payment.jpg|border|900px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
It will open the '''New payment to vendor''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
2. Enter the payment completed to the vendor and select the invoices covered by that payment from the list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:New vendor payment.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Press &amp;quot;'''Save'''&amp;quot; to add the payment to the system.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Now the payment has been entered in the system and you’ve completed the payment to the vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on vendor payments, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Vendor payment creation]] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors invoices list'''=== &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You may view the list of all the vendors’ invoices in '''Vendors=&amp;gt;Invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Vendors invoices.jpg|border|135px]] &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Create vendor invoices|Create vendor invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' section.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Filters'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Filters are provided for most of the tables in the system. Use such filters to hide the information you don’t want to be displayed.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as an example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Projects+&amp;gt;Projects list''' menu on the top panel to display the list of projects:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Filters projects.jpg|border|200px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
The following filters are provided for that list:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Projects filter 2.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Enter necessary data into the appropriate fields and press the '''&amp;quot;Apply&amp;quot;''' button.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on projects filters, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Search projects with filters|Search projects with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For further instructions on how to search the required data with filters, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Search quotes with filters|Search quotes with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt; [[Project templates#Search project templates with filters|Search project templates with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Search jobs with filters|Search jobs with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Search clients with filters|Search clients with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Search vendors with filters|Search vendors with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search clients prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Search receivables with filters|Search clients receivables with filter]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search clients invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Search payments with filters|Search clients payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors prices list#Search prices with filters|'''Search vendors prices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Search payables with filters|Search vendors payables with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Search invoices with filters|Search vendors invoices with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Search payments with filters|Search vendors payments with filters]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Reports'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
You can generate various business reports in the system. In this way, you can analyze the financial results of your activity for a defined period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Click the '''Reports''' menu on the top panel and choose the required item:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports menu.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of these menu screens is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''General finances'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show dynamics of how income, expenses and profit change over months.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;General finances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Enterprise reports.jpg|border|150px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by project balances|Monthly finances by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on receivables in your projects and payables in the related jobs.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by invoices|Monthly finances by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Monthly finances by payments|Monthly finances by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover, expenses and profit based on client and vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on general finances reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances|General finances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Managers'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each project manager of your team.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Managers=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per manager by project balances|Monthly income per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per manager by project balances|Monthly profit per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each manager based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per manager by project balances|Monthly income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per manager by project balances|Monthly profit share per manager by project balances&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;]]''' -  shows how the profit share of each manager was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Income share per manager by project balances|Income share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Profit share per manager by project balances|Profit share per manager by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of profit each of your managers brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances#Finances per manager by project balances summary table|Finances per manager by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per manager and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on managers reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Managers – Finances by project balances|Finances per manager by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Clients'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports menu clients.jpg|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Finances by project balances'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients finances.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per client by project balances|Monthly income per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the turnover per client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per client by project balances|Monthly profit per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each client based on receivables in their projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per client by project balances|Monthly income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of the client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per client by project balances|Monthly profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each client was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Income share per client by project balances|Income share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Profit share per client by project balances|Profit share per client by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''- on this report you may see the shares of profit each your client brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances#Finances per client by project balances summary table|Finances per client by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all income, expense and profit amounts per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Finances by project balances|Finances per client by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each client based on the client invoices.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients invoices.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the turnover per client based on the invoices you issued for them.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income share per client by invoices|Monthly income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the share of invoices per clients was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Income share per client by invoices|Income share per client by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of invoices per clients over the selected period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices#Monthly income per client by invoices summary table|Monthly income per client by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all invoice amounts per client and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by invoices|Monthly income per client by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Income by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show how the clients were paying you.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Clients=&amp;gt;Income by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports clients payments.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments|Monthly income per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see the amounts of payments per each client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income share per client by payments|Monthly income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you can see how the share of payments per client was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Income share per client by payments|Income share per client by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the share of each client in payments received over the specified period of time.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments#Monthly income per client by payments summary table|Monthly income per client by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows all payment amounts per client monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Clients – Income by payments|Monthly income per client by payments reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Vendors'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
This menu screen contains several submenus:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:reports vendors menu.jpg|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Each of them is described below.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by invoices'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor invoices. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by invoices''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports_vendors_invoices.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly invoices per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices|Monthly expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the invoiced amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Expenses share per vendor by invoices|Expenses share per vendor by invoices]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the invoiced amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices#Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows the invoiced amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by invoices|Monthly expenses per vendor by invoices reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
===='''Expenses by payments'''====&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
These reports show the monthly amounts of your vendor payments.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Vendors=&amp;gt;Expenses by payments''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports vendors payments.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
 &lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this diagram shows the amount of monthly payments per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments|Monthly expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this graph shows how the share of the paid amounts per vendor was changing monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Expenses share per vendor by payments|Expenses share per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the share of the paid amount per each vendor.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments#Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows paid amount per each vendor monthly.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on these reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Vendors – Expenses by payments|Monthly expenses per vendor by payments]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Language pairs'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each language pair you work with.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Language pairs=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports language pairs.png|border|300px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per language pair by project balances|Monthly income per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each language pair based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per language pair by project balances|Monthly income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances|Monthly profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the profit share of each language pair was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Income share per language pair by project balances|Income share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of income each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Profit share per language pair by project balances|Profit share per language pair by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the language pairs brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances#Finances per language pair by project balances summary table|Finances per language pair by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per language pair and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on language pairs reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Language pairs – Finances by project balances|Finances per language pair by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
==='''Services'''===&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Here you may see your finances reports for each service based on the receivables.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
To view the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' reports, go to '''Reports=&amp;gt;Services=&amp;gt;Finances by project balances''':&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[file:Reports services.png|border|350px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
On this page, you can see the following reports:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income per service by project balances|Monthly income per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows the turnover per service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit per service by project balances|Monthly profit per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows the profit for each service based on receivables in the related projects.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly income share per service by project balances|Monthly income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - shows how the income share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Monthly profit share per service by project balances|Monthly profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this report shows how the profit share of each service was changing each month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Income share per service by project balances|Income share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - on this report you may see the shares of incomes each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Profit share per service by project balances|Profit share per service by project balances]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - here you may see the shares of profit each of the services brings over the selected period.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances#Finances per service by project balances summary table|Finances per service by project balances summary table]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' - this table shows all income, expense and profit amounts per service and month.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For more info on services reports, please see the '''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – Services – Finances by project balances|Finances per service by project balances reports]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;''' page.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Export data'''==&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
'''On every page (quotes, projects, jobs, invoices, payments etc.) you can export the tables into xls.''' &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
Let’s take the&lt;br /&gt;
&amp;lt;span style=&amp;quot;background-color:yellow&amp;quot;&amp;gt; &amp;lt;U&amp;gt;  [https://cloud.protemos.com/project/index '''Projects'''] &amp;lt;/U&amp;gt; &amp;lt;/span&amp;gt; page as example:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Export to excel.jpg|border|1000px]]&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you press &amp;quot;'''Export to Excel'''&amp;quot;, you will get the file with exported data and will be able to use it for backup, analysis, &lt;br /&gt;
import or any other purpose you might need.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
For instructions on how to export the required data to excel, please click the corresponding link:&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Quotes list#Export to Excel|Export quotes data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Projects list#Export to Excel|Export projects data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Jobs list#Export|Export jobs data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients list#Export to Excel|Export clients data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients prices list#Export to Excel|Export clients prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Clients receivables list#Export to Excel|Export clients receivables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client invoices list#Export to Excel|Export clients invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Client payments list#Export to Excel|Export clients payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors list#Export to Excel|Export vendors data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors  prices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors prices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendors payables list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payables to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor invoices list#Export to Excel|Export vendors invoices to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Vendor payments list#Export to Excel|Export vendors payments to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
*'''&amp;lt;U&amp;gt;[[Reports – General finances#Export data to Excel|Export general finances reports data to excel]]&amp;lt;/U&amp;gt;'''&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
=='''Additional information'''==&lt;br /&gt;
The system supports all the modern browsers. However, some outdated browsers (e.g., Opera 12.17) may have issues. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
If you experience issues, we recommend using the modern browser. We are improving the system all the time. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
That’s why its user interface may change and look a little bit differently from the one described above. &lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
However, we try to update this manual accordingly. If you notice some discrepancies between the description and the real functionality, please tell us.&lt;br /&gt;
&lt;br /&gt;
[[File:Redirect.jpg|40px|link=Enterprise edition user manual]] Back to the '''table of contents'''.&lt;/div&gt;</summary>
		<author><name>Katerina</name></author>	</entry>

	</feed>